MODERK PAINTERS.
VOLUME V.
-ocr page 3-p-RINTED BY R:\rTTH, ELDETl AND CO.,
LITTLE GUKEN ATIBOUU COURT, OLD BAILET, E.C.
. rex ^ r . 1
<; ^ "t^ jj <
^.....
Ergraved bjW.Holi
UNIVERSITEITSBIBLIOTHEEK UTRECHT
3576 1547
Drawn ly J^Raskin
Pazated-tjIraAn^elico .
Ancilla Dommi .
COMPLETING THE WOBK, ATID CONTAINING
PARTS
VI. EeaflSmtg. —VII. ©f IScautB.
VIII. m of melation,
1. OF INVENTION FORMAL.
IX. <©{ of m?lattott.
2. OF INVENTION SPIRITUAL.
AUTHOR OF "THE STONES OF VENICE," "SEVEN LA3VIPS OF ARCHITECTURE,''
ETC. ETC.
....." Accuse me not
Of arrogance,.....
If, having walked ^vitl^ Nature,
And offered, far as frailty would allow,
My heart a daily sacrifice to Tiaith,
I now affirm of Nature and of Truth,
Whom I have served, that their Divinity
Revolts, offended at the ways of men,
Philosophers, who, though the human soul
Be of a thousand faculties composed,
And twice ten thousand interests, do yet prize
This soul, and the transcendent universe,
No more than as a mirror that reflects
To proud Self-love her own intelligence."
WOKDSWORTII.
LONDON:
smitpi, elder and co., 65, cornhill.
[T/je Author reserves the Right of Translation.']
-ocr page 6-x*
The disproportion between the length of time occupied in
the preparation of this volume, and the slightness of
apparent result, is so vexatious to me, and must seem so
strange to the reader, that he will perhaps bear with my
stating some of the matters which have employed, or
interrupted me between 1855 and I860. I needed rest
after finishing the fourth volume, and did little in the
following summer. The winter of 1856 was spent in
writing the " Elements of Drawing," for which I thought
there was immediate need; and in examining with more
attention than they deserved some of the modern theories
of political economy, to which there was necessarily
reference in my addresses at Manchester. The Man-
chester Exhibition then gave me some work, chiefly in
its magnificent Reynolds' constellation; and thence I went
on into Scotland, to look at Dumblane and Jedburgh,
and some other favourite sites of Turner's; which I had
not all seen, when I received notice from Mr. Wornum
that he had obtained for me permission, from the Trustees
of the National Gallery, to arrange, as I thought best, the
Turner drawings belonging to the nation; on which I
returned to London immediately.
VI TEEEACE.
In seven tin boxes in the lower room of the National
Gallery I found upwards of nineteen thousand pieces of
paper, drawn upon by Turner in one way or another.
Many on both sides; some with four, five, or six
subjects on each side (the pencil point digging spiritedly
through from the foregrounds of the front into the
tender pieces of sky on the back) ; some in chalk,
which the touch of the finger would sweep away;'
others in ink, rotted into holes; others (some splendid
coloured drawings among them) long eaten away by
damp and mildew, and falling into dust at the edges,
in capes and bays of fragile decay; others worm-eaten,
some mouse-eaten, many torn half-way through; numbers
doubled (quadrupled, I should say,) up into four, being
Turner's favourite mode of packing for travelling; nearly
all rudely flattened out from the bundles in which Turner
had finally rolled them up and squeezed them into his
drawers in Queen Anne Street. Dust of thirty years
accumulation, black, dense, and sooty, lay in the rents of
the crushed and crumpled edges of these flattened bundles,
looking like a jagged black frame, and producing altogether
unexpected effects in brilliant portions of skies, whence
an accidental or experimental finger mark of the first
bundle-unfolder had swept it away.
About half, or rather more, of the entire number con-
sisted of pencil sketches, in flat oblong pocket-books,
dropping to pieces at the back, tearing laterally whenever
opened, and every drawing rubbing itself into the one
opposite. These first I paged with my own hand; then
' The best book of studies^ for his great ship-wTCcks contained about a quarter of a
pound of chalk debris, black and -white, broken off the crayons with which Tiuner had
di-awn furiously on both sides of the leaves; every leaf, with peculiar foresight, and
consideration of difficulties to be met by future mounters, containing half of one subject
on the front of it, and half of another on the back.
TEEFACE. vii
unbound; and laid every leaf separately in a clean sheet of
perfectly smooth writing paper, so that it might receive
no farther injury. Then, enclosing the contents and
boards of each book (usually ninety-two leaves, more or
less drawn on both sides, with two sketches on the boards
at the beginning and end,) in a separate sealed packet,
I returned it to its tin box. The loose sketches needed
more trouble. The dust had first to be got off them;
(from the chalk ones it could only be blown off;) then
they had to be variously flattened ; the torn ones to be laid
down, the loveliest guarded, so as to prevent all future
friction; and four hundred of the most characteristic
framed and glazed, and cabinets constructed for them
which would admit of their free use by the public. With
two assistants, I was at work all the autumn and winter
of 1857, every day, all day long, and often far into the
night.
The manual labour would not have hurt me ; but the
excitement involved in seeing unfolded the whole career of
Turner's mind during his life, joined with much sorrow at
the state in which nearly all his most precious work had
been left, and with great anxiety, and heavy sense of
responsibility besides, were very trying ; and I have never
in my life felt so much exhausted as when I locked the
last box, and gave the keys to Mr. Wornum, in May, 1858.
Among the later coloured sketches, there was one magni-
ficent series, which appeared to be of some towns along
the course of the Khine on the north of Switzerland.
Knowing that these towns were peculiarly liable to be
injured by modern railroad works, I thought I might rest
myself by hunting down these Turner subjects, and
sketching what I could of them, in order to illustrate his
compositions.
*
t
■ ■--K' -.-a
^(PPfBiPPPppiiipiPIPigjpga^^
viii PREFACE.
As I expected, the subjects in question were all on, or
near, that east and west reach of the lihine between Con-
stance and Basle. Most of them are of Rheinfelden,
Seckingen, Lauffenbourg, Schaffhausen, and the Swiss
Baden.
Having made what notes were possible to me of these
subjects in the summer (one or two are used in this
volume), I was crossing Lombardy in order to examine
some points of the shepherd character in the Yaudois
valleys, thinking to get my book finished next spring;
when I unexpectedly found some good Paul Yeroneses at
Turin. There were several questions respecting the real
motives of Yenetian work that still troubled me not a little,
and which I had intended to work out in the Louvre; but
seeing that Turin was a good place wherein to keep out
of people's way, I settled there instead, and began with
Yeronese's Queen of Sheba;—when, with much con-
sternation, but more delight, I found that I had never got
to the roots of the moral power of the Yenetians, and that
they needed still another and a very stern course of study.
There was nothing for it but to give up the book for that
year. The winter was spent mainly in trying to get at
the mind of Titian; not a light winter s task; of which
the issue, being in many ways very unexpected to me (the
reader will find "it partly told towards the close of this
volume), necessitated my going in the spring to Berlin, to
see Titian's portrait of Lavinia there, and to Dresden to
see the Tribute Money, the elder Lavinia, and girl in
white, with the flag fan. Another portrait, at Dresden,
of a lady in a dress )of rose and gold, by me unheard of
before, and one of an admiral, at Munich, had like to
have kept me in Germany all summer.
Getting home at last, and having put myself to
-ocr page 10-PREPACE. ix
w
arrange materials of which it was not easy, after so much
interruption, to recover the command;—which also were
now not reducible to a single volume — two questions
occurred in the outset, one in the section on vegetation,
respecting the origin of wood; the other in the section on
sea, respecting curves of waves ; to neither of which, from
botanists or mathematicains, any sufficient answer seemed
obtainable.
In other I'espects also the section on the sea was wholly
unsatisfactory to me: I knew little of ships, nothing of
blue open water. Turner's pathetic interest in the sea,
and his inexhaustible knowledge of shipping, deserved
more complete and accurate illustration than was at all
possible to me ; and the mathematical difficulty lay at
the beginning of all demonstration of facts. I determined
to do this piece of work well, or not at all, and threw the
proposed section out of this volume. If I ever am able to
do what I want with it (and this is barely probable), it
will be a separate book; which, on other accounts, I do not
regret, since many persons might be interested in studies
of the shipping of the old Nelson times, and of the sea-
waves and sailor character of all times, who would not
care to encumber themselves with five volumes of a work
on Art.
The vegetation question had, however, at all cost, to
be made out as best might be; and again lost me much
time. Many of the results of this inquiry, also, can only
be given, if ever, in a detached form.
During these various discouragements, the preparation
of the Plates could not go on prosperously. Drawing is
difficult enough, undertaken in quietness: it is impossible
to bring it to any point of fine rightness with half-applied
energy.
X riiEFACE.
Many experiments were made in hope of expressing
Turner's peculiar execution and touch by facsimile. They
cost time, and strength, and, for the present, have failed;
many elaborate drawings, made during the winter of 1858,
having been at last thrown aside. Some good may
afterwards come of these; but certainly not by reduction
to the size of the page of this book, for which, even of
smaller subjects, I have not prepared the most interesting,
for I do not wish the possession of any effective and
valuable engravings from Turner to be contingent on the
purchasing a book of mine.^
Feebly and faultfully, therefore, yet as well as I can
do it under these discouragements, the book is at last
done; respecting the general course of which, it will be
kind and well if the reader will note these few points that
follow.
The first volume was the expansion of a reply to
a magazine article ; and was not begun because I then
thought myself qualified to write a systematic treatise on
Art; but because I at least knew, and knew it to be
demonstrable, that Turner was right and true, and that
his critics were wrong, false, and base. At that time I
had seen much of nature, and had been several times
in Italy, wintering once in Rome; but had chiefly de-
lighted in northern art, beginning, when a mere boy, with
' To Mr. Armytage, Mr. Cuff, and Mr. Cousen, I have to express my sincere
thanks for the patience, and my sincere admiration of the skill, with which they have
helped me. Their patience, especially, has been put to seA'ere trial by the reward-
less toil required to produce facsimiles of drawings in which the slightness of subject
could never attmct any due notice to the excellence of workmanship.
Aid, just as disinterested, and deserving of as earnest acknowledgment, has been
given me by Miss Byfield, in lier faultless facsimiles of my careless sketches; by Miss
O. HiU, who prepared the copies which I required from portions of the pictures of the
old masters; and by Mr. Eobin Allen, in accurate line studies from nature, of which,
though only one is engraved in this Yolume, many others have been most seniceable,
both to it and to me.
m
PREFACE. xi
Eubens and Eembrandt. It was long before I got quit of
a boy's veneration for Rubens' physical art-power; and the
reader will, perhaps, on this ground forgive the strong
expressions of admiration for Rubens, which, to my great
regret, occur in the first volume.
Finding myself, however, engaged seriously in the essay,
I v/ent, before writing the second volume, to study in Italy;
where the strong reaction from the influence of Rubens
threw me at first too far under that of Angelico and
Raphael; and, which was the worst harm that came of
that Rubens influence, blinded me long to the deepest
qualities of Yenetian art; which, the reader may see by
expressions occurring not only in the second, but even in
the third and fourth volumes, I thought, however powerful,
yet partly luxurious and sensual, until I was led into the
final inquiries above related.
These oscillations of temper, and progressions of dis-
covery, extending over a period of seventeen years, ought
not to diminish the reader's confidence in the book. Let
him be assured of this, that unless important changes are
occurring in his opinions continually, all his life long, not
one of those opinions can be on any questionable subject
true. All true opinions are living, and show their life by
being capable of nourishment; therefore of change. But
their change is that of a tree—not of a cloud.
In the main aim and principle of the book, there is no
variation, from its first syllable to its last. ' It declares the
perfectness and eternal beauty of the work of God; and
tests all work of man by concurrence with, or subjection
to that, jlnd it differs from most books, and has a
chance of being in some respects better for the difference,
in that it has not been written either for fame, or for
money, or for conscience-sake, but of necessity.
s
i
i
ii
xii PEEFACE.
It has not been written for praise. Had I wished to
gain present reputation, by a little flattery adroitly used
in some places, a sharp word or two withheld in others,
and the substitution of verbiage generally for investigation,
I could have made the circulation of these volumes tenfold
what it has been in modern society. Had I wished for
future fame, I should have written one volume, not five.
Also, it has not been written for money. In this wealth-
producing country, seventeen years' labour could hardly
have been invested with less chance of equivalent return.
Also, it has not been written for conscience-sake. I
had no definite hope in writing it; still less any sense of
its being required of me as a duty. It seems to me, and
seemed always, probable, that I might have done much
more good in some other way. But it has been written of
necessity. I saw an injustice done, and tried to remedy
it. I heard falsehood taught, and w^as compelled to deny
it. Nothing else was possible to me. I knew not how
little or how much might come of the business, or whether
I was fit for it; but here was the lie full set in front of
me, and there was no way round it, but only over it. So
that, as the work changed like a tree, it was also rooted
like a tree—not where it would, but where need was; on
which, if any fruit grow such as you can like, you are
welcome to gather it without thanks; and so far as it is
poor or bitter, it will be your justice to refuse it without
reviling.
imi
ON LEAF BEAUTY.
Pkeface .
CHAPTER
PAGE
v
7
II
22
35
41
51
65
80
91
I.—The Earth-Veil
IL—The Leaf Orders
III.—The Bud .
The Leaf
Leaf Aspects .
The Branch
•The Stem
IV.
V.
VL
VII.
VIIL
IX.
X.
-The Leaf Monuments
-The Leaf Shadows
-Leaves Motionless
OF CLOUD BEAUTY.
--»c>»-
CHAPTER
I.—The Cloud-Balancings.......105
II.—The Cloud-Flocks.......112
III.—The Cloud-Chai-iots...... .126
I
^vic
1
IV.—The Angel of the Sea.......137
if irtlrai-avjyi
"«itTrf rt'Tii^
-ocr page 15-i
CONTENTS.
Ill
{ ^
r
XIV
OF IDEAS OF RELATION:—I. OF INVENTION FORMAL.
PAGE
157
168
179
184
chapter
I."-The Law of Help
IL—The Task of the Least
IIL-"The Rule of the Greatest
IV.—The Law of Perfectness
OF IDEAS OF RELATION:—IL OF INVENTION SPIRITUAL.
II
I •'
chapter
197
206
218
235
246
254
266
281
290
303
319
343
I.—The Dark Mirror .
XL—The Lance of Pallas.
-The Wings of the Lion
-Durer and Salvator .
-Claude and Poussin .
h
HI.-
IV.-
V.-
VL-
VII.-
VIIL-
IX.-
X.-
XL-
XIL-
-Ruhens and Cuyp .
-Of Vulgarity .
-Woiivermans and Angelico
-The Two Boyhoods .
-The Nereid's Guard .
-The Hesperid iEgle.
-Peace
Local Index ....
Index to Painters and Pictuees
Topical Index
359
361
369
XV
Plate. Ancilla Domini 51. The Diyad's Toil 52. Spirals of Thorn 53. The Dryad's Crown 54. Dutch Leafage 55. By the Wayside 56. Sketch by a Clerk of the Works 57. Leafage, by Durcr and Veronese 58. Branch Cm-vature . 59. The Diyad's Waywardness 61. Richmond, from the Moors 62. By the Brookside , 63. The Cloud Flocks . 64. Cloud Perspective (Rectilinear) 65. „ „ (Cun'ilinear) 66. Light in the West, Beauvais . 67. Clouds..... 68. Monte Rosa .... 69. Aiguilles and their Friends 70. The Graiaj .... 71. " Venga Medusa " . 72. The Locks of Typhon . 73. Loire Side .... 74. The Mill Stream . 75. The Castle of Lauffen . 76. The Moat of Nuremberg 78. Quivi Troyammo . 79. Hesperid ^gle 80. Rocks at Rest . ' . 81. Rocks in Unrest 82. The Nets in the Rapids . 83. The Bridge of Rheinfelden 84. Peace .... I I |
AnTisia. J. Rus/iin E. Allen J. Buskin . Cuyp ^Hobbima . J. M. W. Turner. J. Buskin . Durer^ Veronese B. Allen . J. Buskin . J. Buskin . J.M. W. Turner. J.M. W. Turner. J. Buskin . J. Buskin . J, Buskin . J. Buskin . J. M. W. Turner, J. Buskin . J. Buskin . J. Buskin J. Buskin . J. M. W. Turner . J.M. W. Turner. J. M. W. Turner. J. M. W. Turner . J. Buskin . J. M. W. Ttirner. Giorgione . J. Buskin, from J. Buskin, from J. M. W. Turner . J. Buskin . J, Buskin . |
Engiuveeb. J. C. Akmttage • J.* C. Aemytage ■ J. C. Aemytage J. H. Lb Keux |
Frontispiece. 13 37 38 39 100 129 130 131 172 173 • j Between ) To face page • j Bctvveen ) Bctvveen To facc page 1 J' |
lisil,
-ocr page 17-XVI
to face page 67
71
100
120
131
132
189
288
Figure 5G
61
75 to 78
85
87
88 to 90
98
100
p. 13, line 9 from bottom, omit the wds, "Tig. 1."
p, 123, line J 8 „ for " opposite," read " facing p. 343."
» ... a -^'.w, . . —
-ocr page 18-issr
CHAPTER I.
THE EARTH-VEIL.
§ 1. "To dress it and to keep it."
That, then, was to be our work. Alas! what work have we
set ourselves upon instead! How have we ravaged the garden
instead of kept it—feeding our war-horses with its flowers, and
splintering its trees into spear-shafts I
" And at the East a flaming sword."
Is its flame quenchless ? and are those gates that keep the way
indeed passable no more? or is it not rather that we no more
desire to enter? For what can we conceive of that first Eden
which we might not yet win back, if we chose. It was a
place full of flowers, we say. Well: the flowers are always
striving to grow wherever we suffer them; and the fairer, the
closer. There may indeed have been a Fall of Flowers, as a Fall
of Man; but assuredly creatures such as we are can now fancy
nothing lovelier than roses and lilies, which would grow for us
. side by side, leaf overlapping leaf, till the Earth was white and
red with them, if we cared to have it so. And Paradise was full
of pleasant shades and fruitful avenues. Well: what hinders us
vol. v. b
■u
1
THE EAETH-VEIL.
TAKT Al.
from covering as miicli of the world as we like with pleasant
shade and pure blossom, and goodly fruit ? Who forbids its valleys
to be covered over with corn, till they laugh and sing? Who
prevents its dark forests, ghostly and uninhabitable, from being
changed into infinite orchards, wreathing the hills with frail-
floretted snoAV, far away to the half-lighted horizon of April,
and flushing the face of all the autumnal earth with glow of
clustered food? But Paradise was a place of peace, we say,
and all the animals were gentle servants to us. Well: the world
would yet be a place of peace if we were all peacemakers, and gentle
service should we have of its creatures if we gave them gentle
mastery. But so long as we make sport of slaying bird and
beast, so long as we choose to contend rather with our fellows
than with our faults, and make battlefield of our meadows instead
of pasture—so long, truly, the Flaming Sword will still turn every
way, and the gates of Eden remain barred close enough, till we
have sheathed the sharper flame of our own passions, and broken
down the closer gates of our own hearts.
§ 2. I have been led to see and feel this more and more, as I
considered the service which the flowers and trees, which man
was at ^first appointed to keep, were intended to render to him
in return for his care; and the services they still render to him,
as far as |he allows their influence, or fulfils his oAvn task towards
them. For what infinite wonderfulness there is in this vegetation,
considered, as indeed it is, the means by which the earth becomes
the companion of man—^his friend and his teacher! In the con-
ditions which we have traced in its rocks, there could only be
seen preparation for his existence;—the characters which enable
him to live on it safely, and to work with it easily—in all these
it has been inanimate and passive; but vegetation is to it as
an imperfect soul, given to meet the soul of man. The earth
in its depths must remain dead and cold, incapable except of
slow crystalline change; but at its surface, which human beings
look upon and deal with, it ministers to them tlirough a veil of
strange intermediate being; which breathes, but has no voice;
moves, but cannot leave its appointed place; passes through life
without consciousness, to death without bitterness; wears the beauty
of youth, without its passion; and declines to the weakness of age,
without its regret.
§ 3. And in this mystery of intermediate being, entirely subordinate
to us, with which we can deal as we choose, having just the greater
power as we have the less responsibility for our treatment of the
unsufFering creatOTe, most of the pleasures which we need from
the external world are gathered, and most of the lessons we need
are written, all kinds of precious grace and teaching being
united in this link between the Earth and Man: wonderful in
universal adaptation to his need, desire, and discipline; God's daily
preparation of the earth for him, with beautiful means of life.
First, a carpet to make it soft for him; then, a coloured fantasy
of embroidery thereon; then, tall spreading of foliage to shade
him from sun-heat, and shade also the fallen rain, that it may
not dry quickly back into the clouds, but stay to nomisli the
springs among the moss. Stout wood to bear this leafage:
easily to be cut, yet tough and light, to make houses for him,
or instruments (lance-shaft, or plough-handle, according to his
temper); useless it had been, if harder; useless, if less fibrous;
useless, if less elastic. Winter comes, and the shade of leafage
falls away, to let the sun warm the earth; the strong boughs
remain, breaking the strength of winter winds. The seeds which
are to prolong the race, innumerable according to the need, are
made beautiful and palatable, varied into infinitude of appeal
to the fancy of man, or provision for his service: cold juice, or
glowing spice, or balm, or incense, softening oil, preserving resin,
medicine of styptic, febrifuge, or lulling charm: and all these
presented in forms of endless change. Fragility or force, softness
and strength, in all degrees and aspects; unerring uprightness, as of
temple pillars, or undivided wandering of feeble tendrils on the
ground; mighty resistances of rigid arm and limb to the storms of
ages, or wavings to and fro with faintest pulse of summer streamlet.
Roots cleaving the strength of rock, or binding the transience
of the sand; crests basking in sunshine of the desert, or hiding
by dripping spring and lightless cave ; foliage far tossing in
entangled fields beneath every wave of ocean—clothing with
variegated, everlasting films, the peaks of the trackless mountains,
b 2
M
mm
3
cirAp. I.
THE EARTH.VEIL.
THE EARTH-VEIL.
or ministering at cottage doors to every gentlest passion and
simplest joy of humanity.
§ 4. Being thus prepared for us in all ways, and made beautiful,
and good for food, and for building, and for instruments of our
hands, this race of plants, deserving boundless affection and
admiration from us, become, in proportion to their obtaining it, a
nearly perfect test of our being in right temper of mind and way
of life; so that no one can be far wrong in either who loves the
trees enough, and every one is assuredly wrong in both, who does
not love them, if his life has brought them in his way. It is
clearly possible to do without them, for the great companionship
of the sea and sky are all that sailors need; and many a noble
heart has been taught the best it had to learn between dark stone
walls. Still if human life be cast among trees at all, the love borne
to them is a sure test of its purity. And it is a sorrowful proof
of the mistaken ways of the world that the "country," in the
simple sense of a place of fields and trees, has hitherto been
the source of reproach to its inhabitants, and that the words
" countryman, rustic, clown, paysan, villager," still signify a rude
and untaught person, as opposed to the words "townsman," and
" citizen." We accept this usage of words, or the evil which
it signifies, somewhat too quietly; as if it were quite necessary
and natural that country-people should be rude, and towns-
people gentle. Whereas I believe that the result of each mode
of life may, in some stages of the world's progress, be the
exact reverse; and that another use of words may be forced upon
us by a new aspect of facts, so that we may find ourselves saying:
" Such and such a person is very gentle and kind—he is quite
rustic; and such and such another person is very rude and ill-
taught—^lie is quite urbane."
§ 5. At all events, cities have hitherto gained the better part of
their good report through our evil ways of going on in the world
generally;—chiefly and eminently tln-ough our bad habit of fight-
ing with each other. No field, in the middle ages, being safe from
devastation, and every country lane yielding easier passage to the
marauders, peacefully-minded men necessarily congregated in
cities, and walled themselves in, malting as few cross-country roads
paut vi.
I
-ocr page 22-CHAP. I. THE EARTII-VEIL. 5
as possible: while the men who sowed and reaped the harvests of
I Europe were only the servants or slaves of the barons. The disdain
= of all agricultural pursuits by the nobility, and of all plain facts by
I the monks, kept educated Europe in a state of mind over which
I natural phenomena could have no power; body and intellect being
i lost in the practice of war without purpose, and the meditation of
I words without meaning. Men learned the dexterity with sword
I and syllogism, which they mistook for education, within cloister and
I tilt-yard; and looked on all the broad space of the world of God
mainly as a place for exercise of horses, or for growth of food.
§ 6. There is a beautiful type of this neglect of the perfectness
of the Earth's beauty, by reason of the passions of men, in that
picture of Paul Uccello's of the battle of Sant' EgIdio,i in which
the armies meet on a country road beside a hedge of wild roses; the
'4 tender red flowers tossing above the helmets, and glowing between
I the lowered lances. For in like manner the whole of Nature
I only shone hitherto for man between the tossing of helmet-crests;
i and sometimes I cannot but think of the trees of the earth as
I capable of a kind of sorrow, in that imperfect life of theirs, as they
i opened their innocent leaves in the warm spring-time, in vain for
I men'; and all along the dells of England her beeches cast their
I dappled shade only where the outlaw drew his bow, and the
I king rode his careless chase; and by the sweet French rivers their
I long ranks of poplar waved in the twilight, only to show the flames
^ of burning cities, on the horizon, through the tracery of their
^ stems ; amidst the fair defiles of the Apennines, the twisted olive-
^ trunks hid the ambushes of treachery; and on their valley meadows,
day by day, the lilies which were white at the dawn were washed
I with crimson at sunset.
§ 7. And indeed I had once purposed, in this work, to show what
kind of evidence existed respecting the possible influence of country
life on men; it seeming to me, then, likely that here and there a
reader would perceive this to be a grave question, more than most
which we contend about, political or social, and might care to
follow it out with me earnestly.
' In our own National Galleiy. It is quaint and imperi'cct, but of great interest.
-ocr page 23-6 THE EARTH-VEIL. i-.mT vi.
The day will assuredly come ■when men will see that it is a
grave question; at which period, also, I doubt not, there will
arise persons able to investigate it. For the present, the move-
ments of the world seem little likely to be influenced by botanical
law; or by any other considerations respecting trees, than the
probable price of timber. I shall limit myself, therefore, to my
own simple woodman's work, and try to hew this book into its final
shape, with the limited and humble aim that I had in beginning
it, namely, to prove how far the idle and peaceable persons, who
have hitherto cared about leaves and clouds, have rightly seen, or
faithfully reported of them.
n
j t
! k
WJf.
CHAPTER 11.
THE LEAP ORDERS.
§ L As in our sketch of the structure of mountains it seemed advisable
to adopt a classification of their forms, which, though inconsistent
with absolute scientific precision, was convenient for order of
successive inquiry, and gave useful largeness of view; so, and
with yet stronger reason, in glancing at the first laws of vegetable
life, it will be best to follow an arrangement easily remembered
and broadly true, lioweA er incapable of being carried out into
entirely consistent detail. I say, " with yet stronger reason,"
because more questions are at issue among botanists than among
geologists ; a greater number of classifications have been suggested
for plants than for rocks; nor is it unlikely that those now accepted
may be here^after modified. I take an arrangement, therefore,
involving no theory; serviceable enough for all working purposes,
and sure to remain thus serviceable, in its rough generality, what-
ever views may hereafter be developed among botanists.
§ 2, A child's division of plants is into "> trees and flowers." If,
however, we were to take him in spring, after he had gathered his
lapful of daisies, from the lawn into the orchard, and ask him how
lie would call those wreaths of richer floret, whose frail petals tossed
their foam of promise between him and the sky, he would at once
see the need of some intermediate name, and call them, perhaps,
" tree-flowers." If, then, we took him to a birch-wood, and
showed him that catkins were flowers, as well as cherry-blossoms,
he might, with a little help, reach so far as to divide all flowers
into two classes: one, those that grew on ground; and another,
those that grew on trees. The botenist might smile at such a
1
s#
-•j
division; but an artist would not. To liim, as to the child, there
is something specific and distinctive in those rough trunks that
carry the higher flowers. To him, it makes the main difference
between one plant and another, whether it is to tell as a light
upon the ground, or as a shade upon the sky. And if, after this,
we asked for a little help from the botanist, and he were to lead
us, leaving the blossoms, to look more carefully at leaves and buds,
we should find ourselves able in some sort to justify, even to him,
our childish classification. For our present purposes, justifiable or
not, it is the most suggestive and convenient. Plants are, indeed,
broadly referable to two great classes. The first we may, perhaps,
not inexpediently call tented plants. They live in encamp-
ments, on the ground, as lilies; or on surfaces of rock, or stems
of other plants, as lichens and mosses. They live—some for a
year, some for many years, some for myriads of years; but,
perishing, they pass as the tented Arab passes: they leave no
memorials of themselves, cxcept the seed, or bulb, or root which is to
perpetuate the race.
§ 3. The other great class of plants we may perhaps best call
building plants. These will not live on the ground, but eagerly
raise edifices above it. Each works hard with solemn fore-
- thought all its life. Perishing, it leaves its work in the form
which will be most useful to its successors—its own monument,
and their inheritance. These architectural edifices we call
" Trees."
It may be thought that this nomenclature already involves a
theory. But I care about neither the nomenclature, nor about
anything questionable in my description of the classes. The
reader is welcome to give them what names he likes, and to
render what account of them he thinks fittest. But to us, as
artists, or lovers of art, this is the first and most vital question
concerning a plant: " Has it a fixed form or a changing one ?
Shall I find it always as I do to-day—this Pamassia palustris—
with one leaf and one flower ? or may it some day have incalcu-
lable pomp of leaves and unmeasured treasure of flowers ? Will
it rise only to the height of a man—as an ear of com—and perish
like a man; or will it spread its boughs to the sea and branches
i.
8
paiit vi.
THE LEAP OEDERS.
CHAV. II.
THE LEAE ORDERS.
to the river, and enlarge its circle of sliade in lieaven for a thou-
sand years ? "
§ 4. This, I repeat, is the Jirst question I ask the plant. And as
it answers, I range it on one side or the other, among those that
rest or those that toil: tent-dwellers, who toil not, neither do they
spin; or tree-builders, whose days are as the days of a people. I
find again, on farther questioning these plants who rest, that one
group of them does indeed rest always, contentedly, on the ground,
but that those of another group, more ambitious, emulate the
builders; and though they cannot build rightly, raise for them-
selves pillars out of the remains of past generations, on which
they themselves, living the life of St. Simeon Stylites, are called,
by courtesy. Trees; being, in fact, many of them (palms, for
instance) quite as stately as real trees.^
These two classes we might call earth-plants, and pillar-plants.
§ 5. Again, in questioning the true builders as to their modes of
work, I find that they also are divisible into two great classes.
Without in the least wishing the reader to accept the fanciful
nomenclature, I think he may yet most conveniently remember
these as "Builders with the shield," and "Builders with the
sword."
Builders with the shield have expanded leaves, more or less
resembling shields, partly in shape, but still more in office; for
under their lifted shadow the young bud of the next year is kept
from harm. These are the gentlest of the builders, and live in
pleasant places, providing food and shelter for man. Builders with
the sword, on the contrary, have sharp leaves in the shape of
swords, and the young buds, instead of being as numerous as the
leaves, crouching each under a leaf-shadow, are few in number,
and grow fearlessly, each in the midst of a sheaf of swords.
These builders live in savage places, are sternly dark in colour,
and though they give much help to man by their merely
' I am not sure that this is a fair account of palms. I have never had opportunity
of studying stems of Endogens, and I cannot understand the descriptions given of
them in books, nor do I know how far some of their branched conditions approximate
to real tree-structure. If this work, whatever eiTors it may involve, provokes the
curiosity of the reader so as to lead him to seek for more and better knowledge, it will
do all the service I hope from it.
fi
M
I
I'
physical strengtli, they (with few exceptions) give him no food,
and imperfect shelter. Their mode of building is ruder than
that of the shield-builders, and they in many ways resemble the
pillar-plants of the opposite order. We call them generally
« Pines."
10
x'aet vi.
THE LEAF ORDERS.
§ 6. Our work, in this section, will lie only among the shield-
builders, sword-builders, and plants of rest. The Pillar-plants
belong, for the most part, to other climates. I could not analyze
them rightly; and the labour given to them would be comparatively
useless for our present purposes. The chief mystery of vege-
tation, so far as respects external form, is among the fair
shield-builders. These, at least, we must examine fondly and
earnestly.
■tfi^it.Ht .«nav
iiiiwii
-ocr page 28-THE BUD.
§ I. If you gather, in summer time, an outer spray of any shield-
leaved tree, you will find it consists of a slender rod, throwing
out leaves, perhaps on every side, perhaps on two sides only, with
usually a cluster of closer leaves at the end. In order to under-
stand its structure, we must reduce it to a simple general type.
Nay, even to a very inaccurate type. For a tree-branch is essen-
tially a complex thing, and no " simple " type can, therefore, be a
right one.
This type I am going to give you is full of fallacies and
inaccuracies; but out of these fallacies we will bring the truth,
by casting them aside one by one.
§ 2. Let the tree spray be represented under one of these two types,
A or B, Fig. 1, the cluster at the end
being in each case supposed to consist
of tlu:ee leaves only (a most impertinent
supposition, for it must at least have ^^
four, only the fourth would be in a
puzzling perspective in A, and hidden
behind the central leaf in b). So,
receive this false type patiently. When
leaves are set on the stalk one after
another, as in A, they are called
"alternate;" when placed as in B, opposite." It is necessary you
should remember this not very difficult piece of nomenclature.
If you examine the branch you have gathered, you will see
that for some little way below the full-leaf cluster at the end, the
il
12 THE BUD. PAKT VI.
stalk is smooth, and tlie leaves are set regularly on it. But at six,
eight, or ten inches down, there comes an awkward knot; some-
thing seems to have gone wrong, perhaps another spray branches
off there; at all events, the stem gets suddenly thicker, and you
may break it there (probably) easier than anywhere else.
That is the junction of two stories of the building. The
smooth piece has all been done this summer. At the knot the
Ibundation was left during the winter.
The year's work is called a " shoot." I shall be glad if you
will break it off to look at, as my A and b types are supposed to
go no farther down than the knot.
The alternate form A is more frequent than B, and some
botanists think includes B. We will, therefore, begin with it.
§ If you look close at the figure, you will see small projecting
points at the roots of the leaves. These represent buds, which
you may find, most probably, in the shoot you have in your hand.
Whether you find them or not, they are there—visible, or latent,
does not matter. Every leaf has assuredly an infant bud to take
care of, laid tenderly, as in a cradle, just where the leaf-stalk
forms a safe niche between it and the main stem. The child-bud
is thus fondly guarded all summer; but its protecting leaf dies
in the autumn; and then the boy-bud is put out to rough
winter-schooling, by w^hich he is prepared for personal entrance
into public life in the spring.
Let us suppose autumn to have come, and the leaves
to have fallen. Then our A of Tig. 1, the buds only
being left, one for each leaf, will appear as A B, in Fig. 2.
We will call the buds grouped at B, terminal buds, and
those at a, 6, and c, lateral buds.
This budded rod is the true year's work of the building
plant, at that part of its edifice. You may consider the
little spray, if you like, as one pinnacle of the tree-cathe-
dral, which has taken a year to fashion; innumera|^le other
pinnacles having been built at the same time on other branches.
§4. Now, every one of these buds, a, b, and c, as well as every
terminal bud, has the power and disposition to raise himself, in
the sprmg, into just such another pinnacle as A B is.
B
f
a
a
Fig. 2.
h
Vf'
CHAP. III.
THE BUD.
This cleveloprnent is the process we; have mainly to study in
this chapter; but, in the outset, let us see clearly what it is to
end in.
Each bud, I said, has the power and disposition to make a
pinnacle of himself, but he has not always the opportunity. What
may hinder him we shall see presently. Meantime, the reader will,
perhaps, kindly allow me to assume that the buds a, Z>, and c, come
to notliing, and only the three terminal ones build forward. Each
of these producing the image of the first pinnacle, we have the type
for our next summer bough of
Fig. 3 ; in which observe the
original shoot a b, has become
thicker; its lateral buds having
proved abortive, are now only
'seen as little knobs on its sides.
Its terminal buds have each risen
into a new pinnacle. The cen-
tral or strongest one b c, has
become the very image of what
his parent shoot a b, was last year.
The two lateral ones are weaker
and shorter, one probably longer
than the other. The joint at b is
the knot or foundation for each
shoob above spoken of.
Knowing now what we are
about, we will go into closer detail.
Let us return to the type in Fig. 2, of the fully accomplished
summer's work: the rod with its bare buds. Fig. 1, Plate 51,
opposite, represents, of about half its real size, an outer spray of
oak in winter. It is not growing strongly, and is as simple as
possible in ramification. You may easily see, in each branch, the
continuous piece of shoot produced last year. The wrinkles which
make these shoots look like old branches are caused by drying, as ■
the stalk of a bunch of raisins is furrowed (the oak-shoot fresh
gathered is round as a grape-stalk). I draw them thus, because the
furrows are important clues to structure. Fig. 4 is the top of one
13
§5.
14 THE BUD. PART VI.
of these oak sprays magnified for reference. The
little brackets, y^ &c., which project beneath
each bud and sustain it, are the remains of the
leaf-stalks. Those stalks were jointed at that place,
and the leaves fell without leaving a scar, only
a crescent-shaped. Somewhat blank-looking flat
space, which you may study at your ease on a
horse-chestnut stem, where these spaces are very
large.
§ 6. Now if you cut your oak spray neatly
through, just above a bud, as at A, Fig. 4, and
look at it with a not very powerful mag-
nifier, you will find it present the pretty section.
Fig. 5.
That is the proper or normal section of an
oak spray. Never quite regular. Sure to have
one of the projections a little larger than the
rest, and to have its bark (the black line) not
quite regularly put round it, but exquisitely
finished, down to a little white star in the very
centre, which I have not drawn, because it
would look in the woodcut black, not white;
and be too conspicuous.
r;
5.......-1
......-a
Tig. 4.
rig. 5.
The oak spray, however, will not keep this form unchanged for
an instant. Cut it through a little way above your
first section, and you will find the largest projection
is increasing, till, just where it opens ^ at last into
the leaf-stalk, its section is Fig, 6. If, therefore,
you choose to consider every interval between bud
and bud as one story of your tower or pinnacle,
you find that there is literally not a hair's-breadth
of the work in which the plan of the tower does
I'-l
ml
' The added portion, siirromiding two of the sides of the pentagon, is the prepa-
J-ation for the stalk of the leaf, which, on detaching itself from the stem, presents
variable sections, of which those numbered 1 to 4, Fig. 7, are examples. I cannot
determine the proper normal form. The biilb-shaped spot in the heart of the upper-
most of the five projections In Fig. 6 is the root of the bud.
oS^_
-ocr page 32-1599
THE BUD.
15
CltAl». 111.
Fig. 7.
not change. You may see in Plate 51 that every shoot is affected
by a subtle (in nature an infinitely subtle) change of contour
between bud and bud.
§ 7. But farther, observe in what succession those buds are put
round the bearing stem. Let the section of the stem be represented
by the small central circle in Fig. 8 ; and suppose
it surromided by a nearly regular pentagon (in
the figure it is quite regular for clearness' sake).
Let the first of any ascending series of buds be
represented by the curved projection filling the
nearest angle of the pentagon at 1. Then the
next bud, above, will fill the angle at 2 \ the
next above, at 3, the next at 4, the next at 5. The sixth will
come nearly over the first. That is to say, each projecting portion
of the section. Fig. 5, expands into its bud, not successively, but by
leaps, always to the 7text hut one; the buds being thus placed
in a nearly regular spiral order.
§8. I say nearly, regular—for there are subtleties of variation in
plan which it would l)e merely tiresome to enter into. All that
we need care about is the general law, of which the oak spray
furnishes a striking example,—that the buds of the first great
group of alternate builders rise in a spiral order round the stem
(I believe, for the most part, the spiral proceeds from right to left).
And this spiral succession very frequently approximates to the
pentagonal order, which it takes with great accuracy in an oak;
for, merely assuming that each ascending bud places itself as far as
it can easily out of the way of the one beneath, and yet not quite
on the opposite side of the stem, we find the interval between the
two must generally approximate to that left between 1 and 2, or
2 and 3, in Fig.
' For more accurate infommtion the reader may consult Professor Lindley's Intro^
ductioti to Botaiuj (Longman, 1848), vol. i. p. 245, et scqq.
! !
■i. ■
•'i
4
16 THE BUD. PART VI.
§ 9. Should tlie interval be consistently a little less than that which
brings out the pentagonal structure, the plant
seems to. get at first into much difficulty. For,
in such case, there is a probability of the buds
falling into a triangle, as at A, Fig. 9 ; and then
the fourth must come over the first, which
would be inadmissible (we shall soon see why).
Nevertheless, the plant seems to like the trian-
gular result for its outline, and sets itself to get
out of the difficulty with much ingenuity, by
methods of succession, which I will examine far-
ther in the next chapter: it being enough for us
to know at present that the puzzled, but persevering, vegetable does
get out of its difficulty, and issues triumphantly, and with a pecu-
liar expression of leafy exultation, in a hexagonal star, composed of
two distinct triangles, normally as at b. Fig. 9. Why the buds do
not like to be one above the other, we shall see in next chapter.
Meantime I must shortly warn the reader of what we shall then
discover, that, though we have spoken of the projections of our
pentagonal tower as if they were first built to sustain each its leaf,
they are themselves chiefly built by the leaf they seem to sustain.
Without troubling ourselves about this yet, let us fix in our minds
broadly the effective aspect of the matter, which is all we want, by
a simple practical illustration.
§ 10. Take a piece of stick half-an-inch thick, and a yard or two
long, and tie large knots, at any equal distances you choose,
on a piece of pack-thread. Then wind the pack-thread round
the stick, with any number of equidistant turns you choose,
from one end to the other, and the knots will take the position
of buds in the general type of alternate vegetation. Byv varying
the number of knots and the turns of the thread, you may get
the system of any tree, with the exception of one character only
—viz., that since the shoot grows faster at one time than another,
the buds run closer together when the growth is slow. You cannot
imitate this structure by closing the coils of your string, for that
would alter the positions of your knots irregularly. The intervals
between the buds are, by this gradual acceleration or retardation
i t,!
-ocr page 34-17
cuap. iii.
of growth, usually vai'ied in lovely proportions. Fig. 10 shows the
elevations of the buds on five different sprays of oak; a and b being
of the real size (short shoots); c, D, and E, on a reduced scale.
b
E
I have not traced the cause of the apparent tendency^of the buds
to follow in pairs, in these longer shoots.
§ 11. Lastly: If tlie spiral be constructed so as to bring tlie buds
nearly on opposite sides of the stem, tliougli
alternate in succession, tlie stem, most probably,
will slioot a little away from each bud after
throwing it off, and thus establish the oscilla-
tory form h, Fig. 11, which, when the buds are
placed, as in this case, at diminishing intervals,
is very beautiful.^
§ 12. I fear this has been a tiresome chapter; but
it is necessary to master the elementary struc-
ture, if we are to understand anything of trees;
and the reader will therefore, perhaps, take
patience enough to look at one or two examples
of the spray structure of the second great class
of builders, in which the leaves are opposite.
Nearly all opposite-leaved trees grow, nor-
mally, like vegetable weathercocks run to
seed, with north and south, and east and west
pointers thrown off alternately one over an-
other, as in Fig. 12.
This, I say, is the normal condition. Under
certain circumstances, north and south pointers
set themselves north-east and south-west; this
concession being acknowledged and imitated by
the east and west pointers at the next oppor-
timity; but, for the present, let us keep to oxu'
simple form.
TAKX VI.
18
THE BUI).
The first business of the budding stem,
is to get every pair of buds set accurately
at right angles to the one below. Here are some examples
of the way it contrives this. A, Fig. 13, is the section of the
stem of a spray of box, magnified eight or nine times, just
' f
a
' Fig. 11 is n shoot of the Hnic, drawn on two sides, to show its continuous curve in
one direction, and altemaled curves in another. The buds, which may be seen to be at
equal heights in the two figttres, are exquisitely p ©portioned in their distances. There
is no end to the refinement of system, if we choose to pursue it.
THE BUI).
19
ciup. in.
where it throws off two of its leaves, suppose on north and south
sides. The crescents below and above are sections through the leaf-
stalks thrown off on each side. Just above this joint, the section
Fig. 13.
n
of the stem is b, which is the normal section of a box-stem, as
rig. 5 is of an oak's. This, as it ascends, becomes c, elongating
itself now east and west; and the section next to c would be again
A turned that way; or, taking the succession completely through
two joints, and of the real size, it
would be thus: Fig. 14.
The stem of the spotted aucuba 0 S O ^^ E5 0 g
is normally hexagonal, as that of the C C
box is normally sq^uare. It is very dexterous and delicate in its mode
of transformation to the two sides. Through the joint it is A,
■Fig
.14.
Jig .15. .
D
Fig. 15. Above joint, b, normal, passing on into c, and d for the
next joint.
While in the horse-chestnut, a larger tree, and, as we shall see
hereafter, therefore less regular in conduct, the section, normally
hexagonal, is much rounded
and softened into irregularities;
k, Fig. 16, becoming, as it buds,
B and c. The dark diamond
beside c is a section through a
bud, in which, however small,
the quatrefoil disposition is
always seen complete: the
four little infant leaves with
a queen leaf in the middle,
all laid in their fan-shaped
feebleness, safe in a white ^
cloud of miniature woollen
blanket.
The elementaiy structure of all important trees may, I think,
thus be resolved into three principal forms : three-leaved. Fig. 9;
four-leaved. Figs. 13 to 16; and five-leaved, Fig. 8. Or, in well-
known terms, trefoil, quatrefoil, cinqfoil. And these are essential
classes, more complicated forms being usually, it seems to me,
resolvable into these, but these not into each other. The simplest
arrangement (Fig. 11), in which the buds are nearly opposite in
position, though alternate in elevation, cannot, I believe, constitute
a separate class, being only an accidental condition of the spiral.
If it did, it might be called difoil; but the important classes are
three:—
Trefoil, Fig. 9: Type, Rhododendron,
Quatrefoil, Fig. 13 : Type, Horse-chestnut.
THE BUD.
§ 13.
Type, Oak.
Fig.
Cinqfoil,
5
The coincidences between beautiful architecture and the con-
struction of trees must more and more have become marked in the
reader's mind as we advanced: and if he will now look at what I
1 '
have said in other places of the use and meaning of the trefoil,
quatrefoil, and cinqfoil, in Gothic architecture, he will see why I
could hardly help thinking and speaking of all trees as builders.
But there is yet one more subtlety in their way of building which
we have not noticed. If the reader will look carefully at the sepa-
§ u.
I-
-ocr page 38-THE BUD.
21
cuAr. 111.
rate slioots in Plate 51, lie will see that tlie furrows of tlie stems fell
in almost every case into continuous spiral curves, carrying the
whole system of buds with them. This superinduced spiral action,
of which we shall perhaps presently discover the cause, often
takes place vigorously, producing completely twisted stems of great
thickness. It is nearly always existent slightly, giving farther
grace and change to the m'hole wonderful structure. And thus avo
have, as the final result of one year's vegetative labour on any
single spray, a twisted tower, not similar at any height of its
building: or (for, as we shall see presently, it loses in diameter at
each bud) a twisted spire, correspondent somewhat in principle to
the twisted spire of Dijon, or twisted fountain of Ulm, or twisted
shafts of Verona. Bossed as it ascends with living sculpture,
chiselled, not by diminution but through increase, it rises by one
consistent impulse from its base to its minaret, ready, in spring-
time, to throw round it at the crest at once the radiance of fresh
youth and the promise of restoration after that youth has passed
away. A marvellous creation : nay, might we not almost say, a
marvellous creature, full of prescience in its infancy, foreboding
even, in the earliest gladness of its opening to sunshine, the hour of
fainting strength and falling leaf, and guarding under the shade of
its faithful shields the bud that is to bear its hope through winter's
shieldless sleep?
Men often look to bring about great results by violent and un-
prepared effort. But it is only in fair and forecast order, " as the
earth bringeth forth her bud," that righteousness and praise may
spring forth before the nations.
22
CHAPTER IV.
THE LEAP.
§ 1. Having now some clear idea of tlie position of tlie bud^ we have
next to examine tlie forms and structure of its shield—the leaf
which guards it. You will form the best general idea of the
flattened leaf of shield-builders by thinking of it as you would of
a mast and sail. More consistently with our classification, we
might perhaps say, by thinking always of the arm sustaining tlie
shield; but we should bo in danger of carrying fancy too far, and
the likeness of mast and sail is closer, for the mast tapers as the
leaf-rib does, while the hand holding the uppermost strap of the
buckler clenches itself. Whichever figure we use, it will cure us
of the bad habit of imagining a leaf composed of a short stalk
with a broad expansion at the end of it. Whereas we should
always think of the stalk as running right up the leaf to its
point, and carrying the expanded, or foliate part, as the mast
of a lugger does its sail. To some extent, indeed, it has yards
also, ribs branching from the innermost one; only the yards of
the leaf will not run up and down, which is one essential function
of a sailyard.
§ 2. The analogy will, however, serve one step more. As the sail
must be on one side of the mast, so the expansion of a leaf is on
one side of its central rib, or of its system of ribs. It is laid over
them as if it were stretched over a frame, so that on the upper
surface it is comparatively smooth; on the lower, barred. The
understanding of the broad relations of these parts is the principal
work we have to do in this chapter.
§ 3. First, then, you may roughly assume that the section of any
-ocr page 40-CIIAI'. IV. TIIJO LEAF. 23
- ^ ''v' •fs
leaf-mast will be a crescent, as at a, Fig. 17 (compare Fig. 7
above). Tlic flat side is tlie
uppermost, tlie round side under-
neath, and the flat or upper side
carries the leaf. You can at
once see the convenience of this
structure for fitting to a central
stem. Suppose the central stem
has a little hole in the centre, 6,
Fig. 17, and that you cut it down
through the middle (as terrible knights used to cut their enemies
in the dark ages, so that half tlie head fell on one side, and half
on the other) : Pull the two halves separate, c, and they will
nearly represent tlie shape and position of opposite leaf-ribs. In
reality the leaf-stalks have to fit themselves to the central stem, cT,
and as we shall see presently, to lap round it: but we must not go
too fast.
Now, a, Fig. 17, being the general type of a leaf-stalk, Fig. 18 is
the general type of the way it expands into and carries its leaf;^ this
§4.
figure being the enlargement of a typical section right across any
leaf, the dotted lines show the under surface foreshortened. You
see I have made one side broader than the other. I mean that.
It is typically so. Nature cannot endure two sides of a leaf to be
alike. By encouraging one side more than the other, either by
giving it more air or light, or perhaps in a chief degree by the
mere fact of the moisture necessarily accumulating on the lower
edge when it rains, and the other always drying first, she con-
' I believe the imdeimost of the two divisions of the leaf represents vegetable tissue
returning from the extremity. See Lindley's Introduction to Botany (1848), vol. i.
p. 253.
24 THE LEAF. FAKT VI.
trives it so, that if the essential form or idea of the leaf be a,
rig. 19j the actual form will always be c, or an
approximation to it; one half being pushed in
advance of the other, as at h, and all reconciled
hj soft curvature, c. The effort of the leaf to
keep itself symmetrical rights it, however, often
at the point, so that the insertion of the stalk
only makes the inequality manifest. But it
follows that the sides of a straight section across the leaf are
unequal all the way up, as in my drawing, except at one point.
§ 5, I have represented the two wings of the leaf as slightly convex
on the upper surface. This is also on the whole a
typical character. I use the expression "wings of
the leaf," because supposing we exaggerate the
main rib a little, the section will generally re-
semble a bad painter's type of a bird (a, Fig. 20).
Sometimes the outer edges curl up, h, but an
entirely concave form, c, is rare. When h is strongly developed,
closing well in, the leaf gets a good deal the look of a boat
with a keel.
§ 6. If now you take this oblique form of sail, and cut it into
any number of required pieces down to its mast, as in Fig. 21, a,
?ig
,20.
ij
'i.
r
and then suppose each of the pieces to contract into studding-sails
at the side, you will have whatever type of divided leaf you choose
THE LEAF.
25
CIIAX'. IV.
to sliape it for. In Fig. 21, A, b, I liave taken the rose as the
simplest type. The leaf is given in separate contour at C; but that
of the mountain ash, A, Fig. 22, suggests the original oval form
which encloses all the sub-
divisions much more beau-
tifully. Each of the stud-
ding-sails in tliis ash-leaf
looks much at first as if he
were himself a mainsail.
But you may know him
always to be a subordinate,
by observing that the in-
equality of the two sides,
which is brought about by
accidental influences in the
mainsail, is an organic law
in the studding-sail. The
real leaf tries to set itself
evenly on its mast; and the
inequality is only a graceful
concession to circumstances.
But the subordinate or stud-
ding-sail is always hy law
larger at one side than the
other; and if he is himself again divided into smaller sails, he will
have larger sails on the lowest side, or one more sail on the lowest
side, than he has on the other. He always wears, therefore, a ser-
vant's, or, at least, subordinate's dress. You may know him any-
where as not the master. Even in the ash leaflet, of which I have
outlined one separately, b. Fig. 22, this is clearly seen; but it is
much more distinct in more finely divided leaves.^
g Observe, then, that leaves are broadly divisible into mainsails
and studding-sails; but that the word leaf is properly to be used
only of the mainsail; leaflet is the best word for minor divisions;
and whether these minor members are onl}' separated by deep
' For farther notes on this subject, sec my Elements of Drawing, p. 286.
-ocr page 43-26 THE LEAF. FAKT VI.
cuts, or become complete stalked leaflets, still tliey are always
to be thought of merely as parts of a true leaf.
It follows from the mode of their construction that leaflets
must always lie more or less fiat, or edge to edge, in a continuous
plane. This position distinguishes them from true leaves as much
as their oblique form, and distingnishes them with the same deli-
cate likeness of system; for as the true leaf takes, accidentally and
partially, the obliqne outline whicli is legally required in the sub-
ordinate, so the true leaf takes accidentally and partially the flat
disposition which is legally required in the subordinate. And
this point of position we must now study. Henceforward, through-
out this chapter, the reader will please note that I speak only
of true leaves, not of leafiets.
LAW I. The Law of Deflection.—The first law, then,
respecting position in true leaves, is that they
fall gradually back from the uppermost one,
or uppermost group. They are never set as
at a, Fig. 23, but always as at h. The reader
may see at once that they have more room
and comfort by means of the latter arrange-
ment. The Liav is carried out with more or
less distinctness according to the habit of the
plant; but is always acknoAvledged.
§8.
rig. 23.
Li strong-leaved shrubs or trees it is shown with great dis-
tinctness and beauty: the phillyrea shoot, for instance. Fig. 24, is
almost ill as true symmetry as a Greek honeysuckle ornament.
In the hawthorn shoot, central in Plate 52, opposite, the law is seen
very slightly, yet it rules all the play and fantasy of the varied
leaves, gradually depressing their lines as they arc set lower. In
crowded foliage of large trees the disposition of each separate
leaf is not so manifest. For there is a strange coincidence
in this between trees and communities of men. When the com-
mmiity is small, people fall more easily into their places, and
take, each in his place, a firmer standing than can be obtained
by the individuals of a great nation. The members of a vast
community are separately weaker, as an aspen or elm leaf is
thin, tremulous, and directionless, compared with the spear-like
settino; and firm substance of a rhododendron or laurel leaf. The
laurel and rhododendron are like the Athenian or Florentine re-
publics; the aspen like England—strong-trunked enough when
put to proof, and very good for making cartwheels of, but
shaking pale with epidemic panic at every breeze. Nevertheless,
the aspen has the better of the great nation, in that if you
take it bough by bough, you shall find the gentle law of respect
and room for each other truly observed by the leaves in such,
broken way as they can manage it; but in the nation you find
every one scrambling for his neighbour's place.
This, then, is our first law, which we may generally call the
Law of Deflection; or, if the position of the leaves with respect
to the root be regarded, of Radiation. The second is more curious,
and we must go back over our ground a little to get at it.
LAW II. The Law oe Succession.—From what we saw of
the position of buds, it follows that in every tree the leaves at
the end of the spray, taking the direction given them by the
uppermost cycle or spiral of the buds, will fall naturally into a
starry group, expressive of the order of their growth. In an
oak we shall have a cluster of five leaves, in a horse-chestnut
of four, in a rhododendron of six, and so on. But observe, if
we draw the oak-leaves all equal, as at a, Fig. 25, or the
chestnut's (b), or the rhododendron's (c), you instantly will feel,
or ought to feel, that something is wrong; that those are not
foliage forms—not even normally or typically so—but dead forms,
THE
§9-
■ ^
like crystals of snow. Considering this, ajid looking back to last
chapter, you will see that the buds which throw out these leaves
28
p.ut r VI,
TIIE LEAF.
a
do not grow side by side, but one above another. In the oak and
rhododendron, all five and all six buds are at different heights;
in the chestnut, one couple is above the other couple.
Now so surely as one bud is above another, it must be stronger
or weaker than that other. The shoot may either be increasing
in strength as it advances, or declining; in either case, the buds
must vary in power, and the leaves in size. At the top of the
shoot, the last or uppermost leaves are mostly the smallest;
of course always so in spring as they develope.
Let us then apply these conditions to our formal figure above,
and suppose each leaf to be weaker in its order of succession.
The oak becomes as a, Fig. 26, the chestnut shoot as b, the rhodo-
§11.
dendron, c. These, I should think, it can hardly be necessary
to tell the reader, are true normal forms;—respecting which one
or two points must be noticed in detail.
The magnitude of the leaves in the oak star diminishes, of course,
in alternate order.^ The largest leaf is the lowest, 1 in Figure 8,
p. 15. While the lai'gest leaf forms the bottom, next it, opposite
§ 10.
CHAP. IV. THE LEAF.
eacli other, come the third and fourth, in order and magnitude,
and the fifth and second form the top. An oak star is, there-
fore, always an oblique star; but in the chestnut and other
quatrefoil trees, though the uppermost couple of leaves must
always be smaller than the lowermost couple, there appears no
geometrical reason why the opposite leaves of each couple should
vary in size. Nevertheless, they always do, so that the quatrefoil
becomes oblique as well as the cinqfoil, as you see it is in Fig. 26.
Fig. 27.
The normal of four-foils is therefore as in Fig. 27, A, (maple),
with magnitudes, in order numbered; but it often happens that an
opposite pair agree to become largest and smallest; thus giving the
29
30 THE LEAF. FAKT VI.
pretty symmetry, Fig. 27, b (spotted ancuba). Of course the
quatrefoil in reality is always less formal, one pair of leaves more
or less hiding or preceding the other. Fig. 28 is the outline of a
young one in the maple.
§ 12. The third form is more complex, and we must take the pains to
follow out what we left unobserved in last chapter respecting the
way a triplicate plant gets out of its difficulties.
• Draw a circle as in Fig. 29, and two lines, A B, B c, touching itj
equal to each other, and each divided
accurately in half where they touch the
circle, so that a p shall be equal
to p b, b q, and q c. And let the
lines a b and b c be so placed that a
dotted line a c, joining their extremi-
ties, would not be much longer than
either of them.
Continue to draw lines of the same
length all round the circlc. Lay
five of them, AB, BO, cd, de, ef.
Then join the points ad, e b, and cF,
and you have Fig. 30, which is a hexa-
gon, with the following curious pro-
perties. It has one side largest, c d,
two sides less, but equal to each other,
a e and B e ; and three sides less
still, and equal to each other, a d, c F,
and b e.
Now put leaves into this hexagon.
Fig. 31, and you will see how charm-
ingly the rhododendron has got out
of its difficulties. The next cycle
will put a leaf in at the gap at
the top, and begin a new hexagon.
Observe, however, this geometrical
figure is only to the rhododendron
what the a in Fig. 25 is to the oak,
the icy or dead form. To get the
| ||||||||
A Fig |
B
.29.
I- e,
nimumtisSM
ci^
CHAP. IV. THE LEAF.
31
living normal form we must introduce
our law of succession. That is to say,
the five lines A B, b c, &c., must continually
diminish, as they proceed, and therefore
continually approach the centre; roughly,
as in Fig. 32.
§ I dread entering into the finer properties of this construction,
but the reader cannot now fail to
feel their beautiful result either in
the cluster in Fig. 26, or here in
Fig. 33, which is a richer and more
oblique one. The three leaves of
the uppermost triad are perfectly
seen, closing over the bud; and the
general form is clear, though the
lower triads are confused to the
eye by unequal development, as
in these complex arrai^gements is
almost always the case. The more
difficulties are to be encountered
the more licence is given to the
plant in dealing with them, and we shall hardly ever find a rho-
dodendron shoot fulfilling its splendid spiral as an oak does its
simple one.
Here, for instance, is the actual order of ascending leaves in
four rhododendron shoots which I gather at random.
1
w
»
a
n
Of these, A is the only quite well-conducted one; B takes one
short step, c, one step backwards, and D, two steps back, and one,
too short, forward.
«
THE LEAf.
32
PAHT VI.
§ 14. LAW III. The Law op Resilience.—If you have teen
gathering any brandies from tlie trees I have named among
quatrefoils (the box is the best for exemplification), you have
perhaps been embarrassed by finding that the leaves, instead of
growing on four sides of the stem, did practically grow oppositely
on two. But if you look closely at the places of their insertion,
you will find they indeed spring on all fom* sides; and that
in order to take the flattened opposite position, each leaf twists
round on its stalk, as in Fig. 35,
which represents a box-leaf magni-
fied and foreshortened. The leaves
do this in order to avoid growing
downwards, where the position of
the bough and bud would, if the
leaves regularly kept their places, ^'S- 35.
involve downward growth. The leaves always rise up on each side
from beneath, and form a flattened group, more or less distinctly
in proportion to the horizontality of the bough, and the contiguity
of foliage beloAV and above. I shall not trouble myself to illustrate
this law, as you have only to gather a few tree-sprays to see its
effect. But you must note the resulting characters on every leaf;
namely, that not one leaf in a thousand grows without a fixed turn
in its stalk; warping and varying the whole of the curve on the
two edges, throughout its length, and thus producing the loveliest
-conditions of its form. We shall presently trace the law of resi-
lience farther on a larger scale: meanwhile, in summing the
results of our inquiry thus far, let us remember that every one of
these laws is observed with varying accuracy and gentle equity,
according not only to the strength and fellowship of foliage on the
spray itself, but according to the place and circumstances of its
growth.
§ 15. For the leaves, as we shall see immediately, are the feeders of
the plant. Their own orderly habits of succession must not interfere
with their main business of finding food. Where the sun and air
are, the leaf must go, whether it be out of order or not. So, therefore,
in any group, the first consideration with the young leaves is much
like that of young bees, how to keep out of each other's way, that
I
r
11
-ocr page 50-CHAP. IV.
• THE LEAF.
every one may at once leave its neighbours as much free-air
pasture as possible, and obtain a relative freedom for itself. This
would be a quite simple matter, and produce other simply balanced
forms, if each branch, with open air all round it, had nothing to
think of but reconcilement of interests among its own leaves. But
every branch has others to meet or to cross, sharing with them,
in various advantage, what shade, or sun, or rain is to bo had.
Hence every single leaf-cluster presents the general aspect of a
little family, entirely at unity among themselves, but obliged to
get their living by various shifts, concessions, and infringements of
the family rules, in order not to invade the privileges of other
people in their neighbourhood.
§ 16. And in the arrangement, of these concessions there is an
exquisite sensibility among the leaves. They do not grow each
to his own liking, till they run against one another, and then
turn back sulkily; but by a watchful instinct, far apart, they
anticipate their companions' courses, as ships at sea, and in
every new unfolding of their edged tissue, guide themselves
by the sense of each other's remote presence, and by a watchful
penetration of leafy purpose in the far future. So that every
shadow which one casts on the next, and every glint of sun which
each reflects to the next, and every touch which in toss of storm
each receives from the next, aid or arrest the development of
their advancing form, and direct, as will be safest and best, the
curve of every fold and the current of every vein.
§ 17. And this peculiar character exists in all the structures thus
developed, that they are always visibly the result of a volition on
the part of the leaf, meeting an external force or fate, to which it
is never passively subjected. Upon it, as on a mineral in the
course of formation, the great merciless influences of the universe,
and the oppressive powers of minor things immediately near it, act
continually. Heat and cold, gravity and the other attractions, windy
pressure, or local and unhealthy restraint, must, in certain inevitable
degrees, affect the whole of its life. But it is life which they affect;
—a life of progress and will,—not a merely passive accumulation
of substance. This may be seen by a single glance. The mineral,—
suppose an agate in the course of formation—shows in every line
VOL. V. »
33
ji •
•51
{l
J ^
■i '
34 THE LEAF. FAKT VI.
nothing but a dead submission to surrounding force. Flowing, or
congealing, its substance is here repelled, there attracted, unre-
sistingly to its place, and its languid sinuosities follow the clefts of
the rock that contains them, in servile deflexion and compulsory
cohesion, impotently calculable, and cold. But the leaf, full of fears
and affections, shiinks and seeks, as it obeys. Not thrust, but awed
into its retiring; not dragged, but won to its advance; not bent
aside, as by a bridle, into new courses of growth: but persuaded
and converted through tender continuance of voluntary change.
§ 18. The mineral and it differing thus widely in separate being,
they differ no less in modes of companionship. The mineral
crystals group themselves neither in succession, nor in sympathy;
but great and small recklessly strive for place, and deface or distort
each other as they gather into opponent asperities. The confused
crowd fills the rock cavity, hanging together in a glittering, yet
sordid heap, in which nearly every crystal, owing to their vain
contention, is imperfect, or impure. Here and there one, at the cost
and in defiance of the rest, rises into unwarped shape or unstained
clearness. But the order of the leaves is one of soft and subdued
concession. Patiently each awaits its appointed time, accepts its
prepared place, yields its required observance. Under every
oppression of external accident, the group yet follows a laiv laid
down in its own heart; and all the members of it, whether in
sickness or health, in strength or languor, combine to carry out
this first and last heart laAV; receiving, and seeming to desire for
themselves and for each other, only life which they may communi-
cate, and loveliness which they may reflect.
HI
35
CHAPTER V.
LEAF ASPECTS,
§ 1- Befoee following farther our inquiry into tree structure, it will
rest us, and perhaps forward our work a little, to make some use of
what we know already.
It results generally from what we have seen that any group of
four or five leaves presenting itself in its natural position to the eye,
consists of a series of forms connected by exquisite and complex
symmetries, and that these forms will he not only varied in thera-
Belves, but every one of them seen under a different condition of
foreshortening.
The facility of drawing the group may be judged of by a
comparison. Suppose five or six boats, very beautifully built,
and sharp in the prow, to start all from one point, and the first
bearing up into the wind, the other three or four to, fall off from it in
succession an equal number of points,^ taking each, in consequence,
a different slope of deck from the stem of the sail. Suppose, also,
that the bows of these boats were transparent, so that you could
see the under sides of their decks as well as the upper;—and that
it were required of you to draw all their five decks, the under or
upper side, as their curve showed it, in true foreshortened perspec-
tive, indicating the exact distance each boat had reached at a given
moment from the central point they started from.
If you can do that, you can draw a rose-leaf. Not otherwise. •
§ 2. When, some few years ago, the pre-Raphaelites began to lead
our w^andering artists back into the eternal paths of all great Art,
' I don't know that this is rightly cxpreseedj but the meaning will be understood.'
D 2
-ocr page 53-36 LEAS' ASPECTS. I'AKT VI.
and showed tliat whatever men drew at all, ought to he drawn
accurately and loiowingly; not blunderingly nor by guess (leaves
of trees, among other things) : as ignorant pride on the one hand
refused their teaching, ignorant hope caught at it on the other.
" What! " said many a feeble young student to himself. " Painting
is not a matter of science then, nor of supreme skill, nor of inventive
brain. I have only to go and paint the leaves of the trees as they
grow, and I shall produce beautiful landscapes directly."
Alas ! my innocent young friend. "Paint the leaves as they
grow!" If you can paint one leaf, you can paint the world. These
pre-Raphaelite laws, which you think so light, lay stern on the
strength of Apelles and Zeuxis; put Titian to thoughtful trouble;
are uurelaxed yet, and unrelaxable for ever. Paint a leaf indeed!
Above-named Titian has done it: Correggio, moreover, and
Giorgione: and Leonardo, very nearly, trying hard. Holbein,
three or four times, in precious pieces, highest wrought. Raphael,
it may be, in one or two crowns of Muse or Sibyl. If any one
else, in later times, we have to consider.
§ 3. At least until recently, the perception of organic leaf form was
absolutely, in all painters whatsoever, proportionate to their power of
drawing the human figure. All the great Italian designers drew
leaves thoroughly well, though none quite so fondly as Correggio.
Rubens drew them coarsely and vigorously, just as he drew limbs.
Among the inferior Dutch painters, the leaf-paintmg degenerates
in proportion to the diminishing power in figure. Cuyp, Wouver-
mans, and Paul Potter, paint better foliage than either Hobbima or
Ruysdael.
^ 4. In like manner the power of treating vegetation in sculpture
is absolutely commensurate with nobleness of figure design. The
quantity, richness, or deceptive finish may be greater in third-rate
work; but in true understanding and force of arrangement the
leaf and the human figure show always parallel skill. The leaf-
mouldings of Lorenzo Ghiberti are unrivalled, as his bas-reliefs are,
and the severe foliage of the Cathedral of Chartres is as grand as
its queen-statues.
§ 5. The greatest draughtsmen draw leaves, like everything else, of
their full-life size in the nearest part of the picture. They cannot
iliitti
liiijasawite
-ocr page 54-CHAP, V. LEAF ASPECTS.
be rightly drawn on any otlier terms. It is impossible to reduce
a group so treated without losing much of its character; and
more painfully impossible to represent by engraving any good work-
man's handling. • I intended to have inserted in this place an
engraving of the cluster of oak-leaves above Correggio's Antiope in
the Louvre, but it is too lovely; and if I am able to engrave it at all,
it must be separately, and of its own size. So I draw, roughly,
instead, a group of oak-leaves on a young shoot, a little curled
with autumn frost: Plate 53. I could not draw them accurately
enough if I drew them in spring. They would droop and lose
their relations. Thus roughly drawn, and losing some of their
grace, by withering, they, nevertheless, have enough left to show
how noble leaf-form is ; and to prove, it seems to me, that
Dutch draughtsmen do not wholly express it. For instance
Fig. 3, Plate 54, is a facsimile of a bit of the nearest oak foliage
out of Hobbima's Scene with the Water-mill, No. 131, in the
Dulwich Gallery. Compared with the real forms of oak-leaf, in
Plate 53, it may, I hope, at least enable my readers to under-
stand, if they choose, why, never having ceased to rate the
Dutch painters for their meanness or minuteness, I yet accepted
the leaf-painting of the pre-Raphaelites with reverence and hope.
No word has been more harmfully misused than that ugly one
of " niggling." I should be glad if it were entirely banished from
service and record. The only essential question about drawing is
whether it be right or wrong; that it be small or large, swift or
slow, is a matter of convenience only. But so far as the word
may be legitimately used at all, it belongs especially to such
execution as this of Hobbima's—execution which' substitutes, on
whatever scale, a mechanical trick or habit of hand for true
drawing of known or intended forms. So long as the work is
thoughtfully directed, there is no niggling. In a small Greek
coin the muscles of the human body are as grandly treated as in a
colossal statue; and a fine vignette of Turner's will show separate
touches often more extended in intention, and stronger in result,
than those of his largest oil pictures. In the vignette of the
picture of Ginevra, at page 90 of Rogers's Italy, the forefinger
touching the lip is entirely and rightly drawn, bent at the two
§6.
LEAF ASPECTS.
38
PART VI..
joints, witliin the length of the thirtieth of an inch, and the
whole hand within the space of one of those " niggling " touches
of Hobbima. But if this work were magnified, it would be seen
to be a strong and simple expression of a hand by thick black
lines.
§ 7. Niggling, therefore, essentially means disorganized and me-
chanical work, applied on a scale which may deceive a vulgar or
ignorant person into the idea of its being true:—a definition
applicable to the whole of the leaf-painting of the Dutch land-
scapists in distant effect, and for the most part to that of their
near subjects also. Cuyp and Wouvermans, as before stated, and
others, in proportion to their power over the figure, drew leaves
better in the foreground, yet never altogether well; for though
Cuyp often draws a single leaf carefully (weedy ground-vegeta-
tion especially, with great truth), he never felt the connection of
leaves, but scattered them on the boughs at random. Fig. 1 in
Plate 54 is nearly a facsimile of part of the branch on the left side
in our National Gallery picture. Its entire want of grace and
organization ought to be felt at a glance, after the work we have
gone through. The average conditions of leafage-painting among
the Dutch are better represented by Fig. 2, Plate 54, which is a
piece of the foliage from the Cuyp in the Dulwicli Gallery,
No. 163. It is merely wrought with a mechanical play of brush
in a well-trained hand, gradating the colour irregularly and agree-
ably, but with no^ more feeling or knowledge of leafage than a
paperstainer shows in graining a pattern. A bit of the stalk is
seen on the left; it might just as well have been on the other
side, for any connection the leaves have with it. As the leafage
retires into distance, the Dutch painters merely diminish their
scale of touch. The touch itself remains the same, but its effect
is falser; for though the separate stains or blots in Fig. 2, do
not rightly represent the forms of leaves, they may not inaccm-ately
represent the number of leaves on that'spray. But in distance,
when, instead of one spray, we have thousands in sight, no human
industry, nor possible diminution of touch can represent their mist
of foliage, and the Dutch work becomes doubly base, by reason of
false form, and lost infinity.
4
i
i^'-itil^^iifiirmiiilii^ii
I
-ocr page 56-CHAP. V. LEAF ASPECTS. 39
§ 8. Hence what I said in our first inquiry about foliage. " A
single dusty roll of Turner's brush is more truly expressive of the
infinitude of foliage than the niggling of Hobbima could have
rendered his canvass, if he had worked on it till doomsday." And
this brings me to the main difficulty I have had in preparing this
section. That infinitude of Turner's execution attaches not only
to his distant work, but in due degree to the nearest pieces of his
trees. As I have shown in the chapter on mystery, he perfected
the system of art, as applicable to landscape, by the introduction
of this infiniteness. In other qualities he is often only equal, in
some inferior, to great preceding painters ; but in this mystery he
stands alone. He could not paint a cluster of leaves better than
Titian; but he could a bough, much more a distant mass of
foliage. No man ever before painted a distant tree rightly, or a
full-lcaved branch rightly. All Titian's distant branches are
ponderous flakes, as if covered with seaweed, while Veronese's
and Raphael's are conventional, being exquisitely ornamental
arrangements of small perfect leaves. See the background of the
Parnassus in Volpato's plate. It is very lovely, however.
§ 9. But this peculiar execution of Turner's is entirely uncopiable;
least of all to be copied in engraving. It is at once so dexterous
and so keenly cunning, simplest play of hand being applied with
concentrated attention on every movement, that no care in fac-
simile will render it. The delay in the conclusion of this work
has been partly caused by the failure of repeated attempts to
express this execution. I see my way now to some partial result;
but must get the writing done, and give undivided care to it before
I attempt to produce costly plates. Meanwhile, the little cluster
of foliage opposite, from the thicket which runs up the bank on
the right-hand side of the drawing of Richmond, looking up
the river, in the Yorkshire series, will give the reader some idea
of the mingled definiteness and mystery of Turner's work, as
opposed to the mechanism of the Dutch on the one side, and the
conventional severity of the Italians on the other. It should be
compared with the published engraving in the Yorkshire series;
for just as much increase, both in quantity and refinement, would
be necessary in every portion of the picture, before any true con-
40 LEAF ASPECTS. PAET VI,
ception could be given of the richness of Turner's designs. A
fragment of distant foliage I may give farther on; but, in order
to judge rightly of either example, we must know one or two
points in the structure of branches, requiring yet some irksome
patience of inquiry, which I am compelled to ask the reader to
grant me through another two chapters.
' - iiMr "^iiii--^
41
THE BRANCH.
§ 1. We liave hitlierto spoken of each slioot as either straight or only
warped by its spiral tendency; but no shoot of any length, except
those of the sapling, ever can be straight; for, as the family of
leaves which it bears are forced unanimously to take some given
direction in search of food or light, the stalk necessarily obeys
the same impulse, and bends itself so as to sustain them in their
adopted position, with the greatest ease to itself and comfort
for them.
In doing this, it has two main influences to comply or contend
with: the first, the direct action of the leaves in drawing it this
way or that, as they themselves seek particular situations; the
second, the pressure of their absolute weight after they have taken
their places, depressing each bough in a given degree; the leverage
increasing as the leaf extends. To these principal forces may
frequently be added that of some prevalent wind, which, on a
majority of days in the year, bends the bough, leaves and all,
for hours together, out of its normal position. Owing to these
three forces, the shoot is nearly sure to be curved in at least two
directions that is to say, not merely as the rim of a wine-glass
is curved (so that, looking at it horizontally, the circle becomes a
straight line), but as the edge of a lip or an eyebrow is curved,
partly upwards, partly forwards, so that in no possible perspec-
tive can it be seen as a straight line. Similarly, no perspective
' See the note on Fig. 11, at Page 18, which shows these two directions in a shoot
of lime.
42 THE BEANCH, PART VI.
will usually bring a shoot of a free-growing tree to appear a
straight line.
It is evident that the more leaves the stalk has to sustain,
the more strength it requires. It miglit appear, therefore, not
unadvisable that every leaf should, as it grew, pay a small tax
to the stalk for its sustenance; so that there might be no fear
of any number of leaves being too oppressive to their bearer.
Which, accordingly, is just what the leaves do. Each, from the
moment of his complete majority, pays a stated tax to the stalk;
that is to say, collects for it a certain quantity of wood, or
materials for wood, and sends this wood, or what ultimately will
become wood, down the stalk to add to its thickness.
§2.
" Down the stalk ? " yes, and down a great way farther. For,
as the leaves, if they did not thus contribute to their own support,
would soon be too heavy for the spray, so if the spray, with its
family of leaves, contributed nothing to the thickness of the branch,
the leaf-families would soon break down their sustaining branches.
And, similarly, if the branches gave nothing to the stem, the stem
would soon fall under its boughs. Therefore, by a power of
which I believe no sufficient account exists,^ as each leaf adds to
the thickness of the shoot, so each shoot to the branch, so each
branch to the stem, and that with so perfect an order and regu-
larity of duty, that from every leaf in all the countless crowd at
the tree's summit, one slender fibre, or at least fibre's thickness
of,wood, descends through shoot, through spray, through branch,
and through stem; and having thus added, in its due proportion,
to form the strength of the tree, labours yet farther and more
painfully to provide for its security; and thrusting forward into
the root, loses nothing of its mighty energy, until, mining through
the darkness, it has taken hold in cleft of rock or depth
§3.
-M
1 I find that the ofiico and nature of cambium, the causcs of the action of the sap,
and the real mode of the fomation of buds, are all still under the iuYcstigation of
botanists. I do not lose time in stating the doubts or probabilities which exist on theso
subjects. For us, the mechanical fact of the increase of thickness by eveiy leaf's action
is all that needs attention. The reader who wishes for infoi-mation as accurate as tlie
present state of science admits, may consult Lindley's Introduction to Botany, and an
interesting little book by Dr. Alexander Hanxy on Trees and their Nature (Nisbct
and Co., 1856), to which I owe much help.
i
-ocr page 60-CHAP. VI. THE BRANCH. 1627
of earth, as extended as the sweep of its green crost in the
free air.
Such at l^least is the mechanical aspect of the tree. The work
of its construction, considered as a branched tower, partly propped
by buttresses, partly lashed by cables, is thus shared in by every
leaf. But considering it as a living body to be nourished, it is
probably an inaccurate analogy to speak of the leaves being taxed
for the enlargement of the trunk. Strictly speaking, the trunk
enlarges by sustaining them. For each leaf, however far removed
from the ground, stands in need of nourishment derived from the
ground, as well as of that which it finds in the air; and it simply
sends its root down along the stem of the tree, until it reaches the
ground and obtains the necessary mineral elements. The trunk
has been therefore called by some botanists a " bundle of roots,"
but I think inaccurately. It is rather a messenger to the roots.^
A root, properly so called, is a fibre, spongy or absorbent at the
extremity, which secretes certain elements from the earth. The
stem is by this definition no more a cluster of roots than a cluster
of leaves, but a channel of intercourse between the roots and the
leaves. It can gather no nourishment. It only carries nourish-
ment, being, in fact, a group of canals for the conveyance of
marketable commodities, with an electric telegraph attached to
each, transmitting messages from leaf to root, and root to leaf, up
and down the tree. But whatever view we take of thfe operative
causes, the external and visible fact is simply that every leaf
does send down from its stalk a slender thread 'of woody matter
along the sides of the shoot it grows upon; and that the increase
of thickness in stem, proportioned to the advance of the leaves,
corresponds with an increase of thickness in roots, proportioned
to the advance of their outer fibres. How far interchange of
elements takes place between root and leaf, it is not our work
here to examine; the general and broad idea is tliis, that the whole
tree is fed partly by the earth, partly by the air;—strengthened and
sustained by the one, agitated and educated by the other;—all of
it which is best, in substance, life, and beauty, being drawn more"
§4.
In the true sense, a " mediator " (jxtainje).
-ocr page 61-44 THE BEANCH. I'ART YI.
from tliG dew of heaven than the fatness of the earth. The results
of this nourishment of the bough by the leaf in external aspect,
are the object of our immediate inquiry,
§ 5. Hitherto we have considered the shoot as an ascending body,
throwing off buds at intervals. This it is indeed; but the part of
it which ascends is not seen externally. Look back to Plate 51.
You will observe that each shoot is furrowed, and that the ridges
between the furrows rise in slightly spiral lines, terminating in the
armlets under the buds which bore last year's leaves. These ridges,
which rib the shoot so distinctly, are not on the ascending part of
it. They are the contributions of each successive leaf thrown out
as it ascended. Every leaf sent down a slender cord, covering and
clinging to the shoot beneath, and increasing its thickness. Each,
according to his size and strength, wove his little strand of cable, as
a spider his thread; and cast it down the side of the springing
tower by a marvellous magic—irresistible ! The fall of a granite
pyramid from an Alp may perhaps be stayed; the descending force
of that silver thread shall not be stayed. It will split the rocks
themselves at its roots, if need be, rather than fail in its work.
So many leaves, so many silver cords. Count—for by just the
thickness of one cord, beneath each leaf, let fall in fivefold order
round and round, the shoot increases in thickness to its root:—
a spire built downwards from the heaven.
And now we see why the leaves dislike being above each other.
Each seeks a vacant place, where he may freely let fall the cord.
The turning aside of the cable to avoid the buds beneath, is one
of the main causes of spiral curvature, as the
shoot increases. It required all the care I could
give to the drawing, and all Mr. Armytage's skill
in engraving Plate 51, to express, though drawing
/ them nearly of their full size, the principal courses
of curvature in even this least graceful of trees.
§ 6. According to the structure thus ascertained,
the body of the shoot may at any point be con-
sidered as formed by a central rod, represented
by the shaded inner circle, a. Fig. 36, surrounded
by as many rods of descending external wood as
■f
CHAP. VI. THE BRANCH. 1629
there are leaves above tlie point wliere tlie section is made. The
first five leaves above send down the first dark rods; and the next
above send down those between, which, being from younger leaves,
are less, but yet fill the interstices; then the third group sending
down the smallest, it will be seen at a glance how a spiral action is
produced. But it would lead us into too subtle detail, if I traced the
forces of this gradual superimposition. I must be content to let the
reader pursue tliis part of the subject for himself, if it amuses him,
and proceed to larger questions.
§ 7. Broadly and practically, we may consider the whole cluster of
woody material in Fig. 36 as one circle of fibrous substance formed
round a small central rod. The real appearance in most trees is
approximately as in h, Fig. 36, the radiating structure becoming
more distinct in proportion to the largeness and compactness of the
wood.^
Now the next question is, how this descending external coating
of wood will behave itself when it comes to the forking of the
shoots. To simplify the examination of this, let us suppose the
original or growing shoot (whose section is the shaded inner circle
in Fig. 36) to have been in the form of a letter
Y, and no thicker than a stout iron wire, as in
Fig. 37. Down the arms of this letter Y, we
have two fibrous streams running in the direc-
tion of the arrows. If the depth or thickness
of these streams be such as at b and c, what
will their thickness be when they unite at e ?
Evidently, the quantity of wood surrounding ^ig- 37.
the vertical wire at e must be twice as great as that surrounding
the wires h and c.
§ 8. The reader will, perhaps, be good enough to take it on my
word (if he does not know enough of geometry to ascertain), that
the large circle, in Fig. 38, contains twice as much area as either
of the two smaller circles. Putting these circles in position, so as
to guide us, and supposing the trunk to be bounded by straight
' The gradual development of this radiating stnicture, which is organic and essen-
tial, composed of what are called by botanists meduUaiy rays, is still a great mystery
and wonder to me.
45
!
4
THE BEANCH.
46
. fast vi.
lines, we have for the outline of the fork that in Fig. 38. How,
then, do the two minor circles change into one large one ? The sec-
tion of the stem at a is a circle; and at d,
is a circle; and at c, a circle. But what
is it at e? Evidently, if the two circles
merely united gradually, without change
of form through a series of figures, such
as those at the top of Fig. 39, the quantity
of wood, instead of remaining the same,
would diminish from the contents of two
circles to the contents of one. So for
every loss, which the circles sustain at
this junction, an equal quantity of wood
must be thrust out somehow to the side,
circles to run into each
other, as far as shown at
d, in Fig. 39, there must
be a loss between them
of as much wood as the
shaded space. Therefore,
half of that space must
be added, or rather
pushed out on each side,
and the section of the
uniting branch becomes
approximately as in c. Fig. 39; the wood squeezed out encompass-
ing the stem more as the circles close, until the whole is reconciled
into one larger single circle.
§ 9. I fear the reader would have no patience with me, if I asked
him to examine, in longitudinal section, the lines of the descending
currents of wood as they eddy into the increased single river.
Of course, it is just what would take place if two strong streams,
filling each a cylindrical pipe, ran together into one larger cylinder,
with a central rod passing up every tube. But, as this central
rod increases, and, at the same time, the supply of the stream
from above, every added leaf contributing its little current,
the eddies of wood about the fork become intensely curious and
ill
rig. 38.
Thus, to enable the
o
C»
Pig. 39.
tl'
1
I ".
i
lift
CHAP. VI. THE BRANCH. 47
interesting; of which thus much the reader may observe in a
moment by gathering a branch of any tree (laburnum shows it
better, I think, than most), that the two meeting currents,
first wrinkling a little, then rise in a low wave in the hollow of the
fork, and flow over at the side, making their way to diflftise them-
selves round the stem, as in Fig. 40. Seen
laterally, the bough bulges out below the
fork, rather curiously and awkwardly, espe-
cially if more than two boughs meet at the
same place, growing in one plane, so as to
show the sudden increase on the profile. If
the reader is interested in the subject, he will
find strangely complicated and wonderful
arrangements of stream when smaller boughs
meet larger (one example is given in Plate 3, Vol. III., where the
current of a smaller bough, entering upwards, pushes its way into
the stronger rivers of the stem). But I cannot, of course, enter
into such detail here.
The little ringed accumulation, repelled from the wood of the
larger trunk at the base of small boughs, may be seen at a glance
§ 10.
1
THE BEANCH.
48
PAUT VI,
is interesting, because it shows the swelling at the bases of in-
sertion, which yet, Salvator's eye not being quick enough to detect
the law of descent in the fibres, he, with his usual love of ugliness,
fastens on this swollen character, and exaggerates it into an appear-
ance of disease. The same bloated aspect may be seen in the example
already given from another etching, Vol. III., Plate 4, Fig. 8.
§ 11. I do not give any more examples from Claude. We have had
enough already in Plate 4, Vol. III., which the reader should
examine carefully. If he will then look forward to Fig. 61 here,
he will see how Turner inserts branches, and with what certain
and strange instinct of fidelity he marks the wrinkled enlargement
and sinuous eddies of the wood rivers where they meet.
And. remember always that Turner's greatness and rightness
in all these points successively depend on no scientific knowledge.
He was entirely ignorant of all the laws we have been developing.
He had merely accustomed himself to see impartially, intensely,
and fearlessly.
1
§ 12. It may, perhaps, be interesting to compare, with the rude fal-
lacies of Claude and Salvator, a little piece of earliest art, wrought
by men who could see and feel. The scroll, Fig. 42, is a portion
CHAP. VI. THE BEANCir.
of that which suiTOunds the arch in Sail Zeiio of Verona, above
the pillar engraved in the Stones of Venice, Plate 17, Vol. 1. It is,
therefore, twelfth, or earliest thirteenth century work. Yet the
foliage is already full of spring and life; and in the part of the
E
49
stem, which I have given of its real size in Fig. 43, the reader
will perhaps be surprised to see at the junctions the laws of
vegetation, which escaped the sight of all the degenerate landscape-
TOL. T.
-ocr page 67-50 THE BRANCH.
PART VI.
painters of Italy, expressed by one of her simple architectural
workmen six hundred years ago.
We now know enough, I think, of the internal conditions
which regulate tree-structure to enable us to investigate, finally,
the great laws of branch and stem aspect. But they are very
beautiful; and we will give them a separate chapter.
f, r
I
f
4
CHAPTER VII.
THE STEM.
§ We must be content, in tliis most complex subject, to advance
very slowly; and our easiest, if not our only way, will be to
examine, first, tlie conditions under wliieli boughs would form,
supposing them all to divide in one plane, as your hand divides
when yon lay it flat on the table, with the fingers as wide apart as
you can. And then we will deduce the laws of ramification which
follow on the real structure of branches, which truly divide, not
ill one plane, but as your fingers separate if you hold a large
round ball Avith them.
The reader has, I hope, a clear idea by this time of the main
principle of tree-growth; namely, that the increase is by addition,
or superimposition, not extension. A branch does not stretch itself
out as a leech stretches its body. But it receives additions at
its extremity, and proportional additions to its thickness. For
although the actual living shoot, or growing point, of any year,
lengthens itself gradually until it reaches its terminal bud, after
that bud is formed, its length is fixed. It is thenceforth one
joint of the tree, like the joint of a pillar, on which other joints of
marble may be laid to elongate the pillar, but which will not itself
stretch. A tree is thus truly edified, or built, like a house.
I am not sure with what absolute stringency this law is
observed, or what slight lengthening of substance may be trace-
able by close measurement among inferior branches. For prac-
tical purposes, we may assume that the law is final, and that
if we represent the state of a plant, or extremity of branch, in
any given year under the simplest possible type. Fig. 44, a, of two
I?
■ fj
s
fs
I
§2.
shoots, with terminal buds, springing from one stem, its growth,
next year may be expressed by the type. Fig. 44, h, in which, the
original stems not changing or increasing, the
terminal buds have built up each another
story of plant, or repetition of the original
form; and, in order to support this new
edifice, have sent down roots all the way to
the ground, so as to enclose and thicken the
inferior stem.
But if this is so, how does the original
stem, which never lengthens, ever become
the tall trunk of a tree ? The arrangement
just stated provides very satisfactorily for
making it stout, but not for malcing it tall.
If the ramification proceeds in this way, the
tree must assuredly become a round compact
ball of short sticks, attached to the ground by a very stout, almost
invisible, stem, like a puff-ball.
For if we take the form above, on a small scale, merely to
see what comes of it, and carry its branching three steps farther,
we get the successive conditions in Fig. 45, of which the last
comes already round to the ground.
" But those forms really look something like trees !" Yes,
if they were on a large scale. But each of the little shoots is only
six or seven inches long ; the whole cluster would but be three or
Tig.M.
■i
52
TAUT VI.
THE STEai.
Tig. 45.
four feet over, and touches the ground already at its extremity.
It would enlarge if it went on growing, but never rise from the
ground.
§ 3. This is an interesting question : one, also, which, I fear, we must
solve, so far as yet it can be solved, with little help. Perhaps
nothing is more curious in the history of human mind than the
way in which the science of botany has become oppressed by
nomenclature. Here is perhaps the first question which an intel-
'r'l
U
I
-ocr page 70-CHAP. vii. THE STElil. 53
Hgent child would tliink of asking about a tree: " Mamma, Iioav
does it make its trunk ? " and you may open one botanical work
after another, and good ones too, and by sensible men,—you shall
not find this child's question fairly put, much less fairly answered.
You will be told gravely that a stem has received many names,
such as cuhmts, stipes, and truncus; that twigs were once called
fiagella, but are now called ramuli; and that Mr. Link calls a
straight stem, with branches on its sides, a caulis excurrens;
and a stem, which at a certain distance above the earth breaks
out into irregular ramifications, a caulis deliquescens. All thanks
and honour be to Mr. Link! But at this moment, Avhen we
want to know ^oJiy one stem breaks out " at a certain dis-
tance," and the other not at all, we find no great help in those
splendid excurrencies and deliquesccncies. "At a certain dis-
tance?" Yes: but why not before? or why then? IIow was
it that, for many and many a year, the young shoots agreed to
construct a vertical tower, or, at least, the nucleus of one, and
then, one merry day, changed their minds, and built about their
metropolis in all directions, nobody knows where, far into the
air in free delight? How is it that yonder larch-stem grows
straight and true, while all its branches, constructed by the same
process as the mother trunk, and under the mother trunk's careful
inspection and direction, nevertheless have lost all their manners,
and go forking and flashing about, more like cracklings of spite-
fullest lightning than decent branches of trees that dip green
leaves in dew ?
§ 4. We have probably, many of us, missed the point of such
questions as these, because we too readily associated the structure
of trees with that of flowers. The flowering part of a plant shoots
out or up, in some given direction, until, at a stated period,
it opens or branches into perfect form by a law just as fixed,
and just as inexplicable, as that which numbers the joints of
an animal's skeleton, and puts the head on its right joint. In
many forms of flowers—foxglove, aloe, hemlock, or blossom of
maize—the structure of the floAvering part so far assimilates itself
to that of a tree, that we not unnaturally think of a tree only as
a large flower, or large remnant of flower, run to seed. And we
54 THE STEM. TAEX VI.
suppose tlie time and place of its brandling to be just as organically
determined as the height of the stalk of straw, or hemlock pipe>
and the fashion of its branching just as fixed as the shape of
petals in a pansy or cowslip.
§ 5. But that is not so ; not so in anywise. So far as you can
•watch a tree, it is produced throughout by repetitions of the same
process, which repetitions, however, are arbitrarily directed so as
to produce one cfFect at one time, and another at another time. A
young sapling has his branches as much as the tall tree. He does
not shoot up in a long thin rod, and begin to branch when he is ten
or fifteen feet high, as the hemlock or foxglove does when each has
reached its ten or fifteen inches. The young sapling conducts
himself with all the dignity of a tree from the first;—only he so
manages his branches as to form a support for his future life, in a
strong straight trunk, that will hold him well off the ground.
Prudent little sapling !—but how does he manage tins ? how keep
the young branches from rambling about, till the proper time, or
on what plea dismiss them from his service if they will not help
his provident purpose? So again, there is no difference in mode
of construction between the trunk of a pine and its branch. But
external circumstances so far interfere with the results of this re-
peated construction, that a stone pine rises for a hundred feet like a
pillar, and then suddenly bursts into a cloud. It is the knowledge
of the mode in which such change may take place which forms
the true natural history of trees;—or, more accurately, their moral
history. An animal is born with so many limbs, and a head of
such a shape. That is, strictly speaking, not its history, but one fact
in its history: a fact of which no other account can be given than
that it was so appointed. But a tree is born without a head. It
has got to make its own head. It is born like a little family from
which a great nation is to spring; and at a certain time, under
peculiar external circumstances, this nation, every individual of
which remains the same in nature and temper, yet gives itself a
new political constitution, and sends out branch colonies, wliich
enforce forms of law and life entirely different from those of the
parent state. That is the history of the state. It is also the history
of a tree, W
1
§ 6. Of these hidden histories, I know and can tell you as little as
I did of the making of rocks. It will be enough for me if I can
piit the difficulty fairly before you, show you clearly such facts as
are necessary to the understanding of great Art, and so leave you
to pursue, at your pleasure, the graceful mystery of this imperfect
leafage life.
I took in the outset the type of a triple bud as the most general
that could be given of all trees, because it represents a prevalently
upright main tendency, with a capacity of branching on both sides.
I would have shown the power of branching on all sides
if I could ; but we must be content at first with the
simplest condition. From what we have seen since of bud
structure, we may now make our type more complete
by giving each bud a root proportioned to its size. And
our elementary type of tree plant will be as in Fig. 46.
§ 7. Now these three buds, though differently placed, have all one
mind. No bud has an oblique mind. Every one would like,
if he could, to grow upright, and it is because the midmost
one has entirely his own way in this matter, that he is largest.
He is an elder brother; — his birthright is to grow straight
towards the sky. A younger child may perhaps supplant him,
if he does not care for his privilege. In the meantime all are
of one family, and love each other,—so that the two lateral buds
do not stoop aside because they like it, but to let their more
favoured brother grow in peace. All the three buds and roots have
at heart the "same desire;—which is, the one to grow as straight
as he can towards bright heaven, the other as deep as he can
into dark earth. Up to light, and down to shade;—into air and
into rock:—that is their mind and purpose for ever. So far as
they can, in kindness to each other, and by sufferance of external
circumstances, work out that destiny, they will. But their beauty will
not result from their working it out,—only from their maintained
purpose and resolve to do so, if it may be. They will fail—certainly
two, perhaps all three of them : fail egregiously;—ridiculously;—
it may be, agonizingly. Instead of growing up, they may be
wholly sacrificed to happier buds above, and have to grow down,
sideways, roundabout ways, all sorts of ways. Instead of getting-
55
GILIP. VII.
THE STEM.
•I
•a
down quietlj into tlie convent of the earth, they may have to cling
and crawl about hardest and hottest angles of it, full in sight of man
and beast, and roughly trodden under foot by them;—stumbling-
blocks to many.
Yet out of such sacrifice, gracefully made—such misfortune,
gloriously sustained—all their true beauty is to arise. Yes, and
from more than sacrifice—more than misfortune: from death.
Yes, and more than death:—from the worst kind of death: not
natural, coming to each in its due time; but premature, oppressed,
unnatural, misguided—or so it would seem—to the poor dying
sprays. Yet, without such death, no strong trunk were ever
possible; no grace of glorious limb or glittering leaf; no com-
panionship with the rest of nature or with man.
§ Let us see how this must be. We return to our poor little
threefold type. Fig. 46, above. Next year he will become as in
Fig. 47. The two lateral buds keeping as
much as may be out of their brother's way,
and yet growing upwards with a will, strike
diagonal lines, and in moderate comfort
accomplish their year's life and terminal
buds. But what is to be done next? Form-
ing the triple terminal head on this diagonal
line, we find that one of our next year's buds,
c, will have to grow down again, which is
very hard; and another, h, will run right
against the lateral branch of the upper bud,
a, which must not be allowed under any circumstances.
What are we to do ? j
§ The best we can. Give up our straightness, and some of our
length, and consent to grow short, and
crooked. Bud h shall be ordered to stoop
forward and keep his head out of the great
bough's w^ay, as in Fig. 48, and grow as he
best may, with the consumptive pain in his
chest. To give him a little more room,
the elder brother, a, shall stoop a little
forward also, recovering himself when
56
PAKT VI.
THE STEM.
CHAP. VIII. THE LEAF M01^U3i^ENTS. 69
THE STEM.
he lias got out of b's way; and bud c shall bo encouraged to
bend himself bravely round and up, after his first start in that
disagreeable downward direction. Poor b, withdrawn from air
and light between a and a, and having to live stooping besides,
cannot make much of himself, and is stunted and feeble, c, having
fi-ee play for his energies, bends up with a will, and becomes
handsomer, to our minds, than if he had been straight; and a is
none the worse for his concession to unhappy h in early life.
So far Avell for this year. But how for next? b is already too
near the spray above him, even for his own strength and comfort;
much less, with his weak constitution, will he be able to throw up
any strong new shoots. And if he did, they would only run into
those of the bough above. (If the reader will proceed in the con-
struction of the whole figure he will see that this is so.) Under
these discouragements and deficiencies, h is probably frostbitten,
and drops oflp. The bough proceeds, mutilated, and itself somewhat
discouraged. But it re-
peats its sincere and good-
natured compliances, and
at the close of the year,
new wood from all the
leaves having concealed
the stump, and effaced
the memory of poor lost
b, and perhaps a conso-
latory bud lower down
having throAvn out a tiny
spray to make the most F'g- 49.
of the vacant space near the main stem, we shall find the bough
in some such shape as Fig. 49.
§ 10. Wherein we already see the germ of our irregularly bending
branch, which might ultimately be much the prettier for the loss
of b. Alas! the Fates have forbidden even this. While the low
bough is making all these exertions, the boughs of a, above him,
higher in air, have made the same under happier auspices.
Every year their thicker leaves more and more forbid the light;
and, after rain, shed their own drops unwittingly on the unfor-
57
58 THE STEM. PAiiTvi.
tunate lower bougli,' and prevent the air or sun from drying liis
I bark or checking the chill in liis medullary rays. Slowly a hope-
^ less languor gains upon him. He buds here or there, faintl}'^, in
the spring; but the flow of strong wood from above oppresses
him even about his root, where it joins the trunk. The very sap
does not turn aside to him, but rushes up to the stronger, laughing
leaves far above. Life is no more worth having; and abandoning
all effort, the poor bough drops, and finds consummation of destiny
in helping an old woman's fire.
"When he is gone, the one next above is left with greater
freedom, and will shoot now from points of its sprays which were
before likely to perish. Hence another condition of irregularity
• in form. But that bough also will fall in its turn, though after
longer persistence. Gradually thus the central trunk is built, and
the branches by whose help it was formed cast ofi^, leaving hero
and there scars, which are all effaced by years, or lost sight of
among the roughnesses and furrows of the aged surface. The
work is continually advancing, and thus the head of foliage on
any tree is not an expansion at a given height, like a flower-bell,
but the collective group of boughs, or workmen, who have got up
so far, and will get up higher next year, still losing one or two
of their number underneath.
§ 11. So far well. But this only accounts for the formation of a
vertical trunk. How is it that at a certain height this vertical
trunk ceases to be built; and irregular branches spread in all
directions ?
First: In a great number of trees, the vertical trunk never
ceases to be built^ It is confused, at the top of the tree, among
other radiating branches, being at first, of course, just as slender as
they, and only prevailing over them in time. It shows at the
top the same degree of irregularity and undulation as a sapling:
and is transformed gradually into straightness lower down (see
Fig. 50). The reader has only to take an hour's ramble, to see
for himself how many trees are thus constructed, if circumstances
are favourable to their growth. Again, the mystery of blossoming
lias great influence in increasing the tendency to dispersion among
the upper boughs: but this part of vegetative structure I cannot
CHAP. VIII. THE LEAF M01^U3i^ENTS. 69
THE STEM.
enter into; it is too subtle, and has, besides,' no absolute bearing
on our subject; tlie principal conditions wliich produce the varied
play of branches being purely medianical. The point at which
they show a determined tendency to spread is generally to be con-
ceived as a place of rest for the tree, where it has reached the
height from, the ground at wliich ground-mist, imperfect circula-
tion of air, &c. have ceased to operate injuriously on it, and where
it has free room, and air, and light for its growth.
§ 12. I find there is quite an infinite interest in watching the different
ways in which trees part their sprays at this resting-place, and the
sometimes abrupt, sometimes gentle and undiscoverable, severing
of the upright stem into the wandering and wilful branches ; but
a volume, instead of a chapter or two, and quite a little gallery of
plates, would be needed to illustrate the various grace of this
division, associated as it is with an exquisitely
subtle effacing of undulation in the thicker
stems, by the flowing down of the wood from
above; the curves which are too violent
in the branches being filled up, so that what
was as at a, Fig. 50, becomes as at and
when the main stem is old, passes at last into
straightness by almost imperceptible curves, a
continually gradated emphasis of curvature
being carried to the branch extremities.
§ 13. Hitherto we have confined ourselves
entirely to examination of stems in one plane.
"We must glance—though only to ascertain
how impossible it is to do more than glance—
at the conditions of form which result from the
throwing out of branches, not in one plane,
but on all sides. As your fingers divide when
they hold a ball," I said: or, better, a large cup,
without a handle. Consider how such rami-
fication will appear in one of the bud groups,
that of our old firiend the oak. We saw it
opened usually into five shoots. Imagine,
then (Fig. 51), a five-sided cup or funnel Fig. 51.
59
60 THE STEM, I'ART VI.
with a stout rod running through the centre of it. In the figure
it is seen from ahove, so as partly to show the inside, and a little
obliquely, that the central rod may not hide any of the angles.
Then let us suppose that, where the angles of this cup were, we have,
instead, five rods, as in Fig. 52, A, like the ribs of a pentagonal
umbrella turned inside out by the wind. I dot the pentagon which
connects their extremities, to keep their positions clear. Then these
five rods, with the central one, will represent the five shoots, and
the leader, from a vigorous young oak-spray. Put the leaves on
each; the five-foiled star at its extremity, and the others, now not
quite formally, but still on the whole as in Fig. 3 above, and wo
have the result, Fig. 52, u—rather a pretty one.
By considering the various aspects which the five rods would
take in Fig. 52, as the entire group was seen from below or above,
and at different angles and distances, the reader may find out for
himself what changes of aspect are possible in even so regular a
structure as this. But the branchings soon take more com-
plex symmetry. We knoM' that next year each of these five
subordinate rods is to enter into life on its own account, and
to repeat the branching of the first. Thus, we shall have five
§ u.
CHAP. VIII. THE LEAF M01^U3i^ENTS. 69
pentagonal cups surrounding a large central pentagonal cup.
This figure, if the reader likes a pretty perspective problem, he
may construct for his own pleasure:—which having done, or con-
ceived, he is then to apply the great principles of subjection and
resilience, not to three branches only, as in Fig. 49, but to the five
of each cup;—by which the cups get flattened out and bent up, as you
may have seen vessels of Venetian glass, so that every cup actually
takes something the shape of a thick aloe or artichoke leaf; and
they surround the central one, not as a bunch of grapes surrounds
a grape at the end of it, but as the petals grow round the centre
of a rose. So that any one of these lateral branches—though, seen
n
Fig. 53.
from above, it would present a symmetrical figure, as if it were
not flattened (a, Fig. 53)—seen sideways, or in profile, will show
itself to be at least as much flattened as at B.
§ 15. You may thus regard the whole tree as composed of a series
of such thick, flat, branch-leaves; only incomparably more varied
and enriched in framework as they spread; and arranged more
or less in spirals round the trunk. Gather a cone of a Scotch
fir; begin at the bottom of it, and pull off the seeds, so as to show
one of the spiral rows of them continuously, from the bottom to
the top, leaving enough seeds above them to support the row.
Then the gradual lengthening of the seeds from the root, their
spiral arrangement, and their limitation within a curved, convex
form, furnish the best severe type you can have of the branch
system of all stemmed trees; and each seed of the cone represents,
not badly, the sort of flattened solid leaf-shape which all complete
iv
THE STElkf.
62
PART
brandies have. Also, if you will try to draw the spiral of the
fir-cone, you will understand something about tree-perspective,
which may be generally useful. Finally, if you note the way
in which the seeds of the cone slip each farther and farther over
each other, so as to change sides in the middle of the cone, and
obtain a reversed action of spiral lines in the upper half, you
may imagine what a piece of work it would be for both of us,
if we were to try to follow the complexities of branch order in
trees of irregular growth, such as the rhododendron. I tried
to do it, at least, for the pine, in section, but saw I was getting
into a perfect maelstrom of spirals, from which no efforts would
have freed me, in any imaginable time, and the only safe way was
to keep wholly out of the stream.
The alternate system, leading especially to the formation of
forked trees, is more manageable; and if the reader is master
of perspective, he may proceed some distance in the examination
of that for himself. But I do not care to frighten the general
reader by many diagrams: the book is always sure to open
at them when he takes it up. I will venture on one which
has perhaps something a little amusing about it, and is really of
importance.
Let X, Fig. 54, represent a shoot of any opposite-leaved tree.
The mode in which it will grow into a tree depends, mainly, on
§ 16.
§17.
\1/
X
Fig. 54.
L/
Y
D
its disposition to lose the leader or a lateral shoot. If it keeps
the leader, but drops the lateral, it takes the form A, and next
year by a repetition of the process, B. But if it k^eps the laterals,
and drops the leader, it becomes, first, 0, and next year, D. -The
form A is almost universal in spiral or alternate trees; and it is
especially to be noted as bringing about this result, that in any
given forking, one bough always goes on in its own direct course.
THE STEM.
63
CKAP. VII.
Eig. 55.
one in the tree on the left in the " Chateau of La belle Gabrielle
the leading bough, going on in its own curve, throws off, first, a
bough to the right, then one to the left, then two small ones to the
right, and proceeds itself, hidden by leaves, to form the farthest
upper point of the branch.
The lower secondary bough—the first thrown off—proceeds
in its own curve, branching first to left, then to right.
The upper bough proceeds in the same way, throwing off
first to left, then to right. And this is the commonest and most
graceful structure. But if the tree loses the leader, as at c. Fig. 54
(and many opposite trees have a trick of doing so), a very curious
result is arrived at, which I will give in a geometrical form.
§ 18. The number of branches which die, so as to leave the main
stem bare, is always greatest low down, or near the interior of the
tree. It follows that the lengths of stem which do not fork
diminish gradually to the extremities, in a fixed proportion. This
is a general law. Assume, for example's sake, the stem to sepa-
rate always into two branches, at an equal angle, and that each
branch is three-quarters of the length of the preceding one.
Diminish their thicknesses in proportion, and carry out the figure
any extent you like. In Plate 56, opposite, Fig. 1, you have
it at its ninth branch; in which I wish you to notice, first, the
delicate curve formed by every complete line of the brandies
(compare Vol. lY. Fig. 91); and, secondly, the very curious result
of the top of the tree being a broad flat line, which passes at an
angle into lateral shorter lines, and so down to the extremities.
It is this property which renders the contours of tops of trees so
and the other leaves it softly : they do not separate as if one was
repelled from the other. Thus in Fig. 55, a perfect and nearly
symmetrical piece of ramification, by Turner (lowest bough but
intensely difficult to draw rightly, without making tlieir curves too
smooth and insipid.
Observe, also, that the great weight of the foliage being thrown
on the outside of each main fork, the tendency of forked trees is
very often to droop and diminish the bough on one side, and erect
the other into a principal mass.^
§ 19. But the form in a perfect tree is dependent on the revolution
of this sectional profile, so as to produce a mushroom-shaped or
cauliflower-shaped mass, of which I leave the reader to enjoy the
perspective drawing by himself, adding, after he has completed it,
the effect of the law of resilience to the extremities. Only, lie
must note this: that in real trees, as the branches rise from the
ground, the open spaces underneath arc partly filled by subse-
quent branchings, so that a real tree has not so much the shape
of a mushroom, as of an apple, or, if elongated, a pear.
J
w
64
PART VI.
THE STElsr.
§ 20. And now you may just begin to understand a little of Turner's
meaning in those odd pear-shaped trees of his, in the " Mercury and
Argus," and other such compositions : which, however, before we
can do completely, we must gather our evidence together, and see
what general results will come of it respecting the hearts and
fancies of trees, no less than their forms.
iSf
' This is Harding's favourite form of tree. You will find it much insisted on
in his works on foliage. I intended to have given a figiu-e to show the results of the
pressure of the weight of all the leafage on a great lateral bough, in modifyirg ils
curves, the strength of timber being greatest where the leverage of the mass tells most.
But I find nobody ever reads things which it takes any trouble to understand, so that
it is of no use to write them.
i
-ocr page 82-CHAPTER VIII.
THE LEAF MONUMENT?.
§ 1. And now, having ascertained in its main points tlie system on
which the leaf-workers build, let us see, finally, what results in
aspect, and appeal to human mind, their building must present.
In some sort it resembles that of the coral animal, differing, how-
ever, in two main points. First, the animal which forms branched
coral, builds, I believe, in calm water, and has few accidents of
current, light, or heat to contend with. He builds in monotonous
ramification, untormented, therefore unbeautiful. Secondly, each
coral animal builds for himself, adding his cell to what has been
before constructed, as a bee adds another cell to the comb. He
obtains no essential connection with the root and foundation of the
whole structure. That foundation is thickened clumsily, by a fused
and encumbering aggregation, as a stalactite increases;—not by
tlireads proceeding from the extremities to the root.
§ 2. The leaf, as we have seen, builds in both respects under oppo-
site conditions. It leads a life of endurance, effort, and various
success, issuing in various beauty; and it connects itself with the
whole previous edifice by one sustaining thread, continuing its
appointed piece of work all the way from top to root. Whence
result three great conditions in branch aspect, for which I cannot
find good names, but must use the imperfect ones of " Spring,"
« Caprice," « Fellowship."
§ 3. I. Spring : or tlie appearance of elastic and progressive power,
as opposed to that look of a bent piece of cord.—This follows
partly on the poise of the bough, partly on its action in seeking
Every branch-line expresses both these.
It takes a
F
or shunning.
vol. v.
7G THE LEAF BIONUMENTS. PART VI.
curve accurately showing the relations between the strength of the
sprays in that position (growing downward, upward, or laterally),
and the weight of leaves they carry; and again, it takes a curve
expressive of the will or aim of those sprays, during all their life,
and handed down from sire to son, in steady inheritance of resolu-
tion to reach forward in a given direction, or bend away from some
given evil influence.
And all these proportionate strengths and measured efforts of
the bough produce its loveliness, and ought to be felt, in looking
at it, not by any mathematical evidence, but by the same fine
instinct which enables us to perceive, when a girl dances rightly,
that she moves easily, and with delight to herself; that her limbs
are strong enough, and her body tender enough, to move precisely
as she wills them to move. You cannot say of any bend of arm
or foot -svhat precise relations of their curves to the whole figure
manifest, in their changeful melodies, that ease of motion; yet
you feel that they do so, and you feel it by a true instinct.
And if you reason on the matter farther, yoU may know, though
you cannot see, that an absolute mathematical necessity proportions
every bend of the body to the rate and direction of its motion; and
that the momentary fancy and fire of the will measure them-
selves, even in their gaily-fancied freedom, by stern laws of
nervous life, and material attraction, which regulate eternally
every pulse of the strength of man, and every sweep of the stars
of heaven.
Observe, also, the balance of the bough of a tree is quite as
subtle as that of a figure in motion. It is a balance between
the elasticity of the bough and the weight of^ leaves, affected
in curvature, literally, by the growth of every leaf; and besides
this, when it moves, it is partly supported by the resistance
of the air, greater or less, according to the shape of leaf;—so
that branches float on the wind more than they yield to it;
and in their tossing do not so much bend under a force, as
rise on a wave, which penetrates in liquid threads through all
their sprays.
I am not sure how far, by any illustration, I can exemplify these
subtle conditions of form. All my plans have been shortened, and
4.
§5.
iS
CBAP. vin. Tim LEAF MONUMENTS. 67
I have learned to content myself with yet more contracted issues
of them after the shortening, because I know that nearly all in
such matters must he said or shown, unavailahly. No saying will
teach the truth. Nothing but doing. If the reader Avill draw
boughs of trees long and faithfully, giving previous pains to gain
the power (how rare!) of drawing anything faithfully, he will
come to see what Turner's work is, or any other right work, but
not by reading, nor thinking, nor idly looking. However, in
some degree, even our ordinary instinctive perception of grace
and balance may serve us, if we choose to pay any accurate
attention to the matter.
§ 6. Look back to Fig. 55. That bough of Turner's is exactly and
exquisitely poised, leaves and all, for its present horizontal position.
Turn the book so as to put the spray upright, with the leaves at the
top. You ought to see they would then be wrong;—that they must,
in that position, have adjusted themselves more directly above the
main stem, and more firmly, the curves of the lighter sprays being
a deflection caused by their weight in the horizontal position.
Again, Fig. 56 represents, enlarged to four times the size of the
original, the two Scotch firs in Turner's etching of Inverary.^
These are both in perfect poise, representing a double action: the
warping of the trees away from the sea-wind, and the continual
growing out of the boughs on the right-hand side, to recover
the balance.
Turn the page so as to be horizontal, and you ought to feel
that, considered now as branches, both would be out of balance.
If you turn the heads of the trees to your right, they are wrong,
because gravity would have bent them more downwards; if to your
left, wrong, because the law of resilience would have raised them
more at the extremities.
§ 7. Now take two branches of Salvator's, Fig. 57 and 58.- You
1 They arc enlarged, partly, in order to show the care and minuteness of Turner's
drawing on the sniallest scale, partly to save the reader the trouble of using a magnily-
ing glass, partly because this woodcut will print safely; while if I had facsimiled the
fine Turner ctching, the block might have been spoiled after a hundred impressions.
® Magnified to twice the size of the original, but othenvisc fucsimilcd from his OAvn
etchings of GEdipus, and tho School of Plato.
F 2
-ocr page 85-CHAP. VIII. THE LEAF M01^U3i^ENTS. 69
sustain the leaves ; and tliat if it were, tliose leaves themselves arc in
broken or forced relations with each other. Such relations might,
indeed, exist in a partially withered tree, and one of these branches
is intended to be partially withered, but the other is not; and if it
were, Salvator's choice of the withered tree is precisely the sign of
his preferring ugliness to beauty, decrepitude and disorganization
to life and youth. The leaves on the spray, by Durer, hold them-
selves as the girl holds herself in dancing; those on Salvator's,
as an old man, partially palsied, totters along with broken motion,
and loose deflection of limb.
§ 8. Next, let us take a spray by Paul Yeronese^—the lower figure
in Plate 57. It is just as if we had gathered one out of the
garden. Though every line and leaf in the quadruple group is
necessary to join with other parts of the composition of the noble
picture, every line and leaf is also as free and true as if it were
growing. None are confused, yet none are loose; all are individual,
yet none separate, in tender poise of pliant strength and fair order
of accomplished grace, each, by due force of the indulgent bough,
set and sustained.
§ 9. Observe, however, that in all these instances from earlier
masters, the expression of the universal botanical laAv of poise is
independent of accuracy in rendering of species. As before
noticed, the neglect of specific distinction long restrained the
advance of landscape, and even hindered Tunier himself in many
respects. The sprays of Veronese are a conventional type of
laurel; Albert Durer's an imaginary branch of paradisaical vege-
tation; Salvator's, a rude reminiscence of sweet chestnut; Turner's
only is a faithful rendering of the Scotch fir.
§ 10. To show how the principle of balance is carried out by
Nature herself, here is a little terminal upright spray of willow,
' The largest laurel spray in the background of the " Susanna," liouvrc—rcduced to
about a fifth of the original. The drawing was made for me by M. Hippolyte Dubois,
and I am glad it is not one of my own, lest I should be charged with cxaggeratinj^
Veronese's accuracy.
This group of leaves is, in the original, of the life-size; the circle which interferes
with the spray on the right being the outline of the head of one of the elders ; and, as
painted for distant effect, there is no care in completing the stems:—they are struck
with a few broken touches of the brush, which cannot be imitated in the engi-aving, and
much of theii- spirit is lost in conscquencc.
CHAP. VIII. THE LEAF M01^U3i^ENTS. 69
sustain the leaves ; and tliat if it wercj tliose leaves themselves arc in
broken or forced relations with each other. Such relations might,
indeed, exist in a partially withered tree, and one of these branches
is intended to be partially withered, but the other is not; and if it
were, Salvator's choice of the withered tree is precisely the sign of
his preferring ugliness to beauty, decrepitude and disorganization
to life and youth. The leaves on the spray, by Durer, hold them-
selves as the girl holds herself in dancing; those on Salvator's,
as an old man, partially palsied, totters along with broken motion,
and loose deflection of limb.
§ 8. Next, let us take a spray by Paul Veronese^—the lower figure
in Plate 57. It is just as if we had gathered one out of the
garden. Though every line and leaf in the quadruple group is
necessary to join with other parts of the composition of the noble
picture, every line and leaf is also as free and true as if it were
growing. None are confused, yet none are loose; all are individual,
yet none separate, in tender poise of pliant strength and fair order
of accomplished grace, each, b}^ due force of the indulgent bough,
set and sustained.
§ 9. Observe, hoAvever, that in all these instances from earlier
masters, the expression of the universal botanical law of poise is
independent of accuracy in rendering of species. As before
noticed, the neglect of specific distinction long restrained the
advance of landscape, and even hindered Turner himself in many
respects. The sprays of Yeronese are a conventional type of
laurel; Albert Durer's an imaginary branch of paradisaical vege-
tation; Salvator's, a rude reminiscence of sweet chestnut; Turner's
only is a faithful rendering of the Scotch fir.
§ 10, To show how the principle of balance is carried out by
Nature herself, here is a little terminal upright spray of willow,
I Tlic largest laurel spray in the background of the " Susanna," Louvre—reduced to
about a fifth of the original. The drawing was made for rae by M. Hippolytc Dubois,
and I am glad it is not one of my own, lest I should be charged with exaggerating
Veronese's accuracy.
This group of leaves is, in the original, of the life-size; the circlc which interferes
with the spray on the right being the outline of the head of one of the elders ; and, as
painted for distant cffect, there is no care in completing the stems:—they arc struck
with a few broken touches of the brush, which cannot be imitated in the engraving, and
much of their spirit is lost in conEcquence.
J
mmrnrn
-ocr page 87-PART VI.
THE LEAF MOKUMENTS.
70
the most graceful of English trees (Fig. 59).
I have drawn it carefully; and if the reader
will study its curves, or, better, trace and
pencil them with a perfectly fine point, he will
feel, I think, without difficulty, their finished
relation to the leaves they sustain. Then, if
we turn suddenly to a piece of Dutch branch-
drawing (Fig. 60), facsimiled from No. 160,
Dulwich Gallery (Berghem), he will under-
stand, I believe, also the qualities of that, with-
out comment of mine. It is of course not so
dark in the original, being drawn Avith the
chance dashes of a brush loaded with brown,
but the contours are absolutely as in the
I. ■■
-ocr page 88-CHAP. VIII. THE LEAF M01^U3i^ENTS. 69
71
woodcut. Tliis Dutch design is a very clmracteristic example
of two faults in tree-drawing; namely, the loss not only of
grace and spring, but of woodiness. A branch is not elastic as
steel is, neither as a carter's whip is. It is a combination, wholly
peculiar, of elasticity with half-dead and sapless stubborn-
ness, and of continuous curve with pauses of knottiness, every
bough having its blunted, affronted, fatigued, or repentant mo-
ments of existence, and mingling crabbed rugosities and fretful
changes of mind Avith the main tendencies of its growth. The
piece of pollard willow opposite (Fig. 61), facsimiled from Turner's
etching of "Young Anglers," in the Liber Studiorum, has all
these characters in perfectness, and may serve for sufficient study
of them. It is impossible to explain in what the expression of the
woody strength consists, unless it be felt. One very obvious con-
dition is the excessive fineness of curvature, approximating con-
tinnally to a straight line. In order to get a piece of branch
curvature given as accurately as I could by an unprejudiced
person, I set one of my pupils at the Working Men's College (a
joiner by trade) to draw, last spring, a lilac branch of its real size,
as it grew, befpre it budded. It was about six feet long, and
before he could get it quite right, the buds came out and inter-
rupted him ; but the fragment he got drawn is engraved in flat
profile, in Plate 58, It has suffered much by reduction, one or
two of its finest curves havhig become lost in the mere thickness
of the lines. Nevertheless, if the reader will compare it carefully
with the Dutch work, it will teach him something about trees.
11. Capeioe.—The next character we had to note of the leaf-
builders was their capriciousness, noted, partly, in Vol. III. chap,
ix. § 14. It is a character connected with the ruggedness and
ill-tempercdness just spoken of, and an essential spurce of branch
beauty: being in reality the written story of all the branch's life,
—of the theories it formed, the accidents it suffered, the fits of
enthusiasm to which it yielded in certain delicious warm springs;
the disgusts at weeks of east wind, the mortifications of itself for
its friends' sakes; or the sudden and successful inventions of new
ways of getting out to the sun. The reader will understand this
character in a moment, by merely comparing Fig. 62, which is a
§11.
7G THE LEAF BIONUMENTS. PART VI.
■ vi
«I
I
You cannot but feel at once, not only the wrongness of Salvator's,
but its dulness. It is not now a question either of poise, or grace,
or gravity; only of wit. That bough has got no sense; it has
not been struck by a single new idea from tlie beginning of it
to the end; dares not even cross itself with one of its own
sprays. You will be amazed, in taking up any of these old
engravings, to see how seldom the boughs do cross each other.
Whereas, in nature, not only is the intersection of i.extremities a
mathematical necessity (see Plate 56), but out of this intersection
and crossing of curve by curve, and the opposition of line it involves,
the best part of their composition arises. Look at the way the
boughs are interwoven in that piece of lilac stem (Plate 58).
Again : As it seldom struck the old painters that boughs
must cross each other, so it never seems to have occurred
to them that they must be sometimes foreshortened. I chose
this bit from ^'Aske Hall," that you might see at once, both
how Turner foreshortens the main stem, and how, in doing
' The longest in "Apollo and tlie Sibyl," engraved by Boydell. (Ecduced one-half.)
§ 12,
' f
so, lie shows tlie turning aside, and outwards, of the one
next to it, to the left, to get more air.^ Indeed, this fore-
shortening lies at the core of the business; for unless it he well
understood, no branch-form can ever be rightly drawn. I placed
the oak spray in Plate 51, so as to be seen as nearly straight on its
flank as possible. It is the
most uninteresting position
in which a bough can be
drawn; but it shows the first
simple action of the law of
resilience. I will now turn
the bough with its extremity
towards us, and foreshorten
it (Plate 59), which being
done, you perceive another
tendency in the whole branch,
not seen at all in the first
Plate, to throw its sprays to
its own right (or to your
left), which it does to avoid
the branch next it, while
the foricard action is in a
sweeping curve round to
your right, or to the branch's
left: a curve which it takes
to recover position after its
first concession. The lines of
the nearer and smaller shoots
are very nearly—thus fore-
shortened—those of a boat's
bow. Here is a piece of
Dutch foreshortening for you
to compare with it, Fig. 64."
' The foreshortening of the bough to the right is a piece of great audacity ; it
comes towards us t\vo or three feet sharply, after forking, so as to look suddenly half as
thick again as at the fork;—then bends back again, and outAvards.
* Hobbima. Dulwich Gallery, No. 131. Turn the book with its outer edge down.
73
CUAP. VIII.
THE LEAF MONUIMENTS.
§ 13.
THE LEAF MONmiENTS,
74
I'AKT A'l.
In this final perfection of bough-drawing, Turner stands wholly
alone. Even Titian does not foreshorten his boughs rightly. Of
course he could, if he had cared to do so; for if you can foreshorten
a limb or a hand, much more a tree branch. But either he had
never looked at a tree carefully enough to feel that it was neces-
sary, or, which is more likely, he disliked to introduce in a back-
ground elements of vigorous projection. Be the reason what
it may, if you take- Lefevre's plates of the Peter Martyr and
St. Jerome—the only ones I know which give any idea of Titian's
tree-drawing, you will observe at once that the boughs lie in
flakes, artificially set to the right and left, and are not intricatf
or varied, even where the foliage indicates some foreshorten^
ing;—completing thus the evidence for my statement long ago
given, that no man but Turner had ever draAvn the stem of
a tree.
It may be well also to note, for the advantage of tlie general
student of design, that, in foliage and bough drawhig, all the final
grace and general utility of the study depend on its being well
foreshortened ; and that, till the power of doing so quite accurately
is obtained, no landscape-drawing is of the least value; nor can
the character of any tree be known at all until not only its
branches, but its minutest extremities, have been draAvn in the
severest foreshortening, with little accompanying plans of the
arrangements of the leaves or buds, or thorns, on the stem-
§ 14.
W
Thus Fig. 65 is the extremity of a single shoot of spruce fir, fore-
shortened, showing the resilience of its swords from beneath; and
THE LEAF MONUMENTS.
CJIAl'. VIII.
Fig. 66 is a little ground-plan, showing the position of the throe
lowest triple groups of thorn on a shoot of gooseberry,^ The
fir shoot is carelessly drawn; but it is not worth while to do it
better, unless I engraved it on steel, so as to show the fine relations
of shade.
§ 13, III, Fellowship.—The compactness of mass presented by this
little sheaf of pine-swords may lead us to the consideration of
the last character I have to note of boughs; namely, the mode
of their association in masses. It follows, of course, from all
the laAvs of growth we have ascertained, that the terminal outline
of any tree or branch must be a simple one, containing within
it, at a given height or level, the series of leaves of the year;
only we have not yet noticed the kind of form Avhich results, in
each branch, from the part it has to take in forming the mass
' Their change from gi-oups of three to gi-oups of two, .mcl then to single thonis at
the end of the spray, will bo found very beautiftil in a real shoot. The figure on the
left in Plate 52 is a branch of blackthorn with its spines (which are a peculiar condition
of branch, and can bud like branches, while thorns have no root nor power of develop-
ment), Such a branch gives good practice without too mivch difficulty.
7G THE LEAF BIONUMENTS. PART VI.
of the tree. The systems of branching are indeed infinite, and
could not be exemplified by any number of types; but liere
are two common types, in section, which will enough explain
what I mean.
§ 16. If a tree branches with a concave tendency, it is apt to carry
its boughs to the outer curve of limitation, as at A, Fig. 67, and
if with a convex tendency, as at B. In either case the vertical
section, or profile, of a bough will give a triangular mass, termi-
nated by curves, and elongated at one extremity. These trian-
gular masses you may see at a glance, prevailing in the branch
system of any tree in winter. They may, of course, bo mathe-
matically reduced to the four types a, h, c, and d, Fig. 67, but
are capable of endless variety of expression in action, and in the
adjustment of their weights to the bearing stem.
§ 17. To conclude, then, we find that the beauty of these buildings
of the leaves consists, from the first step of it to the last, in
its showing their perfect fellowship; and a single aim uniting
them under circumstances of various distress, trial, and pleasure.
Without the fellowship, no beauty; without the steady purpose,
no beauty; without trouble, and'death, no beauty; without indi-
vidual pleasvire, freedom, and caprice, so far as may be consistent
with the universal good, no beauty.
§ 18. Tree-loveliness might be thus lost or killed in many ways.
Discordance would kill it—of one leaf with another; disobedience
would kill it—of any leaf to the ruling law; indulgence would
kill it, and the doing away with pain ; or slavish symmetry would
kill it, and the doing away with delight. And this is so, down to the
smallest atom and beginning of life: so soon as there is life at all,
there are these four conditions of it;—harmony, obedience, distress,
and delightsome inequality. Here is the magnified
section of an oak-bud, not the size of a wheat grain
(Fig. 68). Already its nascent leaves are seen
arranged under the perfect law of resilience, i^repar-
ing for stoutest work on the right side. Here is
a dog-wood bud just opening into life (Fig. 69).
Its ruling law is to be four square, but see how the
uppermost leaf takes the lead, and the lower bends up, already
r-'l."'
* ■
R >
CHAP. VIII. THE LEAF M01^U3i^ENTS. 69
a little distressed by tlie effort. Here is a birch-bud, farther
advanced, Fig. 70. Who shall say how many humours the little
thing has in its mind already;
or how many adventures it has
passed through? And so to
the end. Help, submission,
sorrow, dissimilarity, are the
sources of all good ; — war,
disobedience, luxury, equality,
the som'ces of all evil.
There is yet another and
a deeply laid lesson to be re-
ceived from the leaf-builders,
which I hope the reader has
§ 10.
already perceived. Every leaf, we have seen, connects its work
with the entire and accumulated result of the work of its pre-
r8 THE LEAI^ MONUMENTS. tABT VI.
decessors. Tlieir pl-evloiis cbnstrtiction served it during its life,
raised it towards the liglit, gave it more free sway and motion
in the wind, and removed it from tlie noxiousness of earth
exhalation. Dying, it leaves its own small but well-labOUred
thread, adding, though imperceptibly, yet essentially, to the
strength, from root to crest, of the trunk on which it had lived,
and fitting that trunk for better service to succeeding races of
leaves.
We men, sometimes, in what we presume to be humility,
compare ourselves with leaves; but we have as yet no right to do
so. The leaves may well scorn the comparison. We, who live
for ourselves, and neither know how to use nor keep the work of
past time, may humbly learn,—as from the ant, foresight,—from
the leaf, reverence. The powder of every great people, as of every
living tree, depends on its not effacing, but confirming and
concluding, the labours of its ancestors. Looking back to the
history of nations, we may date the beginning of their decline
from the moment when they ceased to be reverent in heart, and
accumulative in hand and brain; from the moment when the
redundant fruit of age hid in them the hollowness of heart,
whence the simplicities of custom and sinews of tradition had
withered away. Had men but guarded the righteous laws, and
protected the precious works of their fathers, with half the industry
they have given to change and to ravage, they would not now
have been seeking vainly, in millennial visions and mechanic
servitudes, the accomplishment of the promise made to them so
long ago: "As the days of a tree are the days of my people,
and mine elect shall long enjoy the work of their hands; they
shall not labour in vain, nor bring forth for trouble; for they are
the seed of the blessed of the Lord, and their offspring with
them."
This lesson we have to take from the leaf's life. One more we
may receive from its death. If ever in autumn, a pensiveness
falls upon us as the leaves drift by in their fading, may we not
wisely look up in hope to their mighty monuments ? Behold hoAV
fair, how far prolonged, in arch and aisle, the avenues of the
valleys; the fringes of the hills So stately,—so eternal; the joy
J'
§ 20.
' 4
: f
M
mm
i.
-ocr page 96-CHAP. VIII.
THE LEAF MOKUMENTS.
79
4
tj
of man, the comfort of all living creatures, tlie glory of the earth,
—they are but the monuments of those poor leaves that flit faintly
past us to die. Let them not pass, without our understanding
their last counsel and example: that we also, careless of monument
by the grave, may build it in the world—monument by which men
may be taught to remember, not where we died, but where we
lived.
■8
I
-ocr page 97-80
CHAPTER IX.
iVi
J*
ki
THE LEAF SHADOWS.
§ 1. It may be judged, by the time wliicli it has taken to arrive at any
clear idea of tlie structure of shield-builders, what a task would
open to us if we endeavoured to trace the more wonderful forms of
the wild builders with the sword. Not that they are more complex;
but they are more definite, and cannot be so easily generalized.
The conditions which produce the spire of the cypress, and flaked
breadth of the cedar, the rounded head of the stone pine, and
perfect pyramid of the black spruce, are far more distinct, and
would require more accurate and curious diagrams to illustrate
them, than the graceful, but in some degree monotonous branching
of leaf-builders. In broad principle they are, however, alike. The
leaves construct the sprays in the same accumulative way: the
only essential difference being that in the sword-builders the leaves
are all set close, and at
equal intervals. Instead
of admitting extended
and variable spaces be-
tween them, the whole
spray is one tower of
leaf-roots, set in a per-
fect spiral. Thus, Fig.
71, at A, represents a
fragment of spray ' of ^
Scotch fir of its real size.
B is the same piece
magnified, the diamond-
>1'
-ocr page 98-rn^mmmmm^ .imMi. .-•LI-
CHAP. IX. THE LEAF SHADOWS. 81
like spaces being the points on which the leaves grew. The dotted
lines show the regularity of the spiral. As the minor stems join in
boughs, the scars left by the leaves are gradually effaced, and a
thick, but broken and scaly bark forms instead.
§ 2. A sword-builder may therefore be generally considered as a
shield-builder put under the severest military restraint. The
graceful and thin leaf is concentrated into a strong, narrow, pointed
rod; and the insertion of these rods on the stem is in a close and
perfectly timed order. In some ambiguous trees connected with
the tribe (as the arbor vitsB) there is no proper stem to the outer
leaves, but all the extremities form a kind of coralline leaf, flat and
fern-like, but articulated like a crustacean animal, which gradually
concentrates and embrowns itself into the stem. The thicker
branches of these trees are exquisitely fantastic; and the mode in
which the flat system of leaf first produces an irregular branch, and
then adapts itself to the symmetrical cone of the whole tree, is one of
the most interesting processes of form which I know in vegetation.
§ 3. Neither this, however, nor any other of the pine formations,
have we space here to examine in detail; while without detail, all
discussion of them is in vain. I shall only permit myself to note a
few points respecting my favourite tree, the black spruce, not with
any view to art criticism (though we might get at some curious
results by a comparison of popular pine-drawing in Germany,
America, and other dark-wooded countries, with the true natural
forms), but because I think the expression of this tree has not been
rightly understood by travellers in Switzerland, and that, with a
little watching of it, they might easily obtain a juster feeling.
§ 4. Of the many marked adaptations of nature to the mind of
man, it seems one of the most singular, that trees intended
especially for the adornment of the wildest mountains should be in
broad outline the most formal of trees. The vine, which is to be
the companion of man, is waywardly docile in its growth, falling
into festoons beside his cornfields, or roofing his garden-walks, or
casting its shadow all summer upon his door. Associated always
with the trimness of cultivation, it introduces all possible elements
of sweet wildness. The pine, placed nearly always among scenes
disordered and desolate, brings into them all possible elements of
TOL. T. G
82 TIIE LEAF SHADOWS. P.UIT VI.
order and precision. Lo\Yland trees may lean to tliis side and
that, though it is but a meadow breeze that bends them, or a bank
of cowslips from which their trunks lean aslope. But let storm and
avalanche do their worst, and let the pine find only a ledge of
vertical precipice to cling to, it will nevertheless grow straight.
Thrust a rod from its last shoot down the stem;—it shall point
to the centre of the earth as long as the tree lives.
§ 5. Also it may be well for lowland branches to reach hither and
thither for what they need, and to take all kinds of irregular shape
and extension. But the pine is trained to need nothing, and
to endure everything. It is resolvedly whole, self-contained,
desiring nothing but rightness, content with restricted completion.
Tall or short, it will be straight. Small or large, it will be round.
It may be permitted also to these soft lowland trees that they
should make themselves gay with show of blossom, and glad
with pretty charities of fruitfulncss. We builders with the sword
have harder work to do for man, and must do it in close-set troops.
To stay the sliding of the mountain snows, which would bury him;
to hold in divided drops, at our sword-points, the rain, which would
sweep away him and his treasure-fields; to nurse in shade among
our brown fallen leaves the tricklings that feed the brooks in
drought; to give massive shield against the winter wind, which
shrieks through the bare branches of the plain:—such service must
we do him stedfastly while we live. Our bodies, also, are at his
service: softer than the bodies of other trees, though our toil is
harder than theirs. Let him take them as pleases him, for his
houses and ships. So also it may be well for these timid lowland
trees to tremble with all their leaves, or turn their paleness to the
sky, if but a rush of rain passes by them; or to let fall their
leaves at last, sick and sere. But we pines must live carelessly
amidst the wrath of clouds. We only wave our branches to and
fro when the storm pleads with us, as men toss their arms in a
dream.
And finally, these weak lowland trees may struggle fondly
for the last remnants of life, and send up feeble saplings again
from their roots when they are cut down. But we builders with the
sword perish boldly; our dying shall be perfect and solemn, as
30 ■■
i?
il:
lU
I
jittimteir^i
-------------111'II if
mss
83
CHAP, IX.
THE LEiii' SHADOWS.
our warring: we give up our lives without reluctance, and for
ever. ^
§ G. I wish the reader to fix his attention for a moment on these
two great characters of the pine, its straightness and rounded per-
fectness; both wonderful, and in their issue lovely, though they
have hitherto prevented the tree from being drawn. I say, first,
its straightness. Because we constantly see it in the wildest
scenery, we are apt to remember only as characteristic examples
of it those which have been disturbed by violent accident or
disease. Of course such instances are fifequent. ' The soil of the
pine is subject to continual change; perhaps the rock in which it
is rooted splits in frost and falls forward, throwing the young
stems aslope, or the whole mass of earth round it is undermined
by rain, or a huge boulder falls on its stem from above, and forces
it for twenty years to grow with weight of a couple of tons
leaning on its side. Hence, especially at edges of loose cliffs,
about waterfalls, or at glacier banks, and in other places liable to
disturbance, the pine may be seen distorted andobhque; and in
Turner's " Source'of the Arveron," he has, with his usual unerring
perception of the main point in any matter, fastened on this means
of relating the glacier's history. The glacier cannot explain its
own motion; and ordinary observers saw in it only its rigidity;
but Turner saw that the wonderful thing was its non-rigidity.
Other ice is fixed, only this ice stirs. All the banks are stag-
gering beneath its waves, crumbling and withered as by the blast
of a perpetual storm. He made the rocks of his foreground loose
—rolling and tottering down together; the pines smitten aside by
them, their tops dead, bared by the ice wind.
§ 7. Nevertheless, this is not the truest or universal expression of
the pine's character. I said long ago, even of Turner: " Into the
spirit of the pine he cannot enter." He understood the glacier at
once; he had seen the force of sea on shore too often to miss the
action of those crystal-crested waves. But the pine was strange to
him, adverse to his delight in broad and flowing line; he refused
' " Croesus, therefore, having heard these things, sent word to the people of Latni)-
sacus that they should lot Miltiadcs go ; aud, if not, he would cut them down like a
pine-tree,"—Herod, vi. 37.
02
-ocr page 101-its magnificent erectness. Magnificent!—nay, sometimes, almost
terrible. Other trees, tufting crag or liill, yield to tlie form and
sway of the gromid, clothe it with soft compliance, are partly its
subjects, partly its flatterers, partly its comforters. But the pine
rises in serene resistance, self-contained; nor can I ever without
awe stay long under a great Alpine cliff, far from all house or
work of men, looking up to its companies of pine, as they stand
on the inaccessible juts and perilous ledges of the enormous wall,
in quiet multitudes, each like the shadow of the one beside it—■
upright, fixed, spectral, as troops of ghosts standing on the walls
of Hades, not knowing each other—dumb for ever. You cannot
reach them, cannot cry to them;—those trees never heard human
voice; they are far above all sound but of the winds. No foot ever
stirred fallen leaf of theirs. All comfortless they stand, between the
two eternities of the Vacancy and the Rock: yet with such iron will,
that the rock itself looks bent and shattered beside them—fragile,
weak, inconsistent, compared to their dark energy of delicate life,
and monotony of enchanted pride:—unnumbered, unconquerable.
84
PART VI.
THE LEAP SHADOWS.
§ Then note, farther, their perfectness. The impression on most
people's minds must have been received more from pictures than
reality, so far as I can judge;—so ragged they think the pine;
whereas its chief character in health is green and full roundness.
It stands compact, like one of its own cones, slightly curved on
its sides, finished and quaint as a carved tree in some Elizabethan
garden; and instead of being wild in expression, forms the
softest of all forest scenery; for other trees show their trunks and
twisting boughs: but the pine, growing either in luxuriant mass or
in happy isolation, allows no branch to be seen. Summit behind
summit rise its pyramidal ranges, or down to the very grass sweep
the circlets of its boughs; so that there is nothing but green cone
and green carpet. Nor is it only softer, but in one sense more
cheerful than other foliage; for it casts only a pyramidal shadow.
Lowland forest arches overhead, and chequers the ground with
darkness; but the pine, growing in scattered groups, leaves the
glades between emerald-bright. Its gloom is all its own; narrow-
ing into the sky, it lets the sunshine strike down to the dew. And
if ever a superstitious feeling comes over me among the pine-
m
f
ft*
tiAiiiii
-ocr page 102-glades, it is never tainted with the old German forest fear; but is
only a more solemn tone of the fairy enchantment that haunts our
English meadows; so that I have always called the prettiest pine
glade in Chamouni, " Fairies' Hollow." It is in the glen beneath
the steep ascent above Pont Pelissier, and may be reached by a
little winding path which goes down from the top of the hill;
being, indeed, not truly a glen, but a broad ledge of moss and
turf, leaning in a formidable precipice (which, however, the gentle
branches hide) over the Arve. An almost isolated rock promon-
tory, many-coloured, rises at the end of it. On the other sides
it is bordered by cliffs, from which a little cascade falls, literally,
down among the pines, for it is so light, shaking itself into mere
showers of seed pearl in the sun, that the pines don't know it
from mist, and grow through it without minding. Underneath,
there is only the mossy silence, and above, for ever, the snow of
the nameless Aiguille.
§ 9. And then the third character which I want you to notice in
the pine is its exquisite fineness. Other trees rise against the sky
in dots and knots, but this in fringes.^ You never see the edges
^ Keats (as is his way) jrats nearly all that may be said of the pine into one verse,
though they are only figurative pines of which he is speaking. I have come to that
pass of admiration for him now, that I dare not read him, so discontented he makes
me with my own work : but others must not leave unread, in considei'ing the influence
of trees upon the human soul, that marvellous ode to Psyche. Here is the piece
about pines:—
" Yes, I will be thy priest, and build a fane
In some untrodden region of my mind,
Where branched thoughts, now grown with pleasant pain,
Instead of pines, shall murmur in the wind :
Fai-, far around shall those dark-clustered trees
Fledge the wild-ridged mountains, steep by steep;
And there by zephyrs, streams, and birds, and bees,
The moss-lain Dr}^ads shall be luU'd to sleep ;
And in the midst of this wide quietness
A rosy sanctuary will I dress
With the weath'd trellis of a working brain,
With buds, and bells, and stars without a name.
With all the Gardener Fancy e'er could feign.
Who, breeding flowers, will never breed the same.
And there shall be for thee all soft delight
That shadowy thought can win;
A bright torch, and a casement ope, at night,
To let the warm Love in,"
85
CHAP. IX.
THE LEAP BPIADOWS.
86 TIIE LEAF SHADOWS. P.UIT VI.
of it, so subtle are they; and for this reason, it alone of trees, so
far as I know, is capaLIe of the fiery change which we saw before
had been noticed by Shakespere. When the sun rises behind a
ridge crested with pine, provided the ridge be at a distance of
about two miles, and seen clear, all the trees, for about three or
four degrees on each side of the sun, become trees of light, seen
in clear flame against the darker sky, and dazzling as the sun
itself. I thought at first this was owing to the actual lustre of
the leaves; but I believe now it is caused by the cloud-dew upon
them,—every minutest leaf carrying its diamond. It seems as if
tliese trees, living always among the clouds, had caught part of
their glory from them; and themselves the darkest of vegetation,
could yet add splendour to the sun itself.
§ 10- Yet I have been more struck by their character of finished
delicacy at a distance from the central Alps, among the pastoral
hills of the Emmenthal, or lowland districts of Berne, where they
are set in groups between the cottages, Avhose shingle roofs (they
also of pine) of deep gray blue, and lightly carved fronts, golden
and orange in the autumn sunshine,^ gleam on the banks and
lawns of hill-side,—endless lawns, mounded, and studded, and
bossed all over with deeper green hay-heaps, orderly set, like
jewellery (the mountain hay, when the pastures are full of springs,
being strangely dark and fresh in verdure for a whole day after it
is cut). And amidst this delicate delight of cottage and field, the
young pines stand delicatest of all, scented as with frankincense,
their slender stems straight as arrows, and crystal white, looking
as if they would break with a touch, like needles ; and their
arabesques of dark leaf pierced through and through by the pale
radiance of clear sky, opal blue, where they follow each other
along the soft hill-ridges, up and down.
§ 11. I have watched them in such scenes with the deeper interest,
because of all trees they have hitherto had most influence on
human character. The effect of other vegetation, however great,
has been divided by mingled species; elm and oak in England,
* There has been much cottagc-building about the hills lately, with very pretty
carving, the skill in Avhich has been encouraged by travellers ; and the frcsh-cut larcli
is splendid in colour imder rosy sunlight.
m
U
CHAP. IX. THE LEAF SHADOWS. 87
poplar in France, birch in Scotland, olive in Italy and Spain, share
their power with inferior trees, and with all the changing charm of
successive agriculture. But the tremendous unity of the pine
absorbs and moulds the life of a race. The pine shadows rest
upon a nation. The Northern peoples, century after century,
lived under one or other of the two great powers of the Pine
and the Sea, both infinite. They dwelt amidst the forests, as they
wandered on the waves, and saw no end, nor any other horizon;—
still the dark green trees, or the dark green waters, jagged the
dawn with their fringe, or their foam. And whatever elements
of imagination, or of warrior strength, or of domestic justice,
were brought down by the Norwegian and the Goth against the
dissoluteness or degradation of the South of Europe, were taught
them under the green roofs and wild penetralia of the pine.
§ 12. I do not attempt, delightful as the task would be, to trace
this influence (mixed Avith superstition) in Scandinavia, or North
Germany; but let us at least note it in the instance which wo
speak of so freq^uently, yet so seldom take to heart. There has
been much dispute respecting the character of the Swiss, arising
out of the difficulty which other nations had to understand their
simplicity. They ■were assumed to be either romantically virtuous,
or basely mercenary, when in fact they were neither heroic nor base,
but were true-hearted men, stubborn with more than any recorded
stubbornness ; not much regarding their lives, yet not casting them
causelessly away; forming no high ideal of improvement, but
never relaxing their grasp of a good they had once gained; devoid
of all romantic sentiment, yet loving with a practical and patient
love that neither wearied nor forsook; little given to enthusiasm in
religion, but maintaining their faith in a purity which lio world-
liness deadened and no hypocrisy soiled; neither chivalrously
generous nor pathetically humane, yet never pursuing their
defeated enemies, nor sulFering their poor to perish; proud, yet
not allowing their pride to prick them into unwary or unworthy
quarrel; avaricious, yet contentedly rendering to their neighbour
his due; dull, but clear-sighted to all the principles of justice; and
patient, without ever allowing delay to be prolonged by sloth, or
forbearance by fear.
1
88
THE LEAF SHADOWS.
§ 13. This temper of Swiss mind, while it animated the whole con-
federacy, was rooted chiefly in one small district which formed the
heart of their country, yet lay not among its highest mountains.
Beneath the glaciers of Zermatt and Evolena, and on the scorching
slopes of the Valais, the peasants remained in an aimless torpor,
unheard of hut as the obedient vassals of the great Bishopric of
Sion. But Avhere the lower ledges of calcareous rock were
broken by the inlets of the Lake Lucerne, and bracing winds
penetrating from the north forbade the growth of the vine,
compelling the peasantry to adopt an entirely pastoral life, was
reared another race of men. Their narrow domain should be
marked by a small green spot on every map of Europe. It is about
forty miles from east to west; as many from north to south: yet on
that shred of rugged ground, while every kingdom of the world
around it rose or fell in fatal change, and every multitudinous
race mingled or wasted itself in various dispersion and decline,
the simple shepherd dynasty remained changeless. There is no
record of their origin. They are neither Goths, Burgundians,
Eomans, nor Germans. They have been for ever Helvetii, and for
ever free. Voluntarily placing themselves under the protection of
the House of Hapsburg, they acknowledged its supremacy, but
resisted its oppression; and rose against the unjust governors it
appointed over them, not to gain, but to redeem, their liberties.
Victorious in the struggle by the Lake of Egeri, they stood the
foremost standard-bearers among the nations of Europe in the
cause of loyalty and life—^loyalty in its highest sense, to the laws
of God's helpful justice, and of man's faithful and brotherly
fortitude.
§ 14. You will find among them, as I said, no subtle wit nor high
enthusiasm, only an undeceivable common sense, and an obstinate
rectitude. They cannot be persuaded into their duties, but they
feel them; they use no phrases of friendship, but do not fail you
at your need. Questions of creed, which other nations sought to
solve by logic or reverie, these shepherds brought to practical tests;
sustained with tranquillity the excommunication of abbots who
wanted to feed their cattle on other people's fields, and, halbert
in hand, struck down the Swiss Reformation^ because the Evan-
PART VI.
£
t ■ :
: Sites
CHAP. IX. THE LEAF SHADOWS.
gellcals of Zuricb refused to send them their due supplies of salt.
Not readily yielding to the demands of superstition, they were
patient under those of economy; they would purchase the remis-
sion of taxes, but not of sins; and while the sale of indulgences
was arrested in the church of Ensiedlen as boldly as at the gates of
Wittenberg, the inhabitants of the valley of Frutigen^ ate no
meat for seven years, in order peacefully to free themselves and
their descendants from the seigniorial claims of the Baron of
Thurm.
§ 15. What praise may be justly due to this modest and rational
virtue, we have perhaps no sufficient grounds for defining. It
must long remain questionable how far the vices of superior civili-
zation may be atoned for by its achievements, and the errors of
more transcendental devotion forgiven to its rapture. But, take it
for what we may, the character of this peasantry is, at least,
serviceable to others and sufficient for their own peace; and in
its consistency and simplicity, it stands alone in the history of the
hmnan heart. How far it was developed by circumstances of
natural phenomena may also be disputed; nor should I enter into
such dispute with any strongly held conviction. The Swiss have
certainly no feelings respecting their mountains in anywise corre-
spondent to ours. It was rather as fortresses of defence, than as
spectacles of splendour, that the cliffs of the Rothstock bare rule
over the destinies of those who dwelt at their feet; and the training
for which the mountain children had to thank the slopes of the
Muotta-Thal, was in soundness of breath, and steadiness of limb,
far more than in elevation of idea. But the point which I desire
the reader to note is, that the character of the scene which, if any,
appears to have been impressive to the inhabitant, is not that
which we ourselves feel when we enter the district. It was not
from tlieir lakes, nor their cliffs, nor their glaciers—though these
were all peculiarly their possession, that the three venerable
cantons or states received their name. They were not called the
States of the Rock, nor the States of the Lake, but the States of
' This valley is on the pass of the Gemmi in Canton Berne, but the people are the
same in temper as those of the Waldstetten.
90 TIIE LEAF SHADOWS. P.UIT VI.
the Forest. And tlio one of the three which contains the most
touching record of tlie spiritual power of Swiss religion, in the
name of the convent of the "Hill of Angels," has, for its own,
none but the sweet childish name of " Under the Woods."
§ 16. And indeed you may pass under them if, leaving the most
sacred spot in Swiss history, the MeadoAv of the Three Foun-
tains, you bid the boatman row southward a little way by the
shore of the Bay of XJri. Steepest there on its western side, the
walls of its rocks ascend to heaven. Far in the blue of evening,
like a great cathedral pavement, lies the lake in its darkness; and
you may hear the whisper of innumerable falling waters return
from the hollows of the cliff, like the voices of a multitude praying
under their breath. From time to time the beat of a wave, slow
lifted, where the rocks lean over the black depth, dies heavily as the
last note of a requiem. Opposite, green with steep grass, and set
with chalet villages, the Frou-Alp j-ises in one solemn glow of
pastoral light and peace; and above, against the clouds of twilight,
ghostly on the gray precipice, stand, myriad by myriad, the shadowy
armies of the Unterwalden pine.^
I
I have seen that it is possible for the stranger to pass through
this great chapel, with its font of waters, and mountain pillars, and
vaults of cloud,, without being touched by one noble thought, or
stirred by any sacred passion; but for those who received from
its waves the baptism of their youth, and learned beneath its rocks
the fidelity of their manhood, and watched amidst its clouds the
likeness of the dream of life, with the eyes of age—for these I will
not believe that the mountain shrine was built, cr the calm of its
forest-shadows guarded by their God, in vain.
1 The cliff immediately bordering tlie lake is in Canton Uri; the green hills of
Untenvalden rise above. This is the grandest piece of the shore of Lake Lucerne;
the rocks near Toll's Chapel are neither so lofty nor so precipitous.
; /
-ocr page 108-91
CPIAPTER X.
LEAVES MOTIONLESS.
§ 1. It will be remembered tliat our final inq^uiry was to bo into the
sources of beauty in the tented plants, or flowers of the field; which
the reader may perhaps suppose one of no great difficulty, the
beauty of flowers being somewhat generally admitted and com-
prehended.
Admitted ? yes. Comprehended ? no; and, which is worse, in
all its highest characters, for many a day yet, incomprehensible:
though with a little steady application, I suppose we might soon
know more than we do now about the colours of floAvers,—being
tangible enough, and staying longer than those of clouds. We
have discovered something definite about colours of opal and of
peacock's plume; perhaps, also, in due time we may give some
account of that true gold (the only gold of intrinsic value) which
gilds buttercups; and understand how the spots are laid, in painting
a pansy.
Art of interest, when we may win any of its secrets; but to
such knowledge the road lies not up brick streets. And hoAVSoever
that flower-painting may be done, one thing is certain, it is not by
machinery.
§ 2. Perhaps, it may be thought, if Ave understood flowers better,
Ave might love them less.
We do not love them much, as it is. Few people care about
floAvers. Many, indeed, are fond of finding a new shape of blos-
som, caring for it as a child cares about a kaleidoscope. Many,
also, like a fair service of flowers in the greenhouse, as a fair
service of plate on the table. Many are scientifically interested
1
if
92
LEAVES MOTIONLESS.
in tliem, though even these in the nomenclature rather than the
flowers. And a few enjoy their gardens: but I have never heard
of a piece of land, which would let well on a building lease,
remaining unlet because it was a flowery piece. I have never
heard of parks being kept for wild hyacinths, though often of their
being kept for wild beasts. And the blossoming time of the
year being principally spring, I perceive it to be the mind of most
people, during that period, to stay in towns.
§ 3. A year or two ago, a keen-sighted and eccentrically-minded
friend of mine, having taken it into his head to violate this national
custom, and go to the Tyrol in spring, was passing through a
valley near Landech, with several similarly headstrong companions.
A strange mountain appeared in the distance, belted about its
breast with a zone of blue, like our English Queen. Was it
a blue cloud ? A blue horizontal bar of the air that Titian breathed
in youth, seen now far away, which mortal might never breathe
again? Was it a mirage—a meteor? Would it stay to be
approached? (ten miles of winding road yet between them and
the foot of its mountain.) Such questioning had they con-
cerning it. My keen-sighted friend alone maintained it to be
substantial; whatever it might be, it was not air, and would
not vanish. The ten miles of road were overpassed, the carriage
left, the mountain climbed. It stayed patiently, expanding still into
richer breadth and heavenlier glow—a belt of gentians. Such tilings
may verily be seen among the Alps in spring, and in spring only.
Which being so, I observe most people prefer going in autumn.
§ 4. Nevertheless, without any special affection for them, most of us,
at least, languidly consent to the beauty of flowers, and occasionally
gather them, and prefer them from among other forms of vegeta-
tion. This, strange to say, is precisely what great painters do not.
Every other kind of object they paint, in its due place and
office, with respect;—but, except compulsorily and imperfectly,
never flowers. A curious fact, this! Here are men whose lives
are spent in the study of colour, and the one thing they will not
paint is a flower! Anything but that. A furred mantle, a jewelled
zone, a silken gown, a brazen corslet, nay, an old leathern chair,
or a wall-paper if you will, with utmost care and delight;—
rAKT VI.
CIUP. X. LEAVES MOTIONLESS. 93
"^pl
but a flower by no manner of means^ if avoidable. When tlie tiling
has perforce to be done^ the great painters of course do it rightly.
Titian, in his early work, sometimes carries a blossom or two
out with affection, as the columbines in our Bacchus and Ariadne,
So also Holbein. But in his later and mightier work, Titian
will only paint a fan or a wristband intensely, never a flower. In
his portrait of Lavinia, at Berlin, the roses are just touched finely
enough to fill their place, with no affection whatever, and with the
most subdued red possible; while in the later portrait of her, at
Dresden, there are no roses at all, but a belt of chased golden
balls, on every stud of vsihicli Titian has concentrated his strength,
and I verily believe forgot the face a little, so much has his mind
been set on them.
§ 5. In Paul Veronese's Europa, at Dresden, the entire foreground
is covered with flowers, but thej are executed with sharp and
crude touches hke those of a decorative painter. In Correggio's
paintings, at Dresden, and in the Antiope of the Louvre, thercs
are lovely pieces of foliage, but no flowers. A large garland of
oranges and lemons, with their leaves, above the St. George, at
Dresden, is connected traditionally with the garlanded backgrounds
of Ghirlandajo and Mantegna, but the studious absence of flowers
renders it almost disagreeably ponderous. I do not remember any
painted by Yelasquez, or by Tintoret, except compulsory Annun-
ciation lilies. The flowers of Rubens are gross and rude; those of
Vandyck vague, slight, and subdued in colour, so as not to con-
tend with the flesh. In his portraits of King Charles's children,
at Turin, an enchanting picture, there is a rose-thicket, in which
the roses seem to be enchanted the wrong way, for their leaves arc
all gray, and the flowers dull brick-red. Yet it is right.
§ 6. One reason for this is that all great men like their inferior
forms to follow and obey contours of large surfaces, or group
themselves in connected masses. Patterns do the first, leaves the
last; but flowers stand separately.
Another reason is that the beauty of flower-petals and texture
can only be seen by looking at it close; but flat patterns can
be seen far off, as well as gleaming of metal-work. All the great
men calculate their work for effect at some distance, and with that
94 LEAVES MOTIONLESS. part n.
object^ know it to be lost time to complete the drawing of flowers.
Farther, the forms of flowers being determined, require a painful
attention, and restrain the fancy; whereas, in painting fur, jewels,
or bronze, the colour and touch may be varied almost at pleasure,
and without effort.
Again, much of what is best in flowers is inimitable in paint-
ing; and a thoroughly good workman feels the feebleness of his
means when he matches them fairly with Nature, and gives up
the attempt frankly—painting the rose dull^red, rather than trying
to rival its flush in sunshine.
And, lastly, in nearly all good lands(;ape-painting, the breadtli
of foreground included implies such a distance of the spectator
from the nearest object as must entirely prevent his seeing flower
detail.
p § 7. There is, however, a deeper reason than all these; namely, that
flowers have no sublimitv. Wc shall have to examine the nature
of sublimity in our following and last section, among other ideas
of relation. Here I only note the fact briefly, that impressions of
awe and sorrow being at the root of the sensation of sublimity,
and the beauty of separate flowers not being of the kind which
connects itself with such sensation, there is a wide distinction,
in general, between flower-loving minds and minds of the highest
order. Tlowers seem intended for the solace of ordinary humanity:
children love them; quiet, tender, contented ordinary people love
them as they grow; luxurious and disorderly people rejoice in
|l them gathered: They arc the cottager's treasure; and in the
crowded town, mark, as with a little broken fragment of rainbow,
the windows of the workers in whose heart rests the covenant
of peace. Passionate or religious minds contemplate them with
fond, feverish intensity; the affection is seen severely calm in the
works of many old religious painters, and mixed with more open
and true country sentiment in those of our own pre-Raphaelites.
To the child and the girl, the peasant and the j manufacturing
operative, to the grisette and the nun, the lover and monk, they are
precious always. But to the men of supremo power and thought-
fulness, precious only at times; symbolically and pathetically
often to the poets, but rarely for their own sake. They fall
CIUP. X. LEAVES MOTIONLESS. 95
forgotten from the great workmen's and soldiers' hands. Such
men will take, in thankfulness, crowns of leaves, or crowns of
thorns—not crowns of flowers.
§ 8. Some beautiful tilings have been done lately, and more beau-
tiful are likely to be done, by our younger painters, in representing
blossoms of the orchard and the field in mass and extent. I have
had something to do with the encouragement of this impulse; and
truly, if pictures are to be essentially imitative rather than in-
ventive, it is better to spend care in painting hyacinths than dead
leaves, and roses rather than stubble. Such work, however, as I
stated in my first essay on this subject, in the year 1851,^ can
only connect itself with the great schools by becoming inventive
instead of copyist; and for the most part, I believe these young
painters would do well to remember that the best beauty of flowers
being wholly inimitable, and their sweetest service unrenderable
by art, the picture involves some approach to an unsatisfying
mockery, in the cold imagery of what Nature has given to be
breathed with the profuse winds of spring, and touched by the
happy footsteps of youth.
§ 9. Among the greater masters, as I have said, there is little
laborious or afiectionate flower-painting. The utmost that Turner
ever allows in his foregrounds is a water-lily or two, a cluster of
heath or foxglove, a thistle sometimes, a violet or daisy, or a
bindweed-bell; just enough to lead the eye into the understanding
of the rich mystery of his more distant leafage. Rich mystery,
indeed, respecting which these following facts about the foliage of
tented plants must be noted carefully.
§ 10. Two characters seem especially aimed at by Nature in the earth-
plants : first, that they should be characteristic and interesting;
secondly, that they should not be very visibly injured by crushing.
I say, first, characteristic. The leaves of large trees take
approximately simple forms, slightly monotonous. They are in-
tended to be seen in mass. But the leaves of the herbage at our
feet take all kinds of strange shapes, as if to invite us to examine
1 Pre-Eaphaeliiism : p. 28, and the note at p. 27; comparcp. 63, The essay con-
tains some important notes on Turner's work, which, therefore, I do not repeat in this
volmne.
f
i
j
.1
96
"P
LEAVES MOTIONLESS.
them. Star-sliaped, heart-shaped, spear-shaped, arrow-shaped,
fretted, fringed, cleft, furrowed, serrated, sinuated; in whorls, in
tufts, in spires, in wreaths, endlessly expressive, deceptive, fan-
tastic, never the same from footstalk to blossom; they seem
perpetually to tempt our watchfulness, and take delight in out-
stripping our wonder.
Secondly, observe, their forms are such as will not be visibly
injured by crushing. Their complexity is already disordered:
jags and rents are their laws of being; rent by the footstep, tliey
betray no harm. Here, for instance (Fig. 72), is the mere outline
PART vr.
§11.
A
of a buttercup-leaf in full free growth; which, perhaps, may be
taken as a good common type of earth foliage. Fig. 73 is a less
advanced one, placed so as to show its symmetrical bounding form.
But both, how varioushow delicately rent into beauty! As in
' A
bi
il
jf'i
-ocr page 114-CIUP. X. LEAVES MOTIONLESS. 1681
ymm
PUP
97
the aiguilles of the great Alps, so in this lowest field-herb, where
rending is the law of being, it is the law of loveliness.
§ 12. One class, however, of these torn leaves, peculiar to the tented
plants, has, it seems to me, a strange expressional function. I mean
the group of leaves rent into alternate gaps, typically represented
by the thistle. The alternation of the rent, if not absolutely, is,
effectively, peculiar to the earth-plants. Leaves of the builders
are rent symmetrically, so as to form radiating groups, as in the
horse-chestnut, or they are irregularly sinuous, as in the oak; but
the earth-plants continually present forms such as those in the
opposite Plate: a kind of web-footed leaf, so to speak; a continuous
tissue, enlarged alternately on each side of the stalk. Leaves of
this form have necessarily a kind of limping gait, as if they grew
not all at once, but first a little bit on one side, and then a little
bit on the other, and wherever they occur in quantity, give the
expression to foreground vegetation which we feel and call
" ragged."
I.
It is strange that the mere alternation of the rent should give
this effect; the more so, because alternate leaves, completely sepa-
rate from each other, produce one of the most graceful types of
§ 13.
H
tol. v.
-ocr page 115-98 LEAVES MOTIONLESS. tart vi.
building plants. Yet the fact is indeed so, tliat tlie alternate rent
in the earth-leaf is the principal cause of its ragged e{Fect. How-
ever deeply it may he rent symraetrically, as in the alchemilla, or
buttercup, just instanced, and however finely divided, as in the
parsleys, the result is always a delicate richness, unless the jags
are alternate, and the leaf-tissue continuous at the stem; and the
moment these conditions appear, so does the raggedness.
§ 14. It is yet more worthy of note that the proper duty of these
leaves, Avhich catch the eye so clearly and powerfully, would
appear to be to draw the attention of man to spots v^'here his work
is needed, for they nearly all habitually grow on ruins or neglected
I ground: not noble rtiins, or on loild ground, but on heaps of
i rubbish, or pieces of land which have been indolently cultivated or
I much disturbed. The leaf on the right of the three in the Plate,
ft which is the most characteristic of the class, is that of the Sisym-
' brium Irio, which grows, by choice, always on ruins left by fire.
" The plant, which, as far as I have observed, grows first on earth
that has been moved, is the coltsfoot: its broad covering leaf
I is much jagged, but only irregular, not alternate in the rent; but
the weeds that mark habitual neglect, such as the thistle, give
§. clear alternation.
§ 15. The aspects of complexity and carelessness of injury are
farther increased in the herb of the field, because it is "herb
yielding seed;" that is to say, a seed different in character from
that which trees form in their fruit.
I am somewhat alarmed in reading over the above sentence,
lest a botanist, or other scientific person, should open the book at
it. For of course the essential .character of either fruit or seed
being only that in the smallest compass the vital principle of the
plant is rendered portable, and for some time, preservable, we
ought to call every such vegetable dormitory a "fruit" or a "seed"
indifferently. But with respect to man there is a notable difference
between them.
A seed is what we "sow."
A fruit, what we " enjoy."
IS
ni
Fruit is seed prepared especially for the sight and taste of mai^
and animals; and in this sense we have true fruit and traitorous
M
-ocr page 116-CIUP. X. LEAVES MOTIONLESS. 99
fruit (poisonous) ; but it is perhaps the best available distinction,^
that, seed being the part necessary for the renewed birth of the plant,
a fruit is such seed enclosed or sustained by some extraneous
substance, which is soft, and juicy, and beautifully coloured, pleasing
and useful to animals and men.
§ 16. I find it convenient in this volume, and wish I had thought of
the expedient before, whenever I get into a difficulty, to leave the
reader to work it out. He will perhaps, therefore, be so good as
to define fruit for himself. Having defined it, he will find that the
sentence about which I was alarmed above is, in the main, true, and
that tented plants principally are herb yielding seed, while build-
ing plants give fruit. The berried shrubs of rock and wood,
however dwarfed in stature, are true builders. The strawberry-
plant is the only important exception—a tender Bedouin.
§ 17. Of course the principal reason for this is the plain, practical one,
that fruit should not be trampled on, and had better perhaps be
put a little out of easy reach than too near the hand, so that it may
not be gathered wantonly or without some little trouble, and may
be waited for until it is properly ripe: while the plants meant to
be trampled on have small and multitudinous seed, hard and
wooden, which may be shaken and scattered about without harm.
Also, fine fruit is often only to be brought forth with patience:
not by young and hurried trees—but in due time, after much suf-
fering ; and the best fruit is often to be an adornment of old age,
so as to supply the want of other grace. While the plants which
will not work, but only bloom and wander, do not (except the
grasses) bring forth fruit of high service, but only the seed that
prolongs their race, the grasses alone having great honour put on
them for their humility, as we saw in our first account of them.
' I say the "beet available distinction." It is, of course, no real distinction. A pea-
pod is a kind of central tyj^e of seed and seed-vessel, and it is difficult so to define fniit
as to keep clear of it. Pea-shells are boiled and eaten in some countries rather than
pease. It does not sound like a scientific distinction to say that ft-uit is a " shell which
is good without being boiled." Nay, even if we humiliate ourselves into this practical
reference to the kitchen, we are still far from success. For the pulp of a strawbeny is
not a " shell," the seeds being on the outside of it. The available ]mrt of a pome-
granate or orange, though a seed envelope, is itself shut within a less usefiil rind.
While in an ahnond the shell becomes less profitable still, and all goodness retires into tho
seed itself, as in a gi-ain of com.
H 2
-ocr page 117-100 LEAVES MOTIONLESS. PART vr.
§ 18. This being so, we find another element of very complex effect
added to the others which exist in tented plants, namely, that of
minute, granular, feathery, or downy seed-vessels, mingling quaint
brown punctuation, and dusty tremors of dancing grain, with the
bloom of the nearer fields ; and casting a gossamered grayness and
softness of j)lumy mist alon^ their surfaces far away ; mysterious
evermore, not only with dew in the morning or mirage at noon,
but with the shaking threads of fine arborescence, each a little
belfry of grain-bells, all a-chime.
§ 19. I feel sorely tempted to draw one of these same spires of the
fine grasses, with its sweet changing proportions of pendent grain,
but it would be a useless piece of finesse, as such form of course
never enters into general foreground effect/ I have, however,
engraved, at the top of the group of woodcuts opposite (Fig. 74), a
single leaf cluster of Durer's foreground in the St. Hubert, which
is interesting in several ways; as an example of modern work, no
less than old; for it is a facsimile twice removed; being first drawn
from the plate with the pen, by Mr. Allen,' and then facsimiled on
wood by Miss Byfield; and if the reader can compare it with the
original, he will find it still come tolerably close in most parts
(though the nearest large leaf has got spoiled), and of course some
of the finest and most precious qualities of Durer's work are lost.
Still, it gives a fair idea of his perfectness of conception, every leaf
being thoroughly set in perspective, and drawn with unerring
decision. On each side of it (Figs. 75, 76,) are two pieces from
a fairly good modern etching, which I oppose to the Darer in
order to show the differe^ice between true work and that which
pretends to give detail, but is without feeling^or knowledge. There
are a great many leaves in the piece on the left, but they are all
set the same way; the draughtsman has not conceived their real
' For the same reason, I enter into no considerations respecting the geometrical
Ibi-ms of flowers, thoxigh they are tleeply interesting, and perhaps some day I may give
a few studies of them separately.^ The reader should note, however, that beauty of
fonn in flowers is chiefly dependent on a more accurately finished or more studiously
A'aried development of the tre-foil, quatre-foil, and cinq-foil stmctures which we have
seen irregularly approached by leaf-buds. The most beautiful six-foiled flowers (like
the rhododendron-shoot) are composed of two triangular grou})s, one superimposed on
the other, as in the narcissus; and the most interesting types both of six-foils and
cinq-foils are unequally leaved, symmetrical on opposite sides, as the iris and violet.
n i
,
is^s
m
iitiiis
CIUP. X. LEAVES MOTIONLESS. 101
positions, but draws one after another as he would deliver a tale
of bricks. The grasses on the right look delicate, but are a mere
series of inorganic lines. Look how Durer's grass-blades cross each
other. If you take a pen and copy a little piece of each example,
you will soon feel the dilference. Underneath, in the centre
(Fig. 77), is a piece of grass out of Landseer's etching of the
'^Ladies' Pets," more massive and effective than the two lateral
fragments, but still loose and uncomposed. Then underneath is a
piece of firm and good work again, which will stand with Durer's;
it is the outline only of a group of leaves out of Turner's fore-
ground in the Richmond from the Moors, of which I give a reduced
etching, Plate 61, for the sake of the foreground principally, and in
Plate 62, the group of leaves in question, in their light and shade,
with the bridge beyond. What I have chiefly to say of them
belongs to our section on composition; but this mere fragment of a
Turner foreground may perhaps lead the reader to take note in
his great pictures of the almost inconceivable labour with which
he has sought to express the redundance and delicacy of ground
leafage.
§ 20. By comparing the etching in Plate 61 with the published
engraving, it will be seen how much yet remains to be done before
any approximately just representation of Turner foreground can
be put within the reach of the public. This Plate has been
reduced by Mr. Armytage from a pen-drawing of mine, as large
as the original of Turner's (18 inches by 11 inches). It will look
a little better under a magnifying glass; but only a most costly
engraving, of the real size, could give any idea of the richness of
mossy and ferny leafage included in the real design. And if this
be so on one of the ordinary England drawings of a barren
Yorkshire moor, it may be imagined what the task would be of
engraving truly such a foreground as that of the " Bay of Baias"
or "Daphne and Leucippus," in which Turner's aim has been
luxuriance.
§ 21, His mind recurred. In all these classical foregrounds, to strong
impressions made upon him during his studies at Rome, by the
masses of vegetation which enrich its heaps of ruin with their
embroidery and bloom. I have always partly regretted these
102
LEAVES MOTIONLESS.
Roman studies^ thinking tliat they led him into too great fondness
of wandering hixuriance in vegetation, associated with decay;
and prevented his giving affection enough to the more solemn
and more sacred infinity with which, among the mightier ruins
of the Alpine Rome, glow the pure and motionless splendours
of the gentian and the rose.
§ 22. Leaves motionless. The strong pines wave above them, and
the weak grasses tremble beside them; but the blue stars rest
upon the earth with a peace as of heaven; and far along the ridges
of iron rock, moveless as they, the rubied crests of Alpine rose
flush in the low rays of morning. Nor these yet the stillest
leaves. Others there are subdued to a deeper quietness, the
mute slaves of the earth, to whom we owe, perhaps, thanks, and
tenderness, the most profound of all we have to render for the
leaf ministries.
§ 23, It is strange to think of the gradually diminished power and
withdrawn freedom among the orders of leaves—from the sweep
of the chestnut and gadding of the vine, down to the close shrinking
trefoil, and contented daisy, pressed on earth; and, at last, to
the leaves that are not merely close to earth, but themselves a
part of it; fastened down to it by their sides, here and there
•only a wrinkled edge rising from the granite crystals. We have
found beauty in the tree yielding fruit, and in the herb yielding
seed. How of the herb yielding no sced,^ the fruitless, flowerless
lichen of the rock ?
§ 24. Lichen, and mosses (though these last in their luxuriance are
deep and rich as herbage, yet both for the most part humblest
of the green things that live),—how of these ? Meek creatures!
the first mercy of the earth, veiling with hushed softness its
dintless rocks; creatures full of pity, covering v/ith strange and
tender honour the scarred disgrace of ruin,—laying quiet finger
on the trembling stones, to teach them rest. No words, that I
know of, will say what these mosses are. None are delicate enough,
none perfect enough, none rich enough. How is one to tell of the
' The reader must remember always that my work is conccniing the aspects of
things only. Of com-se, a lichen has seeds, just as other plants have, but not eifeetually
or visibly for man.
lUllT VI.
CHAP. X. LEAVES LIOTIONLESS.
rounded bosses of furred and beaming green,—the starred divi-
sions of rubied bloom, fine-filmed, as if the Rock Spirits could spin
porphyry as we do glass,—the traceries of intricate silver, and
fringes of amber, lustrous, arborescent, burnished through every
fibre into fitful brightness and glossy traverses of silken change,
yet all subdued and pensive, and framed for simplest, sweetest
offices of grace. They will not be gathered, like the flowers, for
chaplet or love-token; but of these the wild bird will make its
nest, and the wearied child his pillow.
And, as the earth's first mercy, so they are its last gift to us.
When all other service is vain, from plant and tree, the soft
mosses and gray lichen take up their watch by the head-stone.
The woods, the blossoms, the gift-bearing grasses, have done their
parts for a time, but these do service for ever. Trees for the
builder's yard, flowers for the bride's chamber, corn for the
granary, moss for the grave.
Yet as in one sense the humblest, in another they are the
most honoured of the earth-children. Unfading, as motionless,
the worm frets them not, and the autumn wastes not. Strong in
lowliness, they neither blanch in heat nor pine in frost. To them,
slow-fingered, constant-hearted, is entrusted the weaving of the
dark, eternal, tapestries of the hills; to them, slow-pencilled, iris-
dyed, the tender framing of their endless imagery. Sharing the
stillness of the miimpassioned rock, they share also its endurance;
and while the winds of departing spring scatter the white haw-
thorn blossom like drifted snow, and summer dims on the parched
meadow the drooping of its cowslip-gold,—far above, among the
mountains, the silver lichen-spots rest, star-like, on the stone; and
the gathering orange stain upon the edge of yonder western peak
reflects the sunsets of a thousand years.
§25.
-*o*
CHAPTER L
THE CLOUD-BALANCINGS.
§ I- We have seen that -when the earth had to be prepared for the
habitation of man, a veil, as it were, of intermediate being was
spread between him and its darkness, in which were joined, in a
subdued measure, the stability and insensibility of the earth, and
the passion and perishing of mankind.
But the heavens, also, had to be prepared for his habitation.
Between their burning light,—their deep vacuity, and man,
as between the earth's gloom of iron substance, and man, a veil
had to be spread of intermediate being;—which should appease
the unendurable glory to the level of human feebleness, and
sign the changeless motion of the heavens with a semblance of
human vicissitude.
Between the earth and man arose the leaf. Between tho
heaven and man came the cloud. His life being partly as the
falling leaf, and partly as the flying vapour.
§ 2. Has the reader any distinct idea of what clouds are ? We had
some talk about them long ago, and perhaps thought their nature,
though at that time not clear to us, would be easily enough under-
standable when we put ourselves seriously to make it out. Shall
we begin with one or two easiest questions ?
106
mm
THE CLOUD-BALANCINGS,
That mist which lies in the morning so softly in the valley,
level and white, through which the tops of the trees rise as if
through an inundation—why is it so heavy ? and why does it lie
so low, being yet so thin and frail that it will melt away utterly
into splendour of morning, when the sun has shone on it hut a
few moments more. Those colossal pyramids, huge and firm,
with outlines as of rocks, and strength to bear the beating of the
high sun full on their fiery flanks—why are tJmj so light,—their
bases high over our heads, high over- the heads of Alps ? why
will these melt away, not as the sun rises, but as he descends, and
leave the stars of twilight clear, while the valley vapour gains
again upon the earth like a shroud ?
Or that ghost of a cloud, which steals by yonder clump of
pines: nay, which does not steal by them, but haunts them,
wreathing yet round them, and yet—and yet, slowly : now falling
in a fair waved line like a woman's veil; now fading, now gone:
we look away for an instant, and look back, and it is again there.
What has it to do with that clump of pines, that it broods by them
and weaves itself among their branches, to and fro ? Has it hidden
a cloudy treasure among the moss at their roots, which it watches
thus ? Or has some strong enchanter charmed it into fond return-
ing, or bound it fast within those bars of bough ? And yonder filmy
crescent, bent like an archer's bow above the snowy summit, the
highest of all the hill,—that white arch which never forms but over
the supreme crest,—how is it stayed there, repelled apparently from
the snow—nowhere touching it, the clear sky seen between it and
the momitain edge, yet never leaving it—poised as a white bird
hovers over its nest ?
Or those war-clouds that gather on the horizon, dragon-
crested, tongued with fire;—how is their barbed strength bridled ?
what bits are these they are champing with their vaporous lips;
flinging ofi* flakes of black foam ? Leagued leviathans of the Sea ot
Heaven, out of their nostrils goeth smoke, and their eyes are like
the eyelids of the morning. The sword of him that layeth at them
cannot hold the spear, the dart, nor the habergeon. Where ride
the captains of their armies? Where arc set the measures of their
march ? Fierce murmurers, answering each other from morning
I'AKT VII.
^.v
-ocr page 124------ « ---«—w^
ciiAiM. THE CLOUD-BALANCINGS. 107
until evening—what rebuke is this which has awed them into peace?
what hand has reined them back by the way by which they came?
§ 3. I know not if the reader will think at first that questions like
these are easily answered. So far from it, I rather believe that
some of the mysteries of the clouds never will be understood by
us at all. "Knowest thoa the balancings of the clouds?" Is the
answer ever to be one of pride ? " The wondrous works of Him
which is perfect in knowledge?" Is our knowledge ever to be so?
It is one of the most discouraging consequences of the varied
character of this work of mine, that I am wholly unable to take
note of the advance of modern science. What has conclusively
been discovered or observed about clouds, I know not; but by the
chance inquiry possible to me I find no book which fairly states
the difficulties of accounting for even the ordinary aspects of the
sky. I shall, therefore, be able in this section to do little more
than suggest inquiries to the reader, putting the subject in a clear
form for him. All men accustomed to investigation will confirm
me in saying that it is a great step when we are personally quite
certain what we do not know.
I 4_ First, then, I believe we do not know what makes clouds float.
Clouds are water, in some fine form or another; but water is
heavier than air, and the finest form you can give a heavy thing
will not make it float in a light thing. On it, yes; as a boat: but
in it, no. Clouds are not boats, nor boat-shaped, and they float
in the air, not on the top of it. " Nay, but though unlike boats,
may they not be like feathers? If out of quill substance there
may be constructed eider-down, and out of vegetable tissue, thistle-
down, both buoyant enough for a time, surely of water-tissue may
be constructed also water-down, which will bo buoyant enough
for all cloudy purposes." Not so. Throw out your eider plumage
in a calm day, and it will all come settling to the ground: slowly
indeed, to aspect; but practically so fast that all our finest clouds
would be here in a heap about our ears in an hour or two, if they
were only made of water feathers. " But may they not be quill
feathers, and have air inside them ? May not all their particles
be minute little balloons?"
A balloon only floats when the air inside it is either specifically,
-ocr page 125-108 THE CLOUD-BALANCINGS. PAET VII.
or by beating, lighter than the air it floats in. If the cloiTd-feathers
had warm air inside their quills, a cloud would be warmer than the
air about it, which it is not (I believe). And if the cloud-feathers
had hydrogen inside their quills, a cloud would be unwholesome for
breathing, which it is not—at least so it seems to me.
"But may they not have nothing inside their-quills?" Then
they would rise, as bubbles do through water, just as certainly as,
if they were solid feathers, they would fall. All our clouds would
go up to the top of the air, and swim in eddies of cloud-foam.
"But is not that just what they do?" No. They float at
different heights, and with definite forms, in the body of the air
itself. If they rose like foam, the sky on a cloudy day would look
like a very large flat glass of champagne seen from below, with
a stream of bubbles (or clouds) going up as fast as they could to a
flat foam-ceiling.
" But may they not be just so nicely mixed out of something
and nothing, as to float where they are wanted?"
Yes : that is just what they not only may, but must be: only
this way of mixing something and nothing is the very thing I want
to explain or have explained, and cannot do it, nor get it done.
Except thus far. It is conceivable that minute hollow
spherical globules might be formed of water, in which the
enclosed vacuity just balanced the weight of the enclosing water,
and that the arched sphere formed by the watery film was strong
enough to prevent the pressure of the atmosphere from breaking
it in. Such a globule would float like a balloon at the height
in the atmosphere where the equipoise between the vacuum it
enclosed, and its own excess of weight above that of the air, was
exact. It would, probably, approach its companion globules by re-
ciprocal attraction, and form aggregations which might be visible.
This is, I believe, the view usually taken by meteorologists. I
state it as a possibility, to be taken into account in examining the
question—a possibility confirmed by the scriptural words which I
have taken for the title of this chapter.
Nevertheless, I state it as a possibility only, not seeing how
any known operation of physical law could explain the formation
of such molecules. This, however, is not the only difficulty.
§5.
§6.
•A
■pi m mill I . ........mil III I . in
ciiAP. 1. THE CLOUD-BALANCINGS. 109
Whatever shape the water is thrown into, it seems at first im-
probable that it should lose its property of wetness. Minute
division of rain, as in " Scotch mist," makes it capable of floating
farther,^ or floating up and down a little, just as dust will float,
though pebbles will not; or gold-leaf, though a sovereign will not;
but minutely divided rain wets as much as any other kind,
whereas a cloud, partially always, sometimes entirely, loses its
power of moistening. Some low clouds look, when you are in
them, as if they were made of specks of dust, like short hairs; and
these clouds are entirely dry. And also many clouds will w^et
some substances, but not others. So that we must grant farther,
if we are to be happy in our theory, that the spherical molecules
are held together by an attraction which prevents their adhering
to any foreign body, or perhaps ceases only under some peculiar
electric conditions.
§ 7. The question remains, even supposing their production accounted
for,—What intermediate states of water may exist between these
spherical hollow molecules and pure vapour ?
Has the reader ever considered the relations of commonest
forms of volatile substance ? The invisible particles which cause
the scent of a rose-leaf, how minute, how multitudinous, passing
richly away into the air continually! The visible cloud of frank-
' The buoyancy of solid bodies of a given specific gravity, iu a given fluid, depends,
first on their size, then on their fonns.
Eirst, on tlicir size; that is to say, on the proportion of the magnitude of the
object (iiTcspective of the distribution of its particlcs) to the magnitude of the par-
ticles of the air.
Thus, a grain of sand is buoyant in wind, but a large stone is not; and pebbles
and sand are buoyant in ivatcr in proportion to their sinallness, fine dust taking long to
sink, while a large stone sinks at once. Tlius, we sec that water may be arranged in
drops of any magnitude, from the largest rain-di'op, about the size of a large pea, to an
atom so small as not to be separately visible, the smallest rain passing gradually into
mist. Of these drops of different sizes (supposing the strength of the wind the same),
the largest fall fastest, the' smaller drops arc more buoyant, and the small misty rain
Hoats about like a cloud, as often up as down, so that an umbrella is useless in it ;
tliough in a heavy thunderstorm, if there is no wind, one may stand gathered up under
an und)rella without a drop touching the feet.
Secondly, buoyancy depends on the amount of surface which a given weight of the
substance exposes to the resistance of the substance'it floats iu. Thus, gold-leaf is in a
high degree buoyant, while the same quantity of gold in a compact gi-ain Avould fall
like a shot; and a feather is buoyant, though the same quantity of animal matter in a
compact form would be as heavy as a little stone. A slate blows far from a house-top,
while a brick falls vertically, or nearly so.
THE CLOUD-BALANCINGS.
no
PART VII.
incense — why visible? Is it in consequence of tlie greater
quantity, or larger size of tlie particles, and liow does tlie heat act
in throwing them off in this quantity, or of this size ?
Ask the same questions respecting water. It dries, that is,
becomes volatile, invisibly, at (any ?) temperature. Snow dries, as
water does. Under increase of heat, it volatilizes faster, so as to
become dimly visible in large mass, as a heat-haze. It reaches boiling
point, then becomes entirely visible. But compress it, so that no
air shall get between the watery particles—it is invisible again. At
the first issuing from the steam-pipe the steam is transparent;
but opaque, or visible, as it diffuses itself. The water is indeed
closer, because cooler, in that diffusion; but more air is between
its particles. Then this very question of visibility is an endless one,
wavering between form of substance and action of light. The
clearest (or least visible) stream becomes brightly opaque by more
minute division in its foam, and the clearest dew in hoar-frost.
Dust, unperceived in shade, becomes constantly visible in sunbeam ;
and watery vapour in the atmosphere, which is itself opaque, when
there is promise of fine weather, becomes exquisitely transparent;
and (questionably) blue, when it is going to rain.
Questionably blue: for besides Imowing very little about
water, we know what, except by courtesy, must, I think, be called
Nothing—about air. Is it the watery vapour, or the air itself, which
is blue ? Are neither blue, but only white, producing blue when
seen over dark spaces? If either blue, or white, why, when crimson
is their commanded dress, are the most distant clouds crimsonest ?
Clouds close to us may be blue, but far off", golden,—a strange
result, if the air is blue. And again, if blue, why are rays that
come through large spaces of it red; and that Alp, or anything else
that catches far-away light, why coloured red, at dawn and sunset ?
No one knows, I believe. It is true that many substances, as opal,
are blue, or green, by reflected light, yellow by transmitted; but
air, if blue at all, is blue always by transmitted light. I hear of a
wonderful solution of nettles, or other unlovely herb, which is
green when shallow,—red when deep. Perhaps some day, as the
motion of the heavenly bodies by help of an apple, their light by
help of a nettle, may be explained to mankind.
§8.
Ill
W
^fm
W"
THE CLOUD-BALANCINGS.
§ 9. But farther: tliese questions of volatility, and visibility, and
hue, are all complicated with those of shape. How is a cloud
outlined ? Granted whatever you choose to ask, concerning its
material, or its aspect, its loftiness and lurainousness,—how of its
limitation? What hews it into a heap, or spins it into a web?
Cold is usually shapeless, I sujjpose, extending over large spaces
equally, or with gradual diminution. You cannot have, in the
open air, angles, and wedges, and coils, and cliffs of cold. Yet the
vapour stops suddenly, sharp and steep as a rock, or thrusts itself
across the gates of heaven in likeness of a brazen bar; or braids
itself in and out, and across and across, like a tissue of tapestry;
or falls into ripples, like sand; or into waving shreds and tongues,
as fire. On what anvils and wdieels is the vapour pointed, twisted,
hammered, whirled, as the potter's clay ? By what hands is the
incense of the sea built up into domes of marble ?
And, lastly, all these questions respecting substance, and aspect,
and shape, and line, and division, are involved with others as
inscrutable, concerning action. The curves in which clouds move
are unknown;—nay, the very method of their motion, or apparent
motion, how far it is by change of place, how far by appearance in
one place and vanishing from another. And these questions about
movement lead partly far away into high mathematics, where I
cannot follow them, and partly into theories concerning electricity
and infinite space, where I suppose at present no one can follow
them.
What, then, is the use of asking the questions ?
CHAP. I.
f
K'
For my own part, I enjoy the mystery, and perhaps the reader
may. I think he ought. He should not be less grateful for
summer rain, or see less beauty in the clouds of morning, because
they come to prove him with hard questions; to which, perhaps, if
we look close at the heavenly scroll,^ we may find also a syllable
or two of answer illuminated here and there.
' There is a beautiful passage in Sartor liesartus conccniing this old Hebrew scroll,
in its deeper meanings, and the child's watching it, though long illegible for him, yet
" with an eye to the gilding." It signifies in a word or two nearly all that is to be said
about clouds.
112
CHAPTER 11.
THE CLOUD-FLOCKS.
§ 1. From tlie tenor of tlie foregoing chapter, the reader will, I hope, be
prepared to find me, though dogmatic (it is said) upon some occa-
sions, anything rather than dogmatic respecting clouds. I will
assume nothing concerning them, beyond the simple fact, that as a
floating sediment forms in a saturated liquid, vapour forms in the
body of the air; and all that I want the reader to be clear about in
the outset is that this vapour floats in and with the wind (as, if
you throw any thick colouring matter into a river, it floats with the
stream), and that it is not blown before a denser volume of the
wind, as a fleece of wool would be.
§ 2. At whatever height they form, clouds may be broadly con-
sidered as of two species only, massive and striated. I cannot find
a better word than massive, though it is not a good one, for I mean
it only to signify a fleecy arrangement in which no lines are visible.
The fleece may be so bright as to look like flying thistle-down, or
so diffused as to show no visible outline at all. Still if it is all of
one common texture, like a handful of wool, or a wreath of smoke,
I call it massive.
On the other hand, if divided by parallel lines, so as to look
more or less like spun-glass, I call it striated. In Plate 69,
Fig. 4, the top of the Aiguille Dru (Cliamouni) is seen emergent
above low striated clouds, with heaped massive cloud beyond.
I do not know in the least what causes this striation, except
that it depends on the nature of the cloud, not on the wind. The
strongest wind will not throw a cloud, massive by nature, into the
linear form. It will toss it about, and tear it to pieces, but not
Ji
spin it into threads. On tlie other hand, often without any wind at
all, the cloud will spin itself into threads fine as gossamer. These
threads are often said to be a prognostic of storm; but they are
not produced by storm,
§ 3. In the first volume, we considered all clouds as belonging to
three regions, that of the cirrus, the central cloud, and the rain-
cloud. It is of course an arrangement more of convenience than
of true description, for cirrous clouds sometimes form low as well
as high; and rain sometimes falls high as well as low. I will,
nevertheless, retain tliis old arrangement, which is practically as
serviceable as any.
Allowing, also, for various exceptions and modifications, these
three bodies of cloud may be generally distinguished in our minds
thus. The clouds of upper region are for the most part quiet, or
seem to be so, owing to their distance. They are formed now
of striated, now of massive substance; but always finely divided.
The central clouds are entirely of massive substance, but divided
into large ragged flakes or ponderous heaps. These heaps (cumuli)
and flakes, or drifts, present different phenomena, but must be
joined in our minds under the head of central cloud. The lower
clouds, bearing rain abundantly, arc composed partly of striated,
partly of massive substance; but may generally be comprehended
under the term rain-cloud.
Our business in this chapter, then, is with the upper clouds,
which, owing to their quietness and multitude, we may perhaps
conveniently think of as the "cloud-flocks." And we have to
discover if any laws of beauty attach to them, such as wc have
seen in mountains or tree-branches.
§ 4. On one of the few mornings of this winter, when the sky was
clear, and one of the far fewer, on which its clearness was visible
from the neighbourhood of London,—which now entirely loses at
least two out of three sunrises, owing to the environing smoke,—
the dawn broke beneath a broad field of level purple cloud, under
which floated ranks of divided cirri, composed of finely striated
vapour.
It was not a sky containing any extraordinary number of these
minor clouds; but each was more than usually distinct in sepa-
yol. v. i
wmrn
113
CHAP. II,
THE CLOUD-FLOCKS.
THE CLOUD-FLOCKS.
114
PAET Vll.
ration from its neighbour, and as they showed in nearly pure pale
sc£irlet on the dark purple ground, they were easily to be counted.
§ 5. There were five or six ranks, from the zenith to the horizon;
that is to say, three distinct ones, and then two or three more
rmining together, and losing themselves in distance, in the manner
roughly shown in Fig. 79. The nearest rank w^as composed of
more than 150 rows of cloud, set ob-
liquely, as in the figure. I counted 150,
which was near the mark, and then
stopped, lest the light should fail, to
count the separate clouds in some of
the rows. The average number was
60 in each row, rather more than less.
There were therefore 150 x 60, that is, 9,000, separate clouds
in this one rank, or about 50,000 in the field of sight. Flocks of
Admetus under Apollo's keeping. Who else could shepherd such ?
He by day, dog Sirius by night; or huntress Diana herself—her
bright arrows driving away the clouds of prey that would ravage
her fair flocks. We must leave fancies, however; these wonderful
clouds need close looking at. I will try to draw one or two of them
before they fade.
§ G. On doing which we find, after all, they are not much more like
sheep than Canis Major is like a dog. Tliey resemble more some of
our old friends, the pine branches, covered with snow. The three,
forming the uppermost figure, in the Plate opposite, are as like three
of the fifty thousand as I could get them; complex enough in struc-
ture, even tins single group. Busy workers they must be, that twine
the braiding of them al] to the horizon, and down beyond it.
And who are these workers ? You have two questions here,
both difficult. What separates these thousands of clouds each
from the other, and each about equally from the other ? How can
they be drawn asunder, yet not allowed to part ? Looped lace as it
were, richest point—invisible threads fastening embroidered cloud
to cloud—the "plighted clouds" of Milton,—creatures of the
element— i
" That in the coloui's of the rainbow live,
And play in the plighted clouds."
wmmm
-ocr page 132-THE CLOUD-FLOCKS.
115
CHAP. n.
" Puts on her silken vestments white,
Aii<l tricks her hair in lovely plight."
Her well-plighted frock
She low let fall, that flowed from her lanck side
Down to her foot, with careless modesty."
And; secondly, ^Yllat bends cacli of them into these flame-ljko
curves, tender ai^d various, as motions of a bird, liither and tliither ?
^ V y
A .
Miiiu
Perhaps you may hardly see the curves well in the softly finished
forms; here they are plainer in rude outline. Fig. 8O.1
^ Before going farther, I must say a word or two respecting method of drawing
clouds.
Absolutely well no cloud can bo drawn with the point; nothing but the most
dclicate management of the brush will exin-css its variety of edge and texture. By
laborious and tender engraving, a close approximation may be obtained either to nature
or to good painting ; and the engi-avings of sky by our modem line engravers are often
admirable;—in many respects as good as can be, and to my mind the best p.art of their
1 2
-ocr page 133-116 THE CLOUD-FLOCKS. part vii.
§ What is it that throws them into these lines ?
Eddies of wind ?
Nay, an eddy of wind will not stay quiet for three minutes, as
that cloud did to be drawn; as all the others did, each in his
place. You see there is perfect harmony among the curves. They
all flow into each other as the currents of a stream do. If you throw
dust that will float on the surface of a slow river, it will arrange
itself in lines somewhat like these. To a certain extent, indeed, it
is true that there are gentle currents of change in the atmosphere,
work. There still exist some early proofs of Miller's plate of the Grand Canal, Venice,
in which the sky is the likest thing to Turner's work I have ever seen in large en-
gravings. The plate was spoiled after a few impressions were taken off, hy desire of
the publisher. The sky was so exactly like Timier's that he thought it would not
please the public, and had all the fine cloud-drawing rubbed away to make it soft.
The Plate opposite page 122, by Mr. Annytage, is also, I think, a superb specimen
of engraving, though, in result, not so good as the one just spoken of, because this was
done from my copy of Turner's sky, not from the picture itself.
But engraving of this finished kind cannot, by reason of its costliness, be given for
every illustration of cloiid form. Nor, if it could, can skies be sketched with the com-
pletion Avhich would bear it. It is sometimes possible to draw one cloud out of fifty
thousand with something like fidelity before it fades. But if we want the arrange-
ment of the fifty thousand, they can only be indicated with the rudest lines, and
finished from memory. It was, as we shall see presently, only by his gigantic powers
of memoiy that Turner was enabled to draw skies as he did.
Now, I look upon my own memoiy of clouds, or of anything else, as of no value
whatever. All the drawings on Avhich I have ever rested an assertion have been made
without stin-ing from the spot ; and in sketching clouds from nature, it is very seldom
desirable to use the bmsh. Tor broad effects and notes of colour (though these, hastily
made, are always inaccurate, and letters indicating the colour do nearly as well) the
brash may be sometiines useful ; but, in most cases, a dark pencil, which will lay shade
with its side and draw lines •with its point, is the best instrument. Tunier almost always
outlhied merely with the point, being able to remember the relations of shade without
the slightest chance of en'or. The pomt, at all events, is needful, however much stmnp
work may be added to it. ,
Now, in translating sketches made Avitli the pencil point into engi-aving, we must
either engrave delicately and expensively, or be content to Biibstitute for the soft
varied pencil lines the finer and uncloudlike touchcs of the pen. It is best to do this
boldly, if at all, and without the least aim at fineness of effect, to lay domi a vigorous
black line as the limit of the eloud-fonn or action. The more subtle a painter's
finished work, the more fearless he is in using the vigorous black line when he is
making memoranda, or treating his subject conventionally. At the top of page 224,
Vol. IV., the reader may see the kind of outline which Titian uses for clouds in his
pen work. Usually he is even bolder and coarser. And in the rude woodcuts I am
goin;;^ to employ here, I believe the reader will find ultimately that, with whatever ill
success used by me, the means of expression are the fullest and most convenient that
can be adopted, short of finished engraving, while there are some conditions of cloud-
action which I satisfy myself better iu expressing by tlicsc coarse lines than in any
other way.
7
-ocr page 134-cuAr. 11. THE CLOUD-FLOCKS, 117
wliicli move slo^^■lJ enough to permit in the clouds that follow them
some appearance of stabilitj. But how to obtain change so com-
plex in an infinite number of consecutive spaces;—fifty thousand
separate groups of current in half of a morning sky, with quiet
invisible vapour between, or none;—and yet all obedient to one
ruling law, gone forth through their companies;—each marshalled
to their white standards, in great unity of warlike march, unar-
rested, unconfused ? " One shall not thrust another, they shall
walk every one in his own path."
§ 8. These questions occur, at first sight, respecting every group of
cirrus cloud. Whatever the form may be, whether branched, as
in this instance, or merely rippled, or thrown into shield-like
segments, as in Fig. 81—a frequent arrangement—there is still the
same difficulty in account- .
f"
ing satisfactorily for the
individual forces which
regulate the similar shape
of each mass, while all are
moved by a general force
that has apparently no
influence on the divided I'ig- 8i.
structure. Thus the mass of clouds disposed as in Fig. 81 will
probably move, mutually, in the direction of the arrow; that is to
say, sideways, as far as their separate curvature is concerned. I
suppose it probable that as the science of electricity is more perfectly
systematized, the explanation of many circumstances of cloud-form
will be rendered by it. At present I see no use in troubling the
reader or myself with conjectures which a year's progress in science
might either effectively contradict or supersede. All that I want is,
that we should have our questions ready to put clearly to the elec^
tricians when the electricians are ready to answer us.
§ 9, It is possible that some of the loveliest conditions of these
parallel clouds may be owing to a structure which I forgot to
explain, when it occurred in rocks, in the course of the last volume.
When they are finely stratified, and their surfaces abraded by
broad, shallow furrows, the edges of the beds, of course, are thrown
into undulations, and at some distance, where the furrows disappear,
THE CLOUD-FLOCKS. I'AllT YII.
the surface looks £ls iiP the rock had flowed over it in successive
waves, Slich a condition is seen on the left at the top in Fig. 17
in Yol. IV. Supposing a series of beds of vapoui: cut across by a
straight sloping current of air, and so placed as to catch the light
on their edges, we should have a series of
curved lights, looking like independent clouds.
§ 10- I believe conditions of form like those
in Fig. 82 (turn the book with its outside
edge down) may not unfrequently be thus,
owing to stratification, when they occur in ^^^ y^
the nearer sky. This line of cloud is far oif
at the horizon, drifting towards the left (the
points of course forward), and isj I suppose,
a series of nearly circular eddies seen in per-
spective.
Which question of perspective we must
examine a little before going a step farther.
In order to simplify it, let us assume that
the under surfaces of clouds are flat, and
lie in a horizontal extended field. This is
in great measure the fact, and notable per-
spective phenomena depend on the approxima-
tion of clouds to such a condition.
§ 11. Referring the reader to my Elements of
Perspective for statements of law which Avould
be in this place tiresome, I can only ask him to
take my word for it that the three figures in
Plate 64 represent limiting lines of sky per-
spective, as they would appear over a large
space of the sky. Supposing that the breadth '"JY^^
included was one fourth of the horizon, the
shaded portions in the central figure represent
square fields of cloud,'' and those in the upper- ^^
> If the figures are supposed to includc less than one-fourth of the horizon, the
shaded figures represent diahiond-shaped clouds; but the reader cannot understand
this without studying perspective laws accurately.
chap. ii. THE CLOUD-FLOCKS. 119
most figure narrow triangles, with tlieir shortest side next us, but
sloping a little away from us.
In each figure, the shaded portions show the perspective limits
of cloud-masses, which, in reality, are arranged in perfectly straight
lines, are all similar, and are equidistant from each other. Their
exact relative positions are marked by the lines connecting tlitem,
and may be determined by the reader if he knows perspective.
If he does not, he may be surprised at first to be told that the stub-
born and blunt little triangle, Fig. 1, Plate 64, represents a cloud
precisely similar, and similarly situated, to that represented by the
thin triangle, a; and, in like manner, the stout diamond, a, Fig. 2,
represents precisely the same form and size of cloud as the thin
strip at h. He may perhaps think it still more curious that the
retiring perspective which causes stoutness in the triangle, causes
leanness in the diamond.^
§ 12. Still greater confusion in aspect is induced by the apparent
change caused by perspective in the direction of the wind. If
Fig. 3 be sujpposed to include a quarter of the horizon, the
spaces, into which its straight lines divide it, represent squares
of sky. The curved lines, which cross these spaces from corner
to corner, are precisely parallel throughout; and, therefore, two
clouds moving, one on the curved line from a to 6, and the other
on the other side, from c to d^ would, in reality, be moving
with the same wind, in parallel lines. In Plate 66, wliicli is a
sketch of an actual sunset behind Beauvais cathedral (the point
of the roof of the apse, a little to the left of the centre, shows it
to be a summer sunset), the white cirri in the high liglit are all
moving eastward, away from the sun, in perfectly parallel lines,
curving a little round to the south. Underneath, are two straight
ranks of rainy cirri, crossing each other; one directed soiith-east;
the other, north-west. The meeting perspective of these, in
extreme distance, determines the shai)e of the angular light
which opens above the cathedral. Undisrneath all, fragmetils of
true rain-cloud are floating between us and the sun, governed by
' In reality, tlie retiring ranks of cloud, if long enough, would, of course, go on
converging to tlie horizon. I do not continue them, because the figures would bccomc
too compressed.
curves of their own. They are, nevertheless, connected with the
straight cirri by the dark semi-cumulus in the middle of the
shade above the cathedral.
■ppw
wmmm
120
TAET VII.
THE CLOUD-FLOOKS.
§ 13. Sky perspective, however, remains perfectly simple, so long
as it can be reduced to any rectilinear arrangement; but when
nearly the whole system is curved, which nine times out of ten
is the case, it becomes embarrassing. The central figure in
Plate 65 represents the simplest possible combination of perspec-
tive of straight lines with that of curves, a group of concentric
circles of small clouds being supposed to cast shadows from the
sun near the horizon. Such shadows are often cast in misty air;
the aspect of rays about the sun being, in fact, only caused by
spaces between them. They are carried out formally and far in
the Plate, to show how curiously they may modify the arrange-
ment of light in a sky. The woodcut, Fig. 83, gives roughly the
arrangement of the clouds in Turner's Pools of Solomon, in which
he has employed a concentric system of circles of this kind, and
thus lighted. In the perspective figure the clouds are represented
as small square masses, for the sake of greater simplicity, and are
so beaded or strung as it were on the curves in which they move,
as to keep their distances precisely equal, and their sides parallel.
This is the usual condition of cloud: for though arranged m
curved ranks, each cjoud has its face to the front, or, at all events.
..i
-ocr page 138-chap. ii. THE CLOUD-FLOCKS. 121
acts in some parallel line—generally another curve—witli those
next to it: being rarely, except in the form of fine radiating strire,
arranged on the cmrves as at a. Fig. 84; but as at h, or c. It
O-__^
would make the diagram too complex if I gave one of intersecting
curves; but the lowest figure in Plate 65, represents, in perspec-
tive, two groups of ellipses arranged in equidistant straight and
parallel lines, and following each other on two circular curves.
Their exact relative position is shown in Fig. 2, Plate 56. While
the uppermost figure in Plate Go represents in parallel perspective,
a series of ellipses arranged in radiation on a circle, their exact
relative size and position are shown in Fig. 3, Plate 56, and the
lines of such a sky as would be produced by them, roughly, in
Fig. 90, facing page 132.^
§ 14, And in these figures, which, if we look up the subject rightly,
would be but the first and simplest of the series necessary
to illustrate the action of the upper cirri, the reader may see,
at once, how necessarily painters, untrained in observance of pro-
portion, and ignorant of perspective, must lose in every touch the
expression of buoyancy and space in sky. The absolute forms of
each cloud are, indeed, not alike, as the ellipses in the engraving;
but assuredly, when moving in groups of this kind, there are
among them the same proportioned inequalities of relative dis-
tance, the same gradated changes from ponderous to elongated
form, the same exquisite suggestions of including curve; and a
common painter, dotting his clouds down at random, or in more
or less equal masses, can no more pamt a sky, than he could, by
random dashes for its ruined arches, paint the Coliseum.
§ 15. Whatever approximation to the character of upper clouds may
' I use ellipses in order to make these figures easily intelligible ; the ounces actually
are variable curves, of the nature of the cycloid, or other curves of continuous motion;
probably produced by a cun-ent moving in some such dircctiQi} a? that indicated by the
dotted lino in Fig. 3, Plate 56.
n
THE CLOUD-FLOCKS.
122
TAET Yll.
have been readied by some of our modern students, it will bo
found, on careful analysis, tliat Turner stands more absolutely
alone in this gift of cloud-drawing than in any other of his
great powers. Observe, I say, clond-draioing; other great men
coloured clouds beautifully; none but he ever drew them truly:
this power coming from his constant habit of drawing skies, like
everything else, with the pencil point. It is quite impossible
to engrave any of his large finished skies on a small scale; but the
woodcut. Fig. 85, wall give some idea of the forms of cloud
involved in one of his small drawings. It is only half of the sky
in question, that of Rouen from St. Catherine's Hill, in the Rivers
of France. Its clouds are arranged on two systems of intersecting
circles, crossed beneath by long bars very slightly bent. The
form of every separate cloud is completely studied; the manner
of drawing them will be understood better by help of the Plate
opposite, which is a piece of the sky above the "Campo Santo,^"
at Venice, exhibited in 1842. It is exquisite in rounding of the
separate fragments and buoyancy of the rising central group, as
well as in its expression of the wayward influence of curved
lines of breeze on a generally rectilinear system of cloud.
To follow the subject farther would, however, lead ns into
doctrine of circular storms, and all kinds of pleasant, but infinite,
difficulty, from which temptation I keep clear, believing that
enough is now stated to enable the reader to understand what
he is to look for in Turner's skies; and what kind of power,
thought, and science are involved continually in the little white
or purple dashes of cloud-spray, which, in subh pictures as the
San Benedetto, looking to Fusina, the Napoleon^j or the Temeraire,
guide the eye to the horizon more by their true perspective than
by their aerial tone, and are buoyant, not so much by ex-
pression of lightness as of motion.^
' Now in the possession of E. Bickncll, Esq.j who kindly lent me the iMCtui'ej that
I might make this di-awing from it carefiilly.
» I cannot yet engrarc these ; hut the little study of a single rank of cimis, the
lowest in Plate 63, may sei-ve to show the value of perspective in expressing buoyancy.
It is not, however, though bedutifully engraved by Mr. Annytage, as delicate as it
fehould be, in the fineir threads which indicate increasing distance at the extremity.
Compare the rising of the lines of curve at the edges of this mass, with the similar
action on a larger scale, of Timier's cloud, opposite.
i
'i
I t
§ 16.
n
-------tfi
cuAr. 11. THK CLOUD-FLOCKS. 123
§ 17- I say the "white or purple" cloud-spray. One word yet may
be permitted me respecting the mystery of that colour. What
should we have thought—if we had lived in a country where there
were no clouds, but only low mist or fog—of any stranger who
had told us that;, in his country, these mists rose into the air, and
became purple, crimson, scarlet, and gold? I am aware of no
sufficient explanation of these hues of the upper clouds, nor of
tlieir strange mingling of opacity with a power of absorbing light.
All clouds are so opaque that, however delicate they may be, you
never sefe one through another. Six feet depth of them, at a little
distance, will wholly veil the darkest mountain edge; so that,
whether for light or shade, they tell upon the sky as body colour
on canvass ; they have always a perfect surface and bloom;—
delicate as a rose-leaf, when required of them, but never poor
or meagre in hue, like old-fashioned water-colours. And, if
needed, in mass, they will bear tliemselves for solid force of
hue against any rock. Opposite, I have engraved a memo-
randum made of a clear sunset after rain, from the top of Milan
cathedral. The greater part of the outline is granite—Monte
Rosa—the rest cloud; but it and the granite were dark alike.
Trequently, in effects of this kind, the cloud is darker of the two.^
And this opacity is, nevertheless, obtained without destroying the
gift they have of letting broken light through them, so that,
between us and the sun, they may become golden fleeces, and float
as fields of light.
Now their distant colours depend on these two properties
together; partly on the opacity, which enables them to reflect
light strongly ; partly on a spongelike power of gathering light
into their bodies.
I 18. Long ago it was noted by Aristotle, and again by Leonardo,
that vaporous bodies looked russet, or even red, when warm light
was seen through them, and blue, when deep shade was seen
through them. Both colours may, generally, be seen on dny wreath
of cottage smoke.
124 THE CLOUD-FLOCKS. part vn.
Whereon, easy conclusion has heen sometimes founded by
modern reasoners. All red in sky is caused by light seen through
vapour, and all blue by shade seen through vapour.
Easy, indeed, but not sure, even in cloud-colour only. It is
true that the smoke of a town may be of a rich brick red against
golden twilight; and of a very lovely, though not bright, blue
against shade. But I never saw crimson or scarlet smoke, nor
ultramarine smoke.
Even granting that watery vapour in its purity may give' the
colours more clearly, the red colours are by no means always
relieved against light. The finest scarlets are constantly seen in
broken flakes on a deep purple ground of heavier cloud beyond,
and some of the loveliest rose-colours on clouds in the east, opposite
the sunset, or in the west in the morning. Nor are blues always
attainable by throwing vapour over shade. Especially, you cannot
get them by putting it over blue itself. A thin vapour on dark blue
sky is of a warm gray, not blue. A thunder-cloud, deep enough to
conceal everything behind it, is often dark lead colour, or sul-
phurous blue; but the thin vapours crossing it, milky white. The
vividest hues are connected also with another attribute of clouds,
their lustre—metallic in effect, watery in reality. They not only
reflect colour as dust or wool would, but, when far ofl^, as water
would J sometimes even giving a distinct image of the sun
underneath the orb itself;—in all cases becoming dazzling in lustre,
when at a low angle, capable of strong reflection. Practically, this
low angle is only obtained when the cloud seems near the sun,
and hence we get into the careless habit of looking at the golden
reflected light as if it were actually caused by nearness to the
fiery ball.
§ 19- Without, however, troubling ourselves at all about laws, or
causes of colour, the visible consequences of their operation arc
notably these—that when near us, clouds present only subdued
and uncertain colours; but when far from us, and struck by the
sun on their under surfaces—so that the greater part of the light
they receive is reflected—they may become golden, purple, scarlet,
and intense fiery white, mingled in all kinds of gradations, such as
I tried to describe in the chapter on the upper clouds in the first
123
THE CLOUD-CHARIOTS.
§ 1. Between the flocks of small countless clouds wliicli occupy tlie
liigliest heavens, and the gray undivided film of the true rain-
cloud, form the fixed masses or torn fleeces, sometimes collected
and calm, sometimes fiercely drifting, -which are, nevertheless,
known under one general name of cumulus, or heaped cloud.
The true cumulus, the most majestic of clouds, and almost the
only one which attracts the notice of ordinary observers, is for the
most part windless; the movement of its masses being solemn,
continuous, inexplicable, a steady advance or retiring, as if they
were animated by an inner will, or compelled by an unseen power.
They appear to be peculiarly connected with heat, forming per-
fectly only in the afternoon, and melting away in the evening.
Their noblest conditions are strongly electric, and connect them-
selves with storm-cloud and true thunder-cloud. When there is
thunder in the air, they will form in cold weather, or early in the
day. j
§ 2. I have never succeeded in drawing a cumulus. Its divisions of
surface are grotesque and endless, as those of a mountain;—perfectly
defined, brilliant beyond all power of colour, and transitory as a
dream. Even Turner never attempted to paint them, any more
than he did the snows of the high Alps.
Nor can I explain them any more than I can draw them. The
ordinary account given of their structure is, I believe, that the
moisture raised from the earth by the sun's heat becomes visible by
condensation at a certain height in the colder air, that the level of
the condensing point is that of the cloud's base, and that above it,
"r- r ' ^ ^-"-raiirr-...... -liMiii - ^.«.-ly:;»!
-ocr page 143-m
THE CLOUD-CHARIOTS.
§ 1. Bktween tlie flocks of small countless clouds wliicli occupy tlie
highest heavens, and the gray undivided film of the true rain-
cloud, form the fixed masses or torn fleeces, sometimes collected
and calm, sometimes fiercely drifting, which are, nevertheless,
known under one general name of cumulus, or heaped cloud.
The true cumulus, the most majestic of clouds, and almost the
only one which attracts the notice of ordinary observers, is for the
most part windless; the movement of its masses heing solemn,
continuous, inexplicable, a steady advance or retiring, as if they
were animated by an inner will, or compelled by an unseen power.
They appear to be peculiarly connected with heat, forming per-
fectly only in the afternoon, and melting away in tlie evening.
Their noblest conditions are strongly electric, and connect them-
selves with storm-cloud and true thunder-cloud. When there is
thunder in the air, they will form in cold weather, or eai'ly in the
day. !
§ 2. I have never succeeded in drawing a cumulus. Its divisions of
surface are grotesque and endless, as those of a mountain;—perfectly
defined, brilliant beyond all power of colour, and transitory as a
dream. Even Turner never attempted to paint them, any more
than he did the snows of the high Alps.
Nor can I explain them any more than I can draw them. The
ordinary account given of their structure is, I believe, that the
moisture raised from the earth by the sun's heat becomes visible by
condensation at a certain height in the colder air, that the level of
the condensing point is that of the cloud's base, and that above it,
lilU
CHAP. III. THE CLOITD-CHAEIOTS. 127
the heaps are pushed up higher and higher as more vapour accu-
mulates, till, towards evening, the supply beneath ceases; and at
sunset, the fall of dew enables the surrounding atmosphere to
absorb and melt them away. Very plausible. But it seems to me
herein unexplained how the vapour is held together in those heaps.
If the clear air about and above it has no aqueous vapour in it, or
at least a much less quantity, why does not the clear air keep
pulling the cloud to pieces, eating it away, as steam is consumed in
open air ? Or, if any cause prevents such rapid devouring of it,
why does not the aqueous vapour diffuse itself softly in the air like
smoke, so that one -would not know where the cloud ended?
What should make it bind itself in those solid mounds, and stay
so:—positive, fantastic, defiant, determined?
§ 3. If ever I am able to understand the process of the cumulus
formation,^ it will become to me one of the most interesting of all
subjects of study to trace the connection of the threatening and
terrible outlines of thunder-cloud with the increased action of the
electric power. I am for the present utterly unable to speak
respecting this matter, and must pass it by, in' all humility, to say
what little I have ascertained respecting the more broken and
rapidly moving forms of the central clouds, which connect them-
selves with mountains, and may, therefore, among mountains, be
seen close and truly.
§ 4. Yet even of these, I can only reason with great doubt and
continual pause. This last volume ought certainly to be better
than the first of the series, for two reasons. I have learned during
the sixteen years to say little where I said much, and to see
difficulties where I saw none. And I am in a great state of marvel
in looking back to my first account of clouds, not only at myself,
but even at my dear master, M. de Saussure. To think that both
of us should have looked at drifting mountain clouds, for years
together, and been content with the theory which you will find set
forth in § 4, of the chapter on the central cloud region (Vol. L),
respecting the action of the snowy summits on watery vapour
' One of the great difficulties in doing this is to distinguish the portions of cloud
outline which really slope upwards from those which only appear to do so, being ia
reality horizontal, and thiwn hito apparent inclination by perspective.
MlUb
128 THE CLOUD-CHAEIOTS. part. vii.
passing them. It is quite true that this action takes place, and
that the said fourth paragraph is right, as far as it readies. But
both Saussure and I ought to have known—we both did know,
but did not think of it,—that the covering or cap-cloud forms on
hot summits as well as cold ones;—that the red and bare rocks of
Mont Pilate, hotter, certainly, after a day's sunshine than the cold
storm-wind which sweeps to, them from the Alps, nevertheless have
been renowned for their helmet of cloud, ever since the Romans
watched the cloven summit, gray against the south, from the
ramparts of Vindonissa, giving it the name from which the good
Catholics of Lucerne have warped out their favourite piece of
terrific sacred biography.^ And both my master and I should
also have reflected that if our theory about its formation had been
generally true, the helmet cloud ought to form on every cold
summit, at the approach of rain, in approximating proportions to
the bulk of the glaciers; which is so far from being the case that
not only (A) the cap-cloud may often be seen on lower summits
of grass or rock, while the higher ones are splendidly clear (which
may be accounted for by supposing the wind containing the
moisture not to have risen so high); but (B) the cap-cloud always
shows a preference for hills of a conical form, such as the Mole or
Niesen, which can have very little power in chilling the air, even
supposing they were cold themselves, while it will entirely refuse
to form round huge masses of mountain, which, supposing them of
chilly temperament, must have discomforted the atmosphere in
their neighbourhood for leagues. And finally (C) reversing the
principle under letter A, the cap-cloud constantly forms on the
summit of Mont Blanc, while it will obstinately refuse to appear on
the Dome du Gotite or Aiguille Sans-nom, where the snow-fields
are of greater extent, and the air must be moister, because lower.
The fact is, that the explanation given in that fourth paragraph
can, in reality, account only for what may properly be termed
" leeside cloud," slightly noticed in the continuation of the same
chapter, but deserving most attentive illustration, as one of the
' Pileatus, capped (strictly speaking, with the cap of liberty ;—stormy cloud
enough sometimes on men's brows as well as on mountains'), comipted into Pilatiis,
and Pilate.
§5.
chap. iii. THE CLOUD-CHARIOTS. 129
most beautiful phenomena of the Alps, When a moist wind blows
in clear weather over a cold summit^, it has not time to get chilled
as it approaches the rock, and therefore the air remains clear, and
the sky bright on the windward side; but under the lee of the
peak, there is partly a back eddy, and partly still air; and in that
lull and eddy the wind gets time to be chilled by the rock, and the
cloud appears, as a boiling mass of white vapour, rising continually
with the return current to the upper edge of the mountain, where
it is caught by the straight _^
wind and partly torn, partly
melted away in broken
fragments. In Fig. 86 the
dark mass represents the
mountain peak, the arrow
the main direction of the
wind, the curved lines
show the directions of such current and its concentration, and
the dotted line encloses the space in which cloud forms densely,
floating away beyond and above in irregular tongues and flakes.
The second figure from the top in Plate 69 represents the actual
aspect of it when in full development, with a strong south wind, in
a clear day, on the Aiguille Dru, the sky being perfectly blue and
lovely around.
So far all is satisfactory. But the true helmet cloud will not
allow itself to be thus explained away. The uppermost figure in
Plate 69 represents the loveliest form of it, seen in that perfect arch,
so far as I know, only over the highest piece of earth in Europe.
Respecting which there are two mysteries:—First, why it
should form only at a certain distance above the snow, showing
blue sky between it and the summit. Secondly, why, so forming,
it should always show as an arch, not as a concave cup. This last
question puzzles me especially. For, if it be a true arch, and not
a cup, it ought to show itself in certain positions of the spectator,
or directions of the wind, like the ring of Saturn, as a mere line, or
as a spot of cloud pausing over the hill-top. But I never saw it so.
While, as above noticed, the lowest form of the helmet cloud is not
white as of silver, but like Dolon's helmet of wolf-skin,—it is a
vol. y. k
§G.
130 THE CLOtTD-CIIARlOTS. part vii.
gray, flaky veil, lapping itself over the slioiilders of a more or loss
conical peak; and of tliis, also, I liave no word to utter but the old
one, " Electricity," and I might as well say nothing.
§ 7. Neither the helmet cloud, nor the lee-side cloud, however,
though most interesting and beautiful, are of much importance in
picturesque effect. They are too isolated and strange. But the
great mountain cloud, which seems to be a blending of the two with
independent forms of vapour (that is to say, a greater development,
in consequence of the mountain's action, of clouds which would in
some way or other have formed anywhere), requires prolonged
attention, as the principal element of the sky in noblest landscape.
§ 8. For which purpose, first, it may be well to clear a few clouds
out of the way. I believe the true cumulus is never seen in a great
mountain region, at least never associated with hills. It is always
broken up and modified by them. Boiling and rounded masses of
vapour occur continually, as behind the Aiguille Dru (lowest figure
in Plate 69); but the quiet, thoroughly defined, infinitely divided
and modelled pyramid never develops itself. It would be very
grand if one ever saw a great mountain peak breaking through the
domed shoulders of a true cumulus; but this I have never seen.
§ 9. Again, the true high cirri never cross a mountain in Europe.
How often have I hoped to see an Alp rising through and above
their level-laid and rippled fields ! but those white harvest-fields
arc heaven's own. And, finally, even the low, level, cirrus (used
Bo largely in Martin's pictures) rarely crosses a mountain. If it
does, it iisually becomes slightly waved or broken. So as to destroy
its character. Sometimes, however, at great distanfcfes, a very level
bar of cloud will strike across a peak; but nearer, too much of the
under surface of the field is seen, so that a well-defined bar across
a peak, seen at a high angle, is of the greatest rarity.
§ 10. The ordinary mountain cloud, therefore, if well defined, divides
itself into two kinds: a broken condition of cumulus, grand in
proportion as it is solid and quiet,—and a strange liiodification of
drift-cloud, midway, as I said, between the helmet and the lee-side
forms. The broken, quiet cumulus impressed Turner exceedingly
when he first saw it on hills. He uses it, slightly exaggerating
its definiteness, in all his early studies among the mountains of the
r
CMAt. nr. THE CLOtJD-CIIAEIOTS. 131
Chartreuse, and very beautifully in the vignette of St. Maurice in
Rogers's Italy. There is nothing, however^ to he specially observed
of it, as it only differs from the cumulus of the plains, by being
smaller and more broken.
§ 11. Not so the mountain drift-cloud, which is as peculiar as it
is majestic. The Plates 70 and 71 shoWj as well as I can
express, two successive phases of it on a mountain crest; (in
this instance the great limestone ridge above St. Michel, in
Savoy.) But what colossal proportions this noble cloud assumes
may be best gathered from the rude-sketch, Fig. 87, in which
I have simply put firm black ink over the actual pencil-lines
made at the moment, giving the form of a single wreath of the
drift-cloud, stretching about five miles in a direct line from the
summit of one of the Alps of the Val d'Aosta, as seen fi'om the plain
of Turin. It has a grand volcanic look, but I believe its aspect
of rising from the peak to be almost, if not altogether, deceptive;
and that the apparently gigantic column is a nearly horizontal
stream of lee^side cloud, tapered into the distance by perspective,
and thus rising at its apparently lowest, but in reality most distant
point, from the mountain summit whose shade calls it into being
out of the clear winds.
Whether this be so or not, the apparent origin of the cloud on
the peak, and radiation from it, distinguish it from the drift-cloud
of level country, which arranges itself at the horizon in broken
masses, such as Fig. 89, showing no point of origin; and I do
not know how far they are vertical cliffs or horizontally extended
fields. They are apt to be very precipitous in aspect, breaking
into fragments w^ith an apparently concentric motion, as in the
figure; but of this motion also—whether vertical or horizontal—
I can say nothing positive.
§ 12. The absolute scale of such clouds iuay be seen, or at least
demonstrated, more clearly in Fig. 88, which is a rough note of
an effect of sky behind the tower of Berne Cathedral. It was
made from the mound beside the railroad bridge. The Cathedral
tower is half-a-mile distant. The great Eiger of Grindelwald is seen
just on the right of it. This mountain is distant from the tower
thirty-four miles as the crow flies, and ten thousand feet above it
K 2
..fj
132 TIIE CLOUD-CHARIOTS. PART Vll.
in heiglit. The drift-cloud behind it, therefore, being in full light,
and showing no overhanging surfaces, must rise at least twenty
thousand feet into the air.
§ 13. The extreme whiteness of the volume of vapour in this case
(not, I fear, verj intelligible in the woodcut^) may be partly owing
to recent rain, which, by its evaporation, gives a peculiar density
and brightness to some forms of clearing cloud. In order to
understand this, we must consider another set of facts. When
weather is thoroughly wet among hills, we ought no more to
accuse the mountains of forming the clouds, than we do the
plains in similar circumstances. Tlie unbroken mist buries the
mountains to their bases; but that is not their fault. It may be
just as wet and just as cloudy elsewhere. (This is not true of
Scottish mountain by the way.) But when the wet weather is
breaking, and the clouds pass, perhaps, in great measure, away
from the plains, leaving large spaces of blue sky, the -mountains
begin to shape clouds for themselves. The fallen moisture
evaporates from the plain invisibly; but not so from the hill-side.
There, what quantity of rain has not gone down in the torrents,
ascends again to heaven instantly in white clouds. The storm
passes as if it had tormented the crags, and the strong mountains
smoke like tired horses.
§ 14. Here is another question for us of some interest. Why does
the much greater quantity of moisture lying on the horizontal
fields send up no visible vapour, and the less quantity left on the
rocks glorify itself into a magnificent wreath of soaring snow ?
First, for the very reason that it is less in quantity, and more
distributed ; as a wet cloth smokes when you put it near the fire,
but a basin of water not.
The previous heat of the crags, noticed in the first volume,
p. 249, is only a part of the cause. It operates only locally, and on
' I could not properly illustrate the subject of cloixds without numbers of these
hide drawings, which would probably offend the general reader by their coarseness,
while the cost of engraving them in facsimile is considerable, and would much add to
the price of the book. If I find people at all interested in the subject, I may, perhaps,
some day systematize and publish my studies of cloud separately. I am sorry not to
have given in this volimie a careful study of a rich ciiTus sky, but no wood-engraving
that I can employ on this scale wiU express the finer threads and waves.
chap, in, THE CLOUD-CIIAEIOTS. 133
k
remains of sudden showers. But after any number of days and
nights of rain, and in all places exposed to returning sunshine and
breezes, the distribution of the moisture tells. So soon as the
rain has ceased, all water that can run off is of course gone from
the steep hill-sides; there remains only the thin adherent film
of moisture to be dried; but that film is spead over a complex
texture—all manner of crannies, and bosses, and projections, and
filaments of moss and lichen, exposing a vast extent of drying
surface to the air. And the evaporation is rapid in proportion.
§ 15. Its rapidity, however, observe, does not account for its visibi-
lity, and this is one of the questions I cannot clearly solve, unless
I were sure of the nature of the vesicular vapour. When our
breath becomes visible on a frosty day, it is easily enough under-
stood that the moisture which was invisible, carried by the warm
air from the lungs, becomes visible when condensed or precipi-
tated by the surrounding chill; but one does not see why air
passing over a moist surface quite as cold as itself should take up
one particle of water more than it can conveniently—that is to say,
invisibly—carry. Whenever you see vapour, you may not inaccu-
rately consider the air as having got more than it can properly
hold, and dropping some. Now it is easily understood how it
should take up much in the lungs, and let some of it fall when
it is pinched by the frost outside; but why should it overload
itself there on the hills, when it is at perfect liberty to fly away as
soon as it likes, and come back for more ? I do not see my way
well in this. I do not see it clearly, even through the wet cloth,
I shall leave all the embarrassment of the matter, however, to my
reader, contenting myself, as usual, with the actual fact, that the
hill-side air does behave in this covetous and unreasonable manner;
and that, in consequence, when the weather is breaking (and some-
times, provokingly, when it is not), phantom clouds form and rise
in sudden crowds of wild and spectral imagery along all the far
succession of the hill slopes and ravines.
§ 16, There is this distinction, however, between the clouds that form
during the rain and after it. In the worst weather, the rain-cloud
keeps rather high, and is unbroken; but when there is a disposition
in the rain to relax, every now and then a sudden company of wliite
134
THE CLOUD-CHARIOTS.
TAET VII.
■f
clouds will form quite low down (in Cliamouni or Grindelwald, and
such liigli districts,
even down to the
bottom of the
valley), which will
remain, perhaps,
for ten minutes,
tilling all the air,
then disajopear as
suddenly as they
came, leaving tlie
gray 4.ipper cloud
and steady rain to
their work. These
" clouds of relaxa-
tion," if we may
so call them, are
usually flaky and
horizontal, some-
times tending to
the silky cirrus, yet
showing no fine
forms of drift; but
when the rain has
passed, and the air
is getting warm,
forms the true
clearing cloud, in
■wreaths that as-
cend continually,
with a slow cir-
cling motion, melt-
ing as they rise.
The woodcut. Fig.
91, is a rude note
of it floating more
quietly from the
tmm
-ocr page 152-hill of the Suporga, tlie church (nearly as largo as St. Paul's)
appearing above^ and thus showing the scale of the wreath.
§ This cloud of evaporation, however, does not always rise. It
133
cnAr, lu.
THE CLOCD-CHARIOTS.
sometimes rests in absolute stillness, low laid in the hollows of the
hills, their peaks emergent from it. Fig. 92 shows this condition
of it, seen from a distance, among the Cenis hills. I do not know
what gives it this disposition to rest in the ravines, nor whether
there is a greater chill in the hollows, or a real action of gravity on
the particles of cloud. In general, the position seems to depend on
the temperature. Thus, in Chamouni, the crests of La Cote and
Taconay continually appear in stormy weather as in Plate 30,
Vol. IV., in which I intended to represent rising drift-cloud, made
dense between the crests by the chill from the glaciers. But in the
conditioii shown in Fig. 92, on a comparatively open sweep of hill-
side, the thermometer would certainly indicate a higher temperature
in the sheltered valley than on the exposed peaks; yet the cloud still
subsides into the vallies like folds of a garment; and, more than
this, sometimes conditions of morning cloud, dei^endent, I believe,
chiefly on dew evaporation, form first on the tops of the soft hills of
wooded Switzerland, and droop down in rent fringes, and separate
tongues, clinging close to all the hill-sides, and giving them exactly
the appearance of being covered with white fringed cloth, falling over
them in torn or divided folds. It always looks like a true action of
136 THE CLOUD-CHARIOTS. p.vet vii.
gravity. How far it is, in reality, the indication of the power of the
rising sun causing evaporation, first on the hill-top, and then in
separate streams, by its divided light on the ravines, I cannot tell.
The subject is, as the reader perceives, always inextricably compli-
cated by these three necessities—that to get a cloud in any given
spot, you must have moisture to form the material of it, heat to
develop it, and cold^ to show it; and the adverse causes inducing the
moisture, the evaporation, and the visibility are continually inter-
changed in presence and in power. And thus, also, the pheno-
mena which properly belong to a certain elevation are confused,
among hills at least, with those which in plains would have been
lower or higher.
I have been led unavoidably in this chapter to speak of some
conditions of the rain-cloud; nor can we finally understand the
forms even of the cumulus, without considering those into which
it descends or diffuses itself. Which, however, being, I think, a
little more interesting than our work hitherto, we will leave this
chapter to its dulness, and begin another.
' We might say light, as well as cold ; for it wholly dei^ends on the degree of light
in the sky how far dehcate cloud is seen.
The second figure from the top in Plate 69 shows an effect of morning light on the
range of the Aiguille Bouchard (Chamouni). Eveiy crag casts its shadow up into
apparently clear sky. The shadow is, in such cases, a bluish gray, the colour of dear
sky; and the defining hght is caused by the sunbeams showing mist which otherwise
would have been unperceived. The shadows are not irregular enough in outline—the
sketch was made for their colour and shai-pness, not their shape,—and I cannot now put
thcin right, so I leave them as they Avore drawn at the moment. ^
137
■m
ii
t'
i
CHAPTER IV.
THE ANGEL OF THE SEA.
§ 1. Perhaps the best and truest piece of work done in the first
volume of this book, was the account given in it of the rain-cloud;
to which I have here little, descriptively, to add. But the question
before us now is, not who has drawn the rain-cloud best, but if it
were worth drawing at all. Our English artists naturally painted
it often and rightly; but are their pictures the better for it?
We have seen how mountains are beautiful; how trees are
beautiful; how sun-lighted clouds are beautiful; but can rain be
beautiful ?
I spoke roughly of the Italian painters in that chapter, because
they could only draw distinct clouds, or violent storms, " massive
concretions," while our northern painters could represent every
phase of mist and fall of shower.
But is this indeed so delightful ? Is English wet weather,
' indeed, one of the things which we should desire to see Art give
perpetuity to ?
Yes, assuredly. I have given some reasons for this answer in
the fifth chapter of last volume; one or two, yet unnoticed, belong
to the present division of our subject.
§ 2. The climates or lands into which our globe is divided may,
with respect to their fitness for Art, be perhaps conveniently
ranged under five heads:—
1. Forest-lands, sustaining the great mass of the magnificent
vegetation of the tropics, for the most part characterized by moist
and unhealthy heat, and watered by enormous rivers, or periodical
rains. This country cannot, I believe, develop the mind or art of
r
li
138 THE ANGEL OF TIIE SEA. PAkT yII.
man. He may reach great subtlety of intellect, as tlie Indian, but
not become learned, nor produce any noble art, only a savage or
grotesque form of it. Even supposing the evil influences of climate
could be vanquished, the scenery is on too large a scale. It would
be difficult to conceive of groves less fit for academic purposes
than those mentioned by Humboldt, into which no one can enter
except under a stout wooden shield, to avoid the chance of being
killed by the fall of a nut.
2. Sand-lands, including the desert and dry rock-plains of the
earth, inhabited generally by a nomade population, capable of
InVli mental cultivation and of solemn monumental or relimous
O O
art, but not of art in which pleasurableness forms a large element,
their life being essentially one of hardship.
3. Grape and wheat lands, namely, rocks and hills, such as are
good for the vine, associated with arable ground, forming the
noblest and best ground given to man. In these districts only art
of the highest kind seems possible, the religious art of the sand-
lands being here joined with that of pleasure or sense.
4. Meadow-lands, including the great pastoral and agricultural
districts of the north, capable only of an inferior art: apt to lose
its spirituality and become wholly material.
5. Moss-lands, including the rude forest-mountain and ground
of the North, inhabited by a healthy race, capable of high mental
cultivation and moral energy, but wholly incapable of art, except
savage, like that of the forest-lands, or as in Scandinavia.
We might carry out these divisions into others, but these are, I
think, essential, and easily remembered in a tabular form; saying
" wood " instead of " forest," and " field " for " meadow," we can
get such a form shortly worded:—
No art.
Eeligious art.
Perfect art.
Material art.
No art.
Shrewd intellect
High intellect
Highest intellect
High intellect
Shrewd intellect
§3. In this table the moss-lands appear symmetrically opposed
to the wood-lands, which in a sort they are; the too diminutive
veo-etation under bleakest heaven, opposed to the too colossal under
f.
chap. iv. THE ANGEL OE THE SEA.
sultriest heaven^ while tlie perfect ministry of the elements^ repre-
sented by bread and wine, produces the perfect soul of man.
But this is not altogether so. The moss-lands have one great
advantage over the forest-lands^ namely, sight of the sky.
And not only sight of it, but continual and beneficent help from
it. What they have to separate them from barren rock, namely,
their moss and streams, being dependent on its direct help, not on
great rivers coming from distant mountain chains, nor on vast
tracts of ocean-mist coming up at evening, but on the continual
play and change of sun and cloud.
§ 4. Note this word '' change." The moss-lands have an infinite
advantage, not only in sight, but in liberty; they are the freest
ground in all the world. You can only traverse the great woods
by crawling like a lizard, or climbing like a monkey—the great
sands with slow steps and veiled head. But bare-headed, and open-
eyed, and free-limbed, commanding all the horizon's space of
changeful light, and all the horizon's compass of tossing ground,
you traverse the moss-land. In discipline it is severe as the desert,
but it is a discipline compelling to action; and the moss-lands seem,
therefore, the rough scliools of the world, in which its strongest
human frames are knit and tried, and so sent down, like the
northern winds, to brace and brighten the languor into which the
repose of more favoured districts may degenerate.
§ 5. It would be strange, indeed, if there were no beauty in the
phenomena by which this great renovating and purifying work is
done. And it is done almost entirely by the great Angel of the
Sea—rain;—the Angel observe, the messenger sent to a special
place on a special errand. Not the diffused pei-petual presence
of the burden of mist, but the going and returning of inter-
mittent cloud. All turns upon that intermittence. Soft moss
on stone and rock;—cave-fern of tangled glen;—wayside well—
perennial, patient, silent, clear; stealing through its square font
of rough-hewn stone; ever thus deep—no more—which the
winter wreck sullies not, the summer thirst wastes not, inca-
pable pf stain as of decline—where the fallen leaf floats nnde-
cayed, and the insect darts undefiling. Crossed brook and ever-
eddying river, lifted even in flood scarcely over its stepping-stones,
s
■Ir
f.
'ii
fi
140 THE ANGEL OF TIIE SEA. PAkT yII.
—but tlirougli all sweet summer keeping tremulous music with
harp-striiigs of dark water among the silver fingering of the
pebbles. Far away in the south the strong river Gods have all
hasted, and gone down to the sea. Wasted and burning, white
furnaces of blasting sand, their broad beds lie ghastly and bare;
but here the soft wings of the Sea Angel droop still with dew, and
the shadows of their plumes falter on the hills: strange laughings and
glitterings of silver Streamlets, born suddenly, and twined about the
mossy heights in trickling tinsel, answering to them as they wave.^
§ 6. Nor are those wings colourless. We habitually think of the
rain-cloud only as dark and gray; not knowing that we owe to it
perhaps the fairest, though not the most dazzling of the hues of
heaven. Often in our English mornings, the rain-clouds in the
dawn form soft level fields, which melt imperceptibly into the blue ;
or when of less extent, gather into apparent bars, crossing the sheets
of broader cloud above; and all these bathed throughout in an
unspeakable light of pure rose-colour, and purple, and amber, and
blue; not shining, but misty-soft; the barred masses, when seen
nearer, composed of clusters or tresses of cloud, like floss silk;
looking as if each knot Avere a little swathe or sheaf of lighted
rain. No clouds form such skies, none are so tender, various,
inimitable. Turner himself never caught them. Correggio, putting
out his whole strength, could have painted them, no other man.*^
r
F
i
have painted these clouds. In open lowland country I have never been able to come to
any satisfactory conclusion about their height, so strangely do they blend mth each
' Compare the beautiful stanza beginning the epilogue of the " Golden Legend."
® I do not mean that Coireggio is greater than Tm-ner, but that only his way of
work, the touch which he has used for the golden hair of Antiope, for instance, could
cttAP. iv. • THE ANGEL 01? THE SEA. 141
§ 7. ]Tor these are the robes of love of tlie Angel of the Sea. To
these that name is chiefly given, the " spreadings of the clouds,"
from their extent, their gentleness, their fulness of rain. Note how
they are spoken of in Job, xxxvi. v. 29-31. "By them judgeth
he the people; he giveth meat in abundance. With clouds he
covereth the light.^ He hath hidden the light in his handsj and
commanded it that it should return. He speaks of it to his friend;
that it is his possession, and that he may ascend thereto."
That, then, is the Sea Angel's message to God's friends; that, the
meaning of those strange golden lights and purple flushes before the
morning rain. The rain is sent to judge, and feed us; but the light
is the possession of the friends of God, and they may ascend thereto,
—where the tabernacle veil will cross and part its rays no more.
§ 8, But the Angel of the Sea has also another message,—in the
^^ great rain of his strength," rain of trial, sweeping away ill-set
foundations. Then his robe is not spread softly over the whole
heaven, as a veil, but sweeps back from his shoulders, ponderous,
oblique, terrible—leaving his sword-arm free.
The approach of trial-storm, hurricane-storm, is indeed in its
vastness as the clouds of the softer rain. But it is not slow nor
horizontal, but swift and steep: swift with passion of ravenous
winds; steep as slope of some dark, hollowed hill. The fronting
other. Here, for instance, is the an-angemcnt of an actual group of them. Tlic space
at A was deep, purest ultramarine blue, traversed by streaks of absolutely pure and
perfect rose-colour. The blue passed downwards imperceptibly into gray at o, and then
into amber, and at the white edge below into gold. On this amber ground the streaks v
were dark puiiile, and, finally, the spaces at n n, again, clearest and most precious blue, paler
than that at a. The two levels of these clouds are always very notable. After a continuance
of fine weather among the Alps, the dctennincd approach of rain is usually announced
by a soft, xmbroken film of level cloud, white and thin at the approaching edge, gray at
the horizon, covering the whole sky from side to side, and advancing steadily from the
south-west. Under its gray veil, as it approaches, arc fonned detached bars, darker or
lighter than the field above, according to the position of the sun. Those bars are
usually of a veiy shaqjly elongated oval shape, something like fish. I habitually call
them " fish clouds," and look upon them with much discomfort, if any excursions of
interest have been planned within the next three days. Their oval shape is a per-
spective deception dependent on their flatness ; they arc probably thin, extended
fields, in-egularly circular.
' I do not cop3^ the interjjolated words which follow, " and commandeth it not to
shine." The closing verse of the chapter, as wc have it, is unintelligible 5 not so in the
Vulgate, the reading of which I give.
142 THE ANGEt OF THE SEA. tart vit.
clouds come leaning forward, one tlinisting tlie other aside, or
on; impatientj ponderous, impendent, like globes of rock tossed
of Titans—Ossa oil Olympus—but hurled forward all, in one
wave of cloud-lava—cloud whose throat is as a sepulchre. Fierce
behind them rages the oblique Wrath of the rain, white as
ashes, dense as showers of driven steel; the pillars of it full of
ghastly life ; Rain-Furies, shrieking as they fly:—scourging, as with
whips of scorpions ;—the earth ringing and trembling under them,
heaven wailing wildly, the trees stooped blindly down, covering
their faces, quivering in every leaf with horror, ruin of their
branches flying by them like black Stubble.
§ 9. I wrote Furies. I ought to have written Gorgons. Perhaps
tlic reader does not know that the Gorgons are not dead, are ever
undying. We shall have to take our chance of being turned into
stones by looking them in the face, presently. Meantime, I gather
what part of the great Greek story of the Sea Angels, has mean-
ing for us here^
Nereus, the God of the Sea, who dwells in it always (Neptune
being the God who rules it from Olympus), has children by the
Earth; namely, Thaumas, the father of Iris; that is, the " won-
derful" or miracle-working angel of the sea; Phorcys, the malig-
nant angel of it (you will find him degraded through many forms,
at last, in the story of Sinbad, into the old man of the sea) ; Ceto,
the deep places of the sea, meaning its bays among rocks, therefore
called by Hesiod " Fair-cheeked" Ceto; and Eurybia, the tidal
force or swav of the sea, of whom more hereafter.
I/
§ 10. Phorcys and Ceto, the malignant angel of the sea, and the
spirit of its deep rocky places, have children, namely, first, Graia?,
the soft rain-clouds. The Greeks had a greater dislike of storm than
we have, and therefore whatever violence is in the action of rain,
they represented by harsher types than we should—types given in
one group by Aristophanes (speaking in mockery of the poets):
" This was the reason, then, that they made so much talk about
the fierce rushing of the moist clouds, coiled in glittering; and the
locks of the hundred-headed Typhon; and the blowing storms;
and the bent-clawed birds drifted on the breeze, fresh, and
aerial." Note the expression " bent-clawed birds." It illustrates two
m
_ 'I
if;
!!l
)
fk
n
^ I'
-ocr page 160-cnav. iv. THE ANGEL OF THE SEA. 143
characters of these clouds; partly tlieir coiling form; but more
directly the way they tear down the earth from the hill-sides;
especially those twisted storm-clouds which in violent action
become the waterspout. These always strike at a narrow point,
often opening the earth on a hill-side into a trench as a great
pickaxe would (whence the Graise are said to have only one beak
between them). Nevertheless, the rain-cloud was, on the whole,
looked upon by the Greeks as beneficent, so that it is boasted of in
tlie (Edipus Coloneus for its perpetual feeding of the springs of
Cephisus, ^ and elsewhere often ; and the opening song of the rain-
clouds in Aristophanes is entirely beautiful;—
" O eternal Clouds ! let us raise into open sight our dewy
existence, from the deep-sounding Sea, our Father, up to the crests
of the wooded hills, whence we look down over the sacred land,
nourishing its fruits, and over the rippling of the divine rivers, and
over the low murmuring bays of the deep." I cannot satisfy myself
about the meaning of the names of the Grai®—Pephredo and
Enuo—but the epithets which Hesiod gives them are interesting:
"Pephredo, the well-robed; Enuo, the crocus-robed;" probably,
it seems to me, from their beautiful colours in morning.
§ 11. Next to the Graiaa, Phorcys and Ceto begat the Gorgons,
which are the true storm-clouds. The Grai» have only one beak
or tooth, but all the Gorgons have tusks like boars; brazen
hands (brass being the word used for the metal of which the
Greeks made their spears);, and golden wings.
Their names are"Steino" (straitened), of storms compressed
into narrow compass ; "Euryale" (having wide threshing-floor),
of storms spread over great space; " Medusa" (the dominant),
the most terrible. She is essentially the highest storm-cloud;
therefore the hail-cloud or cloud of cold, her countenance turning
all who behold it to stone. ( " He casteth forth his ice like
morsels. Who can stand before his cold?") The serpents about
her head are the fringes of the htiil, the idea of coldness being
connected by the Greeks with the bite of the serpent, as with the
hemlock.
' I assume the «Uttj'oi Kp~jmi vo/^dvee to mean clouds, not springs ; but this docs
hot matter, the whole passage being one of rejoicing in moistuix; and dew of heaven,
m
THE ANGEL OF THE SEA. tart vii.
§ 12. On Minerva's shield, lier head signifies, I believe, the cloudy
coldness of knowledge, and its venomous character (" Knowledge
pufFeth up." Compare Bacon in Advancement of Learning). But
the idea of serpents rose essentially from the change of form in
the cloud as it broke; the cumulus cloud not breaking into full
storm till it is cloven by the cirrus; which is twice hinted at in
the story of Perseus; only we must go back a little to gather it
together.
Perseus was the son of Jupiter by Danae, who being shut in
a brazen tower, Jupiter came to her in a shower of gold: the
brazen tower being, I think, only another expression for the
cumulus or Medusa cloud ; and the golden rain for the rays of the
sun striking it; but we have not only this rain of Danae's to
remember in connection with the Gorgon, but that also of the
sieves of the Danaides, said to represent the'provision of Argos
with water by their father Danaiis, who dug wells about the
Acropolis; nor only wells, but opened, I doubt not, channels of
irrigation for the fields, because the Danaides are said to have
brought the mysteries of Ceres from Egypt. And though I
cannot trace the root of the names Danaiis and Danae, there is
assuredly some farther link of connection in the deaths of the lovers
of the Danaides, whom they slew, as Perseus Medusa. And again
note, that when the father of Danae, Acrisius, is detained in Seri-
phos by storms, a disk thrown by Perseus is carried hy the loind
against his head, and kills him ; and lastly, when Perseus cuts off
the head of Medusa, from her blood springs Chrysaor, " wielder
of the golden sword," the Angel of the Lightning, and Pegasus,
the Angel of the " Wild Fountains," that is to say, the fastest
flying or lower rain-cloud; winged, but racing as upon the earth.
§ 13. I "wild" fountains; because the kind of fountain from
which Pegasus is named is especially the " fountain of the great
deep" of Genesis; sudden and furious, (cataracts of heaven, not
windows, in the Septuagint);—the mountain torrent caused by thun-
derous storm, or as our " fountain"—a Geyser-like leaping forth of
water. Therefore, it is the deep and full source of streams, and so
used typically of the so'urce of evils, or of passions; whereas the
word "spring" with the Greeks is like our " well-head"—a gentle
= \ ■
chap. iv. THE ANGEL OP THE SEA. 145
issuing forth of water continual!}'-. But, because both the lightning-
fire and the gushing forth, as of a fountain, are the signs of the
poet's true power, together with perpetuity, it is Pegasus who
strikes the earth with his foot, on Helicon, ^ and causes Hippocrene
to spring forth—" the horse's well-head." It is perpetual; but has,
nevertheless, the Pegasean storm-power.
§ 14. Wherein we may find, I think, sufficient cause for putting
honour upon the rain-cloud. Few of us, perhaps, have thought,
in watching its career across our own mossy hills, or listening to
the murmur of the springs amidst the mountain quietness, that the
chief masters of the human imagination owed, and confessed that
they owed, the force of their noblest thoughts, not to the flowers of
the valley, nor the majesty of the hill, but to the flying cloud.
Yet they never saw it fly, as we may in our own England. So
far, at least, as I know the clouds of the south, they are often more
terrible than ours, but the English Pegasus is swifter. On the
Yorkshire and Derbyshire hills, when the rain-cloud is low and
much broken, and the steady west-wind fills all space with its
strength,® the sun-gleams fly like golden vultures: they are flashes
rather than shinings; the dark spaces and the dazzling race and
skim along the acclivities, and dart and dip from crag to dell,
swallow-like;—no GraijB these,—gray and withered: Grey Hounds
ratlier, following the Cerinthian stag with the golden antlers.
§ 15. There is one character about these lower rain-clouds, partly
affecting all their connection with the upper sky, which 1 have
never been able to account for; that which, as before noticed,
Aristophanes fastened on at once for their distinctive character—
' I bolicYC, however, that when Pegasus sti-ikcs forth this fountain, he is to be
regarded, not as springing from Medusa's blood, but as bom of Medusa by Neptune ;
the tnie horse was given by Neptune striking the earth with his trident; the divine
liorse is bom to Neptune and the storm-cloud.
" I have been often at great heights on the Alps in rough weather, and have seen
strong gusts of stoim in the plains of the south. But, to get full expression of the
very heart and meaning of wind, there is no place like a Yorkshire moor. I think
Scottish breezes are thinner, veiy bleak and piercing, but not substantial. If you lean
on them they will let you fall, but one may rest against a Yorkshire breeze as one
would on a quickset hedge. I shall not soon forget,—having had the good fortune to
meet a lagorous one on an April morning, between Hawes and Settle, just on the
flat under Wharaside,—the vague sense of wonder with which I watched Inglcborough
stand without rocking.
146 THE ANGEL OF TIIE SEA. PAkT yII.
their obliquity* They always fly in an oblique position, as in the
Plate opposite, which is a careful facsimile of the first advancing
mass of the rain-cloud in Turner's Slave Ship. When the head of
the cloud is foremost, as in this instance, and rain falling beneath,
it is easy to imagine that its drops, increasing in size as they fall,
may exercise some retarding action on the wind. But the head of
the cloud is not always first, the base of it is sometimes advanced. ^
The only certainty is, that it will not shape itself horizontally, its
thin drawn lines and main contours will always be oblique, though
its motion is horizontal; and, which is still more curious, their
sloping lines are hardly ever modified in their descent by any
distinct retiring tendency or perspective conveyance. A troop of
leaning clouds will follow one another, each stooping forward at the
same apparent slope, round a fourth of the horizon.
§ iG. Another circumstance which the reader should note in this
cloud of Turner's, is the witch-like look of drifted or erected locks
of hair at its left side. We have just read the words of the old
Greek poet: " Locks of the Imndred-headed Typhon ;" and must
remember that Turner's account of this picture, in the Academy
catalogue, was " Slaver throwing overboard the Dead and Dying.
Typhoon coming on." The resemblance to wildly drifted hair is
stronger in 'the picture than in the engraving; the gray and purple
tints of torn cloud being relieved against golden sky beyond.
§ 17, It was not, however, as we saw, merely to locks of hair, but to
serpents, that the Greeks likened the dissolving of the Medusa cloud
in blood. Of that sanguine rain, or of its meaning, I cannot yet
speak. It is connected with other and higher types, which must be
traced in another place.®
But the likeness to serpents we may illustrate hel'e. The two
Plates already given, 70 and 71 (at j)age 131), represent successive
conditions of the Medusa cloud on one of the Cenis hills (the great
limestone precipice above St. Michel, between Lanslebourg and
St. Jean di Maurienne).^ In the first, the cloud is approaching,
. . s ■■
' When there is a Tiolent ciuTent of -wind near the ground, the rain columns slope
forward at the foot. See the Entrance to Fowey Harhom-, of the England Series.
® See Part IX. chap. 2, « The Hesperid ^glc."
® The reader must remember that sketches made as these are, on the instant,
-ocr page 164-CHAP. IV. THE ANGEL OE TIIE SEA, 147
with the lee-side cloud forming beyond it; in the second, it has
approached, increased, and broken, the Medusa serpents writhing
about the central peak, the rounded tops of the broken cumulus
showing above. In this instance, they take nearly the forms of
flame; but when the storm is more violent, they arc torn into
fragments, and magnificent revolving wheels of vapour are formed,
broken, and tossed into the air, as the grass is tossed in the hay-
field from the toothed wheels of the mowing-machine; (perhaps,
in common with all other inventions of the kind, likely to bring
more evil upon men than ever the Medusa cloud did, and turn
them more effectually into stone.
§ 18. I have named in the first volume the principal works of Turner
representing these clouds; and until I am able to draw them
better, it is useless to say more of them; but in connection with
the subject we have been examining, I should be glad if the
reader could turn to the engravings of the England drawings of
Salisbury and Stonehenge. What opportunities Turner had of ac-
quainting himself with classical literature, and how he used them,
we shall see presently. In the meantime, let me simply assure the
reader that, in various byways, he had gained a knowledge of most
of the great Greek traditions, and that he felt them more than lie
knew them; his mind being affected, up to a certain point, precisely
as an ancient painter's would have been, by external phenomena
of nature. To him, as to the Greek, the storm-clouds seemed
messengers of fate. He feared them, while he reverenced; nor
does he ever introduce them without some hidden purpose, bearing
upon the expression of the scene he is painting.
§ 19. On that plain of Salisbury, he had been struck first by its
widely-spacious pastoral life; and secondly, by its monuments of
the two great religions of England—Druidical and Christian.
He was not a man to miss the possible connection of these
cannot be far earned, and ivould-losc all their use if tlicy -vvcrc finished at home.
These were both made in pencil, and merely washed with giay on returning to the
inn, enough to securc the main fonns.
' I do not say this carelessly, nor bccausc machines throw the labouring man "out
of work." The laljouring man will always have more work than he wants. I speak
thus bccausc the use of such machineiy involves the destruction of all pleasures in
rural labour; and I doubt not, in that destruction, the essential deterioration of the
national mind.
148 THE ANGEL OF TIIE SEA. PAkT yII.
imi^ressions. He treats tlie sliepherd life as a type of tlie "eccle-
siastical ; and composes his two drawings so as to illustrate both.
In the drawing of Salisbury, the plain is swept by rapid but
not distressful rain. The cathedral occupies the centre of the
picture, towering high over the city, of which the houses (made
on purpose smaller than they really are) are scattered about it like
a flock of sheep. The cathedral is surrounded by a great light.
The storm gives way at first in a subdued gleam over a distant
parish church, then bursts down again, breaks away into full light
about the cathedral, and passes over the city, in various sun and
shade. In the foreground stands a shepherd leaning on his staff,
watching his flock ;—bareheaded: he has given his cloak to a
group of children, who have covered themselves up with it, and
are shrinking from the rain; his dog crouches under a bank ; his
sheep, for the most part, are resting quietly, some coming up the
slope of the bank towards him.^
§ 20. The rain-clouds in this picture are wrought with a care which
I have never seen equalled in any other sky of the same kind. It
is the rain of blessing—abundant, but full of brightness; golden
gleams are flying across the wet grass, and fall softly on the lines
of Avillows in the valley—^willows by the watercourses; the little
brooks flash out here and there between them and the fields.
Turn now to the Stonehenge. That, also, stands in great light;
but it is the Gorgon light—the sword of Chrysaor is bared against
it. The cloud of judgment hangs above. The rock pillars seem
to yeel before its slope, pale beneath the lightnirig. And nearer, in
the darkness, the shepherd lies dead, his flock scattered.!
I alluded, in speaking before of this Stonehenge, to Turner's
use of the same symbol in the drawing of Pgestum for Rogers's
Italy; but a more striking instance of its employment occurs
in a Study of Pa3stum, which he engraved himself before under-
takino- the Liber Studiorum and another in his drawing of the
Temple of Minerva, on Cape Colonna: and observe farther that he
rarely introduces lightning, if the ruined building has not been
' Yoii may see tlie an-angcment of siibjcct in the published engraving, but nothing
more; it is among the Avorst engravings in the England Scries.
chap. iv. THE ANGEL OF THE SEA. U9
devoted to religion. The wrath of man may destroy the fortress,
but only the wrath of heaven can destroy the temple.
§ 21. Of these secret meanings of Turner's, we shall see enough
in the course of the inquiry we have to undertake, lastly,
respecting ideas of relation; but one more instance of his opposed
use of the lightnnig symbol, and of the rain of blessing, I name
here, to confirm what has been noted above. For, in this last
instance, he was questioned respecting his meaning, and explained
it. I refer to the drawings of Sinai and Lebanon, made for
rinden's Bible. The sketches from which Turner prepared that
series were, I believe, careful and accurate; but the treatment of
the subjects was left wholly to him. He took the Sinai and
Lebanon to show the opposite influences of the Law and the Gospel.
The Rock of Moses is shown in the burning of the desert, among
fallen stones, forked lightning cleaving the blue mist which veils
the summit of Sinai. Armed Arabs pause at the foot of the rock.
No human habitation is seen, nor any herb or tree, nor any brook,
and the lightning strikes without rain.^ Over the Mount Lebanon
an intensely soft gray-blue sky is melting into dewy rain. Every
ravine is filled, every promontory crowned, by tenderest foliage,
golden in slanting sunshine.^ The white convent nestles into the
hollow of the rock; and a little brook runs under the shadow of the
nearer trees, beside which two monks sit reading.
§ 22. It was a beautiful thought, yet an erring one, as all thoughts
are which oppose the Law to the Gospel. When people read,
"the law came by Moses, but grace - and truth by Christ," do
they suppose it means that the law was ungracious and untrue ?
The law was given for a foundation; the grace (or mercy) and
truth for fulfilment;—the whole forming one glorious Trinity
of judgment, mercy, and truth. And if people would but
read the text of their Bibles with heartier purpose of under-
standing it, instead of superstitiously, they would see that
throughout the parts which they are intended to make most
personally their own (the Psalms) it is always the Law which is
spoken of with chief joy. The Psalms respecting mercy are
' Hosea, xiii. 5 & 15. » Hosea, xiv. 4, 5, 6. Compare Psalm Ixxii. 6-16.
-ocr page 167-150 THE ANGEL OF TIIE SEA. PAkT yII.
often sorrowful, as in tliouglit of what it cost; but those respecting
the law are always full of delight. David cannot contain himself
for joy in thinking of it,—he is never weary of its praise:—" How
love I thy law ! it is my meditation all the day. Thy testimonies
are my delight and my counsellors; sweeter, also, than honey and
the honeycomb."
§ 23. And I desire, especially, that the reader should note this, in
now closing the work through which we have passed together in
the investigation of the beauty of the visible world. For perhaps
he expected more pleasure and freedom in that work; he thought
that it would lead him at once into fields of fond imagination, and
may have been surprised to find that the following of beauty
brought him always under a sterner dominion of mysterious laAv;
that brightness w^as continually based upon obedience, and all
majesty only another form of submission. But this is indeed so.
I have been perpetually hindered in this inquiry into the sources
of beauty by fear of wearying the reader with their severities. It
was always accuracy I had to ask of him, not sympathy; patience,
not zeal; apprehension, not sensation. The thing to be shown him
was not a pleasure to be snatched, but a law to be learned.
§ 24, It is in this character, however, that the beauty of the natural
world completes its message. We saw long ago, how its various
jjoivers of appeal to the mind of men might be traced to some
typical expression of Divine attributes. We have seen since how
its modes of appeal present constant types of human obedience to
the Divine law, and constant proofs that this law, instead of being
contrary to mercy, is the foundation of all delight, and the guide
of all fair and fortunate existence.
§ 25. Which understanding, let us receive pur last message from the
Angel of the Sea.
Take up the 19th Psalm and look at it verse by verse. Perhaps
to my younger readers, one word may be permitted respecting their
Bible-reading in general.^ The Bible is, indeed, a deep book,
* I believe fcAV sennons are more false or dangerous than those in Avhich the
teacher professes to impress his audience by showing "how much there is in a verse."
If he examined his own heart closely before beginning, he would often find that his
real desire was to show hoAV much he, the expoimder, could make out of the verse.
CHAP. IV. THE ANGEL OE TIIE SEA, 151
when depth is required, that is to say, for deep people. But it is
not intended, particularly, for profound persons; on the contrary,
much more for shallow and simple persons. And therefore the
first, and generally the main and leading idea of the Bible, is on
its Surface, written in plahiest possible Greek, Hebrew, or English,
needing no penetration, nor amplification, needing nothing but
what we all might give—attention.
But this, which is in every one's power, and is the only thing that
God wants, is just the last thing any one will give Him. We are
delighted to ramble away into day-dreams, to repeat pet verses
from other places, suggested by chance words; to snap at an ex-
pression which suits our own particular views, or to dig up a
meaning from under a verse, which we should be amiably grieved
to think any human being had been so happy as to find before.
But the plain, intended, immediate, fruitful meaning, Avhich every
one ought to find always, and especially that which depends on
our seeing the relation of the verse to those near it, and getting the
force of the whole passage, in due relation—this sort of significance
we do not look for;—it being, truly, not to be discovered, unless
we really attend to what is said, instead of to our own feelhigs.
It is unfortunate also, but very certain, that in order to attend
to what is said, we must go through the irksomeness of knowing
the meaning of the words. And the first thing that children
should be taught about their Bibles is, to distinguish clearly
between words that they understand and words that they do not;
and to put 'aside the words they do not understand, and verses
connected with them, to be asked about, or for a future time; and
never to think they are reading the Bible when they are merely
repeating phrases of an unknown tongue.
§ 26.
Let us try, by way of example, this 19th Psalm, and see what
plain meaning is uppermost in it.
§ 27.
But entirely honest and earnest men often fall into the same error. They have been
taught that they should always look deep, and that Scripture is full of hidden mean-
ings ; and they easily yield to the flattering conviction that eA'eiy ehancc idea which
comes into their heads in looking at a word, is put there by Divine agcncy. Hence
they wander away into what they believe to be an inspired meditation, but which is,
in reahty, a meaningless jumble of ideas ; perhaps, veiy proper ideas, but with which
the text in question has nothing whatever to do.
152 THE ANGEL OF TIIE SEA. PAkT yII.
The heavens declare the glory of God."
What are the heavens ?
The word occurring in the Lord's Prayer, and the thing expressed
being what a child may, with some advantage, be led to look at,
it might be supposed among a schoolmaster's first duties to explain
this word clearly.
Now there can be no question that in the minds of the sacred
writers, it stood naturally for the entire system of cloud, and of
space beyond it, conceived by them as a vault set w'ith stars. But
there can, also, be no question, as we saw in previous inquiry, that
the firmament, which is said to have been " called " heaven, at the
creation, expresses, in all definite use of the word, the system of
clouds, as spreading the power of the water over the earth; hence
the- constant expressions dew of heaven, rain of heaven, &c., where
heaven is used in the singular; while " the heavens," when used
plurally, and especially when in distinction, as here, from the word
"firmament," remained expressive of the starry space beyond.
28. A child might therefore be told (surely, with advantage), that
our beautiful word Heaven may possibly have been formed
from a Hebrew word, meaning " the high place; " that the great
warrior Roman nation, camping much out at night, generally over-
tired and not in moods for thinking, are believed, by many people,
to have seen in the stars only the likeness of the glittering studs of
their armour, and to have called the sky " The bossed, or studded; "
but that others think those Roman soldiers on their night-watches
had rather been impressed by the great emptiness and void of night,
and by the far coming of sounds through its darkness, and had
called the heaven, " The Hollow place." Finally, I should tell
the children, showing them first the setting of a star, how the
great Greeks had found out the truest power of the heavens,
and had called them " The Rolling." But whatever different
nations had called them, at least I would make it clear to the child's
mind that in this 19th Psalm, their whole power being intended,
the two words are used which express it: the Heavens, for the
great vault or void, with all its planets, and stars, and ceaseless
march of orbs innumerable; and the Firmament, for the ordinance
of the clouds.
CHAP. IV. THE ANGEL OE TIIE SEA, 1737
These heavens, then, "declare the glory of God;" that is,
the light of God, the eternal glory, stable and changeless. As their
orbs fail not—but pursue their course for ever, to give light upon
the earth—so God's glory surrounds man for ever—changeless, in
its fulness insupportable—infinite.
" And the firmament sheweth his IiandyworL"
§ 29. The clouds, prepared by the hands of God for the help of man,
varied in their ministration—veiling the inner splendour—show,
not His eternal glory, but His daily handiwork. So He dealt
with Moses. I will cover thee "with my hand" as I pass by.
Compare Job, xxxvi. 24: "Remember that thou magnify His work,
which men behold. Every man may see it." Not so the glory—
that only in part; the courses of these stars are to be seen imper^'
fectly, and but by a few. But this firmament, " every man may
see it, man may behold it afar off." " Behold, God is great, and we
know Him not. For He maketh small the drops of water: they
pour down rain according to the vapour thereof."
§ 30. " Day unto day uttereth speech, and night unto night sheweth
knowledge. They have no speech nor language, yet without these
their voice is heard. Their rule is gone out throughout the earth,
and their words to the end of the world."
Note that. Their rule throughout the earth, whether inhabited
or not—their law of light is thereon; but their words, spoken to
human souls, to the end of the inhabited world.
" In them hath He set a tabernacle for the sun," &c. Literally,
a tabernacle, or curtained tent, with its veil and its hangings ; also
of the colours of His desert tabernacle—blue, and purple, and
scarlet.
Thus far the psalm describes the manner of this great heaven's
message.
Thenceforward, it comes to the matter of it,
§31. Observe, you have the two divisions of the declaration. The
heavens (compare Psalm viii.) declare the eternal glory of God
before men, and the fimiament the daily mercy of God towards
men. And the eternal glory is in this—that the law of the Lord is
perfect, and His testimony sure, and His statutes right.
And the daily mercy in tliis—that the commandnaent of the
li
"■Ss
154 THE ANGEL OE THE SEA. TAKT VII.
Lord is pure, and His fear is clean, and His judgments true and
righteous.
There are three oppositions —
Between law and commandment.
Betwden testimony and fear.
Between statute and judgment.
§ 32. I. Between law and commandment.
The law is fixed and everlasting; uttered once, abiding for
ever, as the sun, it may not be moved. It is " perfect, converting
the soul:" the whole question about the soul being, whether it has
been turned from darkness to light, acknowledged this law or not,
—whether it is godly or ungodly ? But the commandment is given
momentarily to each man, according to the need. It does not con-
vert : it guides. It does not concern the entire purpose of the
soul; but it enlightens the eyes, respecting a special act. The law
is, " Do this always; " the commandment, Do t/iou this nota : "
often mysterious enough, and through the cloud; chilling, and with
strange rain of tears; yet always pure (the law converting, but
the commandment cleansing): a rod not for guiding merely, but
for strengthening, and tasting honey with. " Look how mine eyes
have been enlightened, because I tasted a little of this honey."
§ 33. H. Between testimony and fear.
The testimony is everlasting: the true promise of salvation.
Bright as the sun beyond all the earth-cloud, it makes wise the
simple; all wisdom being assured in perceiving it and trusting it;
all wisdom brought to nothing which does not perceive it.
But the fear of God is taught through special encouragement
and special withdrawal of it, according to each man's need—by the
earth-cloud—smile and frown alternately: it also, as the com-
mandment, is clean, purging and casting out all other fear, it only
remaining for ever.
§ 34. III. Between statute and judgment.
H
The statutes are the appointments of the Eternal justice;
fixed and bright, and constant as the stars; equal and balanced
as their courses. They are right, rejoicing the heart." But the
judgments are special judgments of given acts of men. ^'True,"
that is to say, fulfilling the warning or promise given to each man;
am
rnmmm
-ocr page 172-CHAP. IV. THE ANGEL OE TIIE SEA, 155
"rigliteous altogether," tliat is, done or executed in trutli and
rigliteousness. The statute is right, in appointment. The judg-
ment righteous altogether, in appointment and fulfilment 5—yet
not always rejoicing the heart.
Then, respecting all these, comes the expression of passionate
desire, and of joy; that also divided with respect to each. The
glory of God, eternal in the Heavens, is future, " to be desired
more than gold, than much fine gold"—treasure in the heavens
that faileth not. But the present guidance and teaching of God are
on earth; they are now possessed, sweeter than all earthly food—
"sweeter than honey and the honeycomb. Moreover by them"
(the law and the testimony) " is Thy servant warned"—warned
of the ways of death and life.
"And in keeping them" (the commandments and the judg-
ments) " there is great rewardpain now, and bitterness of tears,
but reward unspeakable.
Thus far the j)sahn has been descriptive' and interpreting. It
ends in prayer.
"Who can understand his errors?" (wanderings from the
perfect law.) " Cleanse thou mo from secret faults; from all that
I have done against Thy will, and far from Thy way, in the dark-
ness. Keep back thy servant from presumptuous sins" (sins
against the commandment) " against Thy Avill when it is seen and
direct, pleading with heart and conscience. So shall I be unde-
filed, and innocent from the great transgression—the transgression
that crucifies afresh.
" Let the words of my mouth (for I have set them to declare
Thy law), and the meditation of my heart (for I have set it to keep
Thy commandments), be acceptable in Thy sight, whose glory
is my strength, and whose work, my redemption; my Strength,
and my Redeemer."
§ 35.
I,
I '
• "It,"'.
S'ii
-ocr page 174-OF IDEAS OF EELATION :-FIRST, OF INVENTION FOEIAL.
THE LAW OF HELP.
§ i- We liave now reached the last and the most important part of
our subject. We have seen in the first division of this book, how
far art may be, and has been, consistent with physical or material
facts. In its second division, we examined how far it may be
and has been obedient to the laws of physical beauty. In this
last division we have to consider its relations of art to God and
man. Its work in the help of human beings, and service of their
Creator.
We have to inquire into the various Powers, Conditions, and
Aims of mind involved in the conception or creation of pictures ;
in tlie choice of subject, and the mode and order of its history;—
the choice of forms, and the modes of their arrangement.
And these phases of mind being concerned, partly with choice
and arrangement of incidents, partly with choice and arrangement
of forms and colours, the whole subject will fall into two main
divisions, namel}'-, expressional or spiritual invention; and material
or formal invention.
They are of course connected;—all good formal invention
being expressional also ; but as a matter of convenience it is
best to say what may be ascertained of the nature of formal
158 TIIE LAW OF HELP. TART VIII.
invention, "before attempting to illustrate tlie faculty in its liiglier
field.
§ 2. First, then, of Invention Fokmal, otherwise and most com-
monly called technical composition; that is to say, the arrange-
ment of lines, forms, or colours, so as to produce the best possible
effect.^
I have often been accused of slighting this quality in pictures;
the fact being that I have avoided it only becavise I considered it
too great and wonderful for me to deal with. The longer I
thought, the more wonderful it always seemed ; and it is, to myself
personally, the quality, above all others, which gives me delight in
pictures. Many others I admire, or respect; but this one I
rejoice in. Expression, sentiment, truth to nature, are essential;
but all these are not enough. I never care to look at a picture
again, if it be ill composed; and if well composed I can hardly
leave off looking at it.
" Well composed." Does that mean according to rule ?
No. Precisely the contrary. Composed as only the man who
did it could have done it; composed as no other picture is, or
was, or ever can be again. Every great work stands alone.
§ 3. Yet there are certain elementary laws of arrangement traceable
a little way; a few of these only I shall note, not caring to pursue
the subject far in this work, so intricate it becomes even in its
first elements: nor could it be treated with any approach to com-
pleteness, unless I were to give many and elaborate outlines of
large pictures. I have a vague hope of entering on such a task,
some future day. Meantime I shall only indicate the place which
technical composition should hold in our scheme. j
' The word composition has been so much abused, and is in itself so inexpressive,
that when I ■\^Toto the first part of this work I intended always to u?e, in this final
section of it, the word " invention," and to reserve the term " composition " for that
false composition which can be taught on principles; as I have already so employed the
term in the chapter on " Imagination Associative," in the second volume. But, in
aiTanging this section, I find it is not conveniently possible to avoid the ordinaiy
modes of parlance ; I therefore only head the section as I intended (and as is, indeed,
best), using in the text the ordinarily accepted tenii ; only, the reader must be
careftil to note that what I spoke of shortly as " composition " in the chapters on
" Imagination," I here always call, distinctly, " false composition ;" using here, as I
find most convenient, the words " invention " or " composition " indifferently, for the
true faculty.
CHAP. I.
THE LAW OF HELP.
And, first, let us understand what composition is, and how far
it is required.
§ 4. Composition may be best defined as the help of everything in
the picture by everything else.
I wish the reader to dwell a little on this word " Help." It is
a grave one.
In substance which we call " inanimate," as of clouds, or
stones, their atoms may cohere to each other, or consist with each
other, but they do not help each other. The removal of one part
does not injure the rest.
But in a plant, the taking away of any one part does injure
the rest. Hurt or remove any portion of the sap, bark, or pith,
the rest is injured. If any part enters into a state in which it no
more assists the rest, and has thus become " helpless," we call it
also " dead."
The power which causes the several portions of the plant to
help each other, we call life. Much more is this so in an animal.
We may take away the branch of a tree without much harm to it;
but not the animal's limb. Thus, intensity of life is also intensity
of helpfulness—completeness of depending of each part on all the
rest. The ceasing of this help is what we call corruption; and
in proportion to the perfectness of the help, is the dreadfulness of
the loss. The more intense the life has been, the more terrible is
its corruption.
The decomposition of a crystal is not necessarily impure at all.
The fermentation of a wholesome liquid begins to admit the idea
slightly; the decay of leaves yet more; of flowers, more; of
animals, with greater painfulness and terribleness in exact propor-
tion to their original vitality; and the foulest of all corruption is
that of the body of man ; and, in his body, that which is occasioned
by disease, more than that of natural death.
I 5. I said just now, that though atoms of inanimate substance
could not help each other, they could " consist" with each other.
" Consistence" is their virtue. Thus the parts of a crystal are
consistent, but of dust, inconsistent. Orderly adherence, the
best help its atoms can give, constitutes the nobleness of such
substance.
159
- ^
160 THE LAW OF IIELP: TAUT Till.
When matter is either consistent, or living, we call it pure,
or clean; when inconsistent or corrupting (unhelpful), we call it
impure, or unclean. The greatest uncleanliness being that which
is essentially most opposite to life.
Life and consistency, then, both expressing one character
(namely, helpfulness, of a higher or lower order), the Maker of all
creatures and things, '^by whom all creatures live, and all things
consist," is essentially and for ever the Helpful One, or in softer
Saxon, the " Holy" One.
The word has no other ultimate meaning : Helpful, harmless,
undefiled: " living " or " Lord of life."
The idea is clear and mighty in the cherubim's cry: " Helpful,
helpful, helpful. Lord God of Hostsi. e. of all the hosts, armies,
and creatures of the earth.^
§ A pure or holy state of anything, therefore, is that in which
all its parts are helpful or consistent. They may or may not be
homogeneous. The highest or organic purities are composed of many
elements in an entirely helpful state. The highest and first law of ^
the universe—and the other name of life, is, therefore, " help."
The other name of death is " separation." Government and
co-operation are in all things and eternally the laws of life.
Anarchy and competition, eternally, and in all things, the laws
of death.
§ Perhaps the best, though the most familiar example we could
take of the nature and power of consistence, will be that of the pos-
sible changes in the dust we tread on.
Exclusive of animal decay, we can hardly arrive at a more
absolute type of impurity than the mud or slime of a damp, over-
trodden path, in the outskirts of a manufacturing town. I do
not say mud of the road, because that is mixed with animal
refuse; but take merely an ounce or two of the blackest slime of
a beaten footpath on a rainy day, near a large manufacturing town.
' " The cries of them which have reaped have entered into the ears of the Lord of
Sabaoth (of all the creatures of the earth)." You will find a wonderful clearness come
into many texts by reading, habitually, " helpful" and " helpfulness " for " holy " and
" holiness," or else " living," as in Rom. xi. 16. The sense " dedicated " (the Latin
sanctus), being, of course, inapplicable to the Supreme Being, is an entirely secondaiy
and accidental one.
11
! i
t
h
Hi
WSB
-ocr page 178-CHAP. I. THE LAW OP HELP.^ 161
§ 8. That slime we shall find in most cases composed of clay (or
brickdust, which is burnt clay) mixed with soot, a little sand, and
water. All these elements are at helpless war with each other, and *
destroy reciprocally each other's nature and power, competing and
fighting for place at every tread of your foot;—sand squeezing out
clay, and clay squeezing out water, and soot meddling everywhere
and defiling the whole. Let us suppose that this ounce of mud is
left in perfect rest, and that its elements gather together, like to like,
so that their atoms may get into the closest relations possible.
§ 9. Let the clay begin. Ridding itself of all foreign substance, it
gradually becomes a white earth, already very beautiful and fit,
with help of congealing fire, to be made into finest porcelain, and
painted on, and be kept in kings' palaces. But such artificial
consistence is not its best. Leave it still quiet to follow its own
instinct of unity, and it becomes not only white, but clear; not only
clear, but hard; nor only clear and hard, but so set that it can deal
with light in a wonderful way, and gather out of it the loveliest
blue rays only, refusing the rest. We call it then a sapphire.
Such being the consummation of the clay, we give similar
permission of quiet to the sand. It also becomes, first, a white
earth, then proceeds to grow clear and hard, and at last arranges
itself in mysterious, infinitely fine, parallel lines, which have the
power of reflecting not merely the blue rays, but the blue, green,
purple, and red rays in the greatest beauty in which they can
be seen through any fired material whatsoever. We call it then
an opal.
Li next order the soot sets to work; it cannot make itself white
at first, but instead of being discouraged, tries harder and harder,
and comes out clear at last, and the hardest thing in the world;
and for the blackness that it had, obtains in exchange the power
of reflecting all the rays of the sun at once in the vividest blaze
that any solid thing can shoot. We call it then a diamond.
Last of all the water purifies or unites itself, contented enough
if it only reach the form of a dew>drop; but if we insist on its
proceeding to a more perfect consistence, it crystallizes into the
shape of a star.
" And for the ounce of slime which we had by political economy
tol. v. m
-ocr page 179-162 THE LAW OF HELP. I'ART rilt.
of competition, we have by political economy of co-operation, a
sapphire, an opal, and a diamond, set in the midst of a star of snow.
§ Now invention in art signifies an arrangement, in which every-
thing in the work is thus consistent with all things else, and
lielpful to all else.
It is the greatest and rarest of all the qualities of art. The
power hy which it is effected is absolutely inexplicable and incom-^
niunicable; but exercised with entire facility by those who possess
it, in many cases even unconsciously.^
In work which is not coniposed, there may be many beautiful
things, but they do not help each other. They at the best only
stand beside, and more usually compete with and destroy, each
other. They may be connected artificially in many ways, but the
test of there being no invention is, that if one of them be taken away,
the others are no worse than before. But in true composition, it
one be taken away, all the rest are helpless and valueless. Gene-
rally, in falsely composed work, if anything be taken away, the
rest will look better; because the attention is less distracted. Hence
the pleasure of inferior artists in sketching, and their inability to
finish; all that they add destroys.
§ 11. Also in true composition, everything not only helps everything
else a little, but helps with its utmost power. Every atom is in full
energy; and all that energy is kind. Not a line, nor spark of
colour, but is doijig its very best, and that best is aid. The extent
to which this law is carried in truly right and noble work is wholly
inconceivable to the ordinary observer, and no true account of it
would be believed.
""X
§ 12. True composition being entirely easy to the man who can com-
pose, he is seldom proud of it, though he clearly recognizes it.
Also, true composition is inexplicable. No one can explain how
' By diligent study of good compositions, it is possible to put work together, so
that the parts shall help each other a little,"or at all events do no harm; and when
some tact and taste are associated with this diligence, semblances of real invention are
often produced, which, being the results of great labour, the artist is always proud of;
and which, being capable of learned explanation and imitation, the spectator naturally
takes interest in. The common precepts about composition all produce and teach this
false kind, which, as true composition is the noblest, being the comiption of it, is the
jgnoblest condition of art.
CHAP. I. THE LAW OP HELP.^ 163
the notes of a Mo.zai"; melody, or tlie folds of a piece of Titian's
drapery, produce their essential effect on each other. If you do
not feel it, no one can by reasoning make you feel it. And, the
highest composition is so subtle, that it is apt to become unpopular,
and sometimes seem insipid. ,
§ 13, The reader may be surprised at my giving so high a place to
invention. But if he ever come to know true invention from false,
he will find that it is not only the highest quality of art, but is
simply the most wonderful act or power of humanity. It is pre-
eminently the deed of human creation; TrotJjo-te, otherwise, poetry.
If the reader will look back to my definition of poetry, he
will find it is " the suggestion by the imagination of noble
grounds for noble emotion" (Vol. III. p. 11), amplified below
(§ 14) into " assembling by help of the imaginationthat is to
say, imagination associative, described at length in Vol. IL, in
the chapter just referred to. The mystery of the power is suffi-
ciently set forth in that place. Of its dignity I have a word or
two to say here.
§ 14. Men in their several professed employments, looked at broadly,
may be properly arranged under five classes:—
1. Persons who see. These in modern language are sometimes
called sight-seers, that being an occupation coming more and more
into vogue every day. Anciently they used to be called, simply,
seers,
2. Persons who talk. These, in modern language, are usually
called talkers, or speakers, as in the House of Commons, and
elsewhere. They used to be called prophets.
3. Persons who make. These, in modern language, are usually
called manufacturers. Anciently they were called poets.
4. Persons who think. There seems to be no very distinct
modern title for this kind of person, anciently called philosophers;
nevertheless we have a few of them among us.
5. Persons who do: in modern language. Called practical
persons; anciently, believers.
Of the first two classes I have only this to note,—that we
ought neither to say that a person sees, if he sees falsely, nor
speaks, if he speaks falsely. For seeing falsely is worse than
M 2
-ocr page 181-fHE LAW Oi? HELf.
164
PAtiT Vllt.
blindness, and speaking falsely, tlian silence. A man who is too
dim-sighted to discern the road from the ditch, may feel which is
which;—^bat if the ditch appears manifestly to him to he the road,
and the road to he the ditch, what shall become of him ? False
seeinsf is unseeing,—on the negative side of blindness; and false
speaking, unspeaking,—on the negative side of silence.
To the persons who think, also, the same test applies very
shrewdly. Their's is a dangerous profession; and from the time of
the Aristophanes thought-shop to the great German establishment,
or thought-manufactory, whose productions have, unhappily, taken
in part the place of the older and more serviceable commodities of
Nuremberg toys and Berlin wool, it has been often harmful enough
to mankind. It should not be so, for a false thought is more
distinctly and visibly no thought, than a false saying is no saying.
But it is touching the two great productive classes of the doers
and makers, that we have one or two important points to note here.
§ 15. Has the reader ever considered, carefully, what is the meaning
of " doing " a thing ?
Suppose a rock falls from a hill-side, crushes a group of cottages,
and kills a number of people. The stone has produced a great
effect in the world. If any one asks, respecting the broken roofs,
" What did it ? " you say the stone did it. Yet you don't talk of the
deed of the stone. If you inquire farther, and find that a goat had
been feeding beside the rock, and had loosened it by gnawing the
roots of the grasses beneath, you find the goat to be the active cause
of the calamity, and you say the goat did it. Yet you don't call
the goat the doer, nor talk of its evil deed. But if you find any
one went up to the rock, in the night, and with deliberate purpose
loosened it, that it might fall on the cottages, you say in quite a
different sense, " It is his deed; he is the doer of it" i
§ 16. It appears, then, that deliberate purpose and resolve are needed
to constitute a deed or doing, in the true sense of the word; and
that when, accidentally or mechanically, events take place without
such purpose, we have indeed effects or results, and agents or
causes, but neither deeds nor doers.
Now it so happens, as we all well know, that by far the largest
part of things happening in practical life are brought about with
CHAP. I. THE LAW OP HELP.^ 165
no deliberate purpose. There are always a number of people who
have the nature of stones; they fall on other persons and crush
them. Some again have the nature of weeds^ and twist about
other people's feet and entangle them. More have the nature of
logs, and lie in the way, so that every one falls over them. And
most of all have the nature of thorns, and set themselves by way-
sides, so that every passer-by must be torn, and all good seed
choked; or perhaps make wonderful crackling under various pots,
even to the extent of practically boihng water and working pistons.
All these people produce immense and sorrowful effect in the
world. Yet none of them are doers: it is their nature to crush,
impede, and prick: but deed is not in them.^
§ 17. And farther, observe, that even when some effect is finally
intended, you cannot call it the person's deed, unless it is what he
intended.
If an ignorant person, purposing evil, accidentally does good,
(as if a thiet's disturbing a family should lead them to discover in
time that their house was on fire); or, vice versa, if an ignorant
person intending good accidentally does evil (as if a child should
give hemlock to his companions for celery), in neither case do you
call them the doers of what may result. So that in order to a
true deed, it is necessary that the effect of it should be foreseen.
Which, ultimately, it cannot be, but by a person who knows, and in
his deed obeys, the laws of the universe, and of its Maker. And
this knowledge is in its highest form, respecting the will of
the Ruling Spirit, called Trust. For it is not the knowledge
that a thing is, but that, according to the promise and nature of
the Ruling Spirit, a thing will be. Also obedience in its highest
form is not obedience to a constant and compulsory law, but a
persuaded or voluntarily yielded obedience to an issued command;
and so far as it was a persuaded submission to command, it was
anciently called, in a passive sense, "persuasion," or Trio-rtc,
1 We may, perhaps, expediently recollect as much of our botany as to teach ub that
there may be sharp and rough persons, like spines, who yet have good in them, and
are essentially branches, and can bud. But the true thorny person is no spine, only an
excrescence; rootless evemore,—leafless evemore. No cro^ra made of such can
ever meet gloiy of Angel's hand. (In Memoriam, Ixviii.)
16G THE LAW OF HELP. I'AllT Vlll.
and in so faf as it alone assuredly did, and it alone could do,
what it meant to do, and was therefore the root and essence of
all human deed, it was called by the Latins the " doing," or
fides, which has passed into the French foi and the English faith.
And therefore because in His doing always certain, and in His
speaking always true. His name who leads the armies of Heaven
is " Faithful and True," ^ and all deeds which are done in alliance
with those armies, be they small or great, are essentially deeds
of faiths Avhich therefore, and in this one stern, eternal, sense,
subdues all kingdoms, and turns to flight the armies of the aliens,
and is at once the source and the substance of all human deed,
rightly so called.
§ 18. Thus far then of practical persons, once called believers, as
set forth in the last word of the noblest group of words ever> so far
as I know, uttered by simple man concerning his practice, being
the final testimony of the leaders of a great practical nation, whose
deed thenceforward became an example of deed to mankind:
Q ^tlv, ayyeWtiv AaKeSai^iov'ioiQ, on rySe
Kttf.u6a, roTg Ktivwv prjjiaai TruQojXivou
" 0 stranger ! (we pray thee), tell the Lacedaemonians that we are
lying here, having obeyed their words."
§ What, let us ask next, is the ruling character of the person who
produces—the creator or maker, anciently called the poet ?
We have seen what a deed is. What then is a " creation ? "
Nay, it may be replied, to "create" cannot be said of man's
labour.
On the contrary, it not only can be said, but is and must be
said continually. You certainly do not talk of creating a watch,
or creating a shoe; nevertheless you do talk of creating a feeling.
Why is this ?
Look back to the greatest of all creation, that of the world.
Suppose the trees had been ever so well or so ingeniously put
together, stem and leaf, yet if they had not been able to grow,
' " Tiate," means, etymologicallyj not " consistent with fact," but " which may bo
trusted." " This is a true saying, and worthy of all acceptation," &c., meaning a
trusty saying,—a saying to be rested on, leant upon;
CHAP. I. THE LAW OP HELP.^ 167
would tliey have been well created ? Or suppose the fisli had been
cut and stitched finely out of skin and whalebone ; yet, cast upon
the waters, had not been able to swim ? Or suppose Adam and
Eve had been made in the softest clay, ever so neatly, and set
at the foot of the tree of knowledge, fastened up to it, quite unable
to fall, or do anything else, would they have been well created,
or in any true sense created at all ?
§ 20. It will, perhaps, appear to you, after a little farther thought,
that to create anything in reality is to put life into it.
A poet, or creator, is therefore a person who puts things
together, not as' a watchmaker steel, or a shoemaker leather, but
who puts life into them.
His work is essentially this : it is the gathering and arranging
of material by imagination, so as to have in it at last the harinony or
helpfulness of life, and the passion or emotion of life. Mere fitting
and adjustment of material is nothing; that is watchmaking. But
helpful and passionate harmony, essentially choral harmoiiy, so
called from the Greek word "rejoicing,"^ is the harmony of Apollo
and the'Muses; the word Muse and Mother being derived from the
same root, meaning " passionate seeking," or love, of which the
issue is passionate finding, or sacred invention. For which reason
I could not bear to use any baser word than this of invention.
And if the reader will think over all these things, and follow tli&m
out, as I think he may easily with this much of cltie given him, he
will not any more think it wrong in me to place invention so high
among the powers of man.®
Or any more think it strange that the last act of the life of
Socrates^ should ha,ve beeii to purify himself from the sin of
having negligently listened to the voice within him, which, through
all his past life, had bid him " labour, and make harmony."
■ Xopovg re lovofiaKBvat Trapd rtjg e/JifvrOv ovofia. (De leg. II. 1.)
" This being, indeed, among the visiblest signs of the Divine or immortal life. We
have got a base habit of opposing the word " mortal" or " deathful" merely to " im-
mortal ; " whereas it is essentially contrary to " divine " (to dtlog, not to aBavuTOQf
Phaedo, 66), that which is deathfol being anarchic or disobcdieiit, and that which is
divine ruling and obedient ; this being the true distinction between flesh and spirit.
® TToWaKig /xoi ipoirwv to aiirb tvimnop Iv rip iraptXOovn fiU^, SXKot Iv aKKtj
oTpei ^aivojkvov, to. avra 5e \tyoi>, 12 Sf&Kparee, tf^t fioveiKijv volei Kill ipya^ov.
(Phaedo, 11.)
16S
CHAPTER II.
§ 1. The reader has probably been surprised at my assertions made
often before now, and reiterated here, that the minutest portion of
a great composition is helpful to the whole. It certainly does not
seem easily conceivable that this should be so. I will go farther,
and say that it is inconceivable. But it is the fact.
We shall discern it to be so by taking one or two compo-
sitions to pieces, and examining the fragments. In doing which,
we must remember that a great composition always has a* leading
emotional purpose, technically called its motive, to Avhich all its
lines and forms have some relation. Undulating lines, for instance,
are expressive of action; and would be false in effect if the motive
of the picture was one of repose. Horizontal and angular lines are
expressive of rest and strength; and would destroy a design whose
purpose was to express disquiet and feebleness. It is therefore
necessary to ascertain the motive before descending to the detail.
§ 2. One of the simplest subjects, in the series of the Rivers of
France, is " Rietz, near Saumur." The published Plate gives a
better rendering than usual of its tone of light; and my rough
etching, Plate 73, sufficiently shows the arrangement of its lines.
What is their motive ?
To get at it completely, we must know something of the Loire.
The district through which it here flows is, for the most part, a
low place, yet not altogether at the level of the stream, but cut
into steep banks of chalk or gravel, thirty or forty feet high,
running for miles at about an equal height above the water.
These banks ?u:e ejcc^vated by the peasantry, partly for houses.
(I
CHAIMI. THE TASK OF THE LEAST. 169
partly for cellars, so economizing vineyard space above; and thus
a kind of continuous village runs along the river-side, composed
half of caves, half of rude buildings, backed by the cliff, propped
against it, therefore always leaning away from the river; mingled
Avith overlappings of vineyard trellis from above, and little towers
or summer-houses for outlook, when the grapes are ripe, or for
gossip over the garden wall.
I 3. It is an autumnal evening, then, by this Loire side. The day
has been hot, and the air is heavy and misty still; the sunlight
Avarm, but dim ; the brown vine-leaves motionless: all else quiet.
Not a sail in sight on the river,^ its strong, noiseless current
lengthening the stream of low sunlight.
The motive of the picture, therefore, is the expression of rude
but perfect peace, slightly mingled with an indolent languor and
despondency; the peace between intervals of enforced labour;
happy, but listless, and having little care or hope about the future;
cutting its home out of this gravel bank, and letting the vino and
the river twine and undermine as they will; careless to mend or
build, so long as the walls hold together, and the black fruit swells
in the sunshine.
§ 4. To get this repose, together with rude stability, we have there-
fore horizontal lines and bold angles. The grand horizontal space
and sweep of Turner's distant river show perhaps better in the
etching than in the Plate; but depend wholly for value on the
piece of near wall. It is the vertical line of its dark side which
drives the eye up into the distance, right against the horizontal, and
so makes it felt, while the flatness of the stone prepares the eyo
to understand the flatness of the river. Farther: hide with your
finger the little ring on that stone, and you will find the river has
stopped flowing. That ring is to repeat the curved lines of the
river bank, which express its line of current, and to bring the
feeling of them doAvn near us. On the oth^r side of the road the
horizontal lines are taken up again by the dark pieces of wood,
without which we should still lose half our space,
' The sails in tlic CBgraviug were put in to catch the public eye. There are none
in the drawing.
170 THE TASK or THE LEAST. I'ART VIII.
Next: The repose is to be not only perfect, but indolent: the
repose of out-wearied people: not caring much what becomes of
them^
You see the road is covered with litter. Even the crockery
is left outside the cottage, to dry in the sun, after being washed
up. The steps of tlie cottage door have been too high for comfort
originally, only it was less trouble to cut three large stones than
four or five small. They are now all aslope and broken, not
repaired for years. Their weighty forms increase the sense of
languor throughout the scene, and of stability also, because we feel
how difficult it would be to stir them. The crockery has its
work to do also;—the arched door on the left being necessary to
show the great thickness of walls and the strength they require
to prevent falling in of the cliff above;—as the horizontal lines
must be diffused on the right, so this arch must be diffused on the
left; and the large round plate on one side of the steps, with the
two small ones on the other, are to carry down the element of
circular curvature. Hide them, and see the result.
As they carry the arched group of forms down, the arched
window-shutter diffuses it upwards, where all the lines of the
distant buildings suggest one and the same idea of disorderly
and careless strength, mingling masonry with rock.
So far of the horizontal and curved lines. HoW of the
radiating ones ? What has the black vine trellis got to do ?
Lay a pencil or ruler parallel with its lines. You will find
that they point to the massive building in the distance. To which,
as nearly as is possible without at once showing the artifice, every
other radiating liiie points also; almost ludicrously when it is once
pointed out; even the curved line of the top of the terrace runs
into it, and the last sweep of the river evidently leads to its base.
And so nearly is it in the exact centre of the picture, that one
diagonal from corner to corner passes through it, and the other
only misses the base by the twentieth of an inch.
If you are accustomed to France, you will know in a moment
by its outline that this massive building is an old church.
Without it, the repose Avould not have been essentially the
labourer's rest—rest as of the Sabbath. Among all the groups of
§5.
ClIAP. II. THE TASK OF TIIE LEAST. 171
lines tliat point to it, two are principal: the first, those of the vine
trellis: the second, those of the handles of the saw left in the
beam:—the blessing of human life, and its labour.
Whenever Turner wishes to express profound repose, he puts
in the foreground some instrument of labour cast aside* See, in
Rogers's Poems, the last vignette, " Datur hora quieti," with the
plough in the furrow; and in the first vignette of the saine book,
the scythe on the shoulder of the peasant going home. (Therei
is nothing about the scythe in the passage of the poem which
this vignette illustrates.)
§ 6. Observe, farther, the outline of the church itself. As our
habitations are, so is our churCh, evidently a heap of old, but
massive, walls, patched, and repaired, and roofed in, and over and
over, until its original shape is hardly recognizable, I know the
kind of church well—can tell even here, two miles off^ that I shall
find some Norman arches in the apse, and a flamboyant porch,
rich and dark, with every statue broken out of it; and a rude
wooden belfry above all; and a quantity of miserable shops. built
in among the buttresses ; and that I may walk in and out as much
as I please, but that how often soever, I shall always find some one
praying at the Holy Sepulchre, in the darkest aisle, and my going
in and out will not disturb them. For they are praying, whiCh in
many a handsomer and liiglilier-furbished edifice mightj perhaps,
not be so assuredly the case.
§ 7. Lastly: What kind of people have we on this winding road ?
Three indolent ones, leaning on the wall to look over into the
gliding Water; and a matron with her market paiiniers, by her
figure, not a fast rider. The roadj besides, is bad, and seems unsafe
for trotting, and she has passed, without disturbing the cat, Who sits
comfortably on the block of wood in the middle of it*
§ p. Next to this piece of quietness, let us glance at a composition
in which the motive is one of tumult: that of the F^ll of
Schaffhausen. It is engraved in the Keepsake. I have etched in
Plate 74, at the top, the chief lines of its composition, ^ in which
' These etchings of compositions arc all reversed, for they are merely sketches on
tlie steel, and I cannot sketch easily except straight from the drawing, and without
mm
172
I'ABT Vlll.
THE TASK OF THE LEAST.
the first great purpose is to give swing enough to the water. Tiie
line of fall is straight and monotonous in reality. Turner wants
to get the great concave sweep and rush of the river well felt, in
spite of the unbroken form. The column of spray, rocks, mills,
and bank, all radiate like a plume, sweeping round together in
grand curves to the left, where the group of figures, hurried about
the ferry boat, rises like a dash of spray; they also radiating:
so as to form one perfectly connected cluster, with the two gens-
d'armes and the millstones; the millstones at the bottom being the
root of it; the two soldiers laid right and left to sustain the branch
of figures beyond, balanced just as a tree bough would be.
g One of the gens-d'armes is flirting with a young lady in a round
cap and full sleeves, under pretence of wanting her to show him
what she has in her bandbox. The motive of which flirtation is,
so far as Turner is concerned in it, primarily the bandbox: this
and the millstones below, give him a series of concave lines,
which, concentrated by the recumbent soldiers, intensify the
hollow sweep of the fall, precisely as the ring on the stone does
the Loire eddies. These curves are carried out on the right by
the small plate of eggs, laid to be washed at the spring; and, all
these concave lines being a little too quiet and recumbent, the
staggering casks are set on the left, and the ill-balanced milk-pail on
the right, to give a general feeling of things being rolled over and
over. The things which are to give this sense of rolling are dark,
in order to hint at the way in which tSie cataract rolls boulders
of rock; while the forms which are to give the sense of its
sweeping force are white. The little sjoring, splashing out of its
pine-trough, is to give contrast with the power of the fall,—while
it carries out the general sense of splashing waterj
§ 10. This spring exists on the spot, and so does .Everything else in
the picture; but the combinations are wholly arbitrary; it being
Turner's fixed principle to collect out of any scene, whatever was
i
reversing. The looking-glass plagues me with cross lights. As examples of composi-
tion, it docs not the least matter which way they are turned; and the i-eadcr may see
this Schaffhausen subject from the right side of the Rhine, by holding the book before
a glass. The rude in ^cations of the figures in the Loire subject are nearly facsimiles
of Turner's.
crtAP. it. TrtE TASK OF THE LEAS-t. , 173
characteristic, and put it together just as he liked. The changes
made in this instance are highly curious. The mills have no
resemblance whatever to the real group as seen from this spot; for
there is a vulgar and formal dwelling-house in front of them. But
if you climb the rock behind them, you find they form on that
side a towering cluster, which Turner has put with little modi-
fication into the drawing. What he has done to the mills, he has
done with still greater audacity to the central rock. Seen from
this spot, it shows, in reality, its greatest breadth, and is heavy
and uninteresting; but on the Lauffen side, exposes its consumed
base, worn away by the rush of water, which Turner resolving
to show, serenely draws the rock as it appears from the other
side of the Rhine, and brings that view of it over to this side.
I Ijave etched the bit with the rock a little larger below; and if
the reader knows the spot, he will see that this piece of the
drawing, reversed in the etching, is almost a bonti, fide unreversed
study of the fall from the Lauffen side.^
Finally, the castle of LaufPen itself, being, when seen from this
spot, too much foreshortened to show its extent, Turner walks a
quarter of a mile lower down the river, draws the castle accu-
rately there, brings it back with him, and puts it in all its extent,
where he chooses to have it, beyond the rocks.
I tried to copy and engrave this piece of the drawing of its real
size, merely to show the forms of the "trees, drifted back by the
breeze from the fall, and wet with its spray; but in the endeavour
to facsimile the touches, great part of their grace and ease has
been lost; still, Plate 75 may, if compared with the same piece
in the Keepsake engraving, at least show that the orighial drawing
has not yet been rendered with completeness.
§ 11. These two examples may sufficiently serve to show the mode in
which minor details, both in form and spirit, are used by Turner
to aid his main motives; of course I cannot, in the space of this
volume, go on examining subjects at this length, even if I had time
* With the exception of the jagged ledge rising out of the foam below, -which comes
from the north side, and is admirable in its expression of the position of the limestone-
beds, which, rising from below the drift gravel of Constance, arc the real cause of the
fall of Schaffhausen.
I
-ocr page 191-174 THE TASK 01? THE LEAST. PART Vltl.
to etch them; hut every design of Turner's would be e(j[ually
instructive, examined in a similar manner. Thus far, however, we
have only seen the help of the parts to the whole : we must give
yet a little attention to the mode of combining the smallest details.
I am always led away, in spite of myself, from my proper
subject here, invention formal, or the merely pleasant placing
of lines and masses, into the emotional results of such arrange-
ment. The chief reason of this is that the emotional power can
be explained; but the perfection of formative arrangement, as I
said, cannot be exj^lained, any more than that of melody in music.
An instance or two of it, however, may be given.
Much fine formative arrangement depends on a more or less
elliptical or pear-shaped balance of the group, obtained by arrang-
ing the principal members of it on two opposite curves, and either
centrahzing it by some powerful feature at the base, centre, or
summit; or else clasping it together by some conspicuous point or
knot. A very small object will often do this satisfactorily.
If you can get the complete series of Lef&bre's engravings
from Titian and Veronese, they will be quite enough to teach j^ou,
in their dumb way, everything that is teachable of composition; at
all events, try to get the Madonna, wdth St. Peter and St. George
under the two great pillars; the Madonna and Child, with mitred
bishop on her left, and St. Andrew on her right; and Veronese's
Triumph of Venice. The first of these Plates unites two formative
symmetries: that of the two pillars, clasped by the square altar-
cloth below and cloud above, catches the eye first; but the main
group is the fivefold one rising to the left, crowned by the
Madonna. St. Francis and St. Peter form its two j wings, and
the kneeling portrait figures, its base. It is clasped at the bottom
by t]ie key of St. Peter, which points straight at the Madonna's
head, and is laid on the steps solely for this purpose; the curved
lines, which enclose the group, meet also in her face; and the
straight line of light, on the cloak of the nearest senator, points at
her also. If you have Turner's Liber Studiorum, turn to the
Lauffenburg, and compare the figure group there: a fivefold
chain, one standing figure, central; two recumbent, for wings; two
half-recumbent, for bases; and a cluster of weeds to clasp. Then
§ 12.
CHAP. n. THE TASK 01? TilE LEAST. 175
turn to Lefebre's Europa (tliere are two in tlie series—I mean the
one with the two tree trunks over her head). It is a wonderful
ninefold group. Europa central; two stooping figures, each
surmounted by a standing one, for wings; a cupid on one side, and
dog on the other, for bases; a cupid and trunk of tree, on pach
side, to terminate above ; and a garland for clasp..
§ 13. Fig. 94, page 176, will serve to show the mode in which similar
arrangements are carried into the smallest detail. It is magnified
four times from a cluster of leaves in the foreground of the " Isis "
(Liber Studiormn). Figs. 95 and 96, page 177, show the arrange-
ment of the two groups composing it; the lower is purely sym-
metrical, with trefoiled centre and broad masses for wings; the
uppermost is a sweeping continuous curve, symmetrical, but fore-
shortened. Both are clasped by arrow-shaped leaves. The two
whole groups themselves are, in turn, members of another larger
group, composing the entire foreground, and consisting of broad
dock-leaves, with minor clusters on the right and left, of which
these form the chief portion on the right side.
§ 14. Unless every leaf, and every visible point or object, however
small, forms a part of some harmony of this kind (these symme-
trical conditions being only the most simple and obvious), it has no
business in the picture. It is the necessary connection of all the
forms and colours, down to the last touch, which constitutes great
or inventive work, separated from all common work by an im-
passable gulf.
By diligently copying the etchings of the Liber Studiorum, the
reader may, however, easily attain the perception of the existence
of these relations, and be prepared to understand Turner's more
elaborate composition. It would take many figures to disentangle
and explain the arrangements merely of the leaf cluster. Fig. 78,
facing page 100; but that there is a system, and that every leaf has
a fixed value and place in it, can hardly but be felt at a glance.
It is curious that, in spite of all the constant talking of " com-
position " which goes on among art students, true composition is
just the last thing which appears to be perceived. One would
have thought that in this group, at least the value of the central
black leaf would have been seen, of which the principal function
176 THE TASK 01? THE LEAST. TART YIII.
is to point towards, and continue, tlie line of bank above. See
Plate 62. But a glance at tlie published Plate in the England
series will show that no idea of the composition had occurred to
the engraver's mind. He thought any leaves would do, and sup-
plied them from his own repertory of hack vegetation.
§ 15. I would willingly enlarge farther on this subject—it is a
favourite one with me; but the figures required for any exhaustive
treatment of it would form a separate volume. All that I can do
is to indicate, as these examples do sufficiently, the vast field open
the task of the least.
177
CHAr. ii.
to the student's analysis if he cares to pursue the subject; and to
mark for the general reader these two strong conclusions:—tliat
nothing in great work is ever either fortuitous or contentious.
ec
, n
It is not fortuitous; that is to say, not left to fortune. The
must do it by a kind of felicity " of Bacon is true; it is true
also that an accident is often suggestive to an inventor. Turner
himself said, " I never lose an accident" But it is this not losing
it, this taking things out of the hands of Fortune, and putting
them into those of force and foresight, which attest the master,
vol. y. n
V
-ocr page 195-■f.
Chance may sometimes help, and sometimes provoke, a success;
but must never rule, and rarely allure. .
And, lastly, nothing must be contentious. Art has many
uses and many pleasantnesses; but of all its services, none are
higher than its setting forth, by a visible and enduring image, the
nature of all true authority and freedom; — Authority which
defines and directs the action of benevolent law; and Freedom
which consists in deep and soft consent of individual^ helpfulness.
' " Individual," that is to say, distinct and separate in chavactcr, tliougli joined in
purpose. I might liave enlarged on this head, but that all I should care to say has
been already said admirably by Mr. J. S. Mill in his essay on Liberty.
fi
178
PART VIII.
THE TASK OF THE LEAST.
179
CHAPTER III.
the rule of the greatest.
§ 1. In the entire range of art principles, none perhaps present a
difficulty so great to the student, or require from the teacher
expression so cautious, and yet so strong, as those which concern
the nature and influence of magnitude.
In one sense, and that deep, there is no such thing as magni-
tude. The least thing is as the greatest, and one day as a thou-
sand years, in the eyes of the Maker of great and small things.
In another sense, and that close to us and necessary, there exist
both magnitude and value. Though not a sparrow falls to tlie
ground unnoted, there are yet creatures who are of more value
than many; and the same Spirit which weighs the dust of the earth
in a balance, counts the isles as a little thing.
§ 2. The just temper of human mind in this matter may, never-
theless, be told shortly. Greatness can only be rightly estimated
when minuteness is justly reverenced. Greatness is the aggrega-
tion of minuteness; nor can its sublimity be felt truthfully by any
mind unaccustomed to the affectionate watching of what is least.
But if this affection for the least be unaccompanied by the
powers of comparison and reflection; if it be intemperate in its
thirst, restless in curiosity, and incapable of the patient and self-
commandant pause which is wise to arrange, and submissive to
refuse, it will close the paths of noble art to the student as effec-
tually, and hopelessly, as even the blindness of pride, or impatience
of ambition.
§ 3. I say the paths of noble art, not^ of useful art. All accurate
investigation will have its reward; the morbid curiosity will at
THE EULE OF THE GREATEST. PAllT V]II.
least slake the tlilrst of others, if not its own; and the diffused
and petty affections >Yill distribute, in serviceable measure, their
minute delights and narrow discoveries. The opposite error, the
desire of greatness as such, or rather of what appears great to indo-
lence and vanity;—the instinct which I have described in the " Seven
Lamps," noting it, among the Renaissance builders, to he an especial
and unfailing sign of baseness of mind, is as fruitless as it is vile;
no way profitable — every way harmful: the widest and most
corrupting expression of vulgarity. The microscopic drawing of
an insect may be precious; but nothing except disgrace and mis-
guidance will ever be gathered from such work as that of Haydon
or Barry.
§ The work I have mostly had to do, since this essay was
begun, has been that of contention against svich debased issues
of swollen insolence and windy conceit; but I have noticed lately,
that some lightly-budding philosophers have depreciated true
greatness; confusing the relations of scale, as they bear upon
human instinct and morality ; reasoning as if a mountain were no
nobler than a grain of sand, or as if many souls were not of
mightier interest than one. To whom it must be shortly answered
that the Lord of power and life knew which were his noblest
works, when He bade His servant watch the play of the Leviathan,
rather than dissect the spawn of the minnow; and that when
it comes to practical question whether a single soul is to be
jeoparded for many, and this Leonidas, or Curtius, or Winkelried
shall abolish—so far as abolishable—his own spirit, that he may
save more numerous spirits, such question is to be solved by the
simple human instinct respecting number and magnitude, not by
reasonings on infinity:—
%
"Le navigateur, qui, la unit, Toit I'ocean etiiiceler de lumiere, danser en guir-
landes de feu, s'egaye d'abord de ce spectacle. II fait dix lieucs; la guirlaiide s'allonge
indC'finimeiit, elle s'agite, se tord, se noue, aux mouveinents de la lame; c'est un scj-pent
monstnicux qui va toujours s'allongeant, jusqu'a trente licues, quarante lieues. Et tout
ccla ii'est qu'une danse d'animalcules imperceptibles. En quel nombi% ? A cette
question I'imagination s'effi-aye; elle sent la une nature de puissance immense, de
richesse epotivantable.....Que sont ces petits des petits ? Rien moins que
les constracteui-s du globe ou nous soinmcs. De leurs coii)s, de leurs debris, ils ont
prepare Ic sol qui est sous nos pas.....Et ce sont les plus petits qui ont fait
les iilus grandes clioses. L'imperceptiblc rhizopode s'cst bati uu moniunent bien autre
ft
CHAP. 111.
TilE RULE OE THE GEEATEST.
que les pyramidcs, pas moins que I'ltalic ccntrale, une notable partic de la chaine des
Apcnniiis. IMais c'etait trop peu encore ; Ics masses enonnes du Chili, Ics prodigieusca
Cordilleres, qui regardent le monde a leurs pieds, sent le monument funcraire ou cet
etre insaisissable, ct pour ainsi dire, invisible, a enseveli les debris de son espfece dis-
parue."—(Miclielet: L'Insecte.)
§ 5. In these passages, and those connected with them in the chapter
from which they are taken, itself so vast in scope, and therefore so
sublime, we may perhaps find the true relations of minuteness,
multitude, and magnitude. "We shall not feel that there is no
such thing as littleness, or no such thing as magnitude. Nor shall
we be disposed to confuse a Yolvox with the Cordilleras; but
we may learn that they both are bound together by links of
eternal life and toil; we shall see the vastest thing noble, chiefly
for what it includes; and th6 meanest for what it accomplishes.
Thence we might gather—and the conclusion will be found in
experience true—that the sense of largeness would be most-grateful
to minds capable of comprehending, balancing, and comparing;
but capable also of great patience and expectation; while the
sense of minute wonderfulness would be attractive to minds
acted upon by sharp, small, penetrative sympathies, and apt to be
impatient, irregular, and partial. This fact is curiously shown
in the relations between the temper of the great composers and
the modern pathetic school. I was surprised at the first rise of
that school, now some years ago, by observing how they restrained
themselves to subjects which in other hands would have been
wholly uninteresting (compare Vol. IV., p. 19); and in their
succeeding efforts, I saw with increasing wonder, that they were
almost destitute of the power of feeling vastness, or enjoying the
forms which expressed it. A mountain or great building only
appeared to them as a piece of colour of a certain shape. The
powers it represented, or included, were invisible to them. In
general they avoided subjects expressing space or mass, and
fastened on confined, broken, and sharp forms; liking furze, fern,
reeds, straw, stubble, dead leaves, and such like, better than strong
stones, broad-flowing leaves, or rounded hills: in all such greater
things, when forced to paint them, they missed the main and
mighty lines; and this no less in what they loved than in what
they disliked; for though fond of foliage, their trees always had"
181
I-'
182 TIIE RULE OF THE GREATEST. PART Till.
a tendency to congeal into little acicular tliorn-liedges, and never
tossed free. "Which modes of choice proceed naturally from a
petulant sympathy \Yith local and immediately visible interests
or F.orrowSj not regarding their large consequences, nor capable
of understanding more massive view or more deeply deliberate
mercifulness;—but peevish and horror-struck, and often incapable
of self-control, though not of self-sacrifice. There are more people
who can forget themselves than govern themselves.
This narrowly pungent and bitter virtue has, however, its
beautiful uses, and is of special value in the present day, when
surface-work, shallow generahzation, and cold arithmetical esti-
mates of things, are among the chief dangers and causes of misery,
which men have to deal with.
§ 6. On the other liand, and in clear distinction from all such
workers, it is to be remembered that the great composers, ]iot
less deep in feeling, are in tlie fixed habit of regarding as much
the relations and positions, as the separate nature, of things ; that
they reap and thresh in the sheaf, never pluck ears to rub in the
hand ; fish with net, not line, and sweep their prey together
within great cords of errorless curve;—that nothing ever bears
to them a separate or isolated aspect, but leads or links a chain
of aspects—that to them it is not merely the surface, nor the
substance, of anything that is of import; but its circumference
and continence: that they are pre-eminently patient and reserved;
observant, not curious ;—comprehensive, not conjectural ; calm
exceedingly; unerring, constant, terrible in stedfastness of intent;
imconquerable : incomprehensible : always suggesting, implying,
including, more than can bo told.
§ 7. And this may be seen down to their treatment of the smallest
things.
For there is nothing so small but we may, as we choose, see it
in the whole, or in part, and in subdued connection with other
things, or in individual and petty prominence. The greatest treat-
ment is always that which gives concej)tion the widest range, and
most harmonious guidance;—it being permitted us to employ a
certain quantity of time, and certain number of touches of pencil-
he who with these embraces the largest sphere of thought, and
5
r: ■
ciiAr. III. THE EULE OE THE GEEATEST. 183
suggests within that sphere the most perfect order of thought, has
wrought the most wisely, and therefore most nohly.
§ 8. I do not, however, purpose here to examine or illustrate the
nature of great treatment—to do so effectually would need many
examples from the figure composers; and it will he better (if I
have time to work out the subject carefully) that I should do so in
a form which may be easily accessible to young students. Here
I will only state in conclusion what it is chiefly important for all
students to be convinced of, that all the technical qualities by
which greatness of treatment is known, such as reserve in colour,
tranquillity and largeness of line, and refusal of unnecessary
objects of interest, are, when they are real, the exponents of an
habitually noble temper of mind, never the observances of a
precept supposed to be useful. The refusal or reserve of a mighty
painter cannot be imitated; it is only by reaching the same intel-
lectual strength that you will be able to give an equal dignity to
your self-denial. No one can tell you beforehand what to accept,
or what to ignore; only remember always, in painting as in
eloquence, the greater your strength, the quieter will be your
manner, and the fewer your words ; and in painting, as in all
the arts and acts of life, the secret of high success will be found,
not in a fretful, and various excellence, but in a quiet singleness of
justly chosen aim.
184
CHAPTER lY,
the law of perfectness.
§ 1. Among the several cliaracteristics of great treatment wliicli in
tlie last chapter were alluded to Avithout being enlarged upon, one
Avill be found several times named ;—reserve.
It is necessary for our present purpose that we should under-
stand this quality more distinctly. I mean by it the power which
a great painter exercises over himself in fixing certain limits,
either of force, of colour, or of quantity of work;—limits which
•he will not transgress in any part of his picture, even though here
and there a painful sense of incompletion may exist, under the
fixed conditions, and might tempt an inferior workman to infringe
them. The nature of this reserve we must understand in order
that we may also determine the nature of true completion or per-
fectness, which is the end of composition.
§ 2. For perfectness, properly so called, means harmony. The
word signifies, literally, the doing our work thoroughly. It does
not mean carrying it up to any constant and established degree of
finish, but carrying the whole of it up to a degree determined
upon. In a chalk or pencil sketch by a great master, it will often
be found that the deepest shades are feeble tints of pale gray; the
outlines nearly invisible, and the forms brought out by a ghostly
delicacy of touch, which, on looking close to the paper, will be
indistinguishable from its general texture. A single line of ink,
occurring anywhere in such a drawing, would of course destroy it;
placed in the darkness of a moutli or nostril, it would turn the
expression into a caricature; on a cheek or brow it would be
simply a blot. Yet let the blot remain, and let the master work
41
■ ' i 5
nt
1
jii"
i
n
rtiVf^.'^n
up to it with lines of similar force; and the drawing which was
before perfect, in terms of pencil, will become, mider his hand,
perfect in terms of ink; and what was before a scratch on the
cheek will become a necessary and beautiful part of its gradation.
All great work is thus reduced under certain conditions, and
its right to be called complete depends on its fulfilment of them,
not on the nature of the conditions chosen. Habitually, indeed,
we call a coloured work which is satisfactory to us, finished, and
a chalk drawing unfinished; but in the mind of the master, all
his work is, according to the sense in whicli you use the word,
equally perfect or imperfect. Perfect, if you regard its purpose
and limitation; imperfect, if you compare it Avith the natural
standard. In what appears to you consummate, the master has
assigned to himself terms of shortcoming, and marked with a sad
severity the point up to which he will permit himself to contend
with nature. Were it not for his acceptance of such restraint, he
could neither quit his work, nor endure it. Ho could not quit it,
for he would always perceive more that might be done; he could
not endure it, because all doing ended only in more elaborate
deficiency.
But we arc apt to forget, in modern days, that the reserve of
a man who is not putting forth half his strength is different in
manner and dignity from the effort of one who can do no more.
Charmed, and justly charmed, by the harmonious sketches of great
painters, and by the grandeur of their acquiescence in the point
of pause, Ave have put ourselves to produce sketches as an end
instead of a means, and thought to imitate the painter's scornful
restraint of his own poAver, by a scornful rejection of the things
beyond ours. For many reasons, therefore, it becomes desirable
to understand precisely and fiinally what a good painter means by
completion.
The sketches of true painters may be classed under the folloAV-
ing heads:—
I. Experimental.—In which they are assisting an imperfect
conception of a subject by trying the look of it on paper in dif-
ferent ways.
By the greatest men this kind of sketch is hardly ever made;
§3.
§4.
185
CHAl'. IV.
the law of tbrfectness.
186 TIIE LAW OF PEEFECTNESS. TART VIII,
tliey conceive their subjects distinctly at once, and tlieir sketcli
is not to try them, but to fasten tliem down. Raj)liael's form the
only important exception—and the numerous examples of experi-
mental work by him arc evidence of his composition being
technical rather than imaginative. I have never seen a drawing
of the kind by any great Venetian. Among the nineteen thousand
sketches by Turner—which I arranged in the National Gallery—
there was, to the best of my recollection, not one. In several
instances the work, after being carried forward a certain length,
had been abandoned and begun again with another view; some-
times also two or more modes of treatment had been set side by
side with a view to choice. But there were always two distinct
imaginations contending for realization—not experimental modifi-
cations of one.
§ 5. II. Determinant. — The fastening down of an idea in the
simplest terms, in order that it may not be disturbed or confused
by after work. Nearly all the great composers do this, methodi-
cally, before beginning a painting. Such sketches are usually
in a high degree resolute and compressive; the best of them out-
lined or marked calmly with the pen, and deliberately washed with
colour, indicating the places of the principal lights,
Tine drawings of this class never show any hurry or con-
fusion. They are the expression of concluded operations of mind,
are drawn slowly, and are not so much sketches, as maps.
§ 6. III. Commemorative.—Containing records of facts which the
master required. These in their most elaborate form are " studies,"
or drawings, from Nature, of parts needed in the composition, often
highly finished in the part which is to be iutroduced. In this
form, however, they never occur by the greatest imaginative
masters. For by a truly great inventor everything is invented;
no atom of the work is unmodified by his mind; and no study
from nature, however beautiful, could be introduced by him
into his design without change; it would not fit with the rest.
Finished studies for introduction are therefore chiefly by Leonardo
and Raphael, both technical designers rather than imaginative
ones.
Commemorative sketches, by great masters, are generally
-ocr page 204-CHAP. IV.
Tim LAW OF PERFECTNESS.
hasty, merely to put them in mind of motives of invention, or
they are shorthand memoranda of things with which they do
not care to trouble their memory; or, finally, accurate notes
of things which they must not modify by invention, as local
detail, costume, and such like. You may find perfectly accurate
drawings of coats of arms, portions of dresses, pieces of architecture,
and so on, by all the great men; but you will not find elaborate
studies of bits of their pictures.
When the sketch is made merely as a memorandum, it is
impossible to say how little, or what kind of drawing, may be
sufficient for the purpose. It is of course likely to be hasty from
its very nature, and unless the exact purpose be understood,^ it
may be as unintelligible as a piece of shorthand writing. For
§7.
o
o
instance, in the corner of a sheet of sketches made at sea, among
those of Turner, at the National Gallery, occurs this one. Fig. 97.
187
188 TPIE LAW or TEKFECTNESS. i-art via.
I suppose most persons ■svould not see much use in it. It nevertlie-
less Avas probably one of the most important sketches made in
Turner's life, fixing for ever in his mind certain facts respecting
the sunrise from a clear sea-horizon. Having myself watched
such sunrise, occasionally, I perceive this sketch to mean as
follows:
(Half circle at the top.) When the sun was only half out of
the sea, the horizon was sharply traced across its disk, and red
streaks of vapour crossed the loAver part of it.
(Horseshoe underneath.) When the sun had risen so far as
to show three-quarters of its diameter, its light became so great
as to conceal the sea-horizon, consuming it away in descending
rays.
(Smaller horseshoe below.) When on the point of detaching
itself from the horizon, the sun still consumed away the line of
the sea, and looked as if pulled down by it.
(Broken oval.) Having risen about a fourth of its diameter
above the horizon, the sea-line reappeared; but the risen orb was
flattened by refraction into an oval.
(Broken circle.) Having risen a little farther above the sea-
line, the sun, at last, got itself round, and all right, Avith sparkling
reflection on the Avaves just below the sea-line.
This memorandum is for its purpose entirely perfect and
efiicient, though the sun is not drawn carefully round, but Avitli
a dash of the pencil; but there is no affected or desired slightness.
Could it have been drawn round as instantaneously, it would have
been. The purpose is throughout determined; there is no
scrawling, as in vulgar sketching.^
§ 8. Again, Fig. 98 is a facsimile of one of Turner's " memoranda,"
of a complete subject,^ Lausanne, from the road to Fribourg.
' The word jn the uppermost note, to the right of the sun, is "red;" the others,
" 3^cllow," " purple," " cold" light gi'ej, lie always noted the colours of skies in this
Avay.
' It is not so good a facsimile as those I have given from Durer, for the original
sketch is in light pencil; and the thickening and delicate emphasis of the lines, on
which neai-ly all the beauty of the drawing depended, cannot be expressed in the
woodcut, though marked by a double line as well as I could. But the figure will
answer its purpose well enough in showing Turner's mode of sketching.
CHAP. IV. THE LAW OF PEREECTNESS. 189
Tills example is entirely characteristic of liis usual drawings
from nature, which unite two characters, being hotli commemo-
rative and determinant:—Commemorative, in so far as they note
certain facts about the place: determinant, in that they record
an impression received from the place there and then, together
with the principal arrangement of the composition in which it
was afterwards to be recorded. In this mode of sketching. Turner
differs from all other men whose work I have studied. He never
draws accurately on the spot, with the intention of modifying
or composing afterwards from the materials ; but instantly modifies
as he draws, placing his memoranda where they are to be ultimately
used, and taking exactly what he wants, not a fragment or line
more.
§ 9. This sketch has been made in the afternoon. He had been
impressed as he walked up the hill, by the vanishing of the lake
in the golden horizon, without end of waters, and by the opposi-
tion of the pinnacled castle and cathedral to its level breadth.
That must be drawn I and from this spot, where all the buildings
are set well together. But it lucklessly happens that, though
the buildings come just where he wants them in situation, tliey don't
in height. Tor the castle (the square mass on the right) is in
reality higher than the cathedral, and would block out the end
of the lake. Down it goes instantly a hundred feet, that we
may see the lake over it; without the smallest regard for the
military position of Lausanne. ,
§ 10. Next: The last low spire on the left is in truth concealed
behind the nearer bank, the town running far down the hill (and
climbing another hill) in that direction. But the group of spires,
without it, would not be rich enough to give a proper impression
of Lausanne, as a spiry place. Turner quietly sends to fetch
the church from romid the corner, places it where he. likes, and
indicates its distance only by aerial perspective (much greater in
the pencil drawing than in the woodcut).
§ 11. But again: Not only the spire of the lower church, but
the peak of the Rochers d'Enfer (that highest in the distance)
would in reality be out of sight; it is much farther round to
the left. This would never do either; for without it, we should
190 THE LAW OP PEEFECTNESS. PART VIII.
have no idea that Lausanne was opposite the mountains, nor
should we have a nice sloping line to lead us into the distance.
With the same unblushing tranquillity of mind in which he had
ordered up the church, Turner sends also to fetch the Rochers
d'Enfer; and puts them also where he chooses, to crown the slope
of distant hill, which, as every traveller knows, in its decline to
the west, is one of the most notable features of the view from
Lausanne.
§ 12. These modifications, easily traceable in the large features of
the design, are carried out with equal audacity and precision
in every part of it. Every one of those confused lines on the
right indicates something that is really there, only everything
is shifted and sorted into the exact places that Turner chose. The
group of dark objects near us at the foot of the bank is a cluster
of mills, which, when the picture was completed, were to be
the blackest things in it, and to throw back the castle, and the
golden horizon; while the rounded touches at the bottom, under
the castle, indicate a row of trees, which follow a brook coming
out of the ravine behind us; and were going to be made very
round indeed in the picture (to oppose the spiky and angular
masses of castle) and very consecutive, in order to form another
conducting line into the distance.
§ 13. These motives, or motives like them, might perhaps be guessed
on looking at the sketch. But no one without going to the spot
would understand the meaning of the vertical lines in the left-
hand lowest corner.
They are a " memorandum" of the artificial verticalness of
a low sandstone clifi^, which has been cut down there to give
space for a bit of garden belonging to a public-house beneath, from
which garden a path leads along the ravine to the Lausanne rifle-
ground. The value of these vertical lines in repeating those of
the cathedral is very great; it would be greater still in the completed
picture, increasing the sense of looking down from a height, and
giving grasp of, and power over, the whole scene.
§ 14. Throughout the sketch, as in all that Turner made, the observing
and combining intellect acts in the same manner. Not a line
is lost, nor a moment of time; and though the pencil flies, and
ciiAr. IV. THE LAW OF PERFECTKESS. 191
the whole thing is hterally done as fast as a piece of shorthand
writing, it is to the full as purposeful and compressed, so that while
there are indeed dashes of the pencil which are unintentional, they
are only unintentional as the form of a letter is, in fast writing,
not from want of intention, but from the accident of haste.
§ 15. I know not if the reader can understand,—I myself cannot,
though I see it to be demonstrable,—the simultaneous occurrence
of idea which produces such a drawing as this; the grasp of the
whole, from the laying of the first line, which induces continual
modifications of all that is done, out of respect to parts not done
yet. No line is ever changed or effaced ; no experiment made; but
every touch is placed with reference to all that are to succeed, as
to all that have gone before; every addition takes its part, as the
stones in an arch of a bridge; the last touch locks the arch,
Remove that keystone, or remove any other of the stones of the
vaidt, and the whole will fall.
§ 16. I repeat—the power of mind which accomplishes this, is yet
wholly inexplicable to me, as it was when first I defined it in the^
chapter on imagination associative, in the second volume. But the
grandeur of the power impresses me daily more and more; and, in
quitting the subject of invention, let me assert finally, in clearest
and strongest terms, that no painting is of any true imaginative
perfectness at all, unless it has been thus conceived.
One sign of its being thus conceived may be always found in
the straightforwardness of its work. There are continual disputes
among artists as to the best way of doing things, which may nearly
all be resolved into confessions of indetermination. If you know
precisely what you want, you will not feel much hesitation in set-
ting about it; and a picture may be painted almost any way, so
only that it be a straight way. Give a true painter a ground of
black, white, scarlet, or green, and out of it he will bring what you
choose. From the black, brightness; from the white, sadness;
from the scarlet, coolness; from the green, glow: he will make
anything out of anything, but in each case his method will be
pure, direct, perfect, the shortest and simplest possible. You will
find him, moreover, indifferent as to succession of process. Ask
him to begin at the bottom of the picture instead of the top,—to
192 THE LAW or PEEFECTNESS. TART Till.
finish two square inclies of it without touching the rest, or to lay a
separate ground for every part before finishing any;—it is all the
same to him! What he will do, if left to himself, depends on
mechanical convenience, and on the time at his disposal. If he
has a large brush in his hand, and plenty of one colour ground, he
may lay as much as is wanted of that colour, at once, in every part
of the picture where it is to occur; and if any is left, perhaps w^alk
to another canvas, and lay the rest of it where it will he wanted
on that. If, on the contrary, he has a small brush in his hand, and
is interested in a particular spot of the picture, he will, perhaps,
not stir from it till that bit is finished. But the absolutely best, or
centrally, and entirely right way of painting is as follows :—
§ 17. A light ground, white, red, yellow, or gray, not brown, or
black. On that an entirely. accurate, and firm black outline of
the whole picture, in its principal masses. The outline to be
exquisitely correct as far as it reaches, but not to include small
details ; the use of it being to limit the masses of first colour.
The ground-colours then to be laid firmly, each on its own proper
part of the picture, as inlaid work in a mosaic table, meeting each
other truly at the edges: as much of each being laid as will get
itself into the state which the artist requires it to be in for his
second painting, by the time he comes to it. On this first colour,
the second colours and subordinate masses laid in due order, now,
of course, necessarily without previous outline, and all small detail
reserved to the last, the bracelet being not touched, nor indicated
in the least, till the arm is finished.^
§ 18. This is, as far as it can be expressed in few words, the right, or
Venetian way of painting; but it is incapable of absolute defi-
nition, for it depends on the scale, the material, and the nature of
the object represented, how much a great painter will do with his
first colour ; or how many after processes he will use. Very often
If
r
i
' Tims, in the Holy Family of Titian, lately purchased for the National Gallery,
the piece of St. Catherine's di-ess over her shoulders is painted on the under dress,
after that was diy. All its value would have been lost, had the slightest tint or trace
of it been given previously. This picture, I think, and certainly many of Tintoret's,
are painted on dark grounds ; hut this is to save time, and M'ith some loss to the future
brightness of the colour.
CHAP. IV. TEE LAW OP PERFECTNESS.
the first colour, richly blended and worked into, is also the last;
sometimes it wants a glaze only to modify it; sometimes au
entirely different colour above it. Turner's storm-blues, for
instance, were produced by a black ground, with opaque blue,
mixed with" white, struck over it,^ The amount of detail given
in the first colour will also depend on convenience. For instance,
if a jewel fastens a fold of dress, a Venetian will lay probably
a piece of the jewel colour in its place at the time he draws
the fold; but if the jewel falls upon the dress, he Avill paint
the folds only in the ground colour, and the jewel afterwards.
For in the first case his hand must pause, at any rate, where
the fold is fastened; so that he may as well mark the colour
of the gem: but he would have to check his hand in the sweep
■yyitli which he drew the drapery, if he painted a jewel that fell
upon it with the first colour. So far, however, as he can possibly
use the under colour, he will, in whatever he has to superimpose.
There is a pretty little instance of such economical work in the
painting of the pearls on the breast of the elder princess, in our
best Paul Veronese (Family of Darius). The lowest is about the
size of a small hazel-nut, and falls on her rose-red dress. Any
other but a Venetian would have put a complete piece of white paint
over the dress, for the whole pearl, and painted into that the colours
of the stone. But Veronese knows beforehand that all the dark
side of the pearl will reflect the red of the dress. He will not put
white over the red, only to put red over the white again. He leaves
the actual dress for the dark side of the pearl, and with two
small separate touches, one white, another brown, places its high
light and shadow. This he does with perfect care and calm; but
in two decisive seconds. There is no dash, nor display, nor hurry,
nor error. The exactly right thing is done in the exactly right
place, and not one atom of colour, nor moment of time spent vainly.
Look close at the two touches,—you wonder what they mean.
Retire six feet from the picture—the pearl is there! ■
' In cleaning tlic " Hero and Leander," now in tlic National collection, these upper
glazes were taken off, and only the black ground left. I remember the picture when
its distance was of the most exquisite blue. I have no doubt the " Fire at Sea " has
had its distance destroyed in the same manner.
VOL. V. 0
-ocr page 211-194 THE LAW OF PEErECTNESS. pakt viii.
§ 19. Tlie degree in wliich the ground colours are extended over his
picture, as he works, is to a great painter absolutely indifferent. It
is all the same to him whether he grounds a head, and finishes it
at once to the shoulders, leaving all round it white ; or whether he
grounds the whole picture. His harmony, paint as he will, never
can be complete till the last touch is given; so long as it remains
incomplete, he does not care how little of it is suggested, or how
many notes are missing. All is wrong, till all is right; and he
must be able to bear the all-wrongness till his work is done, or
lie cannot paint at all. His mode of treatment will, therefore,
depend on the nature of his subject; as is beautifully shown in the
Avater-colour sketches by Turner in the National Gallery. His
general system was to complete inch by inch; leaving the paper
quite white all round, especially if the work was to be delicate.
The most exquisite drawings left unfinished in the collection—those
at Rome and Naples—are thus outlined accurately on pure white
paper, begun in the middle of the sheet, and worked out to the
side, finishing as he proceeds. If, however, any united effect of
light or colour is to embrace a large part of the subject, he will lay
it in with a broad wash over the whole paper at once; then paint
into it, using it as a ground, and modifying it in the pure Venetian
manner. His oil pictures were laid roughly with ground colours,
and painted into with such rapid skill, tliat the artists who used to
see him finishing at the Academy sometimes suspected him of
having the picture finished underneath the colours he showed, and
removing, instead of adding, as they watched.
§ 20. But, whatever the means used may be, the certainty and
directness of them imply absolute grasp of the whole subject, and
without this grasp there is no good painting. This, finally, let
me declare, without qualification—'that partial conception is no
conception. The whole picture must be imagined, or none of it is.
And this grasp of the whole implies very strange and sublime
qualities of mind. It is not possible, unless the feelings are
completely under control; the least excitement or passion will
disturb the measured equity of power; a painter needs to be as
cool as a general; and as little moved or subdued by his sense of
pleasure, as a soldier by the sense of pain. Nothing good can be
the law of perfectness.
195
CHAP, ir,
done witliout intense feeling; but it mnst be feeling so cruslied,
that the work is set about with mechanical steadiness, absolutely-
untroubled, as a surgeon—not without pity, but conquering it
and putting it aside—begins an operation. Until the feelings can
give strength enough to the will to enable it to conquer them,
they are not strong enough. If you cannot leave your picture
at any moment;—cannot turn from it, and go on with another,
while the colour is drying;—cannot work at any part of it you
choose with equal contentment—you have not firm enough grasp
of it.
§ 21. It folloAvs, also, that no vain or selfish person can possibly
paint, in the noble sense of the word. Vanity and selfishness are
troublous, eager, anxious, petulant:—painting can only be done
in calm of mind. Resolution is not enough to secure this ; it must
be secured by disposition as well. You may resolve to think of
your picture only; but, if you have been fretted before beginning,
no manly or clear grasp of it will be possible for you. No forced
calm is calm enough. Only honest calm,—natural calm. You
might as well try by external pressure to smoothe a lake till it
could reflect the sky, as by violence of eflfort to secure the peace
through which only you can reach imagination. That peace must
come in its own time; as the waters settle themselves into clear-
ness as well as quietness; you can no more filter your mind into
purity than you can compress it into calmness ; you must keep it
pure, if you would have it pure; and throw no stones into it, if you
would have it quiet. Great courage and self-command may, to a
certain extent, give power of painting without the true calmness
underneath; but never of doing first-rate work. There is sufficient
evidence of this, in even what we kfaow of great men, though of
the greatest, we nearly always know the least (and that necessarily;
they being very silent, and not much given to setting themselves
forth to questioners; apt to be contemptuously reserved, no less
than unselfishly). But in such writings and sayings as we possess
of theirs, we may trace a quite curious gentleness and serene
courtesy. Rubens' letters are almost ludicrous in their unhurried
politeness. Reynolds, swiftest of painters, was gentlest of com-
panions ; so also Velasquez, Titian, and Veronese.
> '"I '
'-ff
0 2
-ocr page 213-196 TIIE LAW or PEREECTNESS. PART VIII.
§ 22. It is gratuitous to add that no shallow or petty person can paint.
Mere cleverness or special gift never made an artist. It is only
perfectness of mind, imity, depth, decision, the highest qualities,
in fine, of the intellect, which will form the imagination.
§ 23. And, lastly, no false person can paint. A person false at
heart may, when it suits his purposes, seize a stray truth here or
there; but the relations of truth,—its perfectness,—that which
makes it wholesome truth, he can never perceive. As whole-
ness and wholesomeness go together, so also sight with sincerity;
it is only the constant desire of and submiseiveness to truth,
which can measure its strange angles and mark its infinite aspects;
and fit them and knit them into the strength of sacred invention.
Sacred, I call it deliberately; for it is thus, in the most
accurate senses, humble as well as helpful; meek in its receiving,
as magnificent in its disposing; the name it bears being rightly
given even to invention formal, not because it forms, but because
it finds. For you cannot find a lie; you must make it for your-
self. False things may be imagined, and false things composed;
but only truth can be invented.
OP IDEAS OP EELATION: II.-OF INVENTION SPIKIIDAL
K>»-
CHAPTER I.
the dakk mirroe.
§ 1. In the course of our inquiry into the moral of landscape (Vol. III.,
chap. 17), we promised, at the close of our Avork, to seek for some
better, or at least clearer, conclusions than were then possible to
us. We confined ourselves in that chapter to the vindication of
the probable utility of the love of natural scenery. We made no
assertion of the usefulness of painting such scenery. It might
be well to delight in the real country, or admire the real flowers
and true mountains. But it did not follow that it was advisable to
paint them.
Far from it. Many reasons might be given why we should
not paint them. All the purposes of good which we saw that
the beauty of natm-e could accomplish, may be better fulfilled
by the meanest of her realities than by tlie brightest of imitations.
For prolonged entertainment, no picture can be compared with
the wealth of interest which may be found in the herbage of the
poorest field, or blossoms of the narrowest copse. As suggestive
of supernatural power, the passing away of a fitful raincloud, or
opening of dawn, are in their change and mystery more pregnant
than any pictures. A child would, I suppose, receive a religious
lesson from a flower more willingly than from a print of one
•i 'iiiiny-f iir>iifiliiil<i^flpMiBi(|ii''.i I '^
-ocr page 215-and miglit be tauglit to understand tlio nineteenth Psalm, on a
starry niglit, better than by diagrams of the constellations.
Whence it might seem a waste of time to draAV landscape
at all.
I beiieve it is;—to draw landscape mere and solitary, however
beautiful (unless it be for the sake of geographical or other science,
or of historical record). But there is a kind of landscape which
it is not inexpedient to draw. What kind, we may probably dis-
cover by considering that which mankind has hitherto contented
itself with painting.
§ 2. We may arrange nearly all existing landscape under the follow-
ing heads:—
I. Heroic.—Representing an imaginary world, inhabited by
men not perhaps perfectly civilized, but noble, and usually sub-
jected to severe trials, and by spiritual powers of the highest
order. It is frequently without architecture; never without figure-
action, or emotion. Its principal master is Titian.
II. Classical.—Representing an imaginary world, inhabited
by perfectly civihzed men, and by spiritual powers of an inferior
order.
It generally assumes this condition of things to have existed
among the Greek and Roman nations. It contains usually archi-
tecture of an elevated character, and always incidents of figure-
action, or emotion. Its principal master is Nicolo Poussin.
III. Pastoral.—-Representing peasant life and its daily work,
or such scenery as may naturally be suggestive of it, consisting
usually of simple landscape, in part subjected to agriculture, with
figui'es, cattle, and domestic buildings. No supernatural being
is ever visibly present. It does not in ordinary cases admit
architecture of an elevated character, nor exciting incident. Its
principal master is Cuyp.
IV. Contemplative.—Directed principally to the observance
of the powers of Nature, and record of the historical associations
connected with landscape, illustrated by, or contrasted with, exist-
ing states of human life. No supernatural being is visibly pre-
sent. It admits every variety of subject, and requires, in general,
figure incident, but not of an exciting character. It was not
«
198
TART IX.
the dark mirror.
CUAP. I. THE DARK MniEOE. 199
developed completely until recent times. Its principal master is
Turner. 1
§ 3. These are the four true orders of landscape, not of course
distinctly separated from each other in all eases, but very dis-
tinctly in typical examples. Two spurious forms require separate
note.
(a.) Pictueesque.—This is indeed rather the degradation (or
sometimes the undeveloped state) of the Contemplative, than a
distinct class; but it may be considered generally as including
pictures meant to display the skill of the artist, and his powers of
composition; or to give agreeable forms and colours, irrespective
of sentiment. It will include much modern art, with the street
views and church interiors of the Dutch, and the works of Cana-
letto, Guardi, Tempesta, and the like.
(b.) Hybrid.—Landscape in which the painter endeavours to
unite the irreconcileable sentiment of two or more of the above-
named classes. Its principal masters are Berghem and Wouver-
mans.
§ 4, Passing for the present by these inferior schools, we find that
all true landscape, whether simple or exalted, depends primarily
for its interest on connection with humanity, or with spiritual
powers. Banish your heroes and nymphs from the classical
landscape—its laurel shades will move you no more. Show that
the dark clefts of the most romantic mountain are uninhabited
and untraversed; it will cease to be romantic. Fields without
shepherds and without fairies will have no gaiety in their green,
nor will the noblest masses of ground or colours of cloud arrest or
raise your thoughts, if the earth has no life to sustain, and the
heaven none to refresh.
§ 5. It might perhaps be thought that, since from scenes in which
the figure was principal, and^ landscape symbolical and subordinate
(as in the art of Egypt), the process of ages had led us to scenes
' I have been erabarrassed in assigning the names to these orders of art, tlic tenn
" Contemplative " belonging in justice nearly as much to the romantic and pastoral
conception as to the modem landscape. I intended, originally, to call the four schools
—Romantic, Classic, Gcorgic, and Theoretic—which would have been more accurate ;
and more consistent with the nomenclature of the second volume; but would not have
been pleasant in sound, nor, to the general reader, veiy clear in sense.
200 THE DARK MIRROE.
I'AKT IX.
in wliicli landscape was principal and the figure subordinate,—a
continuance in the same current of feeling might bring forth at
last an art from which humanity and its interests should wholly
vanish, leaving us to the passionless admiration of herbage and
stone. But this will not, and cannot be. For observe the
parallel instance in the gradually increasing importance of dress.
From the simplicity of Greek design, concentrating, I suppose, its
skill chiefly on the naked form, the course of time developed con-
ditions of Venetian imagination which found nearly as much
interest, and expressed nearly as much dignity, in folds of dress
and fancies of decoration as in the faces of the figures them-
selves; so that if from Veronese's Marriage in Cana we remove
the architecture and the gay dresses, we shall not in the faces
and hands remaining, find a satisfactory abstract of the picture.
But try it the other way. Take out the faces; leave the draperies,
and how then? Put the fine dresses and jewelled girdles into
the best group you can; paint them with all Veronese's skill:
will they satisfy you ?
Not so. As long as they are in their due service and
subjection—while their folds are formed by the motion of men,
and their lustre adorns the nobleness of men—so long the lustre
and the folds are lovel}^ But cast them from the human limbs;—
golden circlet and silken tissue are withered; the dead leaves of
autumn are more precious than they.
This is just as true, but in a far deeper sense, of the weaving,
of the natural robe of man's soul. Fragrant tissue of flowers,
golden circlets of clouds, are only fair when they meet the fondness
of human thoughts, and glorify human visions of heaven.
§ 6.
It is the leaning on this truth which, more than any other,
has been the distinctive character of all myn)wn past work. And
in closing a series of Art-studies, prolonged during so many years,
it may be perhaps permitted me to point out this specialty—the
rather that it has been, of all their characters, the one most denied.
I constantly see that the same thing takes place in the estimation
formed by the modern public of the work of almost any true person,
living or dead. It is not needful to state here the causes of such
error; but the fact is indeed so, that precisely the distinctive
§7.
^Miii
-ocr page 218-root and leading force of any true man's work and way are the
things denied concerning him.
And in these books of mine, their distinctive characterj as
essays on art, is their bringing everything to a root in human
passion or human hope. Arising first not in any desire to explain
the principles of art, but in the endeavour to defend an individual
painter from injustice, they have been coloured throughout,—nay,
continually altered in shape, and even warped and broken, b
digressions respecting social questions, which had for me an
interest tenfold greater than the work I had been forced into
undertaking. Every principle of painting which I have stated
is traced to some vital or spiritual fact; and in my works on
architecture the preference accorded finally to one school over
another, is founded on a comparison of their influences on the
life of the workman—a question by all other writers on the
subject of architecture wholly forgotten or despised.
§ 8. The essential connection of the power of landscape with human
emotion is not less certain, because in many impressive pictures
the link is slight or local. That the connection should exist
at a single point is all that we need. The comparison with
the dress of the body may be carried out into the extremest
parallelism. It may often happen that no part of the figure wearing
the dress is discernible, nevertheless, the perceivable fact that the
drapery is worn by a figure makes all the difference. In one
of the most sublime figures in the world this is actually so : one
of the fainting Marys in Tintoret's Crucifixion has cast her mantle
over her head, and her face is lost in its shade, and her whole
figure veiled in folds of gray. But what the difference is between
that gray woof, that gathers round her as she falls, and the same
folds cast in a heap upon the ground, that difference, and more,
exists between the power of Nature through which humanity is
seen, and her power in the desert. Desert—whether of leaf or
sand—true desertness is not in the want of leaves, but of life.
Where humanity is not, and was not, the best natural beauty
is more than vain. It is even terrible; not as the dress cast
aside from the body; but as an embroidered shroud'hiding a
skeleton.
201
CHAl». I.
THE DARK MIRIiOB.
202 THE DABK MIRROR. r^VET IX.
§ 0. And on each side of a riglit feeling in this matter there lie, as
usual, two opposite errors.
The first, that of caring for man only; and for the rest of the
universe, little, or not at all, which, in a measure, was the error
of the Greeks and Florentines; the other, tliat of caring for the
universe only;—for man, not at all,—which, in a measure, is the
error of modern science, and of the Art connecting itself with
such science.
The degree of power which any man may ultimately possess in
landscape-painting will depend finally on his perception of this
influence. If he has to paint the desert, its aAvfulness—if the
garden, its gladsomeness—will arise simply and only from his
sensibility to the story of life. Without this he is nothing but a
scientific mechanist; this, though it cannot make him yet a painter,
raises him to the sphere in which he may become one. Nay, the
mere shadow and semblance of this have given dangerous power
to works in all other respects unnoticeable; and the least degree
of its true presence has given value to work in all other respects
vain.
The true presence, observe, of sympathy with the spirit of
man. Where this is not, sympathy with any higher spirit is
impossible.
For the directest manifestation of Deity to man is in His own
image, that is, in man.
§10. "In His own image. After His likeness." Ad imaginem ef
similitudinem Suam. I do not know what people in general
understand by those words. I suppose they ought to be under-
stood. The truth they contain seems to lie at the foundation of
our knowledge both of God and man; yet do we not usually pass
the sentence by, in dull revercnce, attaching no definite sense to it
at all ? For all practical purpose, might it not as well be out of
the text ?
I have no time, nor much desire, to examine the vague expres-
sions of belief with which the verse has been encumbered. Let
us try to find its only possible plain significance.
§11. It cannot bo supposed that the bodily shape of man resembles,
or resembled, any bodily shape in Deity. The likeness must there-
ClIAl'. I. THE DAllK MIRROR. 203
fore be, or liave been, in the soul. Had it wholly passed away, and
the Divine soul been altered into a soul brutal or diabolic, I suppose
we should have been told of the change. But we are told nothing
of the kind. The verse still stands as if for our use and trust.
It was only death which was to be our punishment. Not change.
So far as we live, the image is still there; defiled, if you will;
broken, if you will; all but effaced, if you will, by death and the
shadow of it. But not changed. We are not made now in any
other image than God's. There are, indeed, the two states of this
image—the earthly and heavenly, but both Adamite, both hulnan,
both the same likeness; only one defiled, and one pure. So that
the soul of man is still a mirror, wherein may be seen, darkly, the
image of the mind of God.
These may seem daring words. I am sorry that they do;
but I am helpless to soften them. Discover any other meaning
of the text if you are able;—but be sure that it is a meaning—
a meaning in your head and heart;—not a subtle gloss, nor a
shifting of one verbal expression into another, both idealess. I
repeat that, to me, the verse has, and can have, no other signi-
fication than this—that the soul of man is a mirror of the mind
of God. A mirror dark, distorted, broken, use what blameful
words you please of its state; yet in the main, a true mirror, out
of which alone, and by which alone, we can know anything of
God at all.
" How ? " the reader, perhaps, answers indignantly. " I know
the nature of God by revelation, not by looking into myself."
Revelation to what ? To a nature incapable of receiving truth ?
That cannot be; for only to a nature capable of truth, desirous
of it, distinguishing it, feeding upon it, revelation is possible.
To a being undesirous of it, and hating it, revelation is impos-
sible. There can be none to a brute, or fiend. In so far, there-
fore, as you love truth, and live therein, in so far revelation can
exist for you;—and in so far, your mind is the image of God's.
But consider, farther, not only to what, but hy what, is the
revelation. By sight ? or word ? If by sight, then to eyes which
see justly. Otherwise, no sight would bo revelation. So far,
then, as your sight is just, it is the image of God's sight.
§12.
If by words,—how do you know their meanings ? Here is a
short piece of precious word revelation, for instance. "God is
love."
Love! yes. But what is that? The revelation does not tell
you that, I think. Look into the mirror, and you will see. Out
of your own heart you may knoAv what love is. In no other
possible way,—by no other help or sign. All the words and sounds
ever uttered, all the revelations of cloud, or flame, or crystal, are
utterly powerless. They cannot tell you, in the smallest point,
what love means. Only the broken mirror can.
Here is more revelation. "God is just!" Just! What is
that? The revelation cannot help you to discover. You say it
is dealing equitably or equally. But how do you discern the
equality ? Not by inequality of mind; not by a mind incapable of
weighing, judging, or distributing. If the lengths seem unequal
in the broken mirror, for you they are unequal; but if they seem
equal, then the mirror is true. So far as you recognize equality,
and your conscience tells you what is just, so far your mind is the
image of God's: and so far as you do not discern this nature
of justice or equality, the words " God is just" bring no reve-
lation to you.
"But His thoughts are not as our thoughts." No: the sea
is not as the standing pool by the wayside. Yet when tlie breeze
crisps the pool, you may see the image of the breakers, and a like-
ness of the foam. Nay, in some sort, the same foam. If the sea is
for ever invisible to you, something you may learn of it from the
pool. Nothing, assuredly, any otherwise.
" But this poor miserable Me! Is this, then, all the book I
have got to read about God in ? " Yes, truly so. No other book,
nor fragment of book, than that, will you ever find;—no velvet-
bound missal, nor frankincensed manuscript;—nothing hieroglyphic
nor cuneiform; papyrus and pyramid are alike silent on this
matter;—nothing in the clouds above, nor in the earth beneath.
That flesh-bound volume is the only revelation that is, that was,
or that can be. In that is the image of God painted; in that
is the law of God written ; in that is the promise of God revealed.
Know thyself; for through thyself only thou canst know God.
§ 13.
§ I't.
f
: i
iii
mim
204
TAKT IX.
THE DiU^K IVnEEOK.
- I
-ocr page 222-CHAP. I. THE DARK MIRROR.
§ 15. Through the glass, darklj. But, except through the glass, in
nowise.
A tremulous crystal, waved as water, poured out upon the
ground;—you may defile it, despise it, pollute it, at j-our pleasure,
and at your peril; for on the peace of those weak waves must
all the heaven you shall ever gain be first seen; and through such
purity as you can win for those dark waves, must all the light of
the risen Sun of righteousness be bent down, by faint refraction.
Cleanse them, and calm them, as you love your life.
Therefore it is that all the power of nature depends on sub-
jection 'to the human soul. Man is the sun of the world; more
than the real sun. The fire of his wonderful heart is the only
light and heat worth gauge or measure. Where he is, are the
tropics; where he is not, the ice-world.
I
.1
.1
mmm
I
i
■H
i
CHAPTER 11.
1?he lance of pallas.
§ 1. Tt mJglit be thought that the tenor of the precedhig chajiter avas
in some sort adverse to my repeated statement that all great art
is the expression of man's delight in God's work, not in his own.
But observe, he is not himself his own work: he is himself pre-
cisely the most wonderful piece of God's workmanship extant. In
this best piece not only he is bound to take delight, but cannot, in
a right state of thought, take delight in anything else, otherwise
than through himself. Through himself, however, as the sun of
creation, not as the creation. In himself, as the light of the world.^
Not as being the world. Let him stand in his due relation to
other creatures, and to inanimate things—know them all and love
them, as made for him, and he for them;—and he becomes himself
the greatest and holiest of them. But let him cast off tins relation,
despise and forget the less creation round him, and instead of being
the light of the world, he is as a sun in space—a fiery ball, spotted
with storm.
All the diseases of mind leading to fatalest ruin consist
primarily in this isolation. They are the concentration of man
upon himself, - whether his heavenly interests or his worldly
interests, matters not; it is the being his own interests which makes
the regard of them so mortal. Every form of asceticism on one
side, of sensualism on the other, is an isolation of his soul or of his
body; the fixing his thoughts upon them alone: while every
healthy state of nations and of individual minds consists in the
' Matt. V. 14.
-ocr page 224-CHAP. II. THE LANCE OE PALLAS. 207
unselfisli presence of the human spirit everywhere, energizing
over all things ; speaking and living through all things.
§ 3. Man being thus the crowning and ruling work of God, it will
follow that all his best art must have something to tell about himself,
as the soul of things, and ruler of creatures. It must also make this
reference to himself under a true conception of his own nature.
Therefore all art which involves no reference to man is inferior
or nugatory. And all art which involves misconception of man,
or base thought of him, is in that degree false, and base.
Now the basest thought possible concerning him is, that he has
no spiritual nature; and the foolishest misunderstanding of him
possible is, that he has or should have, no animal nature. For his
nature is nobly animal, nobly spiritual—coherently and irrevocably
so; neither part of it may, but at its peril, expel, despise, or defy
the other. All great art confesses and worships both.
§ 4. The art which, since the writings of Rio and Lord Lindsay, is
specially known as " Christian," erred by pride in its denial of the
animal nature of man ;—and, in connection with all monkish and
fanatical forms of religion, by looking always to another world
instead of this. It wasted its strength in visions, and was there-
fore swept away, notwithstanding all its good and glory, by the
strong truth of the naturalist art of the sixteenth century. But
that naturalist art erred on the other side; denied at last the
spiritual nature of man, and perished in corruption.
A contemplative reaction is taking place in modern times, out
of which it may be hoped a new spiritual art may be developed.
The first scliool of landscape, named, in the foregoing chapter, the
Heroic, is that of the noble naturalists. The second (Classical),
and third (Pastoral), belong to the time of sensual decline. Tlie
fourth (Contem^^lative) is that of modern revival.
§ 5. But why, the reader Avill ask, is no place given in this scheme
to the " Christian " or spiritual art which preceded the naturalists ?
Because all landscape belonging to that art is subordinate, and in
one essential principle false. It is subordinate, because intended
only to exalt the conception of saintly or Divine presence:—rather
therefore to be considered as a landscape decoration or type, than
an effort to paint nature. If I included it in my list of schools.
208 TIIE LANCE OF PALLAS. PART IX.
I should liave to go still farther back, and include with it the con-
ventional and illustrative landscape of the Greeks and Egyptians.
§ 6. But also it cannot constitute a real school, because its first
assumption is false, namely, that the natural world can be repre-
sented without the element of death.
The real schools of landscape are primarily distinguished from
the preceding unreal ones by their introduction of this element.
They are not at first in any sort the worthier for it. But they
are more true, and capable, therefore, in the issue, of becoming
worthier.
It will be a hard piece of work for us to think this rightly
out, but it must be done.
§ 7. Perhaps an accurate analysis of the schools of art of all time
might show us that when the immortality of the soul was prac-
tically and completely believed, the elements of decay, danger, and
grief in visible things were always disregarded. However this
may be, it is assuredly so in the early Christian schools. The
ideas of danger or decay seem not merely repugnant, but incon-
ceivable to them; the exjDression of immortality and perpetuity
is alone possible. I do not mean that they take no note of the
absolute fact of corruption. This fact the early painters often
compel themselves to look fuller in the front than any other
men: as in the way they usually paint the Deluge (the raven
feeding on the bodies), and in all the various triumphs and pro-
cessions of the Power of Death, which formed one great chapter of
religious teaching and painting, from Orcagna's time to the close
of the Purist epoch. But I mean that this external fact of
corruption is separated in their minds from the main conditions
of their work; and its horror enters no more into their general
treatment of landscape than the fear of murder or martyrdom,
both of which they liad nevertheless continually to represent.
None of these things appeared to them as affecting the general
dealings of the Deity with His world. Death, pain, and decay
were simply momentary accidents in the course of immortality,
which never ought to exercise any depressing influence over the
hearts of men, or in the life of Nature. God, in intense life, peace,
and helping power, was always and everywhere. Human bodies.
H
Pi
riif
' -w f
.J :
' 34- ^
I "5 r
r.
. 7! '
!f
1 (f T
M
Mi
-ocr page 226-CHAP. II. THE LANCE OE PALLAS. 1793
I-
'1'
at one time or another, liad indeed to be made dust of, and raised
from it; and this becoming dust was hurtful and humiliating, but
not in the least melancholy, nor, in any very high degree, im-
portant; except to thoughtless persons, who needed sometimes to be
reminded of it, and whom, not at all fearing the things much him-
self, the painter accordingly did remind of it, somewhat sharply.
A similar condition of mind seems to have been attained, not
unfrequently, in modern times, by persons whom either narrowness
of circumstance or education, or vigorous moral efforts have
guarded from the troubling of the world, so as to give them firm
and childlike trust in the power and presence of God, together
with peace of conscience, and a belief in the passing of all evil
into some form of good. It is impossible that a person thus
disciplined should feel, in any of its more acute phases, the
sorrow for any of the phenomena of nature, or terror in any
material danger which would occur to another. The absence
of personal fear, the consciousness of security as great in the
midst of pestilence and storm, as amidst beds of flowers on a
summer's morning, and the certainty that whatever appeared evil,
or was assuredly painful, must eventually issue in a far greater
and enduring good—this general feeling and conviction, I say,
would gradually lull, and at last put to entire rest, the physical
sensations of grief and fear; so that the man would look upon
danger without dread,—expect pain without lamentation.
It may perhaps be thought that this is a very high and right
state of mind.
Unfortunately, it appears that the attainment of it is never
possible without inducing some form of intellectual weakness.
No painter belonging to the purest religious schools ever
mastered his art. Perugino nearly did so; but it was because he
was more rational—more a man of the world—than the rest.
No literature exists of a high class produced by minds in the pure
religious temper. On the contrary, a great deal of literature exists,
produced by persons in that temper, which is markedly, and very
far, below average literary work.
The reason of this I believe to be, that the right faith of man
is not intended to give him repose, but to enable him to do his
YOL. V. P
§8.
§9.
§ 10.
210 TIIE LANCE OF PALLAS. PART IX.
work. It is not intended that lie should look away from the place
he lives in now, and cheer himself with thoughts of the place he
is to live in next, but that he should look stoutly into this worlds
in faith that if he does his work thoroughly here, some good to
others or himself, with which however he is not at present con-
cerned, will come of it hereafter. And this kind of brave, but
not very hopeful or cheerful faith, I perceive to be always
rewarded by clear practical success and splendid intellectual power;
while the faith which dwells on the future fades away into rosy
mist, and emptiness of musical air. That result indeed follows
naturally enough on its habit of assuming that things must be
right, or must come right, when, probably, the fact is, that so far
as we are concerned, they are entirely wrong; and going wrong:
and also on its weak and false way of looking on what these
religious persons call " the bright side of things," that is to say,
on one side of them only, when God . has given them two sides,
and intended us to see both.
§ 11« I was reading but the other day, in a book by a zealous, useful,
and able Scotch clergyman, one of these rhapsodies, in which he
described a scene in the Highlands to show (he said) the goodness
of God. In this Highland scene there was nothing but sunshine,
and fresh breezes, and bleating lambs, and clean tartans, and
all manner of pleasantness. Now a Highland scene is, beyond
dispute, pleasant enough in its own way; but, looked close at,
has its shadows. Here, for instance, is the very fact of one,
as pretty as I can remember—having seen many. It is a little
valley of soft turf, enclosed in its narrow oval by jutting rocks
and broad flakes of nodding fern. From one side of it to the
other winds, serpentine, a clear brown stream, drooping into
quicker ripple as it reaches the end of the oval field, and then,
first islanding a purple and white rock with an amber pool, it
dashes away|into a narrow fall of foam under a thicket of mountain-
asli and alder. The autumn sun, low but clear, shines on the
scarlet ash-berries and on the golden birch-leaves, which, fallen
liere and there, when the breeze has not caught them, rest quiet in
the crannies of the purple rock. Beside the rock, in the hollow
under the thicket, the carcass of a ewe, drowned in the last flood,
il '
V '
M
ft !
P
P ;
I i '
I
CHAP. II. THE LANCE OE PALLAS. 211
lies nearly bare to the bone, its white ribs protruding through the
skin^ raven-torn; and the rags of its wool still flickering from
the branches that first staj'^ed it as the stream swept it down. A
little lower, the current plunges, roaring, into a circular chasm like
a well, surrounded on three sides by a chimney-like hollowness of
polished rock, down which the foam slips in detached snow-flakes.
Round the edges of the pool beneath, the water circles slowly, like
black oil; a little butterfly lies on its back, its wings glued to one
of the eddies, its limbs feebly quivering; a fish rises, and it is gone.
Lower down the stream, I can just see, over a knoll, the green and
damp turf roofs of four or five hovels, built at the edge of a morass,
which is trodden by the cattle into a black Slough of Despond at
their doors, and traversed by a few ill-set stepping-stones, with here
and there a flat slab on the tops, Avhere they have sunk out of sight;
and at the turn of the brook I see a man fishing, with a boy and a
dog—a picturesque and pretty group enough certainly, if they had
not been there all day starving. I know them, and I know the
dog's ribs also, which are nearly as bare as the dead ewe's; and
the child's wasted shoulders, cutting his old tartan jacket through,
so sharp are they. We will go down and talk with the man.
Or, that I may not piece pure truth with fancy, for I have
none of his words set down, let us hear a word or two from
another such, a Scotchman also, and as true-hearted, and in
just as fair a scene. I write out the passage, in which I have
kept his few sentences, word for w^ord, as it stands in my private
diary:—"22nd April (1851). Yesterday I had a long walk up
the Via Gellia, at Matlock, coming down upon it from the hills
above, all sown with anemones and violets, and murmuring with
sweet springs. Above all the mills in the valley, the brook, in
its first purity, forms a small shallow pool, with a sandy bottom
covered with cresses, and other water plants. A man Avas wading
in it for cresses as I passed up the valley, and bade me good-day.
1 did not go much farther; he was there when I returned. I
passed him again, about one hundred yards, when it struck me I
might as well learn all I could about watercresses: so I turned
back. I asked the man, among other questions, what he called
the common weed, something like watercress, but with a serrated
§12.
"PB!
212 TIIE LANCE OF PALLAS. PART IX.
leaf, wliich grows at the edge of nearly all such pools. * We calls
that brooklime, hereabouts/ said a voice behind me. I turned,
and saw three men, miners or manufacturers — two evidently
Derbyshire men, and respectable-looking in their way ; the third,
thin, poor, old, and harder-featured, and utterly in rags. ' Brook-
lime ?' I said. ' What do you call it lime for ?' The man said
he did not know, it was called that. 'You'll find that in the
British 'Erba,' said the weak, calm voice of the old man. I turned
to him in much surprise; but he went on saying something drily
(I hardly understood what) to the cress-gatherer; who contra-
dicting him, the old man said he 'didn't know fresh water,'
he ' knew enough of sa't.' ' Have you been a sailor ? ' I asked.
' I was a sailor for eleven years and ten months of my life,' he
said, in the same strangely quiet manner. ' And what are you
now?' 'I lived for ten years after my wife's death by picking up
rags and bones ; I hadn't much occasion afore.' ' And noAv how
do you live ?' ' Why, I lives hard and honest, and haven't got
to live long,' or something to that effect. He then went on, in
a kind of maundering way, about his wife. ' She had rheumatism
and fever very bad; and her second rib grow'd over her hench-
bone. A' was a clever woman, but a' grow'd to be a very little
one' (this, with an expression of deep melancholy). ' Eighteen
years after her first lad she was in the family-way again, and they
had doctors up from Lunnon about it. They wanted to rip her
open, and take the child out of her side. But I never would give
my consent.' (Then, after a pause:) ' She died twenty-six hours
and ten minutes after it. I never cared much what come of
me since; but I know that I shall soon reach her; that's a know-
ledge I would na gie for the king's crown.' ' You are a Scotch-
man, are not you ?' I asked. ' I'm from the Isle of Skye, sir;
I'm a McGregor.' I said something about his religious faith.
' Ye'll know I was bred in the Church of Scotland, sir,' he said,
' and I love it as I love my own soul; but I think thae Wesleyan
Methodists ha' got salvation among them, too.' "
Truly, this Highland and English hill-scenery is ftiir enough;
but has its shadows; and deeper colouring, here and there, than
that of heath and rose.
rt
CHAP. II. THE LANCE OE PALLAS. 213
§ 13. Now, as far I have watched the main powers of human mind,
they have risen first from the resolution to see fearlessly, pitifully,
and to its very worst, what these deep colours mean, wheresoever
they fall; not by any means to pass on the other side, looking
pleasantly up to the sky, but to stoop to the horror, and let the sky,
for the present, take care of its own clouds. However this may be in
moral matters, with which I have nothing here to do, in my own
field of inquiry the fact is so; and all great and beautiful work has
come of first gazing without shrinking into the darkness. If, having
done so, the human spirit can, by its courage and faith, conquer
the evil, it rises into conceptions of victorious and consummated
beauty. It is then the spirit of the highest Greek and Venetian
Art. If unable to conquer the evil, but remaining in strong, though
melancholy war with it, not rising into supreme beauty, it is the
spirit of the best northern art, typically represented by that of
Holbein and Durer. If, itself conquered by the evil, infected by
the dragon breath of it, and at last brought into captivity, so as to
take delight in evil for ever, it becomes the spirit of the dark, but
still powerful sensualistic art, represented typically by that of
Salvator. We must trace this fact briefly through Greek, Yene-
tian, and Dureresque art; we shall then see how the art of decline
came of avoiding the evil, and seeking pleasure only; and thus
obtain, at last, some power of judging whether the tendency of our
own contemplative art be right or ignoble.
§ The ruling purpose of Greek poetry is the assertion of victory,
by heroism, over fate, sin, and death. The terror of these great
enemies is dwelt upon chiefly by the tragedians. The victory
over them, by Homer.
The adversary chiefly contemplated by the tragedians is Fate,
or predestinate misfortune. And that under three principal forms.
(a.) Blindness, or ignorance ; not in itself guilty, but inducing
acts which otherwise would have been guilty; and leading, no less
I than guilt, to destruction.^ ,
I —--'---
1 The speech of Achilles to Priam expresses this idea of fatality and submission
.dearly, there being two vessels—one full of sorrow, the other of great and noble gifts
: f (a sense of disgrace mixing with that of son-ow, and of honour with that of joy), from
: j which Jupiter pours forth the destinies of men ; the idea partly con-csponding to the
gcriptural—" In the hand of the Lord there is a cup, and the wine is red ; it is
-ocr page 231-214 TIIE LANCE OF PALLAS. PART IX.
B. Visitation upon one person of the sin of another.
0. Repression by brutal, or tyrannous strength, of a bene-
volent will.
In all these cases sorrow is much more definitely connected
with sin by the Greek tragedians than by Shakspere. The
fate " of Shakspere is, indeed, a form of blindness, but it issues
in little more than haste or indiscretion. It is, in the literal sense,
" fatal," but hardly criminal.
The "I am fortune's fool" of Romeo, expresses Shakspere's
primary idea of tragic circumstance. Often his victims are entirely
innocent, swept away by mere current of strong encompassing
calamity (Ophelia, Cordelia, Arthur, Queen Katharine). This is
rarely so with the Greeks. The victim may indeed be innocent,
as Antigone, but is in some way resolutely entangled with crime,
and destroyed by it, as if it struck by pollution, no less than
participation.
The victory over sin and death is therefore also with the Greek
tragedians more complete than with Shaksj)ere. As the enemy
has more direct moral personality,—as it is sinfulness more than
mischance, it is met by a higher moral resolve, a greater prepara-
tion of heart, a more solemn patience and purposed self-sacrifice.
At the close of a Shakspere tragedy nothing remains but dead
march and clothes of burial. At tlie close of a Greek tragedy
there are far-olf sounds of a divine triumph, and a glory as of
resurrection. ^
The Homeric temper is wholly different. Far more tender,
more practical, more cheerful; bent chiefly on present things and
giving victory now, and here, rather than in hope, and hereafter.
The enemies of mankind, in Homer's conception, are more dis-
tinctly conquerable ; they are ungoverned passions, especially
anger, and unreasonable impulse generally (or?]). Hence the
anger of Achilles, misdirected by pride, but rightly directed by
friendship, is the subject of the Iliad, The anger of Ulysses
(^'OSvtrarevg " tlie angry"), misdirected at first into idle and irre-
fuU mixed, and He pouretli out of the same." But the title of the gods, iieycrtheless,
both with Homer and Hesiod, is given not fi-om the cup of sorrow, but of good:
''givers of good" (^wn/jjff Idwv).—Jles. Theog. 664; Odyss. viii, 325.
' The Alcestis is perhaps the central example of the idea of all Greek drama.
§ 15.
§ 16.
CHAP. II. THE LANCE OE PALLAS. 215
gular hostilities, directed at last to execution of sternest justice, is
the subject of the Odyssey,
. Though this is the central idea of the two poems, it is con-
nected with general display of the evil of all unbridled passions,
pride, sensuality, indolence, or curiosity. The pride of Atrides, the
passion of Paris, the sluggishness of Elpenor, the curiosity of
Ulysses himself about the Cyclops, the impatience of his sailors in
untying the winds, and all other faults or follies, down to that—
(evidently no small one in Homer's mind)—of domestic disorderli-
ness, are throughout shown in contrast with conditions of patient
affection and household peace.
Also, the wild powers and mysteries of Nature are in the
Homeric mind among the enemies of man; so that all the labours
of Ulysses are an expression of the contest of manhood, not only
with its own passions or with the folly of others, but ■with the
merciless and mysterious powers of the natural world.
This is perhaps the chief signification of the seven years' stay
with Calypso, "the concealer." Not, as vulgarly thought, the
concealer of Ulysses, but the great concealer—the hidden power
of natural things. She is the daughter of Atlas and the Sea,
(Atlas, the sustainer of heaven, and the Sea, the disturber of the
Earth). She dwells in the island of Ogygia (" the ancient or
venerable"). (Whenever Athens, or any other Greek city, is
spoken of with any peculiar reverence, it is called "Ogygian.")
Escaping from this goddess of secrets, and from other spirits,
some of destructive natural force (Scylla), others signifying the
enchantment of mere natural beauty (Circe, daughter of the Sun
and Sea), he arrives at last at the Phseacian land, whose king is
" strength with intellect," and whose queen, virtue." These
restore him to his country.
Now observe that in their dealing with all these subjects the
Greeks never shrink from horror; down to its uttermost depth,
to its most appalling physical detail, they strive to sound the
secrets of sorrow. For them there is no passing by on the other
side, no turning away the eyes to vanity from pain. Literally, they
have not " lifted up their souls unto vanity." Whether there be
consolation for them or not, neither apathy nor blindness shall be
§ 17.
§ 18.
.5
216 THE LANCE of PALLAS. part ix.
their saviours; if, for tliem, thus knowing the facts of the grief of
earth, any hope, relief, or triumph may hereafter seem possible,—
well; but if not, still hopeless, reliefless, eternal, the sorrow shall
be met face to face. This Hector, so righteous, so merciful, so
brave, has, nevertheless, to look upon his dearest brother in
miserablest death. His own soul passes away in hopeless sobs
through the throat-wound of the Grecian spear. That is one
aspect of things in this world, a fair world truly, but having,
among its other aspects, this one, highly ambiguous.
§ 19, Meeting it boldly as they may, gazing right into the skeleton
face of it, the ambiguity remains; nay, in some sort gains upon
them. We trusted in the gods;—we thought that wisdom and
courage would save us. Our wisdom and courage themselves
deceive us to our death. Athena had the aspect of Deiphobus—
terror of the enemy. She has not terrified him, but left us, in
our mortal need.
And beyond that mortality, what hope have we ? Nothing is
clear to us on that horizon, nor comforting. Funeral honours;
perhaps also rest; perhaps a shadowy life—artless, joyless, love-
less. No devices in that darkness of the grave, nor daring, nor
delight. Neither marrying nor giving in marriage, nor casting of
spears, nor rolling of chariots, nor voice of fame. Lapped in pale
Elysian mist, chilling the forgetful heart and feeble frame, shall we
waste on for ever? Can the dust of earth claim more of im-
mortality than this? Or shall we have even so much as rest?
May we, indeed, lie down again in the dust, or have our sins not
hidden from us even the things that belong to that peace ? May
not chance and the whirl of passion govern us there; when there
shall be no thought, nor work, nor wisdom, nor breathing of the
sonl?i
Be it so. With no better reward, no brighter hope, we will
be men while we may: men, just, and strong, and fearless, and
up to our power, perfect. Athena herself, our wisdom and our
strength, may betray us;—Phoobus, our sun, smite us with plague,
' rip Kai r£0j'«iwri yoov Trope Uipat^oveia,
o'i'iij irtTrvvaOac rol Si (TKial dtiyffovfxiv.
Od. x. 495.
■ ■ 1
Bftrv. i-i ,■,.;.. .n..,-. iiiiliiiiiiiiiiiMlrtHillM
-ocr page 234-CHAP. II. THE LANCE OE PALLAS. 217
or hide his face from us helpless;—Jove and all the powers of
fate oppress us, or give us up to destruction. While we live, we
will hold fast our integrity; no weak tears shall blind us, no
untimely tremors abate our strength of ai'm nor swiftness of
limb. The gods have given us at least this glorious body and this
righteous conscience; these will we keep bright and pure to the
end. So may we fall to misery, but not to baseness; so may wo
sink to sleep, but not to shame.
§ 20. And herein was conquest. So defied, the betraying and
accusing shadows shrank back; the mysterious horror subdued
itself to majestic sorrow. Death was swallowed up in victory.
Their blood, wdiich seemed to be poured out upon the ground,
rose into ^ hyacinthine flowers. All the beauty of earth opened
to them; they had ploughed into its darkness, and they reaped
its gold; the gods, in whom they had trusted through all
semblance of oppression, came doAvn to love them and be their
helpmates. All nature round them became divine,—one harmony
of power and peace. The sun hurt them not by day, nor the
moon by night; the earth opened no more her jaws into the pit;
the sea whitened no more against them the teeth of his devouring
waves. Sun, and moon, and earth, and sea,—all melted into grace
and love; the fatal arrows rang not now at the shoulders of Apollo
the healer; lord of life, and of the three great spirits of life—
Care, Memory, and Melody. Great Artemis guarded their flocks
by night; Selene kissed in love the eyes of those who slept.
And from all came the help of heaven to body and soul; a
strange spirit lifting the lovely limbs; strange light glowing on
the golden hair ; and strangest comfort filling the trustful heart, so
that they could put off their armour, and lie down to sleep,—their
work well done, whether at the gates of their temples^ or of their
mountains f accepting the death they once thought terrible, as the
gift of Him who knew and granted what was best.
' ovKSTi avkanjuav, aW Iv tLXei rovr<f> taxovro. Herod, i. 31.
^ 6 dt atvotrtfiirofitvoq, avrog fitv ovk airexitreto' rbv dk TraXSa (rvvrparevofuvov,
iovra ol fiovvoytvka, aTTtTre/tj/^t. Herod, vii, 221.
If
§ 1. Such being the heroic spirit of Greek religion and art, we may
now with ease trace the relations between it and that which
animated the Italian, and chiefly the Venetian, schools.
Observe, all the nobleness, as well as the faults, of the Greek
art were dependent on its making the most of this present life. It
might do so in the Anacreontic temper—Ti nXfiaSso-o-t, mfxol;
" What have I to do with the Pleiads?" or in the defiant or the
trustful endurance of fate ;—but its dominion was in this world.
Florentine art was essentially Christian, ascetic, expectant of a
better world, and antagonistic, therefore, to the Greek temper.
So that the Greek element, once forced upon it, destroyed it.
There was absolute incompatibility between them. Florentine art,
also, could not produce landscape. It despised the rock, the tree,
the vital air itself, aspiring to breathe empyreal air.
Venetian art began with the same aim and under the same
. restrictions. Both are healthy in the youth of art. Heavenly
aim and severe law for boyhood; earthly work and fair freedom
for manhood.
§ The Venetians began, I repeat, with asceticism; always, how-
ever, delighting in more massive and deep colour than other
religious painters. They are especially fond of saints who have
been cardinals, because of their red hats, and they sunburn all
their hermits hito splendid russet brown.
They differed from the Pisans in having no Maremma between
them and the sea; from the Romans, in continually quarrelling
with the Pope ; and from the Florentines in having no gardens.
They had another kind of garden, deep-furrowed, with blossom
j|
■f
i ■
CHAP. in. the wings of the lion. 219
in white wreatlis—fruitless. Perpetual May therein, and singing
of wild, nestless birds. And they had no Maremma to separate
them from this garden of theirs. The destiny of Pisa was changed,
in all probability, by the ten miles of marsh-land and poisonous
air between"it and the beach. The Genoese energy was feverish;
too much heat reflected from their torrid Apennine. But the
Venetian had his free horizon, his salt breeze, and sandy Lido-
shore; sloped far and flat,—ridged sometimes under the Tramontane
winds with half a mile's breadth of rollers;—sea and sand shrivelled
up together in one yellow careering field of fall and roar.
§ 3. They were, also, we said, always quarrelling with the Pope.
Their religious liberty came, like their bodily health, from that
wave-training; for it is one notable effect of a life passed on ship-
board to destroy weak beliefs in appointed forms of religion. A
sailor may be grossly superstitious, but his superstitions will be
connected with amulets and omens, not cast in systems. He must
accustom himself, if he prays at all, to pray anywhere and anyhow.
Candlesticks and incense not being portable into the maintop, he
perceives those decorations to be, on the whole, inessential to a
maintop mass. Sails must be set and cables bent, be it never so
strict a saint's day, and it is found that no harm comes of it.
Absolution on a lee-shore must be had of the breakers, it appears,
if at all, and they give it plenary and brief, without listening to
confession.
Whereupon our religious opinions become vague, but our reli-
gious confidences strong; and the end of it all is that we per-
ceive the Pope to be on the other side of the Apennines, and
able, indeed, to sell indulgences, but not winds, for any money.
Whereas, God and the sea are with us, and we must even trust
them both, and take what they shall send.
g Then, farther. This ocean-work is wholly adverse to any
morbid conditions of sentiment. Reverie, above all things, is for-
bidden by Scylla and Charybdis. By the dogs and the depths,
no dreaming ! The first thing required of us is presence of mind.
Neither love, nor poetry, nor piety, must ever so take up our
thoughts as to make us slow or unready. In sweet Val d'Arno
it is permissible enough to dream among the orange-blossoms, and
220 THE WINGS OE THE LION. PART IX.
forget the day in twilight of ilex. But along the avenues of the
Adrian waves there can be no careless walking. Vigilance, night
and day, required of us, besides learning of many practical lessons
in severe and humble dexterities. It is enough for the Florentine
to know how to use his sword and to ride. We Venetians, also,
must be able to use our swords, and on ground which is none of
the steadiest; but, besides, we must be able to do nearly every-
thing that hands can turn to—rudders, and yards, and cables,
all needing workmanly handling and workmanly knowledge, from
captain as well as from men. To drive a nail, lash a spar, reef
a sail—rude w^ork this for noble hands ; but to be done sometimes,
and done well, on pain of death. All which not only takes mean
pride out of us, and puts nobler pride of power in its stead;
but it tends partly to soothe, partly to chasten, partly to employ
and direct, the hot Italian temper, and make us every way greater,
calmer, and happier.
§ 5. Moreover, it tends to induce in us great respect for the w'hole
human body; for its Ihnbs, as much as for its tongue or its wit.
Policy and eloquence are well; and, indeed, we Venetians can be
politic enough, and can speak melodiously when we choose; but to
put the helm up at the right moment is the beginning of all
cunning—and for that we need arm and eye;—not tongue. And
with this respect for the body as such, comes also the sailor's pre-
ference of massive beauty in bodily form. The landsmen, among
their roses and orange-blossoms, and chequered shadows of twisted
vine, may well please themselves with pale faces, and finely drawn
eyebrows, and fantastic braiding of hair. But from the sweeping
glory of the sea we learn to love another kind of beauty; broad-
breasted ; level-browed, like the horizon;—thighed and shouldered
like the billows;—footed like their stealing foam;—bathed in cloud
of golden hair, like their sunsets.
I Such were the physical influences constantly in operation on
the Venetians; their painters, however, were partly prepared for
' their work by others in their infancy. Associations connected
with early life among mountains softened and deepened the teaching
of the sea; and the wildness of form of the Tyrolese Alps gave
greater strength and grotesqueness to their imaginations than the
CILIP. III. THE WINGS OF THE LION. 221
Greek painters could liave found among the cliffs of tlie J5gean.
Thus far, however, the influences on both are nearly similar. The
Greek sea was indeed less bleak, and the Greek hills less grand;
but the difference was in degree rather than in the nature of their
power.' The moral influences at work on the two races were far
more sharply opposed.
Evil, as we saw, had been fronted by the Greek, and thrust out
of his path. Once conquered, if he thought of it more, it was
involuntarily, as we remember a painful diWm, yet with a secret
dread that the dream might return and continue for ever. But
the teaching of the church in the middle ages had made the con-
templation of evil one of the duties of men. As sin, it was to be
duly thought upon, that it might be confessed. As suffering,
endured joyfully, in hope of future reward. Hence conditions of
bodily distemper which an Athenian would have looked upon with
the severest contempt and aversion, were in the Christian church
regarded always with pity, and often with respect; while the partial
practice of celibacy by the clergy, and by those over whom they
had influence,—together ^Yitl^ the whole system of conventual
penance and pathetic ritual (with the vicious reactionary ten-
dencies necessarily following), introduced calamitous conditions
both of body and soul, which added largely to the pagan's simple
list of elements of evil, and introduced the most complicated states
of mental suffering and decrepitude.
Therefore the Christian painters differed from the Greek in
two main points. They had been taught a faith which put an end
to restless questioning and discouragement. All was at last to
be well—and their best genius might be peacefully given to
imagining the glories of heaven and the happiness of its redeemed.
But on the other hand, though suffering was to cease in heaven, it
was to be not only endm'ed, but honoured upon earth. And from
the Crucifixion, down to a beggar's lameness, all the tortures and
maladies of men were to be made, at least ui part, tlie subjects of
art. The Venetian was, therefoi'e, in his inner mind, less serious
than the Greek: in his superficial temper, sadder. In his heart
there was none of the deep horror which vexed the soul of
iEscliylus or Homer. His Pallas-shield was the shield of 1?aith,
§8.
not tlie slileld of the Gorgon. All was at last to issue happily;
in sweetest harpings and seven-fold circles of light. But for
the present he had to dwell with the maimed and the blind, and
to revere Lazarus more than Achilles.
§ 9. This reference to a future world has a morbid influence on all
their conclusions. For the earth and all its natural elements are
despised. They are to pass away like a scroll. Man, the immortal,
is alone revered; his work and presence are all that can be noble
or desirable. Men, and fair architecture, temples and courts such
as may be in a celestial city, or the clouds and angels of Paradise ;
these are what we must pauit when we want beautiful things.
But the sea, the mountains, the forests, are all adverse to us,—a
desolation. The ground that was cursed for our sake;—the sea that
executed judgment on all our race, and rages against us still,
though bridled;—storm-demons churning it into foam in nightly
glare on Lido, and hissing from it against our palaces. Nature
is but a terror, or a temptation. She is for hermits, martyrs,
murderers,—for St. Jerome, and St. Mary of Egypt, and the Mag-
dalen in the desert, and monk Peter, falling before the sword.
§ 10, But the worst point we have to note respecting the spirit of
Venetian landscape is its pride.
It was observed in the course of the third volume how the
mediaeval temper had rejected agricultural pursuits, and whatever
pleasures could come of them.
At Venice this negation had reached its extreme. Though the
Florentines and Romans had no delight in farming, they had in
gardening. The Venetian possessed, and cared for, neither fields
nor pastures. Being delivered, to his loss, from all the whole-
some labours of tillage, he was also shut out from the sweet
wonders and charities of the earth, and from the pleasant natural
history of the year. Birds and beasts, and times and seasons, all
unknown to him. No swallow chattered at his window,^ nor,
nested under his golden roofs, claimed the sacredness of his mercy; ^
no Pythagorean fowl taught him the blessings of the poor,® nor did
the grave spirit of poverty rise at his side to set forth the delicate
■I-
r
K
It'
222
past ix.
THE WINGS OF THE LION.
' Anacreon, Ode 12th.
® Lucian (MicyUus).
' Herod, i. 59.
m^mm.
223
CHAP. Ill,
THE WINGS OB- THE LION.
grace and lionour of lowly life.^ No humble tliouglits of grass-
hopper sire had he, like the Athenian; no gratitude for gifts of
olive ; no childish care for figs, any more than thistles. The rich
Venetian feast had no need of the figtree spoon.Dramas about
birdsj and -vvasps, and frogs, would have passed unheeded by his
proud fancy ; carol or murmur of them had fallen unrecognized on
ears accustomed only to grave syllables of war-tried men, and wash
of songless wave.
§ 11. No simple joy was possible to him. Only stateliness and
power; high intercourse with kingly and beautiful humanity,
proud thoughts, or splendid pleasures; throned sensualities, and
ennobled appetites. But of innocent, childish, helpful, holy
pleasures, he had none. As in the classical landscape, nearly all
rural labour is banished from the Titianesque: there is one bold
etching of a landscape, with grand ploughing in the foreground,
but this is only a caprice; the customary Venetian background
is without sign of laborious rural life. We find indeed often a
shepherd with his flock, sometimes a woman spinning, but no
division of fields, no growing crops, nor nestling villages. In the
numerous drawings and woodcuts variously connected with or
representative of Venetian work, a watermill is a frequent object,
a river constant, generally the sea. But the prevailing idea in all
the great pictures I have seen, is that of mountainous land with
wild but graceful forest, and rolling or horizontal clouds. The
mountains are dark blue; the clouds glowing or soft gray, always
massive; the light, deep, clear, melancholy; the foliage, neither
intricate nor graceful, but compact and sweeping (with undulated
trunks), dividing much into horizontal flakes, like the clouds; the
ground rocky and broken Somewhat monotonously, but I'icHy
green with wild herbage: here and there a flower, by preference
white or blue, rarely yellow, still more rarely red.
§ 12. It was stated that this heroic landscape of theirs was peopled
by spiritual beings of the highest order. And in this rested the
dominion of the Venetians over all later schools. They were the
last believing school of Italy. Although, as I said above, always
Hippias Major, 208.
Aristophanes, riums.
-ocr page 241-224 THE WINGS OF THE LION. PAKT IX.
quarrelling witli the Pope, there is all the more evidence of an
earnest faith in their religion. People who trusted the Madonna
less, flattered the Pope more. But down to Tintoret's time, the
Roman Catholic religion was still real and sincere at Venice; and
though faith in it was compatible with much which to us appears
criminal or absurd, the religion itself was entirely sincere.
§ 13. Perhaps when you see one of Titian's splendidly passionate
subjects, or find Veronese making the marriage in Cana one blaze
of worldly pomp, you imagine that Titian must have been a
sensualist, and Veronese an unbeliever.
Put the idea from you at once, and be assured of this for ever;—
it will guide you through many a labyrinth of life, as well as of
painting,—that of an evil tree, men never gather good fruit—good
of any sort or kind;—even good sensualism.
Let us look to this calmly. We have seen what physical
advantage the Venetian had, in his sea and sky; also what
moral disadvantage he had, in scorn of the poor; now finally, let
us see with what power he was invested, which men since his
time have never recovered more.
§ 14. " Neither of a bramble bush, gather they grapes."
The great saying has twofold help for us. Be assured, first,
that if it were bramble from which you gathered them, these are
not grapes in your hand, though they look like grapes. Or if these
are indeed grapes, it was no bramble you gathered them from,
though it looked like one.
It is difficult for persons, accustomed to receive, without
questioning, the modern English idea of religion, to understand
the temper of the Venetian Catholics. I do not enter into ex-
amination of our own feelings ; but I have to note this one
significant point of difference between us.
§ 15. An English gentleman, desiring his portrait, gives probably
to the painter a choice of several actions, in any of which he is
willing to be represented. As for instance, riding his best horse,
shooting with his favourite pointer, manifesting himself in his
robes of state on some great public occasion, meditating in his
study, playing with his children, or visiting his tenants; in any
of these or other such circumstances, he will give the artist free
fa
CHAr. III. THE WINGS OF THE LION.
leave to paint him. But in one important action he would shrink
even from the suggestion of being drawn. He will assuredly
not let himself be painted praying.
Strangely, this is the action, which of all others, a Venetian
desires to be painted in. If they want a .noble and complete
portrait, they nearly always choose to be painted on their knees.
" Hypocrisy," you say ; and " that they might be seen of men."
If we examine ourselves, or any one else, who will give trustworthy
answer on this point, so as to ascertain, to the best of our judgment,
what the feeling is, which would maJce a modern English person
dislike to be painted praying, we shall not find it, I believe,
to be excess of sincerity. Whatever we find it to be, the opposite
Venetian feeling is certainly not hypocrisy. It is often conven-
tionalism, implying as little devotion in the person represented,
as regular attendance at church does with us. But that it is not
hypocrisy, you may ascertain by one simple consideration (supposing
you not to have enough knowledge of the expression of sincere
persons to judge by the portraits themselves). The Venetians,
when they desired to deceive, were much too subtle to attempt
it clumsily. If they assumed the mask of religion, the mask must
have been of some use. The persons whom it deceived must,
therefore, have been religious, and, being so, have believed in
the Venetians' sincerity. If therefore, among other contemporary
nations with whom they had intercourse, we can find any, more
religious than they, who were duped, or even influenced, by their
external religiousness, we might have some ground for suspecting
that religiousness to be assumed. But if we can find no one
likely to have been deceived, we must believe the Venetian to have
been, in reality, what there was no advantage in seeming.
I leave the matter to your examination, forewarning you,
confidently, that you Avill discover by severest evidence, that the
Venetian religion was true. Not only true, but one of the main
motives of their lives. In the field of investigation to which
we are here limited, I will collect some of the evidence of this.
For one profane picture by great Venetians, you will find
ten of sacred subjects; and those, also, including their grandest,
most laboured, and most beloved works. Tintoret's power cul-
§ 16.
§17.
the wings op the llon.
226
PART IS.
minates in two great religious pictures: tlie Crucifixion, and the
Paradise. Titian's in the Assumption, tlie Peter Martyr, and
Presentation of the Virgin. Yeronese's in the Marriage in Cana.
John Bellini and Basaiti never, so far as I remember, painted any
other than sacred subjects. By the Palmas, Yincenzo Catena,
and Bonifazio, I remember no profane subject of importance.
§ 18. There is, moreover, one distinction of the very highest import
between the treatment of sacred subjects by Yenetian painters and
by all others.
Throughout the rest of Italy, piety had become abstract, and
opposed theoretically to worldl}^ life; hence the Florentine and
Umbrian painters generally separated their saints from li^nng men.
They delighted in imagining'scenes of spiritual perfectness;—Para-
dises, and companies of the redeemed at the judgment;—glorified
meetings of martyrs ;—madonnas surrounded by circles of angels.
If, which was rare, definite portraitures of living men "were intro-
duced, these real characters formed a kind of chorus or attendant
company, taking no part in the action. At Yenice all this was
reversed, and so boldly as at first to shock, with its seeming
irreverence, a spectator accustomed to the formalities and abstrac-
tions of the so-called sacred schools. The madonnas are no more
seated apart on their thrones, the saints no more breathe celestial
air. They are on our own plain ground—nay, here in our houses
with us. All kind of worldly business going on in their presence,
fearlessly; our own friends and respected acquaintances, with all
their mortal faults, and in their mortal flesh, looking at them face
to face unalarmed: nay, our dearest children playing with their
pet dogs at Christ's very feet. i
I once myself thought this irreverent. How foolishly! As it
children whom He loved could play anywhere else.
§ 19. The picture most illustrative of this feeling is perhaps that at
Dresden, of Yeronese's family, painted by himself.
He wishes to represent them as happy and honoured. The
best happiness and highest honour he can imagine for them is that
they should be presented to the Madonna, to whom, therefore,
they are being brought by the three virtues—Faith, Hope, and
Charity.
Si
I,'.-
.-S
1
.4
-ocr page 244-CHAP. in. the wings of the lion. 227
Tlie Virgin stands in a recess behind two marble sliafts, such
fis may be seen in any house belonging to an old family in Venice.
She places the boy Christ on the edge of a balustrade before her.
At her side are St. John the Baptist, and St. Jerome. This group
occupies the left side of the picture. The pillars, seen sideways,
divide it from the group formed by the Virtues, with the wife and
children of Veronese. He himself stands a little behind, his hands
clasped in prayer.
§ 20. His wife kneels full in front, a strong Venetian woman, well
advanced in years. She has brought up her children in fear of
God, and is not afraid to meet the Virgin's ej^es. She gazes
steadfastly on them; her proud head and gentle, self-possessed
face are relieved in one broad mass of shadow against a space of
light, formed by the white robes of Faith, who stands beside her,-"
guardian, and companion. Perhaps a somewhat disappointing Faith
at the first sight, for her face -is not in any special way exalted or
refined. Veronese knew that Faith had to companion simple and
slow-hearted people perhaps oftener than able or refined people—
does not therefore insist on her being severely intellectual, or
looking as if she were always in the best company. So she is only
distinguished by her pure white (not bright white)' dress, her
delicate hand, her golden hair drifted in light ripples across her
breast, from which the white robes fall nearly in the shape of a
shield—the shield of Faith. A little behind her stands Hope;
she also, at first, not to most people a recognizable Hope. We
usually paint Hope as young, and joyous. Veronese knows better.
That young hope is vain hope—passing away in rain of tears;
but the Hope of Veronese is aged, assured, remaining when all
else has been taken away. " For tribulation worketh patience,
and patience experience, and experience hoj)e;" and that hope
maketh not ashamed.
She has a black veil on her head.
Then again, in the front, is Charity, red-robed; stout in the
arms,—a servant of all work, she ; but small-headed, not being
specially given to thinking; soft-eyed, her hair braided brightly;
her lips rich red, sweet-blossoming. She has got some w^ork to do
even now, for a nephew of Veronese's is doubtful about coming
q2
-ocr page 245-the wings of the lion.
228
VARTIX.
forward, and looks very humbly and penitently towards tlie Virgin
—his life perhaps not having been quite so exemplary as might
at present be wished. Faith reaches her small white hand lightly
back to him, lays the tips of her fingers on his; but Charity takes
firm hold of him by the wrist from behind, and will push him on
presently, if he stiU hangs back.
§ 21. In front of the mother kneel her two eldest children, a girl of
about sixteen, and a boy a year or two younger. They are botli
wrapt in adoration—the boy's being the deepest. Nearer us, at
their left side, is a younger boy, about nine years old—a black-
eyed fellow, full of life—and evidently his father's darling (for
Veronese has put him full in light in the front; and given him a
beautiful white silken jacket, barred with black, that nobody may
ever miss seeing him to the end of time). He is a little shy about
being presented to the Madonna, and for the present has got
behind the pillar, blushing, but opening his black eyes wide; he
is just summoning courage to peep round, and see if she looks kind.
A still younger child, about six years old, is really frightened, and
has run back to his mother, catching hold of her dress at the
waist. She throws her right arm round him and over him,
with exquisite instinctive action, not moving her eyes from the
Madonna's face. Last of all, the youngest child, perhaps about
three years old, is neither frightened nor interested, but finds the
ceremony tedious, and is trying to coax the dog to play with him;
but the dog, which is one of the little curly, short-nosed, frhigy-
pawed things, which all Venetian ladies petted, will not now be
coaxed. For the dog is the last link in the chain of lowering feel-
ing, and takes his doggish views of the matter.^ He cannot
understand, first, how the Madonna got into the house; nor,
secondly, why she is allowed to stay, disturbing the family, and
taking all their attention from his dogship. And he is walking
away, much offended.
§ 22. The dog is thus constantly introduced by the Venetians in
order to give the fullest contrast to the highest tones of human
thought and feeling. I shall examine this point presently far-
ther, in speaking of pastoral landscape and animal painting;
but at present we will merely compai'e the use of the same
CllAl'. 111. THE WINGS OK THE LION.
mode of expression in Veronese's Presentation of the Queen of
Slieba.
§ 23. Tiiis picture is at Turin, and is of quite inestimable value.
It is hung high; and the really principal figure—the Solomon,
being in the shade, can hardly be seen, but is painted with
Veronese's utmost tenderness, in the bloom of perfect youth, his
hair golden, short, crisply curled. He is seated high on his lion
throne; two elders on each side beneath him, the whole group
forming a toAver of solemn shade. I have alluded, elsewhere,
to the principle on which all the best composers act, of sup-
porting these lofty groups by some vigorous mass of foundation.
This column of noble shade is curiously sustained. A falconer
leans forward from the left-hand side, bearing on his wrist a snow-
white falcon, its wings spread, and brilliantly relieved against tho
purple robe of one of the elders. It touches with its wings one
of the golden lions of the throne, on which the light also flashes
strongly; thus forming, together with it, the lion and eagle symbol,
which is the type of Christ throughout mediaeval work. In order
to show the meaning of this symbol, and that Solomon is typically
invested with the Christian royalty, one of the elders, by a bold
anachronism, holds a jewel in his hand of the shape of a cross,
with which he (by accident of gesture) points to Solomon; his
other hand is laid on an open book.
§ 24, The group opposite, of which the Queen forms the centre,
is also painted with Veronese's highest skill; but contains no point
of interest bearing on our present subject, except its connection by
a chain of descending emotion. The Queen is wholly oppressed
and subdued; kneeling, and nearly fainting, she looks up to
Solomon with tears in her eyes; he, startled by fear for her,
stoops forward from the throne, opening his right hand, as if
to support her, so as almost to drop the sceptre. At her side her
first maid of honour is kneeling also, but does not care about
- Solomon; and is gathering up her dress that it may not.be
crushed; and looking back to encourage a negro girl, who,
carrying two toy-birds, made of enamel and jewels, for presen-
tation to the King, is frightened at seeing her Queen fainting,
and does not know what she ought to do; while, lastly, the Queen's
the wings of the lion,
230
PAKT IX.
dog, another of tlie little fringy-paws, is wliolly unabashed by
Solomon's presence, or anybody else's; and stands with his fore-
legs well apart, right in front of his mistress, thinking everybody
has lost their wits ; and barking violently at one of the attendants,
who has set down a golden vase disrespectfully near him.
§ 25. Throughout these designs I want the reader to notice the
purpose of representing things as they were likely to have
occurred, down to trivial, or even ludicrous detail—the noble-
ness of all that was intended to be noble being so great that
nothing could detract from it. A farther instance, however, and
a prettier one, of this familiar realization, occurs in a Holy
Family, by Veronese, at Brussels. The Madonna has laid the
infant Christ on a projecting base of pillar, and stands behind,
looking down on him. St. Catherine, having knelt down in front,
the child turns round to receive her—so suddenly, and so far,
that any other child must have fallen over the edge of the stone.
St. Catherine, terrified, thinking he is really going to fall, stretches
out her arms to catch him. But the Madonna, looking down,
only smiles, " He will not fall."
§ 26. A more touching instance of this realization occurs, however,
in the treatment of the saint Veronica (in the Ascent to Calvary),
at Dresden. Most painters merely represent her as one of the
gentle, weeping, attendant w^omen; and show her giving the hand-
kerchief as though these women had been allowed to approach
Christ without any difficulty. But in Veronese's conception, she
has to break through the executioners to him. She is not weep-
ing; and the expression of pity, though intense, 'is overborne
by that of resolution. She is determined to reach Christ; has
set her teeth close, and thrusts aside one of the executioners, who
strikes fiercely at her with a heavy doubled cord,
§ 27. These instances are enough to explain the general character of
the mind of Veronese, capable of tragic power to the utmost,
if he chooses to exert it in that direction, but, by habitual pre-
ference, exquisitely graceful and playful; religious without seve-
rity, and winningly noble; delighting in slight, sweet, every-day
incident, but hiding deep meanings underneath it; rarely painting
a gloomy subject, and never a base one.
§ 28. I have, ill other places, entered enough into the exammation of
the great religious mind of Tintoret; supposing then, that he was
distinguished from Titian chiefly by this character. But in this I
was mistaken;—the religion of Titian is like that of Shakspere—
occult behind his magnificent equity. It is not possible, however,
within the limits of this work, to give any just account of the
mind of Titian: nor shall I attempt it; but will only explain some
of those more strange and apparently inconsistent attributes of
it, which might otherwise prevent the reader from getting clue
to its real tone. The first of these is its occasional coarseness in
choice of type of feature.
§ 29. In the second volume I had to speak of Titian's Magdalen,
in the Pitti Palace, as treated basely, and that in strong terms,
" the disgusting Magdalen of the Pitti."
Truly she is so, as compared with the received types of the
Magdalen. A stout, redfaced woman, dull, and coarse of feature,
with much of the animal in even her expression of repentance—
her eyes strained, and inflamed with weeping. I ought, how-
ever, to have remembered another picture of the Magdalen by
Titian (Mr. Rogers's, now in the National Gallery), in which
she is just as refined, as in the Pitti Palace she is gross; and
had I done so, I should have seen Titian's meaning. It had
been the fashion before his time to make the Magdalen always
young and- beautiful; her, if no one else, even the rudest painters
flattered; her repentance Avas not thought perfect unless she had
lustrous hair and lovely lips. Titian first dared to doubt the
romantic fable, and reject the narrowness of sentimental faitli.
He saw that it was possible for plain women to love no less
vividly than beautiful ones; and for stout persons to repent, as
well as those more delicately made. It seemed to him that the
i\Iagdalen would have received her pardon not the less quickly
because her wit was none of the readiest; and would not have been
regarded with less compassion by her Master because her eyes
were swollen, or her dress disordered. It is just because he has
set himself sternly to enforce this lesson that the picture is so
painful: the only instance, so far as I remember, of Titian's paint-
ing a woman markedly and entirely belonging to the lowest class,
lili
il
■w
231
CUAF. III.
the wings of the lion.
the wings of the lion.
232
part ix.
§ It may perhaps appear more difficult to account for tlie
alternation of Titian's great religions pictures with others devoted
•wholly to the expression of sensual qualities, or to exulting and
bright representation of heathen deities.
The Venetian mind, we have said, and Titian's especially, as
the central type of it, was wholly realist, universal, and manly.
In this breadth and realism, the painter saw that sensual
passion in man was, not only a fact, but a Divine fact; the human
creature, though the highest of the animals, was, nevertheless,
a perfect animal, and his happiness, health, and nobleness, depended
on the due power of every animal passion, as well as the cultivation
of every spiritual tendency.
He thought that every feeling of the mind and heart, as well
as every form of the body, deserved painting. Also to a painter's
true and highly trained instinct, the human body is the loveliest of
all objects. I do not stay to trace the reasons why, at Venice, the
female body could be found in more perfect beauty than the
male; but so it was, and it becomes the principal subject, therefore,
both with Giorgione and Titian. They painted it fearlessly, with
all right and natural qualities; never, however, representing it
as exercising any overpowering attractive influence on man; but
only on the Faun or Satyr.
Yet they did this so majestically that I am perfectly certain
no untouched Venetian picture ever yet excited one base thought
(otherwise than in base persons anything may do so); while in the
greatest studies of the female body by the Venetians, all other
characters are overborne by majesty, and the form becomes as pure
as that of a Greek statue.
§ 31. There is no need, I should think, to point out how this
contemplation of the entire personal nature was reconcileable
with the severest conceptions of religious duty and faith.
But the fond introduction of heathen gods may appear less
explicable.
On examination, however, it will be found, that these deities
are never painted with any heart-reverence or affection. They
are introduced for the most part symbolically (Bacchus and
Venus oftenest, as incarnations of the spirit of revelry and beauty),
4
S *
H
CHAP. in. THE WINGS OF THE LION, 233
of course always conceived with deep imaginative truth, much
resembling the mode of Keats's conception; but never so as to
withdraw any of the deep devotion rendered to the objects of
Christian faith.
In all its roots of power, and modes of work;—in its belief, its
breadth, and its judgment, I find the Venetian mind perfect.
How, then, did its art so swiftly pass away ? How become,
Avhat it became unquestionably, one of the chief causes of the
corruption of the mind of Italy, and of her subsequent decline in
moral and jDolitical power ?
§ 32. By reason of one great, one fatal fault;—recklessness in aim.
Wholly noble in its sources, it was wholly unworthy in its
purposes.
Separate and strong, like Samson, chosen from its youth, and
with the Sph-it of God visibly resting on it,—like him, it warred
in careless strength, and wantoned in untimely pleasure. No
Venetian painter ever worked Avith any aim beyond that of
delighting the eye, or expressing fancies agreeable to liimself or
flattering to his nation. They could not be either, unless they
were religious. But he did not desire the religion. He desired
the delight.
The Assumption is a noble picture, because Titian believed
in the Madonna. But he did not paint it to make any one else
believe in her. He painted it, because he enjoyed rich masses
of red and blue, and faces flushed with sunlight.
Tintoret's Paradise is a noble picture, because he believed in
Paradise. But he did not paint it to make any one think of
heaven; but to form a beautiful termination for the hall of the
greater council.
Other men used their effete faiths and mean faculties with
a high moral purpose. The Venetian gave the most earnest faith,
and the lordliest faculty, to gild the shadows of an antechamber,
or heighten the splendours of a holiday.
§ 33. Strange, and lamentable as this carelessness may appear, I
find it to be almost the law with the great workers. Weak and
vain men have acute consciences, and labour imder a profound
sense of responsibility. The strong men, sternly disdainful of
the wings of the lion.
234
i'akt ix.
themselves, do what they can, too often merely as it pleases them
at the moment, reckless what comes of it.
I know not how far in humility, or how far in bitter and
hopeless levity, the great Venetians gave their art to be blasted by
the sea-winds or wasted by the worm. I know not whether in
sorrowful obedience, or in wanton compliance, they fostered the
folly, and enriched the luxury of their age. This only I know,
that in proportion to the greatness of their power was the shame
of its desecration and the suddenness of its fall. The enchanter's
spell, woven by centuries of toil, was broken in the weakness
of a moment; and swiftly, and utterly, as a rainbow vanishes, the
radiance and the strength faded from the wings of the Lion.
u
235
duller and salvator.
" e-MIQEAVIT."
§ 1- Br referriiig to the first analysis of our subject, it will be seen we
have next to examine the art which cannot conquer the evil, but
remains at war with, or in captivity to it.
Up to the time of the Reformation it was possible for men
even of the highest powers of intellect to obtain a tranquillity of
faith, in the highest degree favourable to the pursuit of any par-
ticular art. Possible, at least, we see it to have been; there is no
need—nor, so far as I see, any ground, for argument about it. I am
myself unable to understand how it was so; but the fact is un-
questionable. It is not that I wonder at men's trust in the Pope's
infallibility, or in his virtue; nor at their surrendering their private
judgment; nor at their being easily cheated by imitations of
miracles; nor at their thinking indulgences could be purchased with
money. But I wonder at this one thing only; the acceptance of the
doctrine of eternal punishment as dependent on accident of birth,
or momentary excitement of devotional feeling. I marvel at the
acceptance of the system (as stated in its fulness by Dante) which
condemned guiltless persons to the loss of heaven because they had
lived before Christ, and which made the obtaining of Paradise
turn frequently on a passing thought or a momentary invocation.
How this came to pass, it is no part of om* work here to determine.
That in this faith, it was possible to attam entire peace of mind;
to live calmly, and die hopefully, is indisputable,
g 2. But this possibility ceased at the Reformation. Thenceforward
human life became a school of debate, troubled and fearful. Fifteen
i
hundred years of spiritual teacliiiig were called into fearful ques-
tion, whether indeed it had been teaching by angels or devils ?
Whatever it had been, there was no longer any way of trusting it
peacefully,
A dark time for all men. We cannot now conceive it. The
great horror of it lay in this:—that, as in the trial-hour of the
Greek, the heavens themselves seemed to have deceived those who
had trusted in them.
" We had prayed Avith tears; we had loved with our hearts.
There was no choice of way open to us. No guidance, from God
or man, other than this, and behold, it was a lie. ' When He, the
Spirit of Truth, is come. He shall guide you into all truth.' And He
has guided us into no truth. There can be no such Spirit. There
is no Advocate, no Comforter. Has there been no Resurrection ? "
Then came the Resurrection of Death. Never since man first
saw him, face to face, had his terror been so great. " Swallowed
up in victory : " alas ! no ; but king over all the earth. All faith,
hoj)e, and fond belief were betrayed. Nothing of futurity was
now sure but the grave.
For the Pan-Athenaic Triumph, and the Feast of Jubilee, there
came up, through fields of spring, the dance of Death.
The brood of weak men fled from the face of him. A new
Bacchus and his crew this, with worm for snake and gall for wine.
They recoiled to such pleasure as yet remained possible to them—
feeble infidelities, and luxurious sciences, and so Avent their way.
At least, of the men with whom we are concerned—the
artists—this was almost the universal fate. They gave themselves
to the following of pleasure only; and, as a religious school, after a
few pale rays of fading sanctity from Guido, and brown gleams of
gipsy Madonnahood from Murillo, came utterly to an end.
Three men only stood firm, facing the new Dionysiac revel, to
see what would come of it.
Two in the north, Holbein and Durer; and, later, one in the
south, Salvator.
But the ground on which they stood differed strangely; Durer
and Holbein, amidst the formal delights, the tender religions,
and practical science, of domestic life and honest commerce.
I
§3.
§ 4.
236
i'akt ix.
BimEll AND SALVATOR.
CHAP. IV. DIJEER AND SALVATOR. 237
Salvator, amidst the pride of lascivious wealth, and the outlawed
distress of impious poverty.
§ 5. It would be impossible to imagine any two phases of scenery
or society more contrary in character, more opposite in teaching,
than those surrounding Nuremberg and Naples, in tlie sixteenth
and seventeentli centuries. What they were then, both districts
still to all general intents remain. The cities have in each case
lost their splendour and power, but not their character. The
surrounding scenery remains wholly unchanged. It is still in
our power, from the actual aspect of the places, to conceive their
effect on the.youth of the two painters.
§ 6. Nuremberg is gathered at the base of a sandstone rock,
rising in the midst of a dry but fertile plain. The rock forms a
prolonged and curved ridge, of which the concave side, at the
highest point, is precipitous; the other slopes gradually to the plain.
Fortified with wall and tower along its whole crest, and crowned
with a stately castle, it defends the city—not with its precipitous
side—but with its slope. The precipice is turned to the town.
It wears no aspect of hostility towards the surrounding fields;
the roads lead down into them by gentle descents from the gates.
To the south and east the walls are on the level of the plain;
within them, the city itself stands on two swells of hill, divided by
a winding river. Its architecture has, however, been much over-
rated. The effect of the streets, so delightful to the eye of the
passing traveller, depends chiefly on one appendage of the roof,
namely, its warehouse windows. Every house, almost without
exception, has at least one boldly opening dormer window, the
roof of which sustains a pulley for raising goods; and the under
part of this strong overhanging roof is always carved with a rich
pattern, not of refined design, but effective.^ Among these com-
paratively modern structures are mingled, however, not un-
frequently, others, turreted at the angles, which are true Gothic
of the fifteenth, some of the fourteenth, century; and the principal
' To obtain room for the goods, the roofs slope steeply, and their other dormer
windows are richly carved—but all are of wood ; and, for the most part, I think, some
lumdred years later than Durer's time. A large number of the oriel and bow windows
on the fa9ades are wooden also, and of recent date.
churclies remain nearly as in Durer's time. Tlieir Gothic is none
of it good, nor even rich (though the fa9ades have their ornament
so distributed as to give them a sufficiently elaborate effect at a
distance); their size is diminutive ; their interiors mean, rude, and
ill-proportioned, wholly dependent for their interest on ingenious
stone-cutting in corners, and finely-twisted ironwork ; of these the
mason's exercises are in the worst possible taste, possessing not
even the merit of delicate execution; but the designs in metal are
usually meritorious, and Fischer's shrine of St. Sebald is good, and
may rank with Italian work.^
§ 7. Though, however, not comparable for an instant to any great
Italian or French city, Nuremberg possesses one character peculiar
to itself, that of a self-restrained, contented, quaint domesticity.
It would have been vain to expect any first-rate painting, sculp-
ture, or poetry, from the well-regulated community of merchants
of small ware. But it is evident they were affectionate and
trustworthy—that they had playful fancy, and honourable pride.
There is no exalted grandeur in their city, nor any deep beauty;
but an imaginative homeliness, mingled with some elements of
melancholy and power, and a few even of grace.
This homeliness, among many other causes,'arises out of one
in chief. The richness of the houses depends, as I just said, on the
dormer windows; but their deeper character on the j)itch and space
of roofs. I had to notice long ago how much our English cottage
depended for expression on its steep roof. The German house
does so in far greater degree. Plate 76 is engraved® from a
slight pen-and-ink sketch of mine on the ramparts of Nuremberg,
showing a piece of its moat and wall, and a little corner of the
.
• I
' His piece in the cathedral of Magdeburg is strangely inferior, -wanting both the
grace of composition and bold handling of the St. Sebald's. The bronze fountains at
Nui-emberg (three, of fame, in as many squares) are highly wrought, and have con-
siderable merit; the ordinarj' ironwork of the houses, with less pretension, is, perhaps,
more truly artistic. In Plate 52, the right-hand figure is a characteristic example of the
bell-handle at the door of a private house, composed of a wreath of flowers and leafage
twisted in a spiral round an upright rod, the spiral terminating below in a delicate
tendril; the whole of wTOught-iron. It is longer than represented, some of the leal
links of the chain being omitted in the dotted spaces, as well as the handle, which,
though often itself of leafage, is always convenient for the hand.
2 By Mr. Le Keux, ycrj- admirably. 1
238
pAn'r iX.
CHAP. IV. DIJEER AND SALVATOR. 239
city beneath the castle; of which the tower on the extreme
right rises just in front of Durer's house. The chai'acter
of this scene approaches more nearly that which Durer would
see in his daily walks, than most of the modernized inner
streets. In Durer's own engraving, " The Cannon," the distance
(of which the most important passage is facsimiled in my Elements
of Drawing, p. Ill) is an actual portrait of part of the landscape
seen from those castle ramparts, looking towards Franconian
Switzerland.
§ 8. If the reader will be at the pains to tmn to it, he will see at a
glance the 'elements of the Nuremberg country, as they still exist.
Wooden cottages, thickly grouped, enormously high in the roofs;
the sharp church spire, small and slightly grotesque, surmounting
them; beyond, a richly cultivated, healthy plain bounded by
woody hills. By a strange coincidence the very plant which
constitutes the staple produce of those fields, is in almost ludicrous
harmony with the grotesqueness and neatness of the architecture
around; and one may almost fancy that the builders of the little
knotted spires and turrets of the town, and workers of its dark
iron flowers, are in spiritual presence, watching and guiding the
produce of the field,—when one finds the footpaths bordered,
everywhere, by the bossy spires and lustrous jetty flowers of the
black hollyhock.
§ 9_ Lastly, when Durer penetrated among those hills of Franconia
he would find himself in a pastoral country, much resembling the
Gruyere districts of Switzerland, but less thickly inhabited, and
giving in its steep, though not lofty, rocks,—its scattered pines,—
and its fortresses and chapels, the motives of all the wilder land-
scape introduced by the painter in such pieces as his St Jerome,
or St. Hubert. His continual and forced introduction of sea
in alniost every scene, much as it seems to me to be regretted, is
possibly owing to his happy recollections of the sea-city where
he received the rarest of all rewards granted to a good workman;
and, for once in his life, was understood.
§ 10. Among this pastoral simplicity and formal sweetness of
domestic peace, Durer had to work out his question concerning
the grave. It haunted him long; he learned to engrave death's
240 DUKER AND SALYATOR. PART IX,
heads well before,he had done ^Yitll it; looked deeper than any
other man into those strange rings, their jewels lost; and gave
answer at last conclusively in his great Knight and Death—of
which more presently. But while the Nuremberg landscape is
still fresh in our minds, we had better turn south quickly and
compare the elements of education which formed, and of creation
which companioned, Salvator.
Born with a wild and coarse nature (how coarse I will shoAV
you soon), but nevertheless an honest one, he set himself in youth
hotly to the war, and cast himself carelessly on the current, of life.
No rectitude of ledger-lines stood in his way; no tender pre-
cision of household customs ; no calm successions of rural labour.
But past his half-starved Hps rolled profusion of pitiless wealth;
before him glared and swept the troops of shameless pleasure.
Above him muttered Vesuvius; beneath his feet shook the
Solfatara.
In heart disdainful, in temper adventurous; conscious of
power, impatient of labour, and yet more of the pride of the
patrons of his youth, he fled to the Calabnan hills, seeking, not
knowledge, but freedom. If he was to be surrounded by cruelty
and deceit, let them at least be those of brave men or savage
beasts, not of the timorous and the contemptible. Better the wrath
of the robber, than enmity of the priest; and the cunning of the
wolf than of the hypocrite.
§ 12. We are accustomed to hear the south of Italy spoken of as a
beautiful country. Its mountain forms are graceful above others,
its sea bays exquisite in outline and hue but it is only beautiful
in superficial aspect. In closer detail it is wild and melancholy.
Its forests are sombre-leaved, labyrinth-stemmed; ^ the carubbe,
the olive, laurel, and ilex, are alike in that strange feverish twisting
of their branches, as if in spasms of half human pain:—Avernus
forests; one fears to break their boughs, lest they should cry to us
from the rents; the rocks they shade are of ashes, or thrice-molten
lava; iron sponge, whose every pore has been filled with fire.
Silent villages, earthquake-shaken, without commerce, without
industry, without knowledge, without hope, gleam in white ruin
from hillside to hillside; far-winding wrecks of immemorial walls
t-
Ml
CHAP. IV. DIJEER AND SALVATOR. 241
surround tlie dust of cities long forsaken: the mountain streams
moan through the cold arches of their foundations, green with
weed, and rage over the heaps of their fallen towers. Far above,
in thunder-blue serration, stand the eternal edges of the angry
Apennine, dark with rolling impendence of volcanic cloud.
§ 13. Yet even among such scenes as these, Salvator might have
been calmed and exalted, had he been, indeed, capable of exalta-
tion. But he was not of high temper enough to perceive beauty.
He had not the sacred sense—the sense of colour; all the loveliest
hues of the Calabrian air were invisible to him; the sorrowful
desolation of the Calabrian villages unfelt. He saw only what was
gross and terrible, — the jagged peak, the splintered tree, the
flowerless bank of grass, and wandering weed, prickly and pale.
His temper confirmed itself in evil, and became more and more
fierce and morose; though not, I believe, cruel, ungenerous, or
lascivious. I should not suspect Salvator of wantonly inflicting
pain. His constantly painting it does not prove he delighted in
it; he felt the horror of it, and in that horror, fascination. Also,
he desired fame, and saw that here was an untried field rich enough
in morbid excitement to catch the humour of his indolent patrons.
But the gloom gained upon him, and grasped him. He could
jest, indeed, as men jest in prison-yards (he became afterwards a
renowned mime in Florence); his satires are full of good mocking,
but his own doom to sadness is never repealed.
§ 14. Of all men whose work I have ever studied, he gives me most
distinctly the idea of a lost spirit. Michelet calls him " Ce damn6
Salvator," perhaps in a sense merely harsh and violent; the epithet
to me seems true in a more literal, more merciful sense,—" That
condemned Salvator." I see in him, notwithstanding all his base-
ness, the last traces of spiritual life in the art of Europe. He was
the last man to whom the thought of a spiritual existence pre-
sented itself as a conceivable reality. All succeeding men,
however powerful—Rembrandt, Eubens, Vandyck, Reynolds—
would have mocked at the idea of a spirit. They were men of
the world; they are never in earnest, and they are never appalled.
But Salvator was capable of pensiveness, of faith, and of fear.
The misery of the earth is a marvel to him; he cannot leave oif
vol. y. r
242 DUREE AND SALVATOE. PART IX.
gazing at it. The religion of tlie earth is a horror to him. He
gnashes his teeth at it, rages at it, mocks and gibes at it. He
would have acknowledged religion, had he seen any that was true.
Anything rather than that baseness which he did see. " If there
is no other religion than this of pope and cardinals, let us to the
robber's ambush and the dragon's den." He was capable of fear
also. The grey spectre, horse-headed, striding across the sky—(in
the Pitti palace)—its bat Avings spread, green bars of the twilight
seen between its bones; it was no play to him—the painting of it.
Helpless Salvator ! A little early sympathy, a word of true
guidance, perhaps, had saved him. What says he of himself?
" Despiser of wealth and of death." Two grand scorns ; but, oh,
condemned Salvator! the question is not for man what he can
scorn, but what he can love.
§ 15. I do not care to trace the various hold which Hades takes on
this fallen soul. It is no part of my work here to analyze his art,
nor even that of Durer; all that we need to note is the opposite
answer they gave to the question about death.
To Salvator it came in narrow terms. Desolation, without
hope, throughout the fields of nature he had to explore; hypocrisy
and sensuality, triumphant, and shameless, in the cities from which
he derived his support. His life, so far as any nobility remained
in it, could only pass in horror, disdain, or despair. It is difficult
to say which of the three prevails most in his common work; but
his answer to the great question was of despair only. He repre-
sents " Umana Fragilita" by the type of a skeleton with plumy
wings, leaning over a woman and child; the earth covered with
ruin round them—a thistle, casting its seed, thd only fruit of it.
" Thorns, also, and thistles shall it bring forth to thee." The
same tone of thought marks all Salvator's more earnest work.
§ 1G. On the contrary, in the sight of Durer, things were for the
most part as they ought to be. Men did their work in his city
and in the fields round it. The clergy were sincere. Great social
questions unagitated; great social evils either non-existent, or
seemingly a part of the nature of things, and inevitable. His
answer was that of patient hope; and twofold, consisting of one
design in praise of Fortitude, and another in praise of Labour.
CHAP, ly. DURER AND SALVATOE.
The Fortitude, commonly known as the " Knight and Death,"
represents a knight riding through a dark valley overhung by
leafless trees, and with a great castle on a hill beyond. Beside
him, but a little in advance, rides Death on a pale horse. Death
is grey-haired and crowned;—serpents wreathed about his crown;
(the sting of death involved in the kingly power). He holds up
the hour-glass, and looks earnestly into the knight's face. Behind
him follows Sin; but Sin powerless; he has been conquered and
passed by, but follows yet, watching if any way of assault remains.
On his forehead are two horns—I think, of sea-shell—to indicate
his insatiableness and instability. He has also the twisted horns
of the ram, for stubbornness, the ears of an ass, the snout of a
swine, the hoofs of a goat. Torn wings hang useless from his
shoulders, and he carries a spear with two hooks, for catching as
well as wounding, The knight does not heed .him, nor even
Death, though he is conscious of the presence of the last.
He rides quietly, his bridle firm in his hand, and his lips set
close in a slight sorrowful smile, for he hears what Death is
saying; and hears it as the word of a messenger who brings
pleasant tidings, thinking to bring evil ones. A little branch of
delicate heath is twisted round his helmet. His horse trots proudly
and straight; its head high, and with a cluster of oak on the brow
where on the fiend's brow is the sea-shell horn. But the horse of
Death stoops its head; and its rein catches the little bell which hangs
from the knight's horse-bridle, making it toll, as a passing bell.^
Durer's second answer is the plate of " Melencholia," which
is the history of the sorrowful toil of the earth, as the " Knight
and Death " is of its sorrowful patience under temptation.
Salvator's answer, remember, is in both respects that of de-
spair. Death as he reads, lord of temptation, is victor over the
spirit of man; and lord of ruin, is victor over the work of man.
i,
a-v
> This was first pointed out to me by a friend—Mr. Robin Allen. It is a beautiful
thought; yet, possibly, an after-thought. I have some suspicion that there is an
alteration in the plate at that place, and that the rope to which the bell hangs was
originally the line of the chest of the nearer horse, as the grass blades about the lifted
hind leg conceal the lines which could not, in Durer's way of work, be effaced, indi-
cating its first intended position. What a proof of his general decision of handling is
involved in this " repentir!"
§ 17.
244 DUEER AND SALVATOR. PAKT IX.
Durer declares the sad, but unsullied conquest over Death the
tempter ; and the sad, but enduring conquest over Death the
destroyer.
§ 18. Though the general intent of the Melencholla is clear, and
to be felt at a glance, I am in some doubt respecting its special
symbolism. I do not know how far Durer intended to show that
labour, in many of its most earnest forms, is closely connected
with the morbid sadness or " dark anger," of the northern nations.
Truly some of the best work ever done for man, has been in
that dark anger but I have not yet been able to determine for
myself how far this is necessary, or how far great work may
also be done with cheerfulness. If I knew what the truth was,
I should be able to interpret Darer better; meantime the design
seems to me his answer to the complaint, "Yet is his strength
labour and sorrow."
" Yes," he replies, " but labour and sorrow are his strength."
§ 19. The labour indicated is in the daily work of men. Not the
inspired or gifted labour of the few (it is labour connected with
the sciences, not with the arts), shown in its four chief functions :
thoughtful, faithful, calculating and executing.
Thoughtful, first; all true power coming of that resolved,
resistless calm of melancholy thought. This is the first and last
message of the whole design. Faithful, the right arm of the
spirit resting on the book. Calculating (chiefly in the sense of self-
command), the compasses in her right hand. Executive—roughest
instruments of labour at her feet: a crucible, and geometrical
solids, indicating her work in the sciences. Over her head the
hour-glass and the bell, for their continual words, " Whatsoever
thy hand findeth to do." Beside her, childish labour (lesson-learn-
ing ?) sitting on an old millstone, with a tablet on its knees. I do
not know what instrument it has in its hand. At her knees, a
wolf-hound asleep. In the distance, a comet (the disorder and
1 " Yet Avithal, you sec that the Monarch is a great, valiant, cautious, melancholy,
commanding man."~!Friends in Council, last volume, p. 269 ; Milverton giving an
accoiint of Titian's picture of Charles the Pifth. (Compare EUesmere's description of
Milverton liimself, p, 140.) Head carefully also what is said at p. 269 respecting
Titian's freedom, and fearless withholding of flatteiy; comparing it with the note on
Giorgione and Titian, here, p. 341.
ir
■M.
CHAP. IV. DURER AND SALVATOE.
threatening of the universe) setting, the rainbow dominant over
it. Her strong body is close girded for work; at her waist hang
the keys of wealth ; but the coin is cast aside contemptuously
under her feet. She has eagles' wings, and is crowned with fair
leafage of spring.
Yes, Albert of Nuremberg, it was a noble answer, yet an
imperfect one. This is indeed the labour which is crowned
with laurel and has the wings of the eagle. It was reserved for
another country to prove, for another hand to pourtray, the labour
which is crowned with fire, and has the wings of the bat.
«IS s. ^
-ocr page 263-246
§ 1. It was stated in tlie last chapter that Salvator was the last painter
of Italy on whom any fading trace of the old faithful spirit rested.
Carrying some of its passion far into the seventeenth century, he
deserved to be remembered together with the painters whom the
questioning of the Reformation had exercised, eighty years before.
Not so his contemporaries. The whole body of painters around
him, but chiefly those of landscape, had cast aside all regard for the
faith of their fathers, or for any other; and founded a school of
art properly called " classical,"^ of which the following are the chief
characteristics.
§ 2. The belief in a supreme benevolent Being hav.ing ceased, and
the sense of spiritual destitution fastening on the mind, together with
the hopeless perception of ruin and decay in the existing world,
the imagination sought to quit itself from the oppression of these
ideas by realizing a perfect worldly felicity, in which the inevitable
ruin should at least be lovely, and the necessarily short life entirely
happy and refined. Laboiu* must be banished, since it was to be
unrewarded. Humiliation and degradation of body must be pre-
vented, since there could be no compensation for them by prepara-
tion of the soul for another world. Let us eat and drink (refinedly),
for to-morrow we die, and attain the highest possible dignity as men
in this world, since we shall have none as spirits in the next.
§ 3. Observe, this is neither the Greek nor the Roman spirit.
Neither Claude, nor Poussin, nor any other painter or writer,
properly termed " classical," ever could enter into the Greek or
' The word " classical" is carelessly used in the preceding volumes, to signify the
characters of the Greek or Roman nations. Hencefonrard, it is used in a limited and
accurate sense, as defined in the text.
, J.'
CLAUDE AND POUSSIN.
247
CiUP. r.
Roman heart, wliicli was as full, in many cases fuller, of tlie hope
of immortality than our own.
On the absence of belief in a good supreme Being, follows,
necessarily, the habit of looking to ourselves for supreme judgment
in all matters, and for supreme government. Hence, first, the
irreverent habit of judgment instead of admiration. It is generally
expressed under the justly degrading term " good taste."
§ 4. Hence, in the second place, the habit of restraint or self-govern-^
ment (instead of impulsive and limitless obedience), based upon
pride, and involving, for, the most part, scorn of the helpless and
weak, and respect only for the orders of men who have been trained
to this habit of self-government. Whence the title classical, from
the Latin classicus.
§ 6. The school is, therefore, generally to be characterized as that
of taste and restraint. As the school of taste, everything is, in its
estimation, beneath it, so as to be tasted or tested; not above it, to
be thankfully received. Nothing was to be fed upon as bread; but
only palated as a dainty. This spirit has destroyed art since the
close of the sixteenth century, and nearly destroyed French litera-
ture, our English literature being at the same time severely de-
pressed, and our education (except in bodily strength) rendered
nearly nugatory by it, so far as it affects common-place minds. It
is not possible that the classical spirit should ever take possession
of a mind of the highest order. Pope is, as far as I know, the
greatest man who ever fell strongly under its influence; and
though it spoiled half his work, he broke through it continually
into true enthusiasm and tender thought.^ Again, as the school
of reserve, it refuses to allow itself in any violent or "spas-
modic" passion; the schools of literature which have been in
modern times called ^^ spasmodic," being reactionary against it.
The word, though an ugly one, is quite accurate, the most spas-
modic books in the world being Solomon's Song, Job, and Isaiah.
§ 6. The classical landscape, 'properly so called, is therefore the
representative of perfectly trained and civilized human life, asso-
' Cold-hearted, I have callcd him. He was so in writing the Pastorals, of which
I then spoke; but in after life his errors were those of his time, his wisdom was his
own ; it would be w^ell if we also made it ours.
)
..... ■
-ocr page 265-248 CLAUDE AND POUSSIN. PART IX.
ciated with perfect natural scenery and with decorative spiritual
powers.
I will expand this definition a little.
1. Perfectly civilized human life; that is, life freed from the
necessity of humiliating labour, from passions inducing bodily
disease, and from abasing misfortune. The personages of the
classical landscape, therefore, must be virtuous and amiable; if
employed in labour, endowed with strength such as may make it
not opj)ressive. (Considered as a practicable ideal, the classical life
necessarily implies slavery, and the command, therefore, of a higher
order of men over a lower, occupied in servile work.) Pastoral
occupation is allowable as a contrast with city life. War, if un-
dertaken by classical persons, must be a contest for honour, more
than for life, not at all for wealth,^ and free from all fearful or
debasing passion. Classical persons must be trained in all the
polite arts, and, because their health is to be perfect, chiefly in the
open air. Hence, the architecture around them must be of the
most finished kind, the rough country and ground being subdued
by frequent and happy humanity.
2. Such personages and buildings must be associated with
natural scenery, uninjured by storms or inclemency of climate (such
injury implying interruption of the open air life); and it must be
scenery conducing to pleasure, not to material service; all corn-
fields, orchards, olive-yards, and such like, being under the manage-
ment of slaves,^ and the superior beings having nothing to do with
them; but passing their lives under avenues of scented and otherwise
delightful trees,—under picturesque rocks, and by clear fountains.
3. The spiritual powers in classical scenery must be decorative;
ornamental gods, not governing gods; otherwise they could not be
subjected to the principles of taste, but would demand reverence.
In order, therefore, as far as possible, without taking away their
§8.
It,
' Because the pursuit of wealth is inconsistent at once TOth the peace and dignity of
perfcct life.
^ It is curious, as marking the peculiarity of the classical spirit in its resolute
degradation of the lower orders, that a sailing-vessel is hardly admissible in a
classical landscape, because its management implies too much elevation of the inferior
life. But a galley, with oars, is admissible, because the rowers may be conceived as
absolute slaves.
CHAP. V, CLAUDE AND POUSSm, 249
supernatural power, to destroy tlieir dignity, they are made more
criminal and capricious than men, and, for the most part, those
only are introduced who are the lords of lascivious pleasures. For
the appearance of any great god would at once destroy the whole
theory of the classical life ; therefore, Pan, Bacchus, and the Satyrs,
with Venus and the Nymphs, are the principal spiritual powers
of the classical landscape. Apollo with the Muses appear as the
patrons of the liberal arts. Minerva rarely presents herself (except
to be insulted by judgment of Paris); Juno seldom, except for some
purpose of tyranny; Jupiter seldom, but for purpose of amour.
§ 9, Such being the general ideal of the classical landscape, it can
hardly be necessary to show the reader how such charm as it
possesses must in general be strong only over weak or second-
rate orders of mind. It has, however, been often experimentally
or playfully aimed at by great men; but I shall only take note of
its two leading masters.
§ 10, 1. Claude. As I shall have no farther occasion to refer to
this painter, I will resume, shortly, what has been said of him
throughout the work. He had a fine feeling for beauty of form
and considerable tenderness of perception. Yol. I., p. 75; vol. III.,
p. 325. His aerial effects are unequalled. Vol. III., p. 326.
Their character appears to me to arise rather from a delicacy of
bodily constitution in Claude, than from any mental sensibility:
such as they are, they give a kind of feminine charm to his work,
which partly accounts for its wide influence.' To whatever the
character may be traced, it rend-ers him incapable of enjoying or
painting anything energetic or terrible. Hence the weakness of
his conceptions of rough sea. Vol. I., p. 76.
11. He had sincerity of purpose. Vol. III., p. 325. But in
common with other landscape painters of his day, neither earnest-
ness, humility, nor love, such as would ever cause him to forget
himself. Vol. I., p. 76.
That is to say, so far as he felt the truth, he tried to be true;
but he never felt it enough to sacrifice supposed propriety, or
habitual method to it. Very few of his sketches, and none of his
pictures, show evidence of interest in other natural phenomena
than the quiet "afternoon sunshine which would fall methodically
CLAUDE AND POUSSIN.
250
part ix,
into a composition. One would suppose lie had never seen
scarlet in a morning cloud, nor a storm burst on the Apennines.
But he enjoys a quiet misty afternoon in a ruminant sort of
way (Vol. in., p. 329), yet truly; and strives for the likeness
of it, therein differing from Salvator, who never attempts to be
truthful, but only to be impressive.
§ 11- III. His seas are the most beautiful in old art. Vol. I., p. 340.
For he studied tame waves, as he did tame skies, with great
sincerity, and some affection ; and modelled them with more care
not only than any other landscape painter of liis day, but even
than any of the great men; for they, seeing the perfect painting
of sea to be impossible, gave up the attempt, and treated it con-
ventionally. But Claude took so much pains about this, feeling
it was one of his fortes, that I suppose no one can model a small
wave better than he.
IV. He first set the pictorial sun in the pictorial heaven.
Vol. III., p. 325. We will give him the credit of this, with no
'drawbacks.
V. He had hardly any knowledge of physical science (Vol. L,
p. 75), and shows a peculiar incapacity of understanding the main
point of a matter. Vol. III., p. 329. Connected with which inca-
pacity is his want of harmony in expression. Vol. II., p. 151.
(Compare, for illustration of this, the account of the picture
of the Mill in the preface to Vol. 1.)
§ 12. Such were the principal qualities of the leading painter of
classical landscape, his effeminate softness carrying him to dislike
all evidences of toil, or distress, or terror, and to delight in the
calm formalities which mark tlie school. i (
Although he often introduces romantic incidents and mediseval
as well as Greek or Roman personages, his landscape is always
in the true sense classic—everything being " elegantly " (select-
ingly or tastefully), not passionately, treated. The absence of
indications of rural labour, of hedges, ditches, haystacks, ploughed
fields, and the like; the frequent occurrence of ruins of temples, or
masses of unruined palaces; and the graceful wildness of growth
in his trees, are the principal sources of the "elevated" character
which so many persons feel in his scenery.
i,
If..:;:
A
mm
CHAP, V. CLAUDE Am) POUSSIN.
There is no other eentiment traceable in his work than this
weak dislilce to entertain the conception of toil or suffering. Ideas
of relation, in the true sense, he has none; nor ever makes an effort
to conceive an event in its probable circumstances, but fills his fore-»
grounds with decorative figures, using commonest conventionalism
to indicate the subject he intends. We may take two examples,
merely to show the general character of such designs of his.
§ 13. 1, St. George and the Dragon.
The scene is a beautiful opening in woods by a river side, a
pleasant fountain springs on the right, and the usual ricli vegeta-
tion covers the foreground. The dragon is about the size of ten
bramble leaves, and is being killed by the remains of a lance,
barely the thickness of a walkhig-stick, in his throat, curling his
tail in a highly offensive and threatening manner. St, George,
notwithstanding, on a prancing horse, brandishes his sword, at about
thirty yards' distance from the offensive animal.
A semicircular shelf of rocks encircles the foreground, by
which the theatre of action is divided into pit and boxes. Some
women and children having descended unadvisedly into the pit,
are helping each other out of it again, with marked precipitation.
A prudent person of rank has taken a front seat in the boxes,—
crosses his legs, leans his head on his hand, and contemplates the
proceedings with the air of a connoisseur. Two attendants stand
in graceful attitudes behind him, and two more walk away under
the trees, conversing on general subjects.
§ 14, 2. Worship of the Golden Calf.
The scene is nearly the same as that of the St. George; but,
in order better to express the desert of Sinai, the river is much
larger, and the trees and vegetation softer. Two people, unin-
terested in tlie idolatrous ceremonies, are rowing in a pleasure boat
on the river. The calf is about sixteen inches long (perhaps,
we ought to give Claude credit for remembering that it was made
of ear-rings, though he might as well have inquired how large
Egyptian eai'-rings were). Aaron has put it on a handsome pillar,
under which five people are dancing, and twenty-eight, with several
children, worshipping. Refreshments for the dancers are provided
in four large vases under a tree on the left, presided over by a
L<
claude axd poussin.
252
PAKT IX.
dignified person holding a dog in a leash. Under the distant
group of trees appears Moses, conducted by some younger per-
sonage (Nadab or Abihu). This younger personage holds up his
hands, and Moses, in the way usually expected of him, breaks the
tables of the law, which are as large as an ordinary octavo volume.
§ 15. I need not proceed farther, for any reader of sense or ordinary
powers of thought can thus examine the subjects of Claude, one by
one, for himself. We may quit him with these few final statements
concerning him.
The admiration of his works was legitimate, so far as it re-
garded their sunlight effects and their graceful details. It was
base, in so far as it involved irreverence both for the deeper powers
of nature, and carelessness as to conception of subject. Large
admiration of Claude is wholly impossible in any period of national
vigour in art. He may by such tenderness as he possesses, and
by the very fact of his banishing painfulness, exercise considerable
influence over certain classes of minds ; but this influence is almost
exclusively hurtful to them.
§ 16. Nevertheless, on account of such small sterling qualities as they
possess, and of their general pleasantness, as well as their import-
ance in tlie history of art, genuine Claudes must always possess a
considerable value, either as drawing-room ornaments or museum
relics. They may be ranked with fine pieces of China manufac-
ture, and other agreeable curiosities, of which the price depends
on the rarity rather than the merit, yet always on a merit of a
certain low kind.
§ 1". The other characteristic master of classical landscape is Nicolo
Poussin.
I named Claude first, because the forms of scenery he has
represented are richer and more general than Poussin's ; but
Poussin has a far greater power, and his landscapes, though more
limited in material, are incomparedly nobler than Claude's. It
would take considerable time to enter into accurate analysis of
Poussin's strong but degraded mind; and bring us no reward,
because whatever he has done has been done better by Titian.
His peculiarities are, without exception, weaknesses, induced in a
highly intellectual and inventive mind by being fed on medals.
•iiiiilitii
S5S
m
OIIAP. V. CLAUDE AND POUSSIN. 253
books and bassi-relievi instead of nature, and by the want of any-
deep sensibilitj. His best works are his Bacchanalian revels,
always brightly wanton and wild, full of frisk and fire; but they
are coarser than Titian's, and infinitely less beautiful. In all min-
glings of the human and brutal character he leans on the bestial,
yet with a sternly Greek severity of treatment. This restraint,
peculiarly classical, is much too manifest in him; for, owing to
his habit of never letting himself be free, he does nothing as well
as it ought to be done, rarely even as well as he can himself do it;
and his best beauty is poor, incomplete, and characterless, though
refined. The Nymph pressing the honey in the "nursing of
Jupiter," and the Muse leaning against the tree, in the " Inspi-
ration of Poet" (both in the Dulwich Gallery), appear to me
examples of about his highest reach in this sphere.
§ 18. jjjg -y^ant of sensibility permits him to paint frightful subjects,
without feeling any true horror: his pictures of the Plague, the
Death of Polydectes, &c., are thus ghastly in incident, some-
times disgusting, but never impressive. The prominence of the
bleeding head in the Triumph of David marks the same temper.
His battle pieces are cold and feeble ; Ms religious subjects wholly
nugatory, they do not excite him enough to develope even his
ordinary powers of invention. Neither does he put much power
into his landscape when it becomes principal; the best pieces of it
occur in fragments behind his figures. Beautiful vegetation, more
or less ornamental in character, occurs in nearly all his mytho-
logical subjects, but his pure landscape is notable only for its
dignified reserve; the great squareness and horizontality of its
masses, with lowness of tone, giving it a deeply meditative cha-
racter. His Deluge might be much depreciated, under this head
of ideas of relation, but it is so uncharacteristic of him that I pass
it by. Whatever power this lowness of tone, light in the distance,
&c., give to his landscape, or to Gaspar's (compare Vol. II., Chapter
on Infinity, § 12), is in both conventional and artificial.
I have nothing, therefore, to add farther, here, to what was said
of him in Vol. I. (p 88); and, as no other older masters of the
classical landscape are Avorth any special note, we will pass on at
once to a school of humbler but more vital power.
m'm^
254
iJ-'
CHAPTER VI.
RUBENS AND CUYP.
§ 1. The examination of the causes which led to the final departure
of the religious spirit from the hearts of painters, would involve
discussion of the whole scope of the Reformation on the minds
of persons unconcerned directly in its progress. This is of course
impossible.
One or two broad facts only can be stated, which the reader
may verify, if he pleases, by his own labour. I do not give them
rashly.
§ 2. The strength of the Reformation lay entirely in its being a
movement towards purity of practice.
The Cathohc jDriesthood was hostile to it in proportion to
the degree in which they had been false to their own principles
of moral action, and had become corrupt or worldly in heart.
The Reformers indeed cast out many absurdities, and demon-
strated many fallacies, in the teaching of the Roman Catholic
Church. But they themselves introduced errors, which rent the
ranks, and finally arrested the march of the Reformation, and
which paralyze the Protestant Church to this day. Errors of
which the fatality was increased by the controversial bent which
lost accuracy of meaning in force of declamation, and turned
expressions, which ought to be used only in retired depth
of thought, into phrases of custom, or watchwords of attack.
Owing to which habits of hot, ingenious, and unguarded con-
troversy, the Reformed churches themselves soon forgot the
meaning of the word which, of all words, was oftenest in their
mouths. They forgot that iriaTtg is a derivative of TrnBofxai,
i^i
i
Y\
B-f
^iiiPiifc
CHAP. VII.
RUBENS CUYP.
not of TTicTTevo), and that " fides," closely connected with " fio " on
one side, and with^" confido " on the other, is but distantly related
to " credo." 1
§ 3. By whatever means, however, the reader may himself be
disposed to admit, the Reformation loas arrested; and got itself
shut up into chancels of cathedrals in England (even those, generally
too large for it), and into conventicles everywhere else. Then
rising between the infancy of Reformation, and the palsy of
Catholicism;—between a new shell of half-built religion on one
side, daubed with untempered mortar, and a falling ruin of outworn
religion on the other, lizard-crannied, and ivy-grown;—rose, on its
independent foundation, the faithless and materialized mind of
modern Europe —■ ending in the rationalism of Germany, the
polite formahsm of England, the careless blasphemy of France,
and the helpless sensualities of Italy; in the midst of which,
steadily advancing science, and the charities of more and more
widely extended peace, are preparing the way for a Christian
church, which shall depend neither on ignorance for its continuance,
nor on controversy for its progress; but shall reign at once in
light, and love.
§ 4. The whole body of painters (such of them as were left,)
necessarily fell into the rationalistic chasm. The Evangelicals
despised the arts, while the Roman Catholics were effete or
insincere, and could not retain influence over men of strong-
reasoning power.
The painters could only associate frankly with men of the
world, and themselves became men of the world. Men, I mean,
liaving no belief in spiritual existences; no interests or affections
beyond the grave.
255
" J
§ 5. Not but that they still painted scriptural subjects. Altar-pieces
were wanted occasionally, and pious patrons sometimes com-
' None of our present forms of opinion arc more curious than those which have
developed themselves from this verbal cai'elessness. It never seems to strike any of our
religious teachers, that if a child has a father living, it either /inows it has a father, or
does not: it does not " believe " it has a father. We should be surprised to see an
intelligent child standing at its garden gate, eiying out to the passers-by: " I believe in
my father, because he built this house ;" as logical people proclaim that they believe
in God, because He must have made the world.
256 EUBENS AlOD CUYP. PART IX.
missioned a cabinet Madonna. But there is just this difference
between the men of this modern period, and the Florentines or
Venetians—that whereas the latter never exert themselves fully
except on a sacred subject, the Flemish and Dutch masters are
always languid unless they are profane. Leonardo is only to be
seen in the Cena; Titian only in the Assumption; but Rubens
only in the Battle of the Amazons, and Vandyck only at court.
§ 6. Altar-pieces, when wanted, of course either of them will supply
as readily as anything else. Virgins in blue,^ or St. Johns in red,®
as many as you please. Martyrdoms also, by all means : Rubens
especially delights in these. St. Peter, head downwards,^ is inter-
resting anatomically; writhings of impenitent thieves, and bishops
having their tongues pulled out, display our powers to advantage,
also.^ Theological instruction, if required: "Christ armed with
thunder, to destroy the world, spares it at the intercession of
St. Francis." ^ Last Judgments even, quite Michael-Angelesque,
rich in twistings of limbs, with spiteful biting, and scratching; and
fine aerial effects in smoke of the pit.^
§ 7. Li all this, however, there is not a vestige of religious feeling or
reverence. We have even some visible difficulty in meeting our
patron's pious wishes. Daniel in the lions' den is indeed an avail-
able subject, but duller than a lion hunt; and Mary of Nazareth
must be painted, if an order come for her ; but (says polite Sir
Peter), Mary of Medicis, or Catherine, her bodice being fuller, and
better embroidered, would, if we might ofier a suggestion, probably
give greater satisfaction.
§ 8. No phenomenon in human mind is more extraordinary than the
junction of this cold and worldly temper with great rectitude of
principle, and tranquil kindness of heart. Rubens was an honour-
able and entirely well-intentioned man, earnestly industrious,
simple and temperate in habits of life, high-bred, learned, and
discreet. His affection for his mother was great; his generosity to
contemporary artists unfailing. He is a healthy, worthy, kind-
hearted, courtly-phrased—Animal—without any clearly perceptible
traces of a soul, except when he paints his children. Few descrip-
I .f.
4
''I.
<•1
ir
Brassels.
' Cologne.
® Munich.
' AiitweriJ.
® Brussels.
DusseWorf.
l\
rubens and cuyp.
257
ciiap. vi.
tions of pictures could be more ludicrous in tlieir pure animalism
than those which he gives of his own. " It is a subject," he writes
to Sir D. Carleton, " neither sacred nor profane, although taken
from Holy Writ, namely, Sarah in the act of scolding Hagar, who,
pregnant, is leaving the house in a feminine and graceful manner,
assisted by the patriarch Abram." (What a graceful apology, by
the way, instantly follows, for not having finished the picture him-
self.) " I have engaged, as is my custom, a very skilful man in
his pursuit to finish the landscapes, solely to augment the enjoy-
ment ofY. E.!»i
Again, in priced catalogue,—
" 50 florins each.—The Twelve Apostles, with a Christ. Done
by my scholars, from originals by my own hand, each having to be
retouched by my hand throughout.
" 600 florins.—A picture of Achilles clothed as a woman; done
by the best of my scholars, and the whole retouched by my hand ;
a most brilliant picture, and full of many beautiful young girls."
Observe, however, Rubens is always entirely honourable in
his statements of what is done by himself and what not. He is
religious, too, after his manner; hears mass every morning, and
perpetually uses the phrase " by the grace of God," or some other
such, in writing of any business he takes in hand; but the tone of
his religion may be determined by one fact.
We saw how Veronese painted himself and his family, as
worshipping the Madonna.
Rubens has also painted himself and his family in an equally
elaborate piece. But they are not worshipping the Madonna.
They are performing the Madonna, and her saintly entom-age.
His favourite wife " En Madone;" his youngest boy " as Christ; "
his father-in-law (or father, it matters not which) " as Simeon ; "
another elderly relation, with a beard, ^^as St. Jerome;" and he
himself "as St. George."
Rembrandt has also painted (it is, on the whole, his greatest
picture, so far as I have seen) himself and his wife, in a state of
§ 10.
» Original Papers relating to Eitbens; edited by W. Sainsbmy. London, 18S9:
page 39. Y. E. is the person who commissioned the picturc,
YOL. Y. S
§9.
258 RUBENS AND CUYP. PAST IX.
ideal liappiness. He sits at slipper with liis wife on liis knee,
flourisliing a glass of champagne, with a roast peacock on the
tabid.
The Rubens is in the Church of St. James at Antwerp; the
Rembrandt at Dresden—marvellous pictures, both. No more
precious works by either painter exist. Their hearts, such as they
have, are entirely in them; and the two pictures, not inaptly, repre-
sent the Faith and Hope of the 17th century. We have to stoop
somewhat lowfer, in order to comprehend the pastoral and rustic
scenery of Cuyp and Teniers, which must yet be held as forming
one group with the historical art of Rubens, being connected with
it by Rubens' pastoral landscape. To these, I say, we must stoop
lower; for they are destitute, not of spiritual character only, but
of spiritual thought.
Rubens often gives instructive and magnificent allegory;
Rembrandt, pathetic or powerful fancies, founded on real scripture
reading, and on his interest in the picturesqu,e character of the
Jew* And Vandyck, a graceful dramatic rendering of received
scriptural legends.
But in the pastoral landscape we lose, not only all faith in
religion, but all remembrance of it. Absolutely now at last
we find ourselves without sight of God in all the world.
So far as I can hear or read, this is an entirely new and
wonderful state of things achieved by the Hollanders. The
human being never got wholly quit of the terror of spiritual being
before. Persian, Egyptian, Assyrian, Hindoo, Chinese, all kept
some dim, appalling record of what they called " gods." Farthest
savages had—and still have—their Great Spirit, or, in extremity,
their feather idols, large-eyed; but here in Holland we have at
last got utterly done with it all. Our only idol glitters dimly, in
tangible shape of a pint pot, and all the incense offered thereto,
comes out of a small censer or bowl at the end of a pipe. Of
deities or virtues, angels, principaUties, or powers, in the name of
our ditches, no more. Let us have cattle, and market vegetables.
This is the first and essential character of the Holland land-
scape art. Its second is a worthier one; respect for rural life.
I should attach greater importance to this rural feeling, if
r
I
! i
§ 11.
|ti
lit
§12.
-ocr page 276-crup. VI.
ipai!
eubens and cuyp.
there were any true humanity in it^ or any feeling for beauty.
But there is neither. No incidents of this lower life are painted
for the sake of the incidents, hut only for the effects of light.
You will find that the best Dutch painters do not care about the
people, but about the lustres on them. Paul Potter, ilieir best
herd and cattle painter, does not care feven for sheep, but only
for wool; regards not cows, but cowhide. He attains great
dexterity in drawing tufts and locks, lingers in the little parallel
ravines and furrows of fleece that opeii across sheep's backs as
they turn; is unsurpassed in twisting a horn or pointing a nose;
but he cannot paint eyes, nor perceive any condition of an
animal's mind, except its desire of grazing. Cuyp can, indeed,
paint sunlight, the best that Holland's sun can show; he i^ a man
of large natural giftj and'sees broadly, nay, even seriously; finds
out—a wonderful thing for men to find out in those days—that
there are reflections in water, and that boats require often to be
painted upside down. A brewer by trade, he feels the quiet of a
Summer afternoon, and his work will make you marvellously
drowsy. It is good for nothing else that I know of: strong; but
unhelpful and Unthoughtful. Nothing happens in his pictures,
except some indifferent person's asking the way of somebody else,
who, by their cast of countenance, seems not likely to know it.
For farther entertainment perhaps a red cow and a white one;
or puppies at play, not playfully; the man's heart not going even
with the puppies. Essentially he sees nothing but the shine on the
flaps of their ears.
Observe always, the fault lies not ill the thing's being iittlcj
or the incident being slight. Titian could have put issues of life
and death into the face of a mail asking the way; nay, into the
back of him, if he had so chosen. He has put a whole scheme
of dogmatic theology into a row of bishops' backs at the Louvre'i
And for dogs, Velasquez has made some of them nearly as grand
as his surly kings.
Into the causes of which grandeur wS must look a little,
with respect not only to these puppies, and grey horses, and cattle
of Cuyp, but to the hunting pieces of Rubens and Snydets. For
closely connected with the Dutch rejection of motives of spiritual
s 2
259
'Y
II
§.13.
■f
i
S..J
260 EUBENS AlOD CUYP. PART IX.
interest; is the increasing importance attached by them to animals^
seen either in the chase or in agricultm'e; and to judge justly of
the value of this animal painting, it will be necessary for us to
glance at that of earlier times.
§ 14. And first of the animals which have had more influence over the
human soul, in its modern life, than ever Apis or the crocodile had
over Egyptian—the dog and horse. I stated, in speaking of
Venetian religion, that the Venetians always introduced the dog
as a contrast to the high aspects of humanity. They do this, not
because they consider him the basest of animals, but the highest—the
connecting link between men and animals; in whom the lower forms
of really human feeling may be best exemplified, such as conceit,
gluttony, indolence, jDetulance. But they saw the noble qualities
of the dog, too;—all his patience, love, and faithfulness; therefore
Veronese, hard as he is often on lap-dogs, has painted one great
heroic poem on the dog.
§ 15. Two mighty brindled mastiffs, and beyond them, darkness.
You scarcely see them at first, against the gloomy green. No
other sky for them—poor things. They are grey. themselves,
spotted with black all over; their multitudinous doggish vices
may not be washed out of them,—are in grain of nature. Strong
thewed and sinewed, however,—no blame on them as far as bodily
strength may reach; their heads coal-black, with drooping ears
and fierce eyes, bloodshot a little. Wildest of beasts perhaps they
would have been, by nature. But between them stands the spirit
of their human Love, dove winged and beautiful, the resistless
Greek boy, golden-quivered; his glowing breast and limbs the
only light upon the sky,—purple and pure. He has cast his chain
about the dogs' necks, and holds it in his strong right hand,
leaning proudly a little back from them. They will never break
loose.
§ 16. This is Veronese's highest, or spiritual view of the dog's
nature. He can only give this when looking at the creature
alone. ^When he sees it in company with men, he subdues it, like
an inferior light in presence of the sky; and generally then gives
it a merely brutal nature, not insisting even on its affection. It is
thus used in the Marriage in Cana to symbolize gluttony. That
I-
Iiiilliililifriliiiin i"
CHAP. VII.
eubens and cuyp.
great picture I have not yet had time to examine in all its bearings
of thought; but the chief purpose of it is, I believe, to express the
pomp and pleasure of the world, pursued without thought of the
presence of Christ; therefore the Fool with the bells is put in
the centre, immediately underneath the Christ; and in front are the
couple of dogs in leash, one gnawing a bone. A cat lying on
her back scratches at one of the vases which hold the wine of the
miracle.
§17. In the picture of Susannah, her little ^^p^ii dog is merely
doing his duty, barking at the Elders. But in that of the
Magdalen (at Turin) a noble piece of bye-meaning is brought out
by a dog's help. On one side is the principal figure, the Mary
washing Christ's feet; on the other, a dog has just come out from
beneath the table (the dog under the table eating of the crumbs),
and in doing so, has touched the robe of one of the Pharisees,
thus making it unclean. The Pharisee gathers up his robe in
a passion, and shows the hem of it to a bystander, pointing to
the dog at the same time.
§ 18. In the Supper at Emmaus, the dog's affection is, however, fully
dwelt upon. Veronese's own two little daughters are playing, on
the hither side of the table, with a great wolf-hound, larger than
either of them. One with her head down, nearly touching his nose,
is talking to him,—asking him questions it seems, nearly pushing
him over at the same time:—the other, raising her eyes, half
archly, half dreamily,—some far-away thought coming over her,—
leans against him on the other side, propping him with her little
hand, laid slightly on his neck. He, all passive, and glad at heart,
yielding himself to the pushing or sustaining hand, looks earnestly
into the face of the child close to his; would answer her with the
gravity of a senator, if so it might be:—can only look at her, and
love her.
§ 19. To Velasquez and Titian dogs seem less interesting than to
Veronese; they paint them simply as noble brown beasts, but
without any special character; perhaps Velasquez' dogs are sterner
and more threatening than the Venetian's, as are also his kings and
admirals. This fierceness in the animal increases, as the spiritual
power of the artist declines; and, with the fierceness, another
261
•mm
262 EUBENS AlOD CUYP. PART IX.
character. One great and infallible sign of tlie absence of spiritual
power is the presence of the slightest taint of obscenity. Dante
marked this strongly in all his representations of demons, and as we
pass from the Venetians and Florentines to the Dutch, the passing
away of the soul-power is indicated by every animal becoming savage
or foul. The dog is used by Teniers, and many other Hollanders,
merely to obtain unclean jest; while by the more powerful men,
Kubens, Snyders, Rembrandt, it is painted only in savage chase,
or butchered agony. I know no pictures more shameful to humanity
than the boar and lion hunts of Rubens and Snyders, signs pf
disgrace all the deeper, because the powers desecrated are so great.
The painter of the village alehouse sign may, not dishonourably,
paint the fox-hunt for the' village squire ; but the occupation
of magnificent art-power in giving semblance of perpetuity to
those bodily pangs which Nature has mercifully ordained to be
transient, and in forcing us, by the fascination of its stormy skill,
to dwell on that from which eyes of merciful men should instinc-
tively turn away, and eyes of high-minded men scornfully, is
dishonourable, alike in the power which it degrades, and the joy
to which it betrays.
In our modern treatment of the dog, of which the prevailing
tendency is marked by Landseer, the interest taken in him is
disproportionate to that taken in man, and leads to a somewhat
trivial mingling of sentiment, or warping by caricature; giving
up the true nature of the animal for the sake of a pretty thought
or pleasant jest. Neither Titian nor Velasquez ever jest; and
though Veronese jests gracefully and tenderly, he never for an
instant oversteps the absolute facts of nature. Bnt the English
painter looks for sentiment or jest primarily, and reaches both
by a feebly romantic taint of fallacy, except in one or two simple
and touching pictures, such as the Shepherd's Chief Mourner,
I was pleased by a little unpretending modern German picture
at Dusseldorf, by E. Bosch, representing a boy carving a model
of his sheep-dog in wood; the dog sitting on its haunches in
front of hiroj watches the progress of the sculpture with a grave
interest and curiosity, not in the least caricatured, but highly
humorous. Another small picture, by the same artist, of a
§ iio.
EfiH.J.
forester's boy being tauglit to slioot by liis fatber,—the dog
critically and eagerly watching the raising of the gun,—'Shows
equally true sympathy.
§ 21. I wish I were able to trace any of the leading circumstances
in the ancient treatment of the horse, but I have no sufficient
data. Its function in the art of the Greeks is connected with
all their beautiful fable philosophy; but I have not a tithe of the
knowledge necessary to pursue the subject in this du^ection. It
branches into questions relating to sacred animals, and Egyptian
and Eastern mythology. I believe the Greek interest iw pim
animal character corresponded closely to our own, except that it
is leas sentimental, and either distinctly true or distinctly fabulous;
not hesitating between truth and falsehood. Achilles' horses, like
Anacreon's dove, and Aristophanes' frogs and birds, speak clearly
out, if at all. They do not become feebly human, by fallacies and
exaggerations, but frankly and wholly,
Zeuxis' picture of the Centaur indicates, however, a more
distinctly sentimental conception; and I suppose the Greek artists
always to have fully appreciated the horse's fineness of temper and
nervous constitution They seem, by the way, hardly to have
done justice to the dog. My pleasure in the entire Odyssey is
diminished because Ulysses gives not a word of kindness or of
regret to Argus.
§ I am still less able to speak of Roman treatment of the horse,
It is very strange that in the chivalric ages, he is despised; their
greatest painters drawing him with ludicrous neglect. The Vene-
tians, as was natural, painted him little and ill; but he becomes
important in the equestrian statues of the fifteenth and sixteenth
century, chiefly, I suppose, under the ipfiuence of Leonardo.
263
CHAP. VI.
RUBENS AND CUYP.
I am not qualified to judge of the merit of these equestrian
statues; but, in painting, I find that no real interest is taken in
the horse until Vandyck's time, he and Rubens doing more for
it than all previous painters put together. Rubens was a good
rider, and rode nearly every day, as, I doubt not, Yandyck also.
' " A single harsh word will raise a nei-vo^ horae's pulse teu heats a minute."
—Mr. Rarey.
264 EUBENS AlOD CUYP. PART IX.
Some notice of an interesting equestrian picture of Vandyck's will
be found in the next chapter. The horse has never, I think,
heen painted worthily again, since lie died.^ Of the influence of its
unworthy painting, and unworthy use, I do not at present care to
speak, noticing only that it brought about in England the last
degradations of feeling and of art. The Dutch, indeed, banished
all deity from the earth; but I think only in England has death-
bed consolation been sought in a fox's tail.^
I wish, however, the reader distinctly to understand that
the expressions of reprobation of field-sports which he will find
scattered through these volumes, — and which, in concluding
them, I wish I had time to collect and farther enforce—refer
only to the chase and the turf; that is to say, to hunting,
shooting, and horse-racing, but not to athletic exercises. I have
just as deep a respect for boating, wrestling, cricketing, and
rowing, as contempt of all the various modes of wasting wealth,
time, land, and energy of soul, which have been invented by
the pride and selfishness of men, in order to enable them to be
healthy in uselessness, and get quit of the burdens of their own
lives, without condescending to make them serviceable to others.
Lastly, of cattle.
§ 23.
The period when the interest of men began to be transferred
from the ploughman to his oxen is very distinctly marked by
Bassano. In him the descent is even greater, being, accm-ately,
from the Madonna to the Manger—one of perhaps his best pictures
(now, I believe, somewhere in the north of England), representing
an adoration of shepherds with nothing to adore, they and their
herds forming the subject, and the Christ being supposed" at
the side. From that time cattle-pieces become frequent, and
gradually form a staple art commodity. Cuyp's are the best;
nevertheless, neither by him nor any one else have I ever seen
an entirely well-painted cow. All the men who have skill enough
to paint cattle nobly, disdain them. The real influence of these
1 John Lewis has made grand sketches of the horse, hut has never, so far as I
know, completed any of them. Eespecting his wonderful engravings of wild animals,
eee my pamphlet on Pre-Eaphaelitism.
^ See " The Fox-hunter's Death-hed," a popular sporting print.
-ocr page 282-CHAP. VII.
rubens and cuyp.
Dutch cattle-pieces, in subsequent art, is difficult to trace, and is
not worth tracing. They contain a certain healthy appreciation
of simple pleasure which I cannot look upon wholly without
respect. On the other hand, their cheap tricks of composition
degraded the entire technical system of landscape; and their
clownish and blunt vulgarities too long blinded us, and continue,
so far as in them lies, to blind us yet, to all the true refinement
and passion of rural 'life. There have always been truth and
depth of pastoral feeling in the works of great poets and novelists ;
but never, I think, in painting, until lately. The designs of
J. C. Hook are, perhaps, the only works of the kind in existence
which deserve to be mentioned in connection with the pastorals
of Wordsworth and Tennyson.
We must not, however, yet pass to the modern school, having
still to examine the last phase of Dutch design, in which the
vulgarities which might be forgiven to the truth of Cuyp, and for-
gotten in the power of Rubens, became unpardonable and dominant
in the works of men who were at once affected and feeble. But
before doing this, we mast pause to settle a preliminary question,
which is an important and difficult one, and will need a separate
chapter;—namely. What is vulgarity itself?
265
■ -ifl
266
i-
of vulgarity.
Two great errors, colouring, or ratl^er discolouring, severally, the
minds of the higher and lower classes, have sown wide dissension,
and wider misfortune, through the society of modern days. These
errors are in our modes of interpreting the word gentleman."
Its prima], literal, and perpetual meaning is " a man of pure
race j" well bred, in the sense that a horse or dog is well bred.
The so-called higher classes, being generally of purer race
than the lower, have retained the true idea, and the convictions
associated with it; but are afraid to speak it out, and equivocate
about it in public; this equivocation mainly proceeding from their
desire to connect another meaning with it, and a false one —that
of " a man living in idleness on other people's labour;"—with
which idea the term has nothing whatever to do.
The lower classes, denying vigorously, and with reason, the
notion that a gentleman means an idler, and rightly feeling that
the more any one works, the more of a gentleman he becomes, and
is likely to become,—have nevertheless got little of the good they
otherwise might, from the truth, because, with it, they wanted to
hold a falsehood,—namel}^, that race was of no consequence. It
being precisely of as much consequence in man as it is in any
other animal.
The nation cannot truly prosper till both these errors are finally
got quit of. Gentlemen have to learn that it is no part of their duty
or privilege to live on other people's toil. They have to learn that
there is no degradation in the hardest manual, or the humblest
servile, labour, when it is honest. But that there is degradation.
§1.
§2.
a
I
CHAP. YII.
OP VULGARITY.
and that deep, in extravagance, in bribery, in indolence, in pride, in
taking places they are not fit for, or in coining places for which
there is no need. It does not disgrace a gentleman to become an
errand boy, or a day labourer ; but it disgraces him much to
become a knave, or a thief. And knavery is not the less knavery
because it involves large interests, nor theft the less theft because
it is countenanced by usage, or accompanied by failure in under-
taken dut}^ It is an incomparably less guilty form of robbery to
cut a purse out of a man's pocket, than to take it out of his hand
on the understanding that you are to steer his ship up channel,
when you do not know the soundings.
On the other hand, the lower orders, and all orders, have to
learn that every vicious habit and chronic disease communicates
itself by descent; and that by purity of birth the entire system of
the human body and soul may be gradually elevated, or, by reck-
lessness of birth, degraded ; until there shall be as much difference
between the well-bred and ill-bred human creature (whatever
pains be taken with their education) as between a wolf-hound and
tlie vilest mongrel cur. And the knowledge of this great fact
ought to regulate the education of our youth, and the entire con-
duct of the nation.^
267
i;-
§3.
f,
Gentlemanliness, however, in ordinary parlance, must be taken
to signify those qualities which are usually the evidence of high
m
' We ought always in piu'C English to use the tcnn "good breeding " literally; and
to say " good nurture " for what we usually,mean by good breeding. Given the race
and make of the animal, you may turn it tQ good or bad account; yoxi may spoil your
good dog or colt, and make him as vicious as you choose, or break liis back at once by
ill-usage; and you may, on the other hand, make something serviceable and respectable
out of your poor cur or colt if you educate tliem carefully ; but ill-bred they will both
of them be to their lives' end; and the best you will ever be able to say of them is, that
they are useful, and decently behaved, ill-bred creatures. An error, which is associated
with the truth, and which makes it always look weak and disputable, is the conftision
of race with name; and the supposition that the blood of a family must still be good,
if its genealogy be unbroken and its name not lost, though sire and son have been
indulging age after age in habits involving pei-petual degeneracy of race, Of course it
is equally an error to suppose that, because a man's name is common, his blood must
be base; since his family may liave been ennobling it by pureness of moral habit for
many generations, and yet may not have got any title, pr other sign of nobleness,
attached to their names. Nevertheless, the probability is always in fiiYour of the race
which has had acknowledged supremacy, and in which every motive leads to the
endeavour to preserve their true nobility.
268 OF VULGARITY. PART IX.
breeding, and which, so far as they can be acquired, it should be
every man's effort to acquire; or, if he has them by nature, to
preserve and exalt. Vulgarity, on the other hand, will signify
qualities usually characteristic of ill-breeding, which, according to
his power, it becomes every person's duty to subdue. We have
briefly to note what these are.
A gentleman's first characteristic is that fineness of structure in
the body, which renders it capable of the most delicate sensation;
and of structure in the mind which renders it capable of the most
delicate sympathies—one may say, simply, "fineness of nature."
This is, of course, compatible with heroic bodily strength and
mental firmness; in fact, heroic strength is not conceivable without
such delicacy. Elephantine strength may drive its way through a
forest and feel no touch of the boughs; but the white skin of
Homer's Atrides would have felt a bent rose-leaf, yet subdue its
feeling in glow of battle, and behave itself like iron. I do
not mean to call an elephant a vulgar animal; but if you think
about him carefully, you will find that his non-vulgarity consists
in such gentleness as is possible to elephantine nature; not in his
insensitive hide, nor in his clumsy foot; but in the way he will lift
his foot if a child lies in his way; and in his sensitive trunk, and
still more sensitive mind, and capability of pique on points of
honour.
And, though rightness of moral conduct is ultimately the great
purifier of race, the sign of nobleness is not in this rightness of
moral conduct, but in sensitiveness. When the make of the crea-
ture is fine, its temptations are strong, as well as its perceptions;
it is liable to all kinds of impressions from without in their most
violent form; liable therefore to be abused and hurt by all kinds of
rough things which would do a coarser creature little harm, and
thus to fall into frightful wrong if its fate will have it so. Thus
David, coming of gentlest as well as royalest race, of Ruth as well
as of Judah, is sensitiveness through all flesh and spirit; not that
his compassion will restrain him from murder when his terror urges
him to it; nay, he is driven to the murder all the more by his sensi-
tiveness to the shame which otherwise threatens him. But when
his own story is told him under a disguise, though only a lamb is
§5.
!l
i>
§6.
ii)
i'i
H
i
■i'l
u
CHAP. Til. OF VULGARITY. 269
now concerned, his passion about it leaves him no time for thought.
"The man shall die"—note the reason—'^because he had no
pity." He is so eager and indignant that it never occurs to him
as strange that Nathan hides the name. This is true gentleman.
A vulgar man would assuredly have been cautious, and asked
" who it was ? "
. § 7. Hence it will follow that one of the probable signs of high-
breeding in men generally, will be their kindness and mercifulness;
these always indicating more or less fineness of make in the mind;
and miserliness and cruelty the contrary; hence that of Isaiali:
"The vile person shall no more be called liberal, nor the churl said
to be bountiful." But a thousand things may prevent this kind-
ness from displaying or continuing itself; the mind of the man may
be warped so as to bear mainly on his own interests, and then all
his sensibilities will take the form of pride, or fastidiousness, or
revengefulness; and other wicked, but not ungentlemanly tempers;
or, farther, they may run into utter sensuality and covetousness, if
he is bent on pleasure, accompanied with quite infinite cruelty
when the pride^ is wounded or the passions thwarted;—until your
gentleman becomes Ezzelin, and your lady, the deadly Lucrece;
yet still gentleman and lady, quite incapable of making anything
else of themselves, being so born.
§ 8, A truer sign of breeding than mere kindness is therefore sym-
pathy;—a vulgar man may often be kind in a hard way, on
principle, and because he thinks he ought to be; whereas, a
highly-bred man, even when cruel, will be cruel in a softer way,
understanding arxJ feeling what he inflicts, and pitying his victim.
Only we must carefully remember that the quantity of sympathy
a gentleman feels can never be judged of by its outward expres-
sion, for another of his chief characteristics is apparent reserve.
I say "apparent "reserve; for the sympathy is real, but the reserve
not: a perfect gentleman is never reserved, but sweetly and
entirely open, so far as it is good for others, or possible, that he
should be. In a great many respects it is impossible that he
should be open except to men of his own kind. To them, he can
open himself, by a word, or syllable, or a glance; but to men not
of his kind he cannot open himself, though he tried it through an
270 OF VDLGAEITY. PAET IX.
eternity of clear grammatical speech. By the very acuteness of his
sympathy he knows how much of himself he can give to anybody ;
and he gives that much frankly;—would always be glad to give
more if he could, but is obliged, nevertheless, in his general inter-
course with the world, to be a somewhat silent person; silence is
to most people, he finds, less reserve than speech. Whatever he
said, a vulgar man would misinterpret: no words that he could
use would bear the same sense to the vulgar man that they do to
him; if he used any, the vulgar man would go away saying, " He
had said so and so, and meant so and so " (something assuredly he
never meant); but he keeps silence, and the vulgar man goes
away saying,^ " He didn't know what to make of him." Which is
precisely the fact, and the only fact which he is anywise able to
annomice to the vulgar man concerning himself.
P
i>
i
f
■ I
§ 9. There is yet another quite as efficient cause of the apparent
reserve of a gentleman. His sensibility being constant and in-
telligent, it will be seldom that a feeling touches him, however
acutely, but it has touched him in the same way often before,
and in some sort is touching him always. It is not that he
feels little, but that he feels habitually; a vulgar man having
some heart at the bottom of him, if you can by talk or by
sight fairly force the pathos of anything down to his heart, will be
excited about it and demonstrative; the sensation of pity being
strange to him, and wonderful. But your gentleman has walked
in pity all day long; the tears have never been out of his eyes;
you thought the eyes were bright only; but they were wet.
You tell him a sorrowful story, and his countenance does not
change; the eyes can but be wet still; he does not spealc neither,
there being, in fact, nothing to be said, only something to be done;
some vulgar person, beside you both, goes away saying, "IIow hard
he is!" Next day he hears that the hard person has put good
end to the sorrow he said nothing about;—and then he changes
his wonder, and exclaims, " How reserved he is! "
§ 10. Self-command is often thought a characteristic of high-
breeding : and to a certain extent it is so, at least it is one of the
means of forming and strengthening character; but it is rathfer a
way of imitating a gentleman than a characteristic of liim I a true
II
i
I
f
= J'
iim
11.
-ocr page 288-CHAP. VII.
OF VULGAEITY.
gentleman lias no need of self-command; he simply feels rightly
on all occasions; and desiring to express only so much of his
feeling as it is right to express, does not need to command hiiiiself.
Hence perfect ease is indeed characteristic of himbut perfect ease
is inconsistent with self-restraint. Nevertheless gentlemen, so fat-
as they fail of their own ideal, need to command themselves, and do
so; while, on the contrary, to feel unwisely, and to be unable to
restrain the expression of the unwise feeling, is Vulgarity; and
yet even then, the vulgarity, at its root, is not in the mistimed
expression, but in the unseemly feeling; and when we find fault
with a vulgar person for " exposing himself," it is not his openness,
but clumsiness; and yet more the want of sensibility to his own
failure, which we blame; so that still the vulgarity resolves itself
into want of sensibility. Also, it is to be noted that great jpowers
of self-restraint may be attained by very vulgar persons, when it
suits their purposes.
§ n. Closely, but strangely, connected with this openness is that
form of truthfulness which is opposed to cunning, yet not op-
posed to falsity absolute. And herein is a distinction of great
importance.
Cunning signifies especially a habit or gift of over-feaching,
accompanied with enjoyment and a sense of superiority. It is
associated with small and dull conceit, and with an absolute Want
of sympathy or affection. Its essential connection with vulgarity
may be at once exemplified by the expression of the butcher's dog
in Landseer's " Low Life." Cruikshank's " Noah Claypole," in the
illustrations to Oliver Twist, in the interview with the Jew, is,
however, still more characteristic. It is the intensest rendering of
vulgarity absolute and utter with which I am acquainted.'
271
< ii
The truthfulness which is opposed to cunning ought, perhaps,
rather to be called the desire of truthfulness; it consists more in
unwillingness to deceive than in not deceiving,—an unwillingness
iff ,
' Among the reckless losses of the right service of intellectual power with which
this century must be charged, very few are, to my mind, more to be regretted than that
which is involved in its having turned to no higher purpose than the illustration of the
career of Jack Sheppard, and of the Irish Rebellion, the great, grave (I use the words
deliberately and with large meaning), and singular genius of Crttiksliank. ' *
272 OF VULGARITY. PART IX.
implying sympathy with and respect for the person deceived; and
a fond observance of truth up to the possible point, as in a good
soldier's mode of retaining his honour through a ruse-de-guerre.
A cunning person seeks for opportunities to deceive; a gentleman
shuns them. A cunning person triumphs in deceiving; a gentle-
man is humiliated by his success, or at least by so much of the
success as is dependent merely on the falsehood, and not on his
intellectual superiority.
§ 12. The absolute disdain of all lying belongs rather to Cliristian
chivalry than to mere high breeding; as connected merely with
this latter, and with general refinement and courage, the exact
relations of truthfulness may be \)est studied in the well-trained
Greek mind. The Greeks believed that mercy and truth were
co-relative virtues—cruelty and falsehood, co-relative vices. But
they did not call necessary severity, cruelty; nor necessary decep-
tion, falsehood. It was needful sometimes to slay men, and some-
times to deceive them. When this had to be done, it should be
done well and thoroughly; so that to direct a spear well to its
mark, or a lie well to its end, was equally the accomplishment of
a perfect gentleman. Hence, in the pretty diamond-cut-diamond
scene between Pallas and Ulvsses, when she receives him on the
coast of Ithaca, the goddess laughs delightedly at her hero's good
lying, and gives him her hand upon it;—showing herself then in
her woman's form, as just a little more than his match. " Subtle
would he be, and stealthy, who should go beyond thee in deceit,
even were he a god, thou many-witted! What! here in thine
own land, too, wilt thou not cease from cheating? Knowest
thou not me, Pallas Athena, maid of Jove, who am with thee
in all thy labours, and gave thee favour with the Pheeacians,
and keep thee, and have come now to weave cunning with
thee?" But how completely this kind of cunning was looked
upon as a part of a man's power, and not as a diminution of
faithfulness, is perhaps best shown by the single line of praise
in which the high qualities of his servant are summed up by
Chremulus in the Plutus—" Of all my house servants, I hold you
to be the faithfullest, and the greatest cheat (or thief)."
§ Thus, the primal difference between honourable and base lying
f <
tf.
H
II
.11
i!.
1
i!'
Vi
•i
1
f
CHAP. VII.
of vulgarity.
in the Greek rnind lay in honourable purpose. A man who used
his strength Avantonlj to hurt others was a monster; so, also, a
man who used his cunning wantonly to hurt others. Strength and
cunning were to be used only in self-defence, or to save the weak,
and then were alike admirable. This was their first idea. Then
the second, and perhaps the more essential, difference between
noble and ignoble lying in the Greek mind, was that the honour-
able lie—or, if we may use the strange, yet just, expression, the
true lie—^Icnew and confessed itself for such—was ready to take
the full responsibility of what it did. As the sword answered for
its blow, so the lie for its snare. But what the Greeks hated with
all their heart was the false lie;—the lie that did not know itself,
feared to confess itself, which slunk to its aim under a cloak of
truth, and sought to do liars' work, and yet not take liars' pay,
excusing itself to the conscience by quibble and quirk. Hence the
great expression of Jesuit principle by Euripides, " The tongue has
sworn, but not the heart," was a subject of execration throughout
Greece, and the satirists exliausted their arrows on it—no audience
was ever tired of hearing (to evpttrtsciov e/csivo) " that Euripidean
thing" brought to shame.
And this is especially to be insisted on in the early education
of young people. It should be pointed out to them with continual
earnestness that the essence of lying is in deception, not in words;
a lie may be told by silence, by equivocation, by the accent on a
syllable, by a glance of the eye attaching a peculiar significance to
a sentence; and |all these kinds of lies are worse and baser by
many degrees than a lie plainly worded; so that ncf form of blinded
conscience is so far sunk as that which comforts itself for having
deceived, because the deception was by gesture or silence, instead of
utterance; and, finally, according to Tennyson's deep and trenchant
line, " A lie which is half a truth is ever the worst of lies."
Although, however, ungenerous cunning is usually so distinct
an outward manifestation of vulgarity, that I name it separately
from insensibility, it is in truth only an effect of insensibility,
producing want of affection to others, and blindness to the beauty
of truth. The degree in which political subtlety in men such as
Richelieu, Machiavel, or Metternich, will efface the gentleman,
vol. t. t
273
§ 14.
§ 15.
274 VULGARITY. PART IX.
depends on the selfishness of political purpose to which the cunning
is directed, and on the base delight taken in its use. The command,
" Be ye wise as serpents, harmless as doves," is the ultimate ex-
pression of this principle, misunderstood usually because the word
" wise," is referred to the intellectual power instead of the subtlety
of the serpent. The serpent has very little intellectual power,
but according to that which it has, it is yet, as of old, the
subtlest of the beasts of the field.
§ 16. Another great sign of vulgarity is also, when traced to its root,
another phase of insensibility, namely, the undue regard to appear-
ances and manners, as in the households of vulgar persons, of all
stations, and the assumption of behaviour, language, or dress un-
suited to them, by persons in inferior stations of life. I say "undue"
regard to appearances, because in the undueness consists, of course,
the vulgarity. It is due and wise in some sort to care for appearances,
in another sort undue and unwise. Wherein lies the difference ?
At first one is apt to answer quickly : the vulgarity is simply
in pretending to be what you are not. But that answer will not
stand. A queen may dress like a waiting maid,—perhaps succeed,
if she chooses, in passing for one; but she will not, therefore, be
vulgar; nay, a waiting maid may dress like a queen, and pretend
to be one, and yet need not be vulgar, unless there is inherent
vulgarity in her. In Scribe's very absurd but very amusing
Heine d!un jour, a milliner's girl sustains the part of a queen
for a day. She several times amazes and disgusts her courtiers
by her straightforwardness; and once or twice very nearly betrays
herself to her tnaids of honour by an unqueenly knowledge of
sewing; but she is not in the least vulgar, for she is sensitive,
simple, and generous, and a queen could be no more.
§ 17. Is the vulgarity, then, only in trying to play a part you cannot
play, so as to be continually detected ? No; a bad amateur actor
may be continually detected in his part, but yet continually detected
to be a gentleman: a vulgar regard to appearances has nothing in it
necessarily of hypocrisy. You shall know a man not to be a
gentleman by the perfect and neat pronunciation of his words; but
he does not pretend to pronounce accurately; he does pronounce
accurately, the vulgarity is in the real (not assumed) scrupulousness.
£
citAP, vn.
of vulgarity.
§ 18. It will be found on farther thought, that a vulgar regard for
appearances is, primarily, a selfish one, resulting, not out of a
wish to give pleasure (as a wife's wish to make herself beauti-
ful for her husband), but out of an endeavour to mortify others,
or attract for pride's sake;—the common "keeping up appearances"
of society, being a mere selfish struggle of tlie vain with the vain.
But the deepest stain of the vulgarity depends on this being done,
not selfishly only, but stupidly, without understanding the impres-
sion which is really produced, nor the relations of importance
between oneself and others, so as to suppose that their attention
is fixed upon us, when we are in reality ciphers in their eyes—
all which comes of insensibility. Hence pride simple is not vulgar
(the looking down on others because of their true inferiority to
us), nor vanity simple (the desire of praise), but conceit simple
(the attribution to ourselves of qualities we have not), is always
so. In cases of over-studied pronunciation, &c., there is in-
sensibility, first, in the person's thinking more of himself than of
what he is saying; and, secondly, in his not having musical fineness
of ear enough to feel that his talking is uneasy and strained.
§ 19. Finally, vulgarity is indicated by coarseness of language or
manners, only so far as this coarseness has been contracted under
circumstances not necessarily producing it. The illiterateness
of a Spanish or Calabrian peasant is not vulgar, because they had
never an opportunity of acquiring letters; but the illiterateness
of an English school-boy is. So again, provincial dialect is not
vulgar; but cockney dialect, the corruption, by blunted sense,
of a finer language continually heard, is so in a deep degree; and
again, of this corrupted dialect, that is the worst which consists,
not in the direct or expressive alteration of the form of a word,
but in an unmusical destruction of it by dead utterance and bad
or swollen formation of lip. There is no vulgarity in—
" Blythe, blythe, blythe was she,
Blythe was she, but and ben.
And weel she liked a Hawick gill,'
And leugh to see a tappit hen;"
but much in Mrs. Gamp's inarticulate " bottle on the chumley-
piece, and let me put my lips to it when I am so dispoged."
275
276 OF VULGARITY. PART IX.
§ 20. So also of personal defects, those only are vulgar wlucli imply
insensibility or dissipation.
There is no vulgarity in the emaciation of Don Quixote, the
deformity of the Black Dwarf, or the corpulence of FalstalF; but
much in the same personal characters, as they are seen in Uriah
Heep, Quilp, and Chadband.
§ One of the most curious minor questions in this matter is
respecting the vulgarity of excessive neatness, complicating itself
with inquiries into the distinction between base neatness, and
the perfectness of good execution in the fine arts. It will be found
on final thought that precision and exquisiteness of arrangement
are always noble; but become vulgar only when they arise from
an equality (insensibility) of temperament, which is incapable of
fine passion, and is set ignobly, and with a dullard mechanism,
on accuracy in vile things. In the finest Greek coins, the letters
of the inscriptions are purposely coarse and rude, while the relievi
are wrought with inestimable care. But in an English coin,
the letters ai-e the best done, and the whole is unredeemably vulgar.
In a picture of Titian's, an inserted inscription will be complete
in the lettering, as all the rest is; because it costs Titian very little
more trouble to draw rightly than wrongly, and in him, tlierefore,
impatience with the letters would be vulgar, as in the Greek
sculptor of the coin, patience would have been. For the engraving
of a letter accurately^ is difficult work, and his time must have been
unworthily thrown away.
' There is this farther reason also: 'Letters are always iigl}' things'—(Seven
Lamps, chap. iv. s. 9). Titian often wanted a certain quantity of ugliness to oppose
liis beauty with, as a certain quantity of black to oppose his colour. He could regulate
the size and quantity of inscription as he liked ; and, therefoi-e, made it as neat—that
is, as effectively ugly—as possible. But the Greek sculptor could not regulate either
size or quantity of insci'iption. Legible it must be, to common eyes, and contain an
assigned group of words. He had more ugliness than he wanted, or could endure.
There Avas nothing for it but to make the letters themselves rugged and picturesque ;
to give them—that is, a certain quantity of organic variety.
I do not wonder at people sometimes thinking I contradict myself when they come
suddenly on any of the scattered passages, in which I am forced to insist on the
opposite practical applications of subtle principles of this kind. It may amuse the
reader, and be finally serviceable to him in showing him how necessaiy it is to the
right handling of any subject, that these contraiy statements should be made, if I
assemble here the principal ones I remember having brought forward, bearing on
this diflicult point of precision in execution.
It woiild be -well if you would first glance over the chapter on Fhiish in the third
Uii.
iwii
-ocr page 294-CilAP. VII.
§ 22, All the different impressions connected with negligence or
foulness depend in like manner, on the degree of insensibility
implied. Disorder in a drawing-room is vulgar, in an antiquary's
study, not; the black battle-stain on a soldier's face is not vulgar,
but the dirty face of a housemaid is.
And lastly, courage, so far as it is a sign of race, is peculiarly
the mark of a gentleman or a lady: but it becomes vulgar if rudo
or insensitive, while timidity is not vulgar, if it be a characteristic
of race or fineness of make. A fown is not vulgar in being timid,
nor a crocodile " gentle " because courageous.
volume ; and if, coming to the foui-th paragraph, about gentlemen's carriages, you
have time to turn to Sydney Smith's Memoirs and read his account of the
constniction of the " Immortal," it will funiish you Avith an interesting illus-
tration.
The general conclusion reached in that chapter being that finish, for the sake of
added truth, or utility, or beauty, is noble ; but finish, for the sake of workmanship,
neatness, or polish, ignoble,—turn to the fourth chapter of the Seven Lamps, where you
Avill find the Campanile of Giotto given as the model and mirror of perfect architecture,
just on account of its exquisite completion. Also, in the next chapter, I expressly limit
the delightfulness of rough and im]ierfcct work to developing and unformed schools
(pp. 142-3, 1st edition); then turn to the I70th page of the Stones of Venicc, Vol. lU.,
and you will find this directly contrary statement:—
" No good work whatever can be perfect, and the demand for perfection is always a
sign of the misunderstanding of the end of art." ..." The first cause of the fall
of the arts in Europe was a relentless requirement of perfection" (j). 172). By reading
the intemicdiate text, you will bo put in ])ossessiou of many good reasons for this
opinion; and, comparing it with that just cited about the Campanile of Giotto, will bo
brought, I hope, into a wholesome state of not knowing what to think.
Then tuni to p. 167, where the great law of finish is again maintained as sti'ongly
as ever: "Perfect finish (finish—that is to say, up to the point possible) is always
desirable from the greatest masters, and is always given by them."—§ 19.
And, lastly, if you look to § 19 of the chapter on the Early Renaissance, you will
find the profoundest respect paid to completion ; and, at the close of that chapter,
§ 38, the principle is resumed very strongly. " As ideals of executive perfection, these
palaces are most notable among the architecture of Europe, and the Rio fa9adc of the
Ducal palace, as an example of finished masonry in a vast buildhig, is one of the finest
things, not only in Venice, but in the world."
Now all these passages are perfectly tnie; and, as in much more serious matters, the
essential thing for the reader is to receive their truth, however little he may be able to
bee their consistency. If truths of apparently contrary character are candidly and
rightly received, they will fit themselves together in the mind without any trouble.
But no trath maliciously received will nourish you, or fit with others. The clue
of connection may in this case, however, be given in a word. Absolute finish is always
right; finish, inconsistent with prudence and passion, wrong. The imperative demand
for finish is ruinous, because it refuses better things than finish. The stopping short of
the finish, which is honourably possible to human energj', is destmctive on the other
side, and not in less degi'ce. Eit, of the tvvo, on the side of completion.
277
m
OF VULGARITY.
278
I'ART IX.
§ 23. Without following tlie inquiry into farther detail/ we may
conclude that vulgarity consists in a deadness of the heart and
bodyj resulting from prolonged, and especially from inherited
' In general illustration of the subject, the following extract from my private diary
possesses some interest. It refers to two portraits which happened to be placed opposite
to each other in the aiTangement of a gallery; one, modem, of a (foreign) general on
horseback at a re-view; the other, by Vandyck, also an equestrian portrait, of an ancestor
of his family, whom I shall here simply call " the knight:"
" I have seldom seen so noble a Vandyck, chiefly because it is painted with less
flightiness and flimsiness than usual, with a grand quietness and reserve—ahnost like
Titian. The other is, on the contrary, as vulgar and base a picture as I have ever
seen, and it becomes a matter of extreme interest to trace the cause of the difl'erence.
" In the first place, everything the general and his horse wear is evidently just
made. It has not only been cleaned that morning, but has been sent liome from the
tailor's in a huny last night. Horse bridle, saddle housings, blue coat, stars and lace
thereupon, cocked hat, and sword hilt—all look as if they had just been taken from a
shopboard in Pall Mall; the irresistible sense of the coat having been brushed to
perfection is the first sentiment which the pictm-e smnmons. The horse has also been
rubbed down all the morning, and shines from head to tail.
" The knight rides in a suit of rusty ai-mour. It has evidently been polished also
careiiilly, and gleams brightly here and there; but all the polishing in the world will
never take the battle-dints and battle-darkness out of it. His horse is grey, not
lustrous, but a dark, lurid gi'ey. Its mane is deep and soft; part of it shaken in front
over its forehead—the rest, in enormous masses of waving gold, six feet long, falls stream-
ing on its neck, and rises in cun-ents of softest light, rippled by the wind, over the
rider's armour. The saddle cloth is of a dim red, fading into leathern brown, gleaming
with sparkles of obscure gold. When, after looking a little while at the soft mane of the
Vandyck horse, we turn back to the general's, we are shocked by tlie evident coarseness
of its hair, which hangs, indeed, in long locks over the bridle, but is stiff, cnule, sharp
pointed, coarsely coloured (a kind of buff); no fine drawing of nostril or neck can
give any look of nobleness to the animal which can-ies such hair; it looks like a hobby
horse with tow glued to it, which riotous children have half pulled or scratched out.
The next point of difference is the isolation of Vandyck's figure, compared with the
modem painter's endeavom' to ennoble his by subduing others. The knight seems to
be just going out of his castle gates: his horse rears as he passes their pillars; there is
nothing behind, but the sky. But the general is reviewing a regiment; the ensign
lowers its colours to him; he takes off his hat in return. All which reviewing and
bowing is in its very nature ignoble, wholly irafit to be painted : a gentleman might as
well be painted leaving his card on somebody. And, in the next place, the modem
painter has thought to enhance his ofiicer by puttuig the regiment some distance back,
and in the shade, so that the men look only about five feet high, being besides verj'
ill painted to keep them in better subordination. One does not know whether most
to despise the feebleness of the painter who must have recom'se to such an artifice, or
his vulgarity in being satisfied with it. I ought, by the way, before leaving the point
of dress, to have noted that the vulgarity of the painter is considerably assisted by the
vulgarity of the costume itself. Not only is it base in being new, but base in that it
cannot last to be old. If one wanted a lesson on the ugliness of modem costume,
it could not be more sharply received than by turning from one to the other horseman.
The knight wears steel plate armour, chased here and therewith gold; the delicate,
rich, pointed lace collar falling on the embossed breastplate; his dark hair flowing
over his shoulders; a crimson silk scarf fastened round his waist, and floating behind
it
CHAP. Yii, OF VULGAIUTY, 279
conditions of "degeneracy," or literally "un-raclng;"—gentleman-
linessj being anotlier word for an intense humanity. And vulgarity
shows itself primarily in dulness of heart, not in rage or cruelty,
but in inability to feel or conceive noble character or emotion.
This is its essential, pure, and most fatal form. Dulness of
bodily sense and general stupidity, with such forms of crime as
peculiarly issue from stupidity, are its material manifestation.
§ 24. Two years ago, when I was first beginning to work out the
subject, and chatting with one of my keenest-minded friends
(Mr. Brett, the painter of the Val d'Aosta in the Exhibition of
1859), I casually asked him, " What is vulgarity?" merely to see
him; buff boots, deei) folded at the instep, set in silver stirrup. The general wears his
hair cropped short; blue coat, padded and buttoned; blue trowsers and red stripe;
black shiny boots; conunon saddler's stirrups; cocked hat in hand, suggestive of absurd
completion, when assumed.
"Another thing noticeable as giving nobleness to the Vandyek is its feminineness:
the rich, light silken scarf, the flowing hair, the delicate, sharp, though sunburnt
features, and the lace collar, do not in the least diminish the manliness, but add
, feminineness. One sees that the knight is indeed a^oldier, but not a soldier only; that
he is accomplished in all ways, and tender in all thoughts : while the general is repre-
sented as nothing but a soldier—and it is veiy doubtful if ho is even that—one is siu'e,
at a glance, that if he can do anything but put his hat off and on, and give words of
command, the anything must, at all events, have something to do with the baiTacks;
that there is no grace, nor music, nor softness, nor learnedness, in the man's soul; that
he is made up of fonns and accoutrements.
" Lastly, the modern picture is as bad painting as it is wretched conceiving ; and
one is strack, in looking from it to Vandyck's, peculiarly by the fact that good work is
always enjoyed work. There is not a touch of Vandyck's pencil but he seems to have
revelled in—not grossly, but delicately—tasting the colour in every touch as an epicure
would wine. While the other goes on daub, daub, daub, like a bricklayer spreading
mortar—^nay, with far less lightness of hand or lightness of spirit than a good bricklayer's
—covering his canvass heavily and conceitedly at once, caring only but to catch the
public eye with his coarse, presumptuous, ponderous, ilUterate work."
Thus far my diary. In case it should be discovered by any one where these pictures
are, it should be noted that the vulgarity of the modem one is wholly the painter's
fault. It implies none in the general (except bad taste in pictures). The same painter
would have made an equally vulgar portrait of Bayai'd. And as for taste in pictures,
the general's was not singular. I used to spend much time before the Vandyek ; and
among all the tourist visitors to the galleiy, who were mmierous, I never saw one look
at it twice, but all paused in respectful admiration before the padded surtout. The
reader will find, farther, many interesting and most valuable notes on the subject oi
nobleness and vulgarity in Emerson's Essays, and every phase of nobleness illustrated
in Sir Kenelm Digby's " Broad Stone of Honour." The best help I have ever Imd—so
far as help depended on the sympathy or praise of others in work which, year after
year, it was necessary to pursue through the abuse of the brutal and the base—.was
given me, when this author, from whom I had first learned to love nobleness, introduced
frequent reference to my own writings in his " Children's Bower."
.IIIIIIIWIIII I........... mill. I pj I II III III Mil .iiPiiiiMHi up
280 OF VULGAIUTY, paut ix.
what lie would say, not supposing it possible to get a sudden
answer. He thought for about a minute, then answered quietly,
" It is merely one of the forms of Death." I did not see the
meaning of the reply at the time ; but on testing it, found that it
met every phase of the difficulties connected with the inquiry, and
summed the true conclusion. Yet, in order to be complete, it
ought to be made a distinctive as well as conclusive definition;
showing lohat form of death vulgarity is; for death itself is not
vulgar, but only death mingled with life. I cannot, however,
construct a short-worded definition which will include all the
minor conditions of bodily degeneracy; but tlie term " deathful
selfishness " will embrace all the most fatal and essential forms
of mental vulgarity.
281
CHAPTER VIIL
WOUVERMANS AND ANGELICO.
§ 1. Having determined the
now able to close our
school.
It is a strangely mingled one, which I have the more difficulty
in investigating, because I have no power of sjanpathy with it.
However inferior in capacity, I can enter measuredly into the
feelings of Correggio or of Titian; what they like, I like; what
they disdain, I disdain. Going lower down, I can still follow
Salvator's passion, or Albano's prettiness; and lower still, I can
measure modern German heroics, or French sensualities. I sec
what the people mean,—know where they are, and what they are.
But no effort of fancy will enable me to lay hold of the temper of
Teniers or Wouvermans, any more than I can enter into the
feelings of one of the lower animals. I cannot see why they painted,
—what they are aiming at,—what they liked or disliked. All their
life and work is the same sort of mystery to me a^ the mind of my
dos: when he rolls on carrion. He is a well enough! conducted
o o
dog in other respects, and many of these Dutchmen Avere doubtless
very well-conducted persons: certainly they learned their business
well; both Teniers and Wouvermans touch with a workmanly
hand, such as we cannot see rivalled now; and they seem never
to have painted indolently, but gave the purchaser his thorough
money's worth of mechanism, while the burgesses who bargained for
their cattle and card parties were probably more respectable men
than the princes who gave orders to Titian for nymphs, and to
Raphael for nativities. But whatever patient merit or commercial
general nature of vulgarity, wo are
view of the character of the Dutch
value may Le in Dutcli labour, this at least is cleai*, tliat it is wholly
insensitive.
The very mastery these men have of their business proceeds
from their never really seeing the whole of anything, but only
that part of it which they know how to do. Out of all nature
they felt their function was to extract the grayness and shininess.
Give them a golden sunset, a rosy dawn, a green waterfall, a
scarlet autumn on the hills, and they merely look curiously into
it to see if there is anything gray and glittering which can be
painted on their common principles.
§ 2. If this, however, were their only fault, it would not prove
absolute insensibility, any more than it could be declared of the
makers of Florenthie tables, that they were blind or vulgar,
because they took out of nature only what could be represented
in agate. A Dutch picture is, in fact, merely a Florentine table
more finely touched: it has its regular ground of slate, and its
mother-of-pearl and tinsel put in with equal precision; and
perhaps the fairest view one can take of a Dutch painter is, that
he is a respectable tradesman furnishing well-made articles in oil
paint: but when we begin to examine the designs of these articles,
we may see immediately that it is his inbred vulgarity, and not
the chance of fortune, which has made him a tradesman, and
kept him one;—which essential character of Dutch work, as
distinguished from all other, may be best seen in that hybrid
landscape, introduced by Wouvermans and Berghem. Of this
landscape Wouvermans' is the most characteristic. It will be
remembered that I called it " hybrid," because it strove to
unite the attractiveness of every other school. We will examine
the motives of one of the most elaborate Wouvermans existing
—the landscape with a hunting party. No. 208 in the Pinacothek
of Munich.
§ 3. A large lake in the distance narrows into a river in the fore-
ground; but the river has no current, nor has the lake either
reflections or waves. It is a piece of gray slate-table, painted
with horizontal touches, and only explained to be water by boats
npon it. Some of the figures in these are fishing (the corks of a net
are drawn in bad perspective); others are bathing, one man pulling
J
mmm^
582
I'ART IX.
WOUVEllMANS AND ANGELICO.
liiK
I
I
inpiiHii jii J..vjjiu^ 1 iifi^-i). w^ty^sp^
wouvermxvi\^s and angelico.
283
CHAP. VXII.
his sliirt over Ills ears, others are swimming. On the farther side
of the river are some curious buildings, half villa, half ruin; or
rather ruin dressed. There are gardens at the top of them, with
beautiful and graceful trellised architecture and wandering tendrils
of vine. A gentleman is coming down from a door in the ruins to
get into his pleasure-boat. His servant catches his dog.
§ 4, On the nearer side of the river, a bank of brokea ground rises
from the water's edge up to a group of very graceful and carefully
studied trees, with a French-antique statue on a pedestal in the
midst of them, at the foot of which are three musicians, and a well-
dressed couple dancing; their coach is in waiting behind. In the
foreground are hunters. A richly and highly-dressed woman with
falcon on fist, the principal figure in the picture, is wrought with
Wouvermans' best sldll. A stouter lady rides into the water after
a stag and hind, who gallop across the middle of the river without
sinking. Two horsemen attend the two Amazons, of whom one
pursues the game cautiously, but the other is thrown headforemost
into the river, with a splash which shows it to be deep at the edge,
though the hart and hind find bottom in the middle. Running
footmen, with other dogs, are coming up, and children are sailing
a toy-boat in the immediate foreground. The tone of the whole is
dark and gray, throwing out the figures in spots of light, on.
Wouvermans' usual system. The sky is cloudy, and very cold.
§ 5. You observe that in this picture the painter has assembled all
the elements which he supposes pleasurable. We have music,
dancing, hunting, boating, fishing, bathing, and child-play, all at
once. Water, wide and narrow; architecture, rustic and classical;
trees also of the finest; clouds, not ill-shaped. Nothing wanting to
our Paradise: not even practical jest; for to keep us always
laughing, somebody'' shall be for ever falling with a splash into
the Kishon. Things proceed, nevertheless, with an oppressive
quietude. The dancers are uninterested in the hunters, the
hunters in the dancers; the hirer of the pleasure-boat perceives
neither hart nor liind; the children are unconcerned at the hunter's
fall; the bathers regard not the draught of fishes; the fishers fish
among the bathers, without apparently anticipating any diminution
in their haul.
§ Let the reader ask liimself, would it liave been possible for the
painter in any clearer way to show an absolute, clay-cold, ice-cold
incapacity of understanding what a pleasure meant ? Had he had
as much heart as a minnow, he would have given some interest to
the fishing; with the soul of a grasshopper, some spring to the
dancing; had he half the will of a dog, he would have made some
one turn to look at the hunt, or given a little fire to the dash down
to the water's edge. If he had been capable of pensiveness, he
would not have put the pleasure-boat under the ruin ;—capable of
cheerfulness, he would not have put the ruin above the pleasure-
boat. Paralyzed in heart and brain, he delivers his inventoried
articles of pleasure one by one to his ravenous customers; palateless;
gluttonous. " We cannot taste it. Hunting is not enough; let us
have dancing. That's dull; now give us a jest, or what is life !
The river is too narrow, let us have a lake; and, for mercy's
sake, a pleasure-boat, or how can we spend another minute of
this languid day! But what pleasure can be in a boat ? let us
swim; we see people always drest, let us see them naked."
§ 7. Such is the unredeemed, carnal appetite for mere sensual
pleasure. I am aware of no other painter who consults it so
exclusively, without one gleam of higher hope, thought, beauty,
or passion.
As the pleasure of Wouvermans, so also is his Avar. That,
however, is not hybrid, it is of one character only.
The best example I know is the great battle-piece with the
bridge, in the gallery of Turin. It is said that when this picture,
which had been taken to Paris, w^as sent back, the French offered
twelve thousand pounds (300,000 francs) for permission to keep it.
The report, true or not, shows the estimation in which the picture
is held at Turin.
§ 8. There are some twenty figures in the m^lce whose faces can
be seen (about sixty in the picture altogether), and of these
twenty, there is not one whose face indicates courage or power;
or anything but animal rage and cowardice; the latter prevailing
always. Every one is fighting for his life, with the expression of a
burglar defending himself at extremity against a part}'' of police-
men. There is the same terror, fury, and pain which a low thief
t
284
i'akt is.
wouveemans and angelico.
I
-ocr page 302-CHAP.Yiii. WOUVERMANS AND ANGELICO. 285
would sliow on receiving a pistol-shot through his arm. Most of
them appear to be fighting only to get away; the standard-bearer
is retreating, but whether with the enemies' flag or his own I do not
see; he slinks away with it, with reverted eye, as if he were
stealing a pocket-handkerchief. The swordsmen cut at each other
with clenched teeth and terrified eyes; they are too busy to curse each
other; but one sees that the feelings they have could be expressed
no otherwise than by low oaths. Far away, to the smallest figures
in the smoke, and to one drowning under the distant arch of the
bridge,' all are wrought with a consummate skill in valgar touch ;
there is no good painting, properly so called, anywhere, but of
clever, dotty, sparkling, telling execution, as much as the canvass
will hold, and much delicate gray and blue colour in the smoke
and sky.
§ 9. Now, in order fully to feel the difference between this view of
war, and a gentleman's, go, if possible, into our National Gallery,
and look at the young Malatesta riding into the battle of Sant'
Egidio (as he is painted by Paul Uccello). His uncle Carlo, the
leader of the army, a grave man of about sixty, has just given
orders for the knights to close: two have pushed forward with
lowered lances, and the melee has begun only a few yards in front;
but the young knight, riding at his uncle's side, has not yet
put his helmet on, nor intends doing so, yet. Erect he sits, and
quiet, waiting for his captain's order to charge; calm as if he ^vere
at a hawking party, only more grave; his golden hair wreathed
about his proud white brow, as about a statue's.
§ 10, " Yes," the thoughtful reader replies; " this may be pictorially
very beautiful; but those Dutchmen were good fighters, and
generally won the day; whereas, this very battle of Sant' Egidio,
so calmly and bravely begun, was lost,"
Indeed, it is very singular that unmitigated expressions of
cowardice in battle should be given by the painters of so brave a
nation as the D utch. Not but that it is possible enough for a
coward to be stubborn, and a brave man wealc; the one may win
his battle by a blind persistence, and the other lose it by a
thoughtful vacillation. Nevertheless, the want of all expression
of resoluteness in Dutch battle-pieces remains, for the present, a
wouvermans and angelico.
286
PART IX.
mystery to me. In those of Wouvermans, it is only a natural
development of his perfect vulgarity in all respects.
§ 11. I do not think it necessary to trace farther the evidences of
insensitive conception in the Dutch school. I have associated the
name of Teniers with that of Wouvermans in the beginning of
this chapter, because Teniers is essentially the painter of the plea-
sures of the ale-house and card-table, as Wouvermans of those of
the chase; and the two are leading masters of the peculiar Dutch
trick of white touch on gray or brown ground; but Teniers is
higher in reacli, and more honest in manner. Berghem is the
real associate of Wouvermans in the hybrid school of landscape.
But all three are alike insensitive; that is to say, unspiritual or
deathful, and that to the uttermost, in every thought,—producing,
therefore, the lowest phase of possible art of a skilful kind. There
are deeper elements in De Hooghe and Gerard Terburg; sometimes
expressed with superb quiet painting by the former; but the whole
school is inherently mortal to all its admirers; having liy its in-
fluence in England destroyed our perception of all purposes of
painting, and tlu'oughout the north of the Continent effaced the
sense of colour among artists of every rank.
We have, last, to consider what recovery has taken place from
the paralysis to which the influence of this Dutch art had reduced
us in England seventy years ago. But, in closing my review of older
art, I will endeavour to illustrate, by four simple examples, the main
directions of its spiritual power, and the cause of its decline.
§ 12. The frontispiece of this volume'is engraved from an old sketch
of mine, a pencil outline of the little Madonna by Angelico, in the
Annunciation preserved in the sacristy of Santa Maria Novella.
This Madonna has not, so far as I know, been engraved before,
and it is one of the most characteristic of the Purist school. I
believe through all my late Avork I have sufficiently guarded my
readers from over-estimating tliis school; but it is well to turn
back to it now, from the wholly carnal work of Wouvermans, in
order to feel its purity: so that, if we err, it may be on this side.
The opposition is the most accurate which I can set before the
student, for the technical disposition of Wouvermans, in his search
after delicate form and minute grace, much resembles that of
4
-ocr page 304-CHAP. VIII.
wouveemans and angelico.
Angelico. But tlie thoughts of Wouvermans are wholly of this
world. For him there is no heroism, awe, or mercy, hope, or faith.
Eating and drinking, and slaying ; rage and lust; the pleasures
and distresses of the debased body—from these, his thoughts, if so
we may call them, never for an instant rise or range.
§ 13. The soul of Angelico is in all ways the precise reverse of this;
habitually as incognizant of any earthly pleasure as "Wouvermans
of any heavenl}?' one. Both are exclusive with absolute exclusive-
ness;—neither desiring nor conceiving anything beyond their re-
spective spheres. Wouvermans lives under gray clouds, his lights
come out as spots. Angelico lives in an unclouded light: his
shadows themselves are colour; his lights are not the spots, but
his darks. Wouvermans lives in perpetual tumult—tramp of
horse—clash of cup—ring of pistol-shot. Angelico in perpetual
peace. Not seclusion from the world. No shutting out of the
world is needful for him. There is nothing to shut out. Envy,
lust, contention, discourtesy, are to him as though they were not;
and the cloister walk of Fiesole no penitential solitude, barred from
the stir and joy of life,' but a possessed land of tender blessing,
guarded from the entrance of all but holiest sorrow. The
little cell was as one of the houses of heaven prepared for him by
his Master. " What need had it to be elsewhere ? Was not the
Val d'Arno, with its olive woods in white blossom, paradise enough
for a poor monk ? or could Christ be indeed in heaven more than
here? Was He not always with him? Could he breathe or see,
but that Christ breathed beside him, and looked into his eyes?
Under every cypress avenue the angels walked; he had seen their
white robes, whiter than the dawn, at his bed-side, as he awoke
in early summer. They had sung with him, one on each side,
when his voice failed for joy at sweet vesper and matin time ; his
eyes were blinded by their wings in the sunset, when it sank behind
the hills of Luni."
There may be wealmess in this, but there is no baseness ; and
while I rejoice in all recovery from monasticism which leads to
practical and healthy action in the world, I must, in closing this
work, severely guard my pupils from the thought that sacred rest
may be honourably exchanged for selfish and mindless activity.
287
288 PAKT IX.
t
"WOUVERMANS AND ANGELICO.
§ U. In order to mark tlie temper of Angelico, by a contrast of
another kind, I give, in Fig. 99, a facsimile of one of the heads
in Salvator's etching of the Academy
of Plato. It is accurately characteristic
of Salvator, showing, by quite a cen-
tral type, his indignant, desolate, and
degraded po^Yer. I could have taken
unspeakably baser examples from others
of his etchings, but they would have
polluted my book, and been in some
sort unjust, representing only the worst
part of his work. This head, which is as
elevated a type as he ever reaches, is
assuredly debased enough; and a sufficient image of the mind of
the painter of Catiline and the Witch of Endor.
§ 15. Then, in Fig. 100, you have also a central type of the mind
of Durer. Complete, yet quaint; severely rational and practical,
yet capable of the highest imaginative religious feeling, and as
gentle as a child's, it seemed to be well represented by this figure
of the old bishop, with all the infirmities, and all the victory, of his
life, written on his calm, kind, and worldly face. He has been no
dreamer, nor persecutor, but a helpful and undeceivable man; and
by careful comparison of this conception with the common kinds
of episcopal ideal in modern religious art, you will gradually feel
how the force of Durer is joined with an unapproachable refine-
ment, so that he can give the most practical view of whatever
he treats, without the slightest taint or shadow of vulgarity.
Lastly, the fresco of Giorgione, Plate 79, which is as fair a type
as I am able to give in any single figure, of the central Venetian
art, will complete for us a series, sufficiently symbolical, of the
several ranks of art, from lowest to highest.^ In Wouvermans (of
: r
H
' "As I was correcting these pages, tliere Avas put into my hand a little work bj' a
veiy dear friend—" Travels and Study in Italy," by Charles Eliot Norton ;—I have not
yet been able to do more than glance at it; but my impression is, that by carefully
reading it, together with the essay by the same writer on the Vita Nuova of Dante, a
more just estimate may bo formed of the religious art of Italy than by the study of any
other books yet existing. At least, I have seen none in which the tone of thought was
at once so tender and so just.
I had hoped, before concluding this book, to have given it higher value l)y extracts
i;
i
WOUVERMANS AND ANGELICO. 289
CHAP. VIII.
whose work I suppose no example is needed, it being so generally-
known), we have the entirely carnal mind,—wholly versed in the
material world, and incapable of conceiving any goodness or
greatness whatsoever.
In Angelico, you have the entirely spiritual mind, wholly
versed in the heavenly world, and incapable of conceiving any
wickedness or vileness whatsoever.
In Salvator, you have an awakened conscience, and some
spiritual power, contending with evil, but conquered by it, and
brought into captivity to it.
Ill Durer, you have a far purer conscience and higher spiritual
power, yet, with some defect still in intellect, contending with evil,
and nobly prevailing over it; yet retaining the marks of the
contest, and never so entirely victorious as to conquer sadness.
In Giorgione, you have the same lugli spiritual power and
practical sense; but now, with entirely perfect intellect, contending
with evil; conquering it utterly, casting it away for ever, and
rising beyond it into magnificence of rest.
Sil
Wmm
from tlie works which have cliiefly helped or guided me, especially from the writings
of Helps, Lowell, and the Rev. A. J. Scott. But if I were to begin making such
extracts, I find that I should not know, either in justice or affection, how to end.
vol. v.
-ocr page 307-PPlipBi
CHAPTER IX.
the two boyhoods.
§ 1. BoRii half-way between the mountains and the sea—that young
George of Castelfranco—of the Brave Castle:—Stout George they
called him, George of Georges, so goodly a boy he was—
Giorgione.
Have you ever thought what a world his eyes opened on—
fair, searching eyes of youth? What a world of mighty life,
from those mountain roots to the shore;—of loveliest life, when
he went down, yet so young, to the marble city—and became
himself as a fiery heart to it ?
A city of marble, did I say ? nay, rather a golden city, paved
with emerald. For truly, every pinnacle and turret glanced or
glowed, overlaid with gold, or bossed with jasper. Beneath, the
unsullied sea drew in deep breathing, to and fro, its eddies of
green wave. Deep-hearted, majestic, terrible as the sea,—the
men of Venice ' moved in sway of power and war; pure as
her pillars of alabaster, stood her mothers and maidens; from
foot to brow, all noble, walked her knights; the low bronzed
gleaming of sea-rusted armour shot angrily under their blood-red
mantle-folds. Fearless, faithful, patient, impenetrable, implacable,
■—every word a fate—sate her senate. In hope and honour, lidled
by flowing of wave around their isles of sacred sand, each with
his name written and the cross graved at his side, lay her dead.
A wonderful piece of world. Rather, itself a world. It lay along
the face of the waters, no larger, as its captains saw it from their
masts at evening, than a bar of sunset that could not pass away;
but for its power, it must have seemed to them as if they were
i
m
n
CHAP. IX. THE TWO BOYHOODS. 291
sailing in the expanse of heaven, and tliis a great planet, whose
orient edge widened through ether. A world from, which all
ignoble care and petty thoughts were banished, with all the
common and poor elements of life. No fouhiess, nor tumult,
in those tremulous streets, that filled, or fell, beneath the moon;
but rippled music of majestic change, or thrilling silence. No
weak walls could rise above them; no low-roofed cottage, nor
straw-built shed. Only the strength as of rock, and the finished
setting of stones most precious. And around them, far as the
eye could reach, still the soft moving of stainless waters, proudly
pure; as not the flower, so neither the thorn nor the thistle, could
grow in the glancing fields. Ethereal strength of Alps, dream-
like, vanishing in high procession beyond the Torcellan shore;
blue islands of Paduan hills, poised in the golden west. Above,
free winds and fiery clouds ranging at their will;—^brightness out of
the north, and balm from the south, and the stars of the evening
and morning clear in the limitless light of arched heaven and
circling sea.
Such was Giorgione's school—such Titian's home.
§ 2. Near the south-west corner of Covent Garden, a square brick
pit or well is formed by a close-set block of houses, to the back
windows of which it admits a few rays of light. Access to the
bottom of it is obtained out of Maiden Lane, through a low
archway and an iron gate; and if you stand long enough under
the archway to accustom your eyes to the darkness, you may see
on the left hand a narrow door, which formerly gave quiet access
to a respectable barber's shop, of which the front window, looking
into Maiden-Lane, is still extant, filled, in this year (1860), %vitli a
row of bottles, connected, in some defunct manner, with a brewer's
business. A more fashionable neighbourhood, it is said, eighty
years ago than now—never certainly a cheerful one—^wherein a
boy being born on St. George's day, 1775, began soon after to
take interest in the world of Oovent Garden, and put to service
such spectacles of life as it afforded.
§ 3, No knights to be seen there, nor, I imagine, many beautiful
ladies; their costume at least disadvantageous, depending much
on incumbency of hat and feather, and short waists ; the
u 2
-ocr page 309-292 THE TWO BOYHOODS. PART IX.
majesty of men founded similarly on shoebuckles and wigs;—
impressive enougli when Reynolds will do his best for it; but not
suggestive of much ideal delight to a boy.
" Bello ovile dov' io dormii agnello: " of things beautiful,
besides men and women, dusty sunbeams up or down the street
on summer mornings; deep furrowed cabbage-leaves at the
greengrocer's; magnificence of oranges in wheelbarrows round
the corner; and Thames' shore within three minutes' race.
§ 4. None of these things very glorious; the best, however, that
England, it seems, was then able to provide for a boy of gift: who,
such as they are, loves them—never, indeed, forgets them. The
short waists modify to the last his visions of Greek ideal. His
foregrounds had always a succulent cluster or two of green-
grocery at the corners. Enchanted oranges gleam in Covent
Gardens of the Hesperides; and great ships go to pieces in
order to scatter chests of them on the waves. That mist
of early sunbeams in the London dawn crosses, many and
many a time, the clearness of Italian air; and by Thames'
shore, with its stranded barges and glidings of red sail, dearer
to us. than Lucerne lake or Venetian lagoon,—by Thames' shore
we will die.
§ 5. With such circumstance round him in youth, let us note what
necessary effects followed upon the boy. I assume him to have
had Giorgione's sensibility (and more than Giorgione's, if that be
possible) to colour and form. I tell you farther, and this fact
you may receive trustfully, that his sensibility to human affection
and distress was no less keen than even his sense for natural beauty
—heart-sight deep as eyesight.
Consequently, he attaches himself with the faithfullest child-
love to everything that bears an image of the place he was born
in. No matter how ugly it is,—has it anything about it like
Maiden Lane, or like Thames' shore ? If so, it shall be painted
for their sake. Hence, to the very close of life. Turner could
endure uglinesses which no one else, of the same sensibility, would
have borne with for an instant. Dead brick walls, blank square
windows, old clothes, market-womanly types of humanity—any-
thing fishy and muddy, like Billingsgate or Hungerford Market,
■r:
II
■•'1
-ocr page 310-i^iUPflinjs^a-
■5-3"
S i^JVm''» J-J-.
S
the two boyhoods.
293
CIUl'. IX.
had great attraction for liiin; black barges, patched sails, and
every possible condition of fog.
§ 6. You will find these tolerations and affections guiding or
sustaining him to the last hour of his life; the notablest of all
such endurances being that of dirt. No Venetian ever draws
anything foul; but Turner devoted picture after picture to the
illustration of effects of dinginess, smoke, soot, dust, and dusty
texture; old sides of boats, weedy roadside vegetation, dung-hills,
straw-yards, and all the soilings and stains of every common
labour.
And more than this, he not only could endure, but enjoyed
and looked for litier, like Covent Garden wreck after the market.
His pictures are often full of it, from side to side; their fore-
grounds differ from all others in the natural way that things have
of lying about in them. Even his richest vegetation, in ideal
work, is confused; and he delights in shingle, debris, and heaps
of fallen stones. The last words he ever spoke to me about a
picture were in gentJe exultation about his St. Gothard: " that
litter of stones which I endeavom-ed to represent."
§ 7. The second great result of this Covent Garden training was,
understanding of and regard for the poor, whom the Venetians,
we saw, despised; whom, contrarily. Turner loved, and more than
loved—understood. He got no romantic sight of them, but an
infallible one, as he prowled about the end of his lane, watching
night effects in the wintry streets; nor sight of the poor alone, but
of the poor in direct relations with the rich. He knew, in good
and evil, what both classes thought of, and how they dealt with,
each other.
Reynolds and Gainsborough, bred in country villages, learned
there the country boy's reverential theory of " the squire," and
kept it. They painted the squire and the squire's lady as centres
of the movements of the universe, to the end of their lives. But
Turner perceived the younger squire in other aspects about his
lane, occurring prominently in its night scenery, as a dark figure,
or one of two, against the moonlight. He saw also the working of
city commerce, from endless warehouse, towering over Thames, to
the back shop in the lane, with its stale herrings—highly interesting
i
294 THE TWO BOYHOODS. I'ART IX.
these last; one of his father's best friends, whom he often after-
wards visited affectionately at Bristol, being a fishmonger and glue-
boiler ; which gives us a friendly turn of mind towards herring-
fishing, whaling, Calais poissardes, and many other of our choicest
subjects in after life; all this being connected with that mysterious
forest below London Bridge on one side;—and, on the other, with
these masses of human power and national wealth which weigh
upon us, at Covent Garden here, with strange compression, and
crush us into narrow Hand Court.
"That mysterious forest below London Bridge"—better for
the boy than wood of pine, or grove of myrtle. How he must
have tormented the watermen, beseeching them to let him crouch
anywhere in the bows, quiet as a log, so only that he might get
floated down there among the ships, and round and round the
ships, and with the ships, and by the ships, and under the ships,
staring, and clambering ;—these the only quite beautiful things he
can see in all the world, except the sky; but these, when the sun
is on their sails, filling or falling, endlessly disordered by sway of
tide and stress of anchorage, beautiful unspeakably; which ships
also are inhabited by glorious creatures—red-faced sailors, with
pipes, appearing over the gunwales, true knights, over their castle
parapets—the most angelic beings in the whole compass of London
world. And Trafalgar happening long before we can draw ships,
we, nevertheless, coax all current stories out of the wounded
sailors, do our best at present to show Nelson's faneral streaming
up the Thames; and vow that Trafalgar shall have its tribute of
memory some day. Which, accordingly, is accomplished—once,
with all our might, for its death; twice, with all our might, for its
victory; thrice, in pensive farewell to the old Temeraire, and, with
it, to that order of things.
Now this fond companying with sailors must have divided
his time, it appears to me, pretty equally between Covent Garden
and Wapping (allowing for incidental excursions to Chelsea on
one side, and Greenwich on the other), which time he would
spend pleasantly, but not magnificently, being limited in pocket-
money, and leading a kind of " Poor-Jack " life on the river.
In some respects, no life could be better for a lad. But it was
§8.
§9.
CIIAl'. IX, THE TWO BOYHOODS. 295
'W
■f
not calculated to make liis ear fine to the niceties of language, nor
form his moralities on an entirely regular standard. Picking up
his first scraps of vigorous English chiefly at Deptford and in the
markets, and his first ideas of female tenderness and beauty among
nymphs of the barge and the barrow,—another boy might, perhaps,
have become what people usually term " vulgar." But the original
make and frame of Turner's mind being not vulgar, but as nearly
as possible a combination of the minds of Keats and Dante, joining
capricious waywardness, and intense openness to every fine pleasure
of sense, and liot defiance of formal precedent, with a quite infinite
tenderness, generosity, and desire of justice and truth—this kind
of mind did not become vulgar, but very tolerant of vulgarity,
even fond of it in some forms; and, on the outside, visibly infected
by it, deeply enough; the curious result, in its combination "of
elements, being to most people wholly incomprehensible. It was
as if a cable had been woven of blood-crimson silk, and then
tarred on the outside. People handled it, and the tar came off
on their hands; red gleams were seen through the black, under-
neath, at the places where it had been strained. Was it ochre ?
—said the world—or red lead ?
Schooled thus in manners, literature, and general moral prin-
ciples at Chelsea and Wapping, we have finally to inquire
concerning the most important point of all. We have seen the
principal differences between this boy and Giorgione, as respects
sight of the beautiful, understanding of poverty, of commerce,
and of order of battle; then follows another cause of difference
in our training—not slight,—the aspect of religion, namely, in
the neighbourhood of Covent Garden. I say the aspect; for that
was all the lad could judge by. Disposed, for the most part,
to learn chiefly by his eyes, in this special matter he finds there
is really no other way of learning. His father taught him "to
lay one penny upon another," Of mother's teaching, we hear
of none; of parish pastoral teaching, the reader may guess how
much.
I chose Giorgione rather than Veronese to help me in carrying
out this parallel; because I do not find in Giorgione's work any
of the early Venetian monachist element, He seems to me to
§ 10.
§11.
296 THE TWO BOYHOODS. I'ART IX.
have belonged more to an abstract contemplative school. I may
be wrong in this ; it is no matter;—suppose it were so, and
that he came down to Venice somewhat recusant, or insentient,
concerning the usual priestly doctrines of his day,—how would
the Venetian religion, from an outer intellectual standing-point,
have looked to him ?
§ 12. He would have seen it to be a religion indisputably powerful
in human affairs; often very harmfully so; sometimes devouring
widows' houses, and consuming the strongest and fairest from
among the young; freezing into merciless bigotry the policy of
the old: also, on the other hand, animating national courage, and
raising souls, otlierwise sordid, into heroism: on the whole, always
a real and great power; served witli daily sacrifice of gold,
time, and thought; putting forth its claims, if hypocritically, at
least in bold hypocrisy, not waiving any atom of them in doubt or
fear; and, assuredly, in large measure, sincere, believing in itself,
and believed: a goodly system, moreover, in aspect; gorgeous,
harmonious, mysterious;—a thing which had either to be obeyed
or combated, but could not be scorned. A religion towering over
all the city—many buttressed—luminous in marble stateliness,
as the dome of our Lady of Safety shines over the sea; many-
voiced also, giving, over all the eastern seas, to the sentinel his
watchword, to the soldier his war-cry; and, on the lips of all
who died for Venice, shaping the whisper of death.
§ 13. I suppose the boy Turner to have regarded the religion of his
city also from an external intellectual standing-point.
What did he see in Maiden Lane ?
Let not the reader be oflfended with me; I am willing to
let him describe, at his own pleasure, what Turner saw there;
but to me, it seems to have been this. A religion maintained
occasionally, even the whole length of the lane, at point of
constable's staff; but, at other times, placed under the custody
of the beadle, within certain black and unstately iron railings
of St. Paul's, Covent Garden. Among the wheelbarrows and
over the vegetables, no perceptible dominance of religion; in the
narrow, disquieted streets, none; in the tongues, deeds, daily ways
of Maiden Lane, little. Some honesfy, indeed, and English
«UP. IX. THE TWO BOYHOODS. 297
industry, and kindness of heart, and general idea of justice; but
faith, of any national kind, shut up from one Sunday to the next,
not artistically beautiful even in those Sabbatical exhibitions; its
paraphernalia being chiefly of high pews, heavy elocution, and
cold grininess of behaviour.
What chiaroscuro belongs to it—(dependent mostly on candle-
» light),—we will, however, draw, considerately; no goodliness of
escutcheon, nor other respectability being omitted, and the best of
their results confessed, a meek old woman and a child being let into
a pew, for whom the reading by candlelight will be beneficial.^
§ 14, For the rest, this religion seems to him discreditable—dis-
credited—not believing in itself; putting forth its authority in
a cowardly way, watching how far it might be tolerated, con-
tinually shrinking, disclaiming, fencing, finessing; divided against
itself, not by stormy rents, but by thin fissures, and splittings
of plaster from the walls. Not to be either obeyed, or combated,
by an ignorant, yet clear-sighted youth ; only to be scorned.
And scorned not one whit the less, though also the dome dedicated
to it looms high over distant winding of the Thames ; as St. Mark's
campanile rose, for goodly landmark, over mirage of lagoon.
For St. Mark ruled over life; the Saint of London over death;
St. Mark over St. Mark's Place, but St. Paul over St. Paul's
Churchyard.
I
§ 15. Under these influences pass away the first reflective hours of
life, with such conclusion as they can reach. In consequence of a
fit of illness, he was taken—I cannot ascertain in what year—to
live with an aunt, at Brentford; and here, I believe, received some
schooling, which he seems to have snatched vigorously; getting
knowledge, at least by translation, of the more picturesque classical
authors, which he turned presently to use, as we shall see. Hence
also, vi^alks about Putney and Twickenham in the summer time
acquainted him with the look of English meadow-ground in its
restricted states of paddock and park; and with some round-headed
' Liber Studiorum. " Interior of a church." It is worthy of remark tliat Giorgiono
and Titian are always delighted to have an oppoi-tunity of drawing priests. The
English Church may, perhaps, accept it as matter of congratulation that this is the
only instance in which Turner drew a clergyman.
298 THE TWO BOYHOODS. p^mx IX,
appearances of trees, and stately entrances to liouses of mark: the
avenue at Busliy, and the iron gates and carved pillars of Hampton,
impressing him apparently with great awe and admiration; so that
in after life his little country house is,—of all places in the world,—
at Twickenham! Of swans and reedy shores he now learns the
soft motion and the green mystery, in a way not to be forgotten.
§ 16. And at last fortime wills that the lad's true life shall begin;
and one summer's evening, after various wonderful stage-coach
experiences on the north road, which gave him a love of stage-
coaches ever after, he finds himself sitting alone among the York-
shire hills.^ For the first time, the silence of Nature round him,
her freedom sealed to him, her glory opened to him. Peace at
last; no roll of cart-wheel, nor mutter of sullen voices in the back
shop; but curlew-cry in space of heaven, and welling of bell-toned
streamlet by its shadowy rock. Freedom at last. Dead-wall,
dark railing, fenced field, gated garden, all passed away like the
dream of a prisoner; and behold, far as foot or eye can race or
range, the moor, and cloud. Loveliness at last. It is here then,
among these deserted vales ! Not among men. Those pale,
poverty-struck, or cruel faces ; — that multitudinous, marred
humanity—are not the only things that God has made. Here
is something He has made which no one has marred. Pride of
purple rocks, and river pools of blue, and tender wilderness of
glittering trees, and misty lights of evening on immeasm-able
hills.
§ Beauty, and freedom, and peace; and yet another teacher,
graver than these. Sound preaching at last here, in Kirkstall
crypt, concerning fate and life. Here, where the dark pool reflects
the chancel pillars, and the cattle lie in unhindered rest, the soft
sunshine on their dappled bodies, instead of priests' vestments;
their white furry hair ruffled a little, fitfully, by the evening wind,
deep-scented from the meadow thyme.
§ 18, Consider deeply the import to him of this, his first sight of
ruin, and compare it with the effect of the architecture that was
' I do not mean that tliis is his fii-st acquaintance with the country, but the first
impressive and touching one, after his mind was formed. The earliest sketches I found
in the National collection are at Clifton and Bristol; the next, at Oxford.
;
1
-ocr page 316-CHAP. IX.
the two boyhoods.
around Giorgione, There were indeed aged buildings, at Venice,
in Ills time, but none in decay. All ruin was removed, and its
place filled as quickly as in our London; but filled always by archi-
tecture loftier and more wonderful than that whose place it took,
the boy himself happy to work upon the walls of it; so that the
idea of the passing away of the strength of men and beauty of
their works mever could occur to him sternly. Brighter and
brighter the cities of Italy had been rising and broadening on hill
and plain, for three hundred years. He saw only strength and
immortality, could not but paint both; conceived the form of man
as deathless, calm with power, and fiery with life.
§ 19. Turner saw the exact reverse of this. In the present work
of men, meanness, aimlessness, unsightliness: thin-walled, lath-
divided, narrow-garreted houses of clay; booths of a darksome
Vanity Fair, busily base.
But on Whitby Hill, and by Bolton Brook, remained traces of
other handiwork. Men who could build had been there; and who
also had wrought, not merely for their own days. But to what
purpose ? Strong faith, and steady hands, and patient souls—can
this, then, be all you have left! this the sum of your doing on the
earth !—a nest whence the night-owl may whimper to the brook,
and a ribbed skeleton of consumed arches, looming above the bleak
banks of mist, from its cliff to the sea ?
As the strength of men to Giorgione, to Turner their weak-
ness and vileness, were alone visible. They themselves, unworthy
or ephemeral; their work, despicable, or decayed. In the Vene-
tian's eyes, all beauty depended on man's presence and pride; in
Turner's, on the solitude he had left, and the humiliation he had
suffered.
§ 20. And thus the fate and issue of all his work were determined at
He mast be a painter of the strength of nature, there was
f.
k.
once.
no beauty elsewhere than in that; he must paint also the labour
and sorrow and passing away of men; this was the great human
truth visible to him.
Their labour, their sorrow, and their death. Mark the three.
Labour; by sea and land, in field and city^ at forge and furnace,
helm and plough. No pastoral indolence nor classic pride shall
299
i:
" w
(
■( , f
i
-ocr page 317-mm
300 ■ THE TWO BOYHOODS. i'Art ix.
stand between liim and tlie troubling of tlie world; still less between
him and the toil of his country,—blind, tormented, unwearied,
marvellous England.
§ 21. Also their Sorrow; Ruin of all their glorious work, passing
away of their thoughts and their honour, mirage of pleasure,
Fallacy of Hope ; gathering of weed on temple step; gaining of
wave on deserted strand ; weeping of the mother for the children,
desolate by her breathless first-born in the streets of the city,^
desolate by her last sons slain, among the beasts of the field.^
§ 22, Death. That old Greek question again;—yet un-
answered. The unconquerable spectre still flitting among the
forest trees at twilight; rising ribbed out of the sea-sand;—white, a
strange Aplirodite,—out of the sea-foam; stretching its gray, cloven
wings among the clouds; turning the light of their sunsets into
blood. This has to be looked upon, and in a more terrible shape
than ever Salvator or Durer saw it. The wreck of one guilty
country does not infer the ruin of all countries, and need not
cause general terror respecting the laws of the universe. Neither
did the orderly and narrow succession of domestic joy and sorrow
in a small German community bring the question in its breadth, or
in any unresolvable shape, before the mind of Durer. But the
English death—the European death of the nineteenth century—
was of another range and power ; more terrible a thousand-fold in
its merely physical grasp and grief; more terrible, incalculably, in
its mystery and shame. What were the robber's casual pang, or
the rage of the flying skirmish, compared to the work of the axe,
and the sword, and the famine, which was done during this man's
youth on all the hills and plains of the Christian earth, from
Moscow to Gibraltar. He was eighteen years old when Napoleon
came down on Areola. Look on the map of Europe, and count
the blood-stains on it, between Areola and Waterloo.
§ 23. Not alone those blood-stains on the Alpine snow, and the blue
of the Lombard plain. The English death was before his eyes
also. No decent, calculable, consoled dying; no passing to rest
like that of the aged burghers of Nuremberg town. No gentle
' " The Tenth Plag:ue of Egypt."
2 "Rizpah, the Daughter of Aiah."
ft?/
»
t
CHAP. IX. THE TWO BOYHOODS. 301
processions to churchyards among the fields, the bronze crests
bossed deep on the memorial tablets, and the skylark singing above
them from among the corn. But the life trampled out in the
slime of the street, crushed to dust amidst the roaring of the
wheel, tossed countlessly away into howling winter wind along
five hundred leagues of rock-fanged shore. Or, worst of all, rotted
down to forgotten graves through years of ignorant patience,
and vain seeking for help from man, for hope in God—infirm,
imperfect yearning, as of motherless infants starving at the dawn;
oppressed royalties of captive thought, vague ague-fits of bleak,
amazed despair.
§ 24. A goodly landscape this, for the lad to paint, and under a
goodly light. Wide enough the light was, and clear; no more
Salvator's lurid chasm on jagged horizon, nor Durer's spotted
rest of sunny gleam on liedgerow and field; but light over all
the world. Full shone now its awful globe, one pallid charnel-house,
—a ball strewn bright with human ashes, glaring in poised sway
beneath the sun, all blinding-white with death from pole to pole,—
death, not of myriads of poor bodies only, but of will, and mercy,
and conscience; death, not once inflicted on the flesh, but daily
fastening on the spirit; death, not silent or patient, waiting his
appointed hour, but voiceful, venomous; death Avith the taunting
word, and burning grasp, and infixed sting.
" Put ye in the sickle, for the harvest is ripe." The word is
spoken in our ears continually to other reapers than the angels,—to
the busy skeletons that never tire for stooping. When the measure
of iniquity is full, and it seems that another day might bring
repentance and redemption,—" Put ye in the sickle." When the
young life has been wasted all away, and the eyes are just opening
upon the tracks of ruin, and faint resolution rising in the heart
for nobler things,—" Put ye in the sickle." When the roughest
blows of fortune have been borne long and bravely, and the liand
is just stretched to grasp its goal,—"Put ye in the sickle." And
when there are but a few in the midst of a nation, to save it, or to
teach, or to cherish; and all its life is bound up in those few golden
ears,—" Put ye in the sickle, pale reapers, and pour hemlock for
your feast of harvest home."
302
mm»
the two boyhoods.
This was the sight which opened on the young eyes, this
the watchword sounding within the heart of Turner in his
youth.
So taught, and prepared for liis life's labour, sate the boy at last
alone among his fair English hills; and began to paint, with
cautious toil, the rocks, and fields, and trickling brooks, and soft
white clouds of heaven.
PART IX.
■.if ■
- -.J
11
p
"1 •
i!
!V ,
: r
-.IV- -
-ocr page 320-THE NEREID'S GUARD.
§ The work of Turner, in its first period, is said in my account
of his drawings at tlie National Gallery to be distinguished by
" boldness of handling, generally gloomy tendency of mind, subdued
colour, and perpetual reference to precedent in composition." I
must refer the reader to those two catalogues^ for a more special
account of his early modes of technical study. Here we are
concerned only with the expression of that gloomy tendency
of mind, w^iose causes we are now better able to understand.
§ 2. It was prevented from overpowering him by his labour. This,
continual, and as tranquil in its course as a ploughman's in the
field, by demanding an admirable humility and patience, averted
the tragic passion of youth. Full of stern sorrow and fixed purpose,
the boy set himself to his labour silently and meekly, like a
workman's child on its first day at the cotton-mill. Without haste,
but without relaxation,—accepting all modes and means of pro-
gress, however painful or humiliating, he took the burden on his
shoulder and began his march. There was nothing so little, but
he noticed it; nothing so great, but he began preparations to cope
with it. For some time his work is, apparently, feelingless, so
patient and mechanical are the first essays. It gains gradually
in power and grasp; there is no perceptible aim at freedom, or
at fineness, but the force insensibly becomes swifter, and the
touch finer. The colour is always dark or subdued.
' Notes on the Turner Collection at Marlborough House. 1857. Catalogue of the
Sketches of J. M. W. Turner exhibited at Marlborough House. 1858.
•i
304 THE NEREID'S GUARD. TART IX.
§ 3. Of the first forty subjects which he exhibited at the Royal
Academy, thirty-one are architectural, and of these, twenty-one
are of elaborate Gothic architecture (Peterborough cathedral,
Lincoln cathedral, Malmesbury abbey, Tintern abbey, &c.) I look
upon the discipline given to his hand by these formal drawings as
of the highest importance. His mind was also gradually led
by them mto a calmer pensiveness.^ Education amidst country
possessing architectural remains of some noble kind, I believe
to be wholly essential to the progress of a landscape artist. The
first verses he ever attached to a picture were in 1798. They are
from Paradise Lost, and refer to a picture of Morning, on the
Coniston Fells:—
" Ye mists and exhalations, that now rise
From hill or streaming lake, dusky or gray,
Till the sun paints your fleecy skirts with gold,
In honour to the world's great Author rise."
By glancing over the verses, which in following years- he quotes
from Milton, Thomson, and Mallet, it may be seen at once hoAV
his mind was set, so far as natural scenes were concerned, on
rendering atmospheric effect;—and so far as emotion was to be
expressed, how consistently it was melancholy.
He paints, first of heroic or meditative subjects, the Fiftli
Plague of Egypt; next, the Tenth Plague of Egypt. His first
tribute to the memory of Nelson is the "Battle of the Nile," 1799.
I presume an unimportant picture, as his power was not then
availably developed. His first classical subject is Narcissus and
Echo, in 1805 :—
" So melts tlie youth, and languishes away.
His beauty withers, and his limbs decay."
The year following he summons his whole strength, and paints
what we might suppose would be a happier subject, the Garden
,1
' The regret I expressed in the third volume at Turner's not having been educated
under the influence of Gothic art was, therefore, mistaken; I had not then had access
to his earliest studies. He was educated under the influence of Gothic architecture ;
but, in more advanced life, his mind was Avarj^ed and weakened by classical arclii-
tecture. Why he left the one for the other, or how far good influences were mingled
with evil in the result of the change, I have not yet been able to deteimine.
® They may be referred to with ease in Boone's Catalogue of Tamer's Pictures.
1857.
■as
I
E
gt ^
I
A
-1
■ifiiiaiiiii
-ocr page 322-cirAp. X. THE NEREID'S GUARD. 305
of the Hesperides. This being the most important picture of the
first period, I will analyze it completely.
§ 4. The fable of the Hesperides had, it seems to me, in the Greek
mind two distinct meanings; the first referring to natural pheno-
mena, and the second to moral. The natural meaning of it I
believe to have been this :—
The Garden of the Hesperides was supposed to exist in the
westernmost part of the Cyrenaica; it was generally the expres-
sion for the beauty and luxiuiant vegetation of the coast of Africa
in that district. The centre of the Cyrenaica " is occupied by a
moderately elevated table-land, Avhose edge runs parallel to the
coast, to which it sinks down in a succession of terraces, clothed
with verdure, intersected by mountain streams running through
ravines filled with the richest vegetation; well watered by frequent
rains, exposed to the cool sea breeze from the north, and sheltered
by the mass of the mountain from the sands and hot winds of the
Sahara." 1
The Greek colony of Gyrene itself was founded ten miles from
the sea-shore, " in a spot backed by the mountains on the south,
and thus sheltered from the fiery blasts of the desert; while at the
height of about 1,800 feet an inexhaustible spring bursts forth
amidst luxuriant vegetation, and pours its waters down to the
Mediterranean through a most beautiful ravine."
The nymphs of the west, or Hesperides, are therefore, I believe,
as natural types, the representatives of the soft western winds and
sunshine, whicli were in this district most favourable to vegetation.
In this sense, they are called daughters of Atlas and Hesperis, the
western winds being cooled by the snow of Atlas. The dragon, on
the contrary, is the representative of the Sahara wind, or simoom,
whicli blew over the garden from above the hills on the soutli,
and forbade all advance of cultivation beyond their ridge. Whether
this was the physical meaning of the tradition in the Greek mind
or not, there can be no doubt of its being Turner's first interpreta-
tion of it. A glance at the picture may determine this: a clear
fountain being made the principal object in the foreground,—a
' Smith's Dictionaiy of Greek aud Roman Gcogi-aphy. Art. " Cyrenaica."
tol. v. x
-ocr page 323-306 THE NEREID'S GUARD. TART IX.
PART IX.
bright and strong torrent in the distance,—while the dragon,
wrapped in flame and whirlwind, watches from the top of the cliff.
But, both in the Greek mind and in Turner's, this natural
meaning of the legend was a completely subordinate one. The
moral significance of it lay far deeper. In the second, but prin-
cipal sense, the Hesperides were not daughters of Atlas, nor con-
nected with the winds of the west, but with its splendour. They
are properly the nymphs of the sunset, and are the daughters of
night, having many brothers and sisters, of whom I shall take
Hesiod's account.
" And the Night begat Doom, and short-withering Fate, and
Death. i
" And begat Sleep, and the company of Dreams, and Censure,
and Sorrow.
" And the Hesperides, who keep the golden fruit beyond the
mighty Sea.
And the Destinies, and the Spirits of merciless punishment.
And Jealousy, and Deceit, and Wanton Love; and Old Age,
that fades away; and Strife, whose will endures."
We have not, I think, hitherto quite understood the Greek feel-
ing about those nymphs and their golden apples, coming as a light
in the midst of cloud;—between Censure, and Sorrow,—and the
Destinies. We must look to the precise meaning of Hesiod's words,
in order to get the force of the passage.
" The Night begat Doomthat is to say, the doom of unfore-
seen accident—doom essentially of darkness.
"And short-withering Fate." Ill translated. I cannot do it
better. It means especially the sudden fate which brings untimely
end to all purpose, and cuts off youth and its promise: called,
therefore (the epithet hardly ever leaving it), " black Fate."
" And Death." This is the universal, inevitable death, opposed
to the interfering, untimely death. These three are named as the
elder children. Hesiod pauses, and repeats the word "begat"
before going on to number the others.
" And begat Sleep, and the company of Dreams."
"And Censure. "Momus," the Spirit of Blame—the spirit
which desires to blame rather than to praise;—false, base, un-
§5.
i
I'
§6.
ee
((
§7.
>
[' f
'f
CIUP, X. THE NEKEED'S GUAED. 307
helpful, milioly judgment;—ignorant and blind, child of tlie
Niglit.
"And Sorrow." Accurately, sorrow of mourning ; tlie sorrow
of the night, when no man can work; of the night that falls
when what was the light of the eyes is taken from us; lamenting,
sightless sorrow, without hope,—child of Night.
" And the Hesperides." We will come back to these.
" And the Destinies, and the Spirits of Merciless Punishment,"
These are the great Fates which have rule over conduct; the first
fate spoken of (short-withering) is that which has rule over
occurrence. These great Fates are Clotho, Lachesis, Atropos.
Their three powers are,—Clotho's over the clue, the thread, or
connecting energy,—that is, the conduct of life; Lachesis' over
the lot—that is to say, the chance which warps, entangles, or
bends the course of life, Atropos, inflexible, cuts the thread
for ever.
" And Jealousy," especially the jealousy of Fortune, in balanc-
ing all good by evil. The Greeks had a peculiar dread of this
form of fate.
" And Deceit, and sensual Love. And Old Age that fades,
and Strife that endures;" that is to say, old age, which, growing
not in wisdom, is marked only by its failing power — by the
gradual gaining of darkness on the faculties, and helplessness on
the frame. Such age is the forerunner of true death—the child
of Night. " And Strife," the last and the mightiest, the nearest
to man of the Night-children—blind leader of the blind.
Understanding thus whose sisters they are, let us consider of
the Hesperides themselves—spoken of commonly as the " Singing
Nymphs." They are four.
Their names are, Mgle,—Brightness ; Erytheia,—Blushing ;
Hestia,—the (spirit of the) Hearth; Arethusa,—the Ministering.
O English reader! hast thou ever heard of these fair and
true daughters of Sunset, beyond the mighty sea ?
And was it not well to trust to such keepers the guarding
of the golden fruit which the earth gave to Juno at her marriage ?
Not fruit only: fruit on the tree, given by the earth, the great
mother, to Juno (female power), at her marriage with Jupiter,
X 2
§8.
THE NEREID'S GUARD.
308
PART IX.
or ruling manly power (distingiiislied from tlie tried and agonizing
strength of Hercules). I call Jmio, briefly, female power. She is,
especially, the goddess presiding over marriage, regarding the
woman as the mistress of a household. Yesta (the goddess of
the hearth^), with Ceres," and Venus, are variously dominant over
marriage, as the fulfilment of love ; but Juno is pre-eminently the
housewives' goddess. She, therefore, represents, in her character,
whatever good or evil may result from female ambition, or desire
of power: and, as to a housewife, the earth presents its golden fruit
to her, Avhich she gives to two kinds of guardians. The wealth of
the earth, as the source of household peace and plenty, is watched
by the singing nymphs—the Hesperides. But, as the source of
household sorrow and desolation, it is watched by the Dragon.
We must, therefore, see who the Dragon was, and what kind of
dragon.
§ 9. The reader will, perhaps, remember that we traced, in an
earlier chapter, the birth of the Gorgons, through Phorcys and
Ceto, from Nereus. The youngest child of Phorcys and Ceto
is the Dragon of the Hesperides; but this latest descent is not,
as in Northern traditions, a sign of fortunateness : on the con-
trary, the children of Nereus receive gradually more and more
terror and power, as they are later born, till this last of the
Nereids unites horror and power at their utmost. Observe the
gradual change. Nereus himself is said to have been perfectly
true, and gentle.
This is Hesiod's account of him :—
" And Pontus begat Nereus, simple and true, the oldest of
children; but they call him the aged man, in that he is errorless
and kind; neither forgets he what is right; but knows all just
and gentle counsel."
§ 10. Now the children of Nereus, like the Hesperides themselves,
bear a twofold typical character; one physical, the other moral.
' Her name is also that of the Hesperid njonph; but I give the Hcsperid her
Greek form of name, to distinguish her from the goddess. The Hesperid Arcthusa
has the same subordinate relation to Cores; and Eiytheia, to Venus. iEgle signifies
especially the spirit of brightness or checifulness; inchiding even the subordinate
idea of hoiisehold neatness or cleanliness.
6-
&
k
I •
r
SI
• f
- '1
i ,
f
CHAP. X.
the neeeid's guaed.
In Ills physical symbolism, Nereiis liimself is tlie calm and gentle
sea, from which rise, in gradual increase of terror, the clouds and
storms. In his moral character, Nereus is the type of the deep,
pure, rightly-tempered human mind, from which, in gradual
degeneracy, spring the troubling passions.
Keeping this double meaning in view, observe the whole line
of descent to the Hesperides' Dragon. Nereus, by the Earth,
begets (1) Thaumas (the wonderful), physically, the father of the
Rainbow; morally, the type of the enchantments and dangers of
imagination. His grandchildren, besides the Rainbow, are the
Harpies. 2. Phorcys (Orcus ?), physically, the treachery or
devouring spirit of the sea; morally, covetousness or malignity
of heart, 3. Ceto, physically, the deep places of the sea; morally,
secretness of heart, called " fair-cheeked," because tranquil in
outward aspect. 4. Eurybia (wide strength), physically, the
flowing, especially the tidal power of the sea (she, by one of
the sons of Heaven, becomes the mother of three great Titans,
one of whom, Astrseus, and the Dawn, are the parents of the
four Winds); morally, the healthy passion of the heart. Thus
far the children of Nereus.
Next, Phorcys and Ceto, in their physical characters (the
grasping or devouring of the sea, reaching out over the land, and
its depth), beget the Clouds and Storms—namely, first, the Graice,
or soft rain-clouds; then the Gorgons, or storm-clouds; and
youngest and last, the Hesperides' Dragon,—Volcanic or earth-
storm, associated, in conception, with the Simoom and fiery
African winds.
But, in its moral significance, the descent is this. Covetousness,
or malignity (Phorcys), and Secretness (Ceto), beget, first, the
darkening passions, whose hair is always grey; then the stormy and
merciless passions, brazen-winged (the Gorgons), of whom the
dominant. Medusa, is ice-cold, turning all who look on her to stone.
And, lastly, the consuming (poisonous and volcanic) passions—the
" flame-backed dragon," uniting the powers of poison, and instant
destruction. Now the reader may have heard, perhaps, in other
books of Genesis than Hesiod's, of a dragon being busy about a tree
which bore apples, and of crushing the head of that dragon; but
309
s ^
§ 11.
4
■ilf:
ip
310 THE NEREID'S GUAED.
in
PAKX IX.
seeing liow, in tlie Greek mind, this serpent was descended from
the sea, he may, perhaps, be surprised to remember another verse,
bearing also on the matter:—" Thou brakest the heads of the
dragons in the waters;" and yet more surprised, going on with
the Septuagint version, to find where he is being led: "Thou
brakest the head of the dragon, and gavest him to be meat to
the Ethiopian peoj)le. Thou didst tear asunder the strong foun-
tains and the storm-torrents; thou didst dry up the rivers of
Etham, Trrjyag ical ^ei/iappouc, the Pegasus fountains—Etham on
the edge of the wilderness."
§ 12. Returning then to Hesiod, we find he tells us of the Dragon
himself:—"He, in the secret places of the desert land, kept the
all-golden apples in his great knots" (coils of rope, or extremities
of anything). With which compare Euripides' report of him :—
"And Hercules came to the Hesperian dome, to the singing
maidens, plucking the apple fruit from the golden petals; slaying
the flame-backed dragon, who twined round and round, kept
guard in unapproachable spires " (spirals or whirls, as of a whirl-
wind-vortex).
Farther, we hear from other scattered syllables of tradition,
that this dragon was sleepless, and that he was able to take various
tones of human voice.
And we find a later tradition than Hesiod's calling him a
child of Typhon and Echidna. Now Typhon is volcanic storm,
generally the evil spirit of tumult.
Echidna (the adder) is a descendant of Medusa. She is a
daughter of Chrysaor (the lightning), by Calliroe (the fair flowing),
a daughter of Ocean ;—that is to say, she joins the intense
fatality of the lightning with perfect gentleness. In form she is
half-maiden, half-serpent; therefore she is the spirit of all the
fatallest evil, veiled in gentleness: or, in one word, treachery;—
having dominion over many gentle things;—and chiefly over a
kiss, given, indeed, in another garden than that of the Hesperides,
yet in relation to keeping of treasure also.
§ 13. Having got this farther clue, let us look who it is whom Dante
makes the typical Spirit of Treachery. The eighth or lowest pit
of hell is given to its keeping; at the edge of which pit, Virgil
t";
k ...
MSiili
cirAp. X. THE NEREID'S GUARD. 311
casts a rope down for a signal; instantly tliero rises, as from the
sea, " as one returns who hath been down to loose some anchor,"
" the fell monster with the deadly sting, who passes mountains,
breaks through fenced walls, and firm embattled spears; and with
his filth taints all the world."
Think for an instant of another place:—" Sharp stones are
under him, he laugheth at the shaking of a spear." We must
yet keep to Dante, however. Echidna, remember, is half-maiden,
half-serpent;—hear what Dante's Fraud is like:—•
" Forthwith that image vile of Eraud appcar'd,
His head and upper part exposed on laud,
But laid not ou the shore his bestial train.
His face the semblance of a just man's wore.
So kind and gracious was its outward cheer;
The rest was serpent all: two shaggy claws
Eeach'd to the armpits; and the back and breast,
And cither side, were painted o'er with nodes
And orbits. Colours variegated more
Nor Turks nor Tartars e'er on cloth of state
With interchangeable embroideiy wove,
Nor spread Arachne o'er her cxirious loom.
As oft-times a light skiff moor'd to the shore,
Stands part in water, part upon the land;
Or, as where dwells the greedy German boor,
The beaver settles, watching for his prcy;
So on the rim, that fenced the sand with rock,
Sat perch'd the fiend of evil. In the A'oid
Glancing, his tail uptuni'd, its venomous fork
"With sting like scorpion's ann'd."
§ You observe throughout this description the leaning on the
character of the Sea Dragon; a little farther on, his way of flying
is told us:—
" As a small vessel, backing out from land,
Her station quits; so thence the monster loos'd,
And, when he felt himself at large, tum'd round
There, where the breast had been, his forked tail.
Thus, like an eel, outstretch'd, at length he steer'd,
Gathering the air up with retractile claws."
And, lastly, his name is told us: Geryon. Whereupon,
looking back to Hesiod, we find that Geryon is Echidna's brother.
Man-serpent, therefore, in Dante, as Echidna is woman-serpent.
We find next that Geryon lived in the island of Erytheia,
-ocr page 329-312 THE NEREID'S GUARD. TART IX.
PART IX.
(blushing), only another kind of blushing than that of the
Hesperid Erytheia. But it is on, also, a western island, and
Geryon kept red oxen in it (said to be near the red setting sun) ;
and Hercules kills him, as he does the Hesperian dragon: but in
order to be able to reach him, a golden boat is given to Hercules
by the Sun, to cross the sea in.
§ 15. We will return to this part of the legend presently, having
enough of it now collected to get at the complete idea of the
Hesperian dragon, who is, in fine, the " Pluto il gran nemico "
of Dante ; the demon of all evil passions connected with covetous-
ness; that is to say, essentially of fraud, rage, and gloom.
Regarded as the demon of Fraud, he is said to be descended
from the viper Echidna, full of deadly cunning, in whirl on
whirl; as the demon of consuming Rage, from Phorcys; as the
demon of Gloom, from Ceto;—in his watching and melancholy,
he is sleepless (compare the Micyllus dialogue of Lucian);
breathing whirlwind and fire, he is the destroyer, descended
from Typhon as well as Phorcys; having, moreover, with all
these, the irresistible strength of his ancestral sea.
§ 16. Now, look at him, as Turner has drawn liim (p. 302). I cannot
reduce the creature to this scale without losing half his power;
his length, especially, seems to diminish more than it should in
proportion to his bulk. In the picture he is far in the distance,
cresting the mountain; and may be, perhaps, three-quarters of a
mile long. The actual length on the canvass is a foot and eight
inches; so that it may be judged how much he loses by the
reduction, not to speak of my imperfect etching,^ and of the loss
which, however well he might have been engraved, he would still
have sustained, in the impossibility of expressing the lurid colour
of his armour, alternate bronze and blue.
§ 17. Still, the main points of him are discernible enough; and
among all the wonderful things that Turner did in his day, I think
this nearly the most wonderful. How far he had really found out
for himself the collateral bearings of the Hesperid tradition I know
' It is merely a sketch on the steel, like the illustrations before given of compo-
sition ; but it marks the points needing note. Perhaps some day I may be able to
engrave it of the full size.
cirAp. X. THE NEREID'S GUARD. 313
not; but that lie had got the main clue of it, and knew who the
Dragon was, there can be no doubt; the strange thing is, that his
conception of it throughout, down to the minutest detail, fits
every one of the circumstances of the Greek traditions. There
is, first, the Dragon's descent from Medusa and Typhon, indicated
in the serpent-clouds floating from his head (compare my sketch
of the Medusa-cloud, Plate 71); then note the grovelling and
ponderous body, ending in a serpent, of which we do not see
the end. He drags the weight of it forward by his claws, not
being able to lift himself from the ground (" Mammon, the least
erected spirit that fell"); then the grip of the claws themselves
as if they would clutch (rather than tear) the rock itself into
pieces; but chiefly, the designing of the body. Remember, one
of the essential characters of the creature, as descended from
Medusa, is its coldness and petrifying power; this, in the demon*
of covetousness, must exist to the utmost; breathing fire, he is
yet himself of ice. Now, if I were merely to draw this dragon
as white, instead of dark, and take his claws away, his body would
become a representation of a great glacier, so nearly perfect, that
I know no published engraving of glacier breaking over a rocky
brow so like the truth as this dragon's shoulders would be, if they
were thrown out in light; there being only this difference, that
they have the form, but not the fragility of the ice; tliey are at
once ice and iron. " His bones are like solid pieces of brass; his
bones are like bars of iron; by his neesings a light doth shine."
The strange unity of vertebrated action, and of a true bony
contour, infinitely varied in every vertebra, with this glacial
outline;—together with the adoption of the head of the Ganges
crocodile, the fish-eater, to show his sea descent (and this in the
year 1806, when hardly a single fossil saurian skeleton existed
within Turner's reach), renders the whole conception one of the
most curious exertions of the imaginative intellect with which
I am acquainted in the arts.
Thus far then, of the dragon; next, we have to examine
the conception of the Goddess of Discord. We must return,
for a moment, to the tradition about Geryon. I cannot yet
decipher the meaning of his oxen, said to be fed together with
§ 18.
§ 19.
314 THE NEREID'S GUARD. • PART IX.
those of Hades; nor of the journey of Hercules, in which, after
slaying Geryon, he returns through Europe like a border forager,
driving these herds, and led into farther battle in protection or
recovery of them. But it seems to me the main drift of the
legend cannot be mistaken; viz., that Geryon is the evil spirit of
wealth, as arising from commerce; hence, placed as a guardian
of isles in the most distant sea, and reached in a golden boat;
while the Hesperian dragon is the evil spirit of wealth, as possessed
in households; and associated, therefore, with the true household
guardians, or singing nymphs. Hercules (manly labour), slaying
both Geryon and Lad on, presents oxen and apples to Juno, who
is their proper mistress; but the Goddess of Discord, contriving
that one portion of this household wealth shall be ill bestowed
by Paris, he, according to Coleridge's interpretation, choosing
pleasure instead of wisdom or power;—there issue from this evil
choice the catastrophe of the Trojan war, and the wanderings of
Ulysses, which are essentially, both in the Iliad and Odyssey, the
troubling of household peace ; terminating with the restoration of
this peace by repentance and patience; Helen and Penelope seen
at last sitting upon their household thrones, in the Hesperian light
of age.
We have, therefore, to regard Discord, in the Hesperides
garden, eminently as the disturber of households, assuming a
different aspect from Homer's wild and fierce discord of war.
They are, nevertheless, one and the same power; for she changes
her aspect at will. I cannot get at the root of her name, Eris.
It seems to me as if it ought to have one in common with Erinnys
(Fury); but it means alw^ays contention, emulation, or compe-
tition, either in mind or in words; — the final work of Eris is
essentially " division," and she is herself always double-minded;
shouts two ways at once (in Iliad, xi. 6), and wears a mantle rent
in half (iEneid, viii. 702). Homer makes her loud-voiced, and
insatiably covetous. This last attribute is, with him, the source
of her usual title. She is little when she first is seen, then rises
till her head touches heaven. By Virgil she is called mad; and
her hair is of serpents, bound with bloody garlands.
This is the conception first adopted by Turner, but combined
§ 20.
§21.
h
» T>. :
cirAp. X. THE NEREID'S GUARD. 315
with aiiotlier wliich lie found in Spenser; only note that there
is some confusion in the minds of English poets between Eris
(Discord) and Ate (Error), who is a daughter of Discord, according
to Hesiod. She is properlj—mischievous error, tender-footed; for
she does not walk on the earth, but on heads of men (Iliad, xix. 92);
i. e., not on the solid ground, but on human vain thoughts;
therefore, her hair is glittering (Iliad, xix. 126). I think she
is mainly the confusion of mind coming of pride, as Erig comes
of covetousness; therefore. Homer makes her a daughter of
Jove. Spenser, under the name of At^ describes Eris. I have
referred to his account of her in my notice of the Discord on the
Ducal palace of Venice (remember the inscription there, Discordia
surrii discordans). But the stanzas from wdiich Turner derived his
conception of her are these—•
" AIs, as slic double spake, so heard she double,
With matchlessc cares defoi-med and distort,
Fild with false rumors and seditious trouble,
Bred in assemblies of the vulgar sort.
That still arc led with every light report:
And as her eares, so eke her feet were odde,
And much unlike; th' one long, the other short, ,
And both misplast; that, when th' one fonvard yodc,
The other backe retired and contrarie trodc.
" Likewise uncquall were her handes twainc;
That one did reach, the other pusht away;
That one did make, the other mard againe,
And sought to bring all things unto decay;
AVhereby great riches, gathered manie a day,
She in short space did often bring to nought,
An their possessours often did dismay:
For all her studie Avas, and all her thought
How she might overthrow the things that Concord wrought.
" So much her malice did her might surpas,
That even th' Almightic selfe slie did maligne.
Because to man so mercilull lie was,
And unto all His creatures so benignc,
Sith she herself was of his grace indignc:
For all this Avorlds faire workmanship she tride
Unto his last confusion to bring,
And that great golden chaine quite to divide.
With which it blessed Concord hath together tide."
All these circumstances of decrepitude and distortion Turner
has followed, through hand and limb, with patient care: he has
316 THE NEREID'S GUARD. TAET IX.
added one final touch of his own. The nymph who brings the
apples to the goddess, offers her one in each hand; and EriS;, of
the divided mind, cannot choose.
§ 22. One farther circumstance must he noted, in order to complete
our understanding of the picture,—the gloom extending, not to
the dragon only, but also to the fountain and the tree of golden
fruit. The reason of this gloom may be found in two otlier
passages of the authors from which Turner had taken his
conception of Eris—Virgil and Spenser. For though , the
Hesperides in their own character, as the nymphs of domestic
joy, are entirely bright (and the garden always bright around
them), yet seen or remembered in sorrow, or in the presence of
discord, they deepen distress. Their entirely happy character is
given by Euripides:—" The fruit-planted shore of the Hesperides,—
songstresses,—where the ruler of the purple lake allows not any
more to the sailor his way, assigning the boundary of Heaven,
which Atlas holds; where the ambrosial fountains flow, and
the fruitful and divine land increases the happiness of the
gods."
But to the thoughts of Dido, in her despair, they recur under
another aspect; she remembers their priestess as a great en-
chantress ; who feeds the dragon and j)reserves the boughs of
the tree; sprinkling moist honey and drowsy poppy; who also
has power over ghosts; " and the earth shakes and the forests
stoop from the hills at her bidding."
§ 23. This passage Turner must have known well, from his continual
interest in Carthage: but his diminution of the splendour of the
old Greek garden was certainly caused chiefly by Spenser's
describing the Hesperides fruit as growing first in the garden
of Mammon:—
t
" There moumfull cyprcsse grew in greatest store;
And trees of bitter gall; and heben sad;
Dead sleeping poppy; and black hellebore;
Cold coloqiuntida; andtetramad;
Mortal samnitis; and cicnta bad,
With whicli th' uniust Atheniens made to dy
Wise Socrates, who, thereof quaffing glad,
Poiu-d out his life and last philosophy.
I
-ocr page 334-CHAP. X. TI-IE NEREID'S GUARD. 317
" The gardin of Proserpina this hight:
And in the midst thereof a silver seat,
"With a thick arber goodly over dight,
In which she often nsd from open heat
ITerselfe to shroud, and pleasures to entreat:
Next thereunto did grow a goodly tree.
With hraunches broad dispredd and body great,
Clothed with leaves, that none the wood mote see,
And loaden all with fruit as thick as it might bee.
Their fi-uit were golden apples glistring briglit,
That goodly was their glory to behold;
On earth like never grew, ne living wight
Like ever saw, but they from hence were sold;
For those, which Hercules with conquest bold
Got from great Atlas daughters, hence began.
* * * «>
" Here eke that famous golden apple grew,
The which emongst the gods false Ate threw."
There are two collateral evidences in tlie picture of Turner's
mind having been partly influenced by this passage. The excessive
darkness of the stream,—though one of the Cyrene fountains—to
remind us of Cocytus; and the breaking of the bough of the tree
by the weight of its apples—not healthily, but as a diseased tree
would break.
§ 24. Such then is our English painter's first great religious picture;
and exponent of our English faitli. A sad-coloured work, not
executed in Angelico's white and gold; nor in Perugino's crimson
and azure; but in a sulphurous hue, as relating to a paradise of
smoke. That power, it appears, on the hill-top, is our British
Madonna; whom, reverently, the English devotional painter must
paint, thus enthroned, with nimbus about the gracious head. Our
Madonna,—or our Jupiter on Olympus,—or, perhaps more accu-
rately still, our unknown god, sea-born, with the cliffs, not of
Cyrene, but of England, for his altar ; and no chance of any Mars'
Hill proclamation concerning him, " whom therefore ye ignorantly
worship."
§ 25. This is no irony. The fact is verily so. The greatest man of
our England, in the first half of the nineteenth century, in the
strength and hope of his youth, perceives this to be the thing he
has lo tell us of utmost moment, connected with the spiritual
318 THE NEEEID'S GUAED. PART IX.
world. In each city and country of past time, the master-minds
had to declare the chief worship which lay at the nation's heart;
to define it; adorn it; show the range and authority of it. Thus
in Athens, we have the triumph of Pallas; and in Yenice the
Assumption of the Virgin; here, in England, is our great spiritual
fact for ever interpreted to us—the Assumption of the Dragon.
No St. George any more to be heard of; no more dragon-slaying
possible: this child, born on St. George's Day, can only make
manifest the dragon, not slay him, sea-serpent as he is; whom the
English Andromeda, not fearing, takes for her lord. The fairy
English Queen once thought to command the waves, but it is the
sea-dragon now who commands her valleys; of old the Angel of
the Sea ministered to them, but now the Serpent of the Sea;
where once flowed their clear springs now spreads the black
Cocytus pool; and the fair blooming of the Hesperid meadows
fades into ashes beneath the Nereid's Guard.
Yes, Albert of Nuremberg; the time has at last come. Another
nation has arisen in the strength of its Black anger; and another
hand has pourtrayed the spirit of its toil. Crowned with fire, and
with the wings of the bat.
'f
i
P-
I'V
r-
,'C-,
CHAPTER XL
the hesperid uegle.
§ Five years after the Hesperides were painted, another great
mythological subject appeared by Turner's hand. Another dragon
■—this time not triumphant, but in death-pang; the Python, slain by
Apollo.
Not in a garden, this slaying, but in a hollow, among wildest
rocks, beside a stagnant pool. Yet, instead of the sombre colouring
of the Hesfoerid hills, strange gleams of blue and gold flit around
the mountain peaks, and colour the clouds above them.
The picture is at once the type, and the first expression of a
great change which was passing in Turner's mind. A change,
which was not clearly manifested in all its results until much
later in his life; but in the colouring of this picture are the first
signs of it; and in the subject of this picture, its symbol.
§ 2, Had Turner died early, the reputation he would have left,
though great and enduring, would have been strangely different
from that which ultimately must now attach to his name. He
would have been remembered as one of the severest of painters;
his iron touch and positive forms would have been continually
opposed to the delicacy of Glaude and richness of Titian; he
would have been spoken of, popularly, as a man who had no eye
for colour. Perhaps here and there a watchful critic might have
shown this popular idea to be false; but no conception could have
been formed by any one, of the man's real disposition or capacity.
It was only after the year 1820 that these were determinable,
and his peculiar work discerned.
§ 3. He had begun by faithful declaration of the sorrow there was
-ocr page 337-320 THE HESPEEID ^GLE.
PART IX.
in the world. It is now permitted liim to see also its beauty.
He becomes, separately and without rival, the' painter of the
loveliness and light of the creation.
Of its loveliness: that which may be beloved in it, the
tenderest, kindest, most feminine of its aspects. Of its light: light
not merely diffused, but interpreted; light seen pre-eminently in
colour.
Claude and Cuyp had painted the smisMne, Turner alone, the
sun colour.
Observe this accurately. Those easily understood effects of
afternoon light, gracious and sweet so far as they reach, are
produced by the softly warm or yellow rays of the sun falling
through mist. They are low in tone, even in nature, and disguise
the colours of objects. They are imitable even by persons who
have little or no gift of colour, if the tones of the picture are kept
low and in true harmony, and the reflected lights -warm. But
they never could be painted by great colourists. The fact of
blue and crimson being effaced by yellow and gray, puts such
effect at once out of the notice or thought of a colourist, unless
he has some special interest in the motive of it. You might as
well ask a musician to compose with only three notes, as Titian
to paint without crimson and blue. Accordingly the colourists in
general, feeling that no other than this yellow sunshine was imitable,
refused it, and painted in twilight, when the colour was full.
Therefore, from the imperfect colourists,—from Cuyp, Claude, Both,
Wilson, we* get deceptive effect of sunshine; never from the
Venetians, from Rubens, Reynolds or Yelasquez. From these we
get only conventional substitutions for it, Rubens being especially
daring ^ in frankness of symbol.
Turner, however, as a landscape painter, had to represent
sunshine of one kind or another. He went steadily through
the subdued golden chord, and painted Cuyp's favourite effect, " sun
rising through vapour," for many a weary year. But this was
not enough for him. He must paint the sun in his strength, the
' There is a very womlerlul, and almost deceptive, imitation of sunlight by Rubens
at Berlin. It falls through broken clouds upon angels, the flesh being chcquercd with
sunlight and shade.
t
§4.
il."
CHAP. XI. THE HESPERID il^GLK 321
siiii rising not through vapour. If j^ou glance at that Apollo
slaying the Python, you will see there is rose colour and blue
on the clouds, as well as gold ; and if then you turn to the Apollo
in the Ulysses and Polyphemus—his horses are rising Beyond
the horizon.—see he is not " rising through vapour," but above
it;—gaining somewhat of a victory over vapour, it appears.
The old Dutch brewer, with his yellow mist, was a great man
and a good guide, but he was not Apollo. He and his dray-horses
led the way through the flats, cheerily, for a little time; we have
other horses now flaming out " beyond the mighty sea." ,
A victory over vapour of many kinds;—Python-slaying in
general. Look how the Python's jaws smoke as he falls back
between the rocks:—a vaporous serpent! We will see who he
was, presently.
The public remonstrated loudly in the cause of Python : " He
had been so yellow, quiet, and pleasant a creature; what meant
these azure-shafted arrows, this sudden glare into darkness, this
Iris message;—Thaumantian;—miracle-working; scattering our
slumber down in Cocytus ? " It meant much, but that was not what
they should have first asked about it. They should have asked
simply, was it a true message ? Were these Thaumantian things
so, in tbe real universe ?
It might have been known easily they were. One fair dawn
or sunset, obediently beheld, would have set them right; and shown
that Turner was indeed the only true speaker concerning such
things that ever yet had appeared in the world. They would
neither look nor heaj';—only shouted continuously, "Perish Apollo.
Bring us back Python."
§ 5. "vve j^^^gt understand the real meaning of this cry, for herein
rests not merely the question of the great right or wrong in
Turner's life, but the question of the right or wrong of all painting.
Nay, on this issue hangs the nobleness of painting as an art
altogether, for it is distinctively the art of colouring, not of shaping
or relating. Sculptors and poets can do these, the painter's own
work is colour.
Thus, then, for the last time, rises the question, what is the
true dignity of colour? We left that doubt a little while ago
vol. v. y
322 THE HESPEEID iEGLE. PART IX.
among the clouds, wondering what they had been made so scarlet
for. Now Turner brings the doubt back to us, unescapable any
more. No man, hitherto, had painted the clouds scarlet. Hesperid
MgU,' and Erytheia, throned there in the west, fade into the
twilights of four thousand years, unconfessed. Here is at last one
who confesses them, but is it well? Men say these Hesperids
are sensual goddesses,—traitresses,—that the Graisa are the only
true ones. Nature made the western and the eastern clouds
splendid in fallacy. Crimson is impure and yile; let us paint in
black if we would be virtuous.
§ c. Note, with respect to this matter, that the peculiar innovation
of Turner was the perfection of the colour chord by means of
scarlet Other painters had rendered the golden tones, and the blue
tones, of sky ; Titian especially the last, in perfectness. But none
had dared to paint, none seem to have seen, the scarlet and purple.
Nor was it only in seeing this colour in vividness when it
occurred in full light, that Turner differed from precedhig painters.
His most distinctive innovation as a colourist was his discovery
of the scarlet sliadoio. " True, there is a sunshine whose light
is golden, and its shadow gray; but there is another sunshine,
and that the purest, whose light is white, and its shadow scai'let."
This was the essentially offensive, inconceivable thing, which
he could not be believed in. There was some ground for the in-
credulity, because no colour is vivid enough to express the pitch
of light of pure white sunshine, so that the colour given without
the true intensity of light loohs false. Nevertheless, Turner could
not but report of the colour truly. " I must indeed be lower in
the key, but that is no reason why I should be false in the note.
Here is sunshine which glows even when subdued; it has not cool
shade, but fiery shade."^ This is the glory of sunshine.
r
§ 7. Now, this scarlet colour,—or pure red, inteiisified by expressio]i
of light,—is, of all the three primitive colours, that which is most
distinctive. Yellow is of the nature of simple light; blue.
4
(
tejiuiiiiidi
iiiMi
' Not, accuratcly speaking, shadow, but dark side. All shadow proper is negative
in colour, biit, geiierallj-, reflected light is warmer than direct light; and when the
direct light is warm, pure, and of the highest intensity, its reflection is scarlet. Turner
habitually, in his later sketches, used vennilion for his pen outline in effects of sun.
CHAP. XI. THE HESPERID il^GLK 323
connected with simple sliade ; but red is an entirely abstract
colour. It is red to wliicli the colour-blind are blind, as if to
show us that it was not necessary merely for the service or comfort
of man, but that there was a special gift or teaching in this colour.
Observe, farther, that it is this colour which the sunbeams take in
passing through the earth's atmosphere. The rose of dawn and
sunset is the hue of the rays passing close over the earth. It
is also concentrated in the blood of man.
Unforeseen requirements have compelled me to disperse
tlirough various works, undertaken between the first and last
portions of this essay, the examination of many points respecting
colour, which I had intended to reserve for this place. I can now
only refer the reader to these several passages,^ and sum their
§8.
' The following collected system of the various statements made respecting colour
in different parts of my works may be useful to the student:— ,
1st. Abstract colour is of far less importance than abstract form (vol. i. chap, v.);
that is to say, if it could rest in our choice whether we would carve like Pliidias
(supposing Phidias had never used colour), or arrange the colours of a shawl like
Indians, there is no question as to wliich power we ought to choose. The difference
of rank is vast; there is no way of estimating or measuring it.
So, again, if it rest in our choice whether we will be great in invention of form, to
be expressed only by light and shade, as Durer, or great in invention and application
of colour, cai'ing only for ungainly form, as Bassano, there is still no question. Try
to be Durer, of the two. So again, if we have to give an account or description of
anything—if it be an object of high interest—its form will be always what we should
first tell. Neither leopard spots nor partridge's signify primarily in describing either
beast or bird. But teeth and feathers do,
2. Secondly. Though colour is of less uuportance than form, if you introduce it
at all, it must be right.
People often speak of the Eoman school as if it were greater than the "Venetian,
because its colour is "subordinate."
Its colour is not subordinate. It is bad.
If 3^ou paint coloured objects, you must either paint them rightly or m'ongly.
Tliere is no other choice. You may introduce as little colour as you choose—a mere
tint of rose in a chalk drawing, for instance ; or pale hues generally—as Micliacl
Angelo in the Sistine Chapel. All sxich work implies feebleness or imperfection, but
not necessarily eiTor. But if you paint Avith full colour, as Eaphael and Leonardo, you
must either be tme or false. If true, you will pAint like a Venetian. If false, your
forni, supremely beautiful, may draw the attention of the spectator from the lalso
coloiu-, or induce him to pardon it—and, if ill-taught, even to like it; but your picture
is none the greater for that. Had Leonardo and Raphael coloured like Giorgione,
their work would have been greater, not less, than it is now.
3. To colour perfectly is the rarest and most prccious (technical) power an artist
can possess. There have been only seven supreme colourists among the trae painters
whose works exist (namely, Giorgione, Titian, Veronese, Tintoret, CoiTeggio, Reynolds,
and Turner) ; but the names of great designers, including sculptors, architects, and
324 THE HESPERID vEGLlO. PART IX.
import; which is briefly, that colour generally, but chiefly the
scarlet, used with the hyssop, in the Levitical law, is the great
metal-workers, are multitudinous. Also, if you cau colour perfectly, you are sure to be
able to do eveiything else if you like. There never yet was colourist who could not
draw ; but faculty of perceiving fonm may exist alone. I believe, however, it will
be found ultimately that the perfect gifts of colour and form always go together.
Titian's fonn is nobler than Durer's, and moi-e subtle ; nor have I any doubt but that
Phidias could have painted as nobly as he carved. But when the powers are not
supreme, the wisest men usually neglect the coloui--gift, and develope that of form.
I have not thought it wortli while at present to enter into any examination of the
construction of Turner's colour system, because the public is at present so unconscious
of the meaning and nature of colour that they would not know what I was talking of.
The more than ludicrous folly of the system of modern water-colour painting, in whicli
it is assumed that eveiy hue in the drawing may be beneficially washed into every
other, must prevent, as long as it influences the popular mind, even incipient inquiiy
respecting colour-art. But for help of any solitaiy and painstaking student, it may be
noted that Turner's colour is founded more on Con-eggio and Bassano than on the
central Venetians ; it involves a more tender and constant reference to light and shade
than that of Veronese ; and a more sparkling and gem-like lustre than that of Titian.
I dislike using a technical word which has been disgraced by aflfectation, but there
is no other word to signify what I mean in saying that Tunier's colour has, to the
full, Correggio's " morbidezza," including also, in due place, conditions of mosaic
effect, like that of the colours in an Indian design, unaccomplished by any previous
master in painting; and a fantasy of inventive arrangement corresponding to that of
Beethoven in music. In its concurrence with and expression of texture or construction
of surfaces (as their bloom, lustre, or intricacy) it stands unrivalled—no still-life
painting by any other master can stand for an instant beside Turner's, when his work
is of life-size, as in his numerous studies of birds and their plumage. This " morbi-
dezza" of colour is associated, precisely as it was in CoiTCggio, with an exquisite
sensibility to fineness and intricacy of cuiTature: curvature, as already noticed in the
second volume, being to lines what gradation is to colours. This subject, also, is too
difficult and too little regarded by the public, to be entered upon liere, but it must be
obsei-ved that this quality of Turner's design, the one which of all is best expressible
by engraving, has of all been least expressed, owing to the constant reduction or
change of proportion in the plates. Publishers, of course, require generally their
plates to be of one size (the plates in this book form an appalling exception to received
practice in this respect) ; Turner always made his drawings longer or sliorter by half
an inch, or more, according to the subject; the engi-avers contracted or expanded
them to fit the books, with utter destruction of the nature of eveiy cun-e in the
design. Mere reduction necessarily involves such loss to some extent; but the degree
in which it probably involves it has been cuiiously exemplified by the 61st Plate in
this vohune, reduced from a pen-drawing of
mine, 18 inches long. Pig. 101 is a facsimile
of the hook and piece of drapeiy, in the fore-
ground, in my draiving, which is veiy nearly
true to the Tm-ner curves: compare them with
the curves either in Plate 61, or in the pub- .
lished engraving in the England Series. The yf ^
Plate opposite (80) ^is a portion of the fore-
ground of the drawing of the Llanberis
(England Series), also of its real size; and
101.
CHAP. XI. THE HESPERID il^GLK 325
sanctifying element of visible beautj, inseparably connected with
purity and life.
interesting as showing the grace of Turner's curvature even Avhen he M'as dmwing
fastest. It is a hasty drawing throughout, and after finishing the rocks and water,
being apparently a little tired, he has struck out the broken fence of the watering-
place for the cattle with a few impetuous dashes of the hand. Yet the cui-vature and
grou^nng of line are still perfectly tender. How far the passage loses by reduction,
may be seen by a glance at the published engraving.
4. Colour, as stated in the text, is the purifying or sanctifying element of material
beauty.
If so, how less important than fonn ? Because, on form depends existence ; on
colour, only purity. Under the Levitical law, neither scarlet nor hyssop could purify
the deformed. So, under all natural law, there must be rightly shaped members fii'st;
then sanctifying colour and fire in them.
Nevertheless, there are several great difficulties and oppositions of aspect in this
matter, which I must try to reconcile now clearly and finally. As colour is the tj'pc
of Love, it resembles it in all its modes of operation ; and in practical work of human
hands, it sustains changes of worthiness precisely like those of human sexual love.
That love, when true, faithful, well-fixed, is eminently the sanctifying element of human
hfe: without it, the soul cannot reach its fullest height or holiness. But if shallow,
faithless, misdirected, it is also one of the strongest corrupting and degrading elements
of life.
Between these base and lofty states of Love are the loveless states ; some cold and
horrible; others chaste, childish, or ascetic, bearing to careless thinkers the semblancc
of purity higher than that of Love.
So it is with the type of Love—colour. Followed rashly, coarscly, untmly, for
the mere pleasure of it, with no revcrence, it becomes a temptation, and leads to
conniption. Followed faithfully, with intense but reverent passion, it is the holiest of
all aspects of material things.
Between these two modes of pursuing it, come two modes of refusing it—one, dark
and sensual; the other, statuesque and grave, having great aspect of nobleness.
Thus we have, first, the coarse love of colour, as a vulgar person's choice of
gaudy hues in dress.
Then, again, we have the base disdain of colour, of which I have spoken at length
elsewhere. Thus we have the lofty disdain of colour, as in Durer's and Raphael's draw-
ing: finally, the severest and passionate following of it, in Giorgione and Titian.
5. Colour is, more than all elements of art, the reward of veracity of pui-posc.
This point respecting it I have not noticed before, and it is highly curious. We have
just seen that in giving an account of anything for its own sake, the most important
points are those of form. Nevertheless, the form of the object is its own attribute ;
special, not shared with other things. An error in giving an account of it docs not
necessarily involve wider errox%
But its colour is partly its own, partly shared with other things round it. The hno
and power of all broad sunlight is involved in the colour it has cast upon this single
thing ; to falsify that colour, is to misrepresent and break the harmony of the day :
also, by what colour it bears, this single object is altering hues all round it; reflecting
its own into them, displaying them by opposition, softening them by repetition; one
falsehood in colour in one place, implies a thousand in the neighbourhood. Hence, there
ai-e peculiar penalties attached to falsehood in colour, and peculiar rewards granted to
veracity in it. Form may be attained in pcrfectness by painters who, in their course
of study, are continually altering or idealizing it; but only the sternest fidelity will
reach colouring. Idealize or alter in that, and you arc lost. Whether you alter by
328 THE HESrERID ^EGLE. PAKX IX.
I must not enter here into the solemn and far-reaching fields of
thought which it would be necessary to traverse, in order to detect
the mystical connection between life and love, set forth in that
Hebrew system of sacrificial religion to which we may trace most
of the received ideas respecting sanctity, consecration, and puri-
fication. This only I must hint to the reader—for his own follow-
ing out—that if he earnestly examines the original som'ces from
which our heedless popular language respecting the washing away
of sins has been borrowed, he will find that the fountain, in which
sins are indeed to be washed away, is that of love, not of agony.
§ 9. But, without approaching the presence of this deeper meaning
of the sign, the reader may rest satisfied with the connection given
him directly in written words, between the cloud and its bow.
The cloud, or firmament, as we have seen, signifies the ministration
of the heavens to man. That ministration may be in judgment or
mercy—in the lightning, or the dew. But the bow, or colour of the
cloud, signifies always mercy, the sparing of life; such ministry of
the heaven, as shall feed and prolong life. And as the sunlight,
undivided, is the type of the wisdom and righteousness of God, so
divided, and softened into colour by means of the firmamental
ministry, fitted to every need of man, as to every delight, and
becoming one chief source of human beauty, by being made part of
the flesh of man;—thus divided, the sunlight is the type of the
wisdom of God, becoming sanctification and redemption. Various
in work—various in beauty—various in power.
; Colour is, therefore, in brief terms, the type of love. Hence
abasing, or exaggerating,—by glare, or by decline, one fate is for yon—rain. Violate
truth -wilfully in the slightest particular, or, at least, get into the habit of violating it,
and all kinds of failure and eiTor will surround and hunt you to your fall.
Therefore, also, as long as you are working with form only, you may amuse youi'self
with fancies; but colour is sacred—in tliat you must keep to facts. Hence the apparent
anomaly that the only schools of colour are the schools of Eealism. The men who care
for form only, may drift about in dreams of Spiritualism ; but a colourist must keep to
substance. The greater his power in colour enchantment, the more stem and constant
will be his common sense. Euseli may wander wildly among gray spectra, but.
Keyjiolds and Gainsborough must stay in broad daylight, with piu-e hiunanity. Velasquez,
the greatest colourist, is the most accurate portrait painter of Spain; Holbein, the
most accurate portrait painter, is the only colourist of Gemany ; and even Tintoret had
to sacrifice some of the highest qualities of his colour before he could give way to the
flights of wayward though mighty imagination, in which his mind rises or declines
from the royal calm of Titian.
CHAP. XI. THE HESPEKID iEGLE. 327
it is especially connected with the blossoming of the earth; and
again, with its fruits; also, with the spring and fall of the leaf,
and with the morning and evening of the day, in order to show
the waiting of love about the birth and death of man.
§ 10. And now, I think, we may understand, even far away in the
Greek mind, the meaning of that contest of Apollo with the
Python. It was a far greater contest than that of Hercules with
Ladon, Fraud and avarice might be overcome by frankness and
force; but this Python was a darker enemy, and could not be
subdued but by a greater god. Nor was the conquest slightly
esteemed by the victor deity. He took his great name from it
thenceforth—his prophetic and sacred name—the Pythian.
It could, therefore, be no merely devouring dragon—no mere
wild beast with scales and claws. It must possess some more
terrible character to make conquest over it so glorious. Consider
the meaning of its name, «THE COllRUPTEE." That Hesperid
dragon was a treasure-guardian. This is the treasure-destroyer,
—where moth and rust doth corrupt—the worm of eternal decay.
Apollo's contest with him is the strife of purity with pollution;
of life, with forgetfulness ; of love, with the grave.
§ 11* I believe this great battle stood, in the Greek mind, for the type
of the struggle of youth and manhood with deadly sin—venomous,
infectious, irrecoverable sin. In virtue of his victory over this
corruption, Apollo becomes thenceforward the guide ; the witness ;
the purifying and helpful God. The other gods help waywardly,
whom they choose. But Apollo helps always : he is by name, not
only Pythian, the conqueror of death; but P^an—the healer of
the people.
Well did Turner know the meaning of that battle: he has told
its tale with fearful distinctness. The Mammon dragon was armed
with adamant; but this dragon of decay is a mere colossal worm:
wounded, he bursts asunder in the midst,i and melts to pieces,
rather than dies, vomiting smoke—a smaller serpent-worm rising
out of his blood.
§ 12, Alas, for Turner! This smaller serpent-worm, it seemed, he
Compare the deaths of Jehoram, Herod, and Judas.
-ocr page 345-could not conceive to be slain. In the midst of all the power and
beauty of nature, he still saw this death-worm writhing among the
weeds. A little thing now, yet enough: you may see it in the
foreground of the Bay of Baise, which has also in it the story
of Apollo and the Sibyl; Apollo giving love; but not youth, nor
immortality: you may see it again in the foreground of the Lake
Avernus—the Hades lake—which Turner surrounds Avith delicatest
beauty, the Fates dancing in circle; but in front, is the serpent
beneath the thistle and the wild thorn. The same Sibyl, Deiphobe,
holding the golden bough. I cannot get at the meaning of this
legend of the bough; but it was, assuredly, still connected^ in
Turner's mind, with that help from Apollo. He indicated the
strength of his feeling at the time when he painted the Python
contest, by the drawing exhibited the same year, of the Prayer
of Chryses. There the priest is on the beach alone, the sun
setting. He prays to it as it descends;—flakes of its sheeted
light are borne to him by the melancholy waves, and cast away
with sighs upon the sand.
How this sadness came to be persistent over Turner, and to
conquer him, we shall see in a little while. It is enough for us to
know at present that our most wise and Christian England, with all
her appurtenances of school-porch and church-spire, had so dis-
posed her teaching as to leave this somewhat notable child of hers
without even cruel Pandora's gift.
He was without hope.
True daughter of Night, Hesperid ^Egle was to him; coming
between Censure, and Sorrow,—and the Destinies.
§ 13- What, for us, his work yet may be, I know not. But let not
the real nature of it be misunderstood any more.
He is distinctively, as he rises into his own peculiar strength,
separating himself from all men who had painted forms of the
physical world before,—the painter of the loveliness of nature, with
the worm at its root: Rose and cankerworm,—both with his utmost
strength; the one never separate from the other.
In which his work was the true image of his own mind.
I would fain have looked last at the rose; but that is not the
way Atropos will have it, and there is no pleading with her.
WJ
328
I'AJRT IX.
the hesperid ^egle.
i
-ocr page 346-CHAP. XI. THE HESPEKID iEGLE. 329
So, tlierefore, first of tlie rose.
§ u. That is to say, of this vision of the loveliness and kindness of
Nature, as distinguished from all visions of her ever received by-
other men. Bj the Greek, she had been distrusted. She was to
him Calypso, the Concealer, Circe, the Sorceress. By the Vene-
tian, she had been dreaded. Her wildernesses were desolate; her
shadows stern. By the Fleming, she had been despised; what
mattered the heavenly colours to him ? But at last, the time comes
for her loveliness and kindness to be declared to men. ^ Had they
helped Turner, listened to him, believed in him, he had done it
wholly for them. But they cried out for Python, and Python
came;—came literally as well as spiritually;—all the perfectest
beauty and conquest which Turner wrought is already withered.
The cankerworm stood at his right hand, and of all his richest,
most precious work, there remains only the shadow. Yet that
shadow is more than other men's sunlight; it is the scarlet shade,
shade of the Rose. Wrecked, and faded, and defiled, his work
still, in what remains of it, or may remain, is the loveliest ever
yet done by man, in imagery of the physical world. Whatsoever
is there of fairest, you will find recorded by Turner, and by him
alone.
§15. I say 2/0?« will find, not knowing to how few I speak; for in
order to find what is fairest, you must delight in what is fair; and
I know not how few or how many there may be who take such
delight. Once I could speak joyfully about beautiful tlihigs,
thinking to be understood ;—now I cannot any more ; for it seems
to me that no one regards them. Wherever I look or travel in
England or abroad, I see that men, wherever they can reach,
destroy all beauty. They seem to have no other desire or hope
but to have large houses and to be able to move fast. Every
perfect and lovely spot which they can touch, they defile.^
I
t-.
1;
?
^ 1
I
ti
I
I
§ 16. Nevertheless, though not joyfully, or with any hope of being
at present heard, I would have tried to enter here into some
' Thus, the raih-oad bridge over the Fall of SchafFhauscn, and that round the
Clarens shore of the lake of Geneva, have destroyed the power of two pieces of sceneiy
of which nothing can ever supply the place, in appeal to the higher ranks of European
mind.
330 TIIE HESPERID iEGLE. PART IX.
examination of tlie right and worthy effect of beauty in Art upon
human mind, if I had been myself able to come to demonstrable
conclusions. But the question is so complicated with that of the
enervating influence of all luxury, that I cannot get it put into
any tractable compass. Nay, I have many inquiries to make,
many difficult passages of history to examine, before I can
determine the just limits of the hope in which I may permit myself
to continue to labour in any cause of Art.
Nor is the subject connected with the purpose of this book.
I have written it to show that Turner is the greatest landscape
painter who ever lived; and this it has sufficiently accomplished.
What the final use may be to men, of landscape painting, or of
any painting, or of natural beauty, I do not yet know. Thus
far, however, I do know.
§ 17. Three principal forms of asceticism have existed in this weak
world. Religious asceticism, being the refusal of pleasure and
knowledge for the sake (as supposed) of religion; seen chiefly in
the middle ages. Military asceticism, being the refusal of pleasure
and knowledge for the sake of power; seen chiefly in the early
days of Sparta and Rome. And monetary asceticism, consisting
in the refusal of pleasure and knowledge for the sake of money;
seen in the present days of London and Manchester.
" We do not come here to look at the mountains," said the
Carthusian to me at the Grande Chartreuse. " We do not come
here to look at the mountains," the Austrian generals would say,
encamping by the shores of Garda. " We do not come here to
look at the mountains," so the thriving manufacturers tell me,
between Rochdale and Halifax.
§ 18. All these asceticisms have their bright and their dark sides.
I myself like the military asceticism best, because it is not so
necessarily a refusal of general knowledge as the two others, but
leads to acute and marvellous use of mind, and perfect use of
body. Nevertheless, none of the three are a healthy or central
state of man. There is much to be respected in each, but they
are not what we should wish large numbers of men to become.
A monk of La Trappe, a French soldier of the Imperial Guard,
and a thriving mill-owner, supposing each a type, and no more
in
i -5
i
'A
i
4-
(
t'liAr. XI. TIIE HESl^EKID ^GLE. 331
tlian a type, of his class, are all interesting specimens of humanity,
but narrow ones, — so narrow that even all the three together
would not make up a perfect man. Nor does it appear in any
way desirable that either of the three classes should extend itself
so as to include a majority of the persons in the world, and
turn large cities into mere groups of monastery, barracks, or fac-
tory. I do not say that it may not be desirable that one city, or
one country, sacrificed for the good of the rest, should become a
mass of barracks or factories. Perhaps, it may be well that this
England should become the furnace of the world; so that the
smoke of the island, rising out of the sea, should be seen from
a hundred leagues away, as if it were a field of fierce volca-
noes; and every kind of sordid, foul, or venomous work which,
in other countries men dreaded or disdained, ij; should become
England's duty to do,—becoming thus the offscourer of the earth,
and taking the hyena instead of the lion upon her shield. I do
not, for a moment, deny this; but, looking broadly, not at tlie
destiny of England, nor of any country in particular, but of the
world, this is certain—that men exclusively occupied either in
spiritual reverie, mechanical destruction, or mechanical produc-
tiveness,' fall below the proper standard of their race, and enter
into a lower form of being; and that the true perfection of
the race, and, therefore, its power and happiness, are only to be
attained by a life which is neither speculative nor productive ; but
essentially contemplative and protective, which (A) does not lose
itself in the monk's vision or hope, but delights in seeing preserit
and real things as they truly are; which (B) does not mortify
itself for the sake of obtaining powers of destruction, but seeks
the more easily attainable powers of affection, observance, and
protection; which (C), finally, does not mortify itself with a view
to productive accumulation, but delights itself in peace, with its
appointed portion. So that the things to be desired for man in
a healthy state, are that he should not see dreams, but realities;
that he should not destroy life, but save it; and that he should be
not rich, but content.
Towards which last state of contentment, I do not see that the
world is at present approximating. There are, indeed, two forms
t
4 1
j
§ 19.
332 THE HESPEllII) uEGLE. VART IX.
of discontent: one laborious, tlie other indolent and complaining.
We respect tlie man of laborious desire, but let us not suppose that
his restlessness is peace, or his ambition meekness. It is because
of the special connection of meekness with contentment that it
is promised that the meek shall " inherit the earth." Neither
covetous men, nor the Grave, can inlierit anything they can but
consume. Only contentment can possess.
§ 20. The most helpful and sacred work, therefore, which can at
present be done for humanity, is to teach people (chiefly by example,
as all best teaching must be done) not how " to better themselves,"
but how to "satisfy themselves." It is the curse of every evil
nation and evil creature to eat, and not be satisfied. The words
of blessing are, that they shall eat and be satisfied. And as there
is only one kind of water which quenches all thirst, so there is
only one kind of bread which satisfies all hunger, the bread of
justice or righteousness ; which hungering after, men shall always
be filled, that being the bread of Heaven ; but hungering after the
bread, or wages, of unrighteousness, shall not be filled, that being
the bread of Sodom.
g 21. And, in order to teach men how to be satisfied, it is necessary
fully to understand the art and joy of humble life,—this, at present,
of all arts or sciences being the one most needing study. Humble
life,—that is to say, proposing to itself no future exaltation, but
only a sweet continuance ; not excluding the idea of foresight, but
wholly of fore-sorrow, and taking no troublous thought for coming
days: so, also, not excluding the idea of providence, or provision,''
but wholly of accumulation;—the life of domestic affection and
domestic peace, full of sensitiveness to all elements of costless and
kind pleasure;—therefore, chiefly to the loveliness of the natural
world.
§ 22. What length and severity of labour may be ultimately found
necessary for the procuring of the due comforts of life, I do not
know; neither what degree of refinement it is possible to unite
' " There are three things that are never satisfied, yea, four things say not. It is
enough ; the graAC; and the barren womb; the qarth that is not filled with water;
and the fire, that saith not, It is enough!"
' A bad word, being only " foresight" again in Latin; but have no ether good
English word for the sense into which it has been warped.
s
■i
'i
t;
Iff
%
fi"
V'
I
iji.
fi-
f.t ,
hi
i-if \
UL
CHAP. XI. THE HESPEKID iEGLE. 333
with the so-called servile occupations of life: but this I know,
that right economy of labour will, as it is understood, assign
to each man as much as will be healthy for him, and no more;
and that no refinements are desirable which cannot be connected
with toil.
I say, first, that due economy of labour will assign to each man
the share which is right. Let no technical labour be wasted on
things useless or unpleasurable and let all physical exertion,
so far as possible, be utilized, and it will be found no man need
ever work more than is good for him. I believe an immense gain
' I cannot repeat too often (for it seems almost impossible to arouse the public mind
in the least to a sense of the fact) that the root of all benevolent and helpful action
towards the lower classes consists in the wise direction of purchase; that is to say, in
spending money, as far as possible, only for products of healthful and natui-al labour.
All work with fire is more or less hannful and degrading; so also mine, or machine
labour. They at present develope more intelligence than rural labour, but this
is only because no education, properly so called, being given to the lower classes,
those occupations arc best for them which compcl them to attain some accurate
knowledge, discipline them in presence of mind, and bring them within spheres
in Avhich they may raise themselves to positions of command. Properly taught,
a ploughman ought to be more intelligent, as well as more healthy, than a
miner.
Eveiy nation which desires to ennoble itself should endeavour to maintain as large
a number of persons as possible by riu-al and maritime labour (including fishing).
I cannot in this place enter into consideration of the relative advantages of different
channels of industry. Any one who sincerely desires to act upon such knowledge will
find no difficulty in obtaining it.
I have also several series of experiments and inquiries to undertake before I shall
be able to speak with security on certain points connected with education ; but I have
no doubt that cv^iy child in a civilized country should bo taught the first principles of
natural history, physiology, and medicine ; also to sing perfectly, so far as it has
capacity, and to draw any definite form accurately, to any scale.
These things it should be taught by requiring its attendance at school, not more
than three hours a day, and less if possible (the best part of children's education being
in helping their parents and families). The other elements of its instruction ought to
have respect to the trade by which it is to live.
Iilodem systems of improvement are too apt to confuse the recreation of the work-
man with his education. He should be educated for his work before he is allowed to
undertake it; and refreshed and relieved while he practises it.
Every effort should be made to induce the adoption of a national costume. Clean-
liness and neatness in dress ought always to be rewarded by some gratification of
personal pride ; and it is the peculiar virtue of a national costume that it fosters and
gratifies the wish to look well, without inducing the desire to look better than one's
neighbours—or the hope, peculiarly English, of being mistaken for a person in a
higher position of life. A costume may indeed become coquettish, but rarely
indecent or vulgar; and though a French bonne or Swiss farm-girl may dress so
as sufficiently to mortify her equals, neither of them ever desires or expects to be
mistaken for her mistress.
1
i
the hesperip jegle.
334
FAKT IX.
in the bodily liealtli and happiness of the upper classes would
follow on their steadily endeavouring, however clumsily, to make
the physical exertion they now necessarily take in amusements,
definitely serviceable. It would be far better, for instance, that
a gentleman should mow his own fields, than ride over other
people's.
§ 23. Again, respecting degrees of possible refinement, I cannot yet
speak positively, because no effort has yet been made to teach
refined habits to persons of simple life.
The idea of such refinement has been made to appear absurd,
partly by the foolish ambition of vulgar persons in low life, but
more by the worse than foolish assumption, acted on so often
by modem advocates of improvement, that " education" means
teaching Latin, or algebra, or music, or drawing, instead of
developing or " drawing out" the human soul.
It may not be the least necessary that a peasant should know
algebra, or Greek, or drawing. But it may, perhaps, be both
possible and expedient that he should be able to arrange his
thoughts clearly, to speak his own language intelligibly, to discern
betAveen right and wrong, to govern his passions, and to receive
such pleasures of ear or sight as his life may render accessible to
him. I would not have him taught the science of music; but
most assuredly I would have him taught to sing. I would not
teach him the science of drawing; but certainly I would teach
him to see; without learning a single term of botany, he should
know accurately the habits and uses of every leaf and flower in
his fields; and unencumbered by any theories of moral or political
philosophy, he should help his neighbour, and disdain a bribe.
§ 24. Many most valuable conclusions respecting the degree of
nobleness and refinement which may be attained in servile or in
rural life may be arrived at by a careful study of the noble
writings of Blitzius (Jeremias Gotthelf), which contain a record
of Swiss character not less valuable in its fine truth than that
which Scott has left of the Scottish. I know no ideal characters
of women, whatever their station, more majestic than that of
Freneli (in Ulric le Valet de Ferme, and Ulric le Fermier); or of
Elise, in the Tour de Jacob; nor any more exquisitely tender and
I-*'-
I
r
w
i
i
m
CHAP, XI. THE I-IESPERID iEGLE.
refined than thai of Aenneli in. the Froiiiagerie, and Aenneli in
the Miroir des Pay sans. ^ , ' . >
§ 25. How far this simple and useful pride, this delicate innocence^
might he adorned, or how far destroyed, by higher intellectual
education in letters or the arts, cannot be known without othei'
experience than the charity of men has hitherto enabled us to acquire.
All effort in social improvement is paralyzed, because no one has
been bold or clear-sighted enough to put and press home this radical
question: " What is indeed the noblest tone and reach of life fov
men; and how can the possibility of it be extended to tlie greatest
numbers ?" It is answered, broadly and rashly, that wealth is
good; that knowledge is good; that art is good; that luxury is
good. Whereas none of them are good in the abstract, but good
only if rightly received. Nor have any steps whatever been yet
securely taken,—nor, otherwise than in the resultless rhapsody of
moralists,—to ascertain what luxuries and what learning it is either
kind to bestow, or wise to desire. This, however, at least we know,
shown clearly by the history of all time, that the arts and sciences,
ministering to the pride of nations, have invariably hastened their
ruin; and tins, also, without venturing to say that I know, I never-
theless firmly believe, that the same arts and sciences will tend as
distinctly to exalt the strength and quicken the soul of every nation
which employs them to increase the comfort of lowly life, and grace
with happy intelligence the unambitious courses of honourable toil.
Thus far, then, of the Rose.
§ 20. Last, of the Worm.
W
M
M
I said that Turner painted the labour of men, their sorrow,
and their death. This he did nearly in the same tones of mind
which prompted Byron's poem of Childe Harold, and the loveliest
result of his art, in the central period of it, was an effort to
express on a single canvass the meaning of that poem. It may
be now seen, by strange coincidence,- associated with two others
—Caligula's Bridge and the Apollo and Sibyl; the one illus-
' This last book should be read carefully by all persons interested in social ques-
tions, It is sufficiently dull as a tale, but is characterized throughout by a restrained
tragic power of the highest order; and it would be worth reading, were it only lor the
stoiy of Aenneli, and for the last half page of its close.
336 THE HESPERID iEGLE. PART IX.
trative of the vanity of human labour, the other of the vanity
of human life.^ He painted these, as I said, in the same tone of
mind which formed the Childe Harold poem, but with different
capacity : Turner's sense of beauty was perfect; deeper, therefore,
far than Byron's; only that of Keats and Tennyson being com-
parable with it. And Turner's love of truth was as stern and
patient as Dante's; so that when over these great capacities come
the shadows of despair, the wreck is infinitely sterner and more
sorrowful. With no sweet home for his childhood,—friendless in
youth,—loveless in manhood,—and hopeless in death, Turner was
what Dante might have been, without the " bello ovile," without
Casella, without Beatrice, and without Him who gave them all, and
took them all away.
§ 27. I will trace this state of his mind farther, in a little while.
Meantime, I want you to note only the result upon his work;—
how, through all the remainder of his life, wherever he looked, he
saw ruin.
Ruin, and twilight. What was the distinctive effect of light
which he introduced, such as no man had j)ainted before ? Bright-
ness, indeed, he gave, as we have seen, because it was true and
right; but in this he only perfected what others had attempted.
His own favourite light is not iEgle, but Hesperid jEgle. Fading
of the last rays of sunset. Faint breathing of the sorrow of night.
§ 28. And fading of sunset, note also, on ruin. I cannot but wonder
that this difference between Turner's work and previous art-
conception has not been more observed. None of the great
early painters draw ruins, except compulsorily. The shattered
buildings introduced by them are shattered artificially, like models.
There is no real sense of decay ; whereas Turner only momentarily
dwells on anything else than ruin. Take up the Liber Studiorum,
and observe how this feeling of decay and humiliation gives solem-
nity to all its simplest subjects; even to his view of daily labour.
' " The CumoLian Sibyl, Deiphobc, was, in her youth, beloved by Apollo ; who,
promising to grant her whatever she would ask, she took tip a handful of earth, and
asked that she might Ua'c as many years as there were grains of dust in her hand. She
obtained her petition, Apollo Avould have granted her perpetual youth in return for her
love, but she denied him, and wasted into the long ages—known, at last, only by her
voice."—(Sec my notes on the Tunier Gallery.)
CHAP. XI. THE HESPEKID iEGLE. 337
T'
I have marked its tendency in examining the design of the
Mill and Lock, but observe its continuance through the book.
There is no exultation in thriving citj, or mart, or in happy rural
toil, or harvest gathering. Only the grinding at the mill, and
patient striving with hard conditions of life. Observe the two
disordered and poor farm-yards, cart, and ploughshare, and harrow
rotting away; note the pastoral by the brook side, with its
neglected stream, and haggard trees, and bridge with the broken
rail, and decrepit childi'en—fever-struck—one sitting stupidly by
the stagnant stream; the other in rags, and with an old man's hat
on, and lame, leaning on a stick. Then the " Hedging and
ditching," with its bleak sky and blighted trees—hacked, and
bitten, and starved by the clay soil into something between trees
and firewood; its meanly-faced, sickly labourers—pollard labourersj
like the willow trunk they hew ; and the slatternly peasant-woman,
with worn cloak and battered bonnet—an English Dryad. Then
the Water-mill, beyond the fallen steps overgrown with the
thistle : itself a ruin, mud-built at first, now propped on both sides;
—the planks torn from its cattle-shed; a feeble beam, splintered at
the end, set against the dM^elling-house from the ruined pier of the
watercourse; the old millstone—useless for many a day—half
buried in slime, at the bottom of the wall; the listless children,
listless dog, and the poor gleaner bringing her single sheaf to be
ground. Then the "Peat bog," with its cold, dark rain, and
dangerous labour. And last and chief, the mill in the valley of
the Chartreuse. Another than Turner would have painted the
convent; but he had no sympathy with the hope, no mercy for
the indolence of the monk. He painted the mill in the valley.
Precipice overhanging it, and wildness of dark forest round; blind
rage and strength of mountain torrent rolled beneath it,—calm
sunset above, but fading from the glen, leaving it to its roar of
passionate waters and sighing of pine-branches in the night.
Such is his view of human labour. Of human pride, see
what records. Morpeth tower, roofless and black ; gate of old
Winchelsea wall, the flock of sheep driven round it, not through
it; and Rievauk choir, and Kirkstall crypt; and Dunstan-
borough, wan above the sea; and Chepstow, with arrowy light
vol. v. z
§ 29.
338 THE HESPERED iEGLE.
paut ix.
through traceried windows; and Lindisfanie, with failing height
of wasted shaft and wall; and last and sweetest, Raglan, in utter
solitude, amidst the wild wood of its own pleasance; the towers
rounded with ivy, and the forest roots choked with undergrowth,
and the brook languid amidst lilies and sedges. Legends of
gray knights and enchanted ladies keeping the woodman's chil-
dren away at the sunset.
These are his types of human pride. Of human love : Pro-
cris, dying by the arrow; Hesperie, by the viper's fang ; and
Rizpah, more than dead, beside her children.
§ 30. Such are the lessons of the Liber Studiorum. Silent always
with a bitter silence, disdaining to tell his meaning, when he saw
there was no ear to receive it, Turner only indicated this purpose
by slight words of contemptuous anger, when he heard of any
one's trying to obtain this or the other separate subject as
more beautiful than the rest. " What is the use of them," he
said, "but together?"^ The meaning of the entire book was
symbolized in the frontispiece, which he engraved with his own
hand: Tyre at sunset, with the Rape of Europa, indicating the
symbolism of the decay of Europe by that of Tyre, its beauty
passing away into terror and judgment (Europa being the mother
of Minos and Rhadamanthus).^
n:
W
\4
1 •»
IS
5 1:
' Turner appears never to have desired, irom any one, care in favour of his separate
works. The only thing he would say sometimes was, " Keep them together." He
seemed not to mind how much they were injxxred, if only the record of the thought
were left in them, and they were kept in the series which would give the key to their
meaning. I never saw hmi, at my father's house, look for an instant at any of his
own drawings : I have watched him sitting at dinner nearly opposite one of his chief
pictures—his eyes never turned to it.
But the want of appreciation, nevertheless, touched him sorely; chiefly the not
understanding his meaning. He tried hard one day for a quarter of an hour to make
me guess what he was doing in the pictm'e of Napoleon, before it had been exhibited,
giving mo hint after hint in a rough way ; but I could not gxiess, and he would not
tell me.
® I limit myself in this book to mere indication of the tones of his mind, illustration
of them at any length being as yet impossible. It will be found on examining the
series of drawings made by Turner during the late years of his life, ia possession of
the nation, that they are nearly all made far the sake of some rccord of human power,
partly victorious, partly conquered. There is hardly a single example of landscape
painted for its own abstract beauty. Power and desolation, or soft pensivcness, are the
elements sought chiefly in landscape ; hence the later sketches are nearly aU among
moimtain scenery, and chiefly of fortresses, villages or bridges and roads among the
CHAP. XI. THE HESPEKID iEGLE. 339
§ 31. I need not trace tlie dark clue farther, the reader may follow it
wildest Alps. The pass of the St. Gothard, especially, from his earliest days, had kept
possession of his miud, not as a piece of mountain sceneiy, hut as a marvellous road;
and the great dramng which I have tried to illustrate with some care in this book,
the last he made of the Alps with unfaiUng energy, was Avholly made to show the
sui-viving of this tormented path through avalanche and storm, from the day when he
fii'st drew its two bridges, in the Liber Studioiimi. Plate 81, which is the piece of the
torrent bed on the left, of the real size, where the stones of it appear just on the point
of being swept away, and the ground wo stand upon with them, completes the series
of illustrations of this subject, for the present, sufficiently ; and, if compared Avith
Plate 80, will be serviceable, also, in showing how various in its grasp and its delight
was this strange human mind, capable of all patience and all energy, and perfect in its
sympathy, wliether with wrath or quietness. Though lingering always with chief
affection about the St. Gothard pass, he seems to have gleaned the whole of Switzerland
for every record he could find of grand human effort of any kind ; I do not believe
there is one baronial tower, one shattered arch of Alpine bridge, one gleaming tower
of decayed village or deserted monastery, Avhich he has not dra'^TO; in many cases,
round and round, again and again, on eveiy side. Now that I have done this work,
I puii^ose, if life and strength are spared to me, to trace him through these last
journeys, and take such record of his best-beloved places as may fully interpret the
designs he left. I have given in the three following plates an example of the kind
of work which needs doing, and which, as stated in the preface, I have partly already
begun. Plate 82 repvesents roughly two of Turner's memoranda of a bridge over the
Ehine. They are quite imperfectly represented, because I do not choose to take any
trouble about them on this scale. If I can engrave them at all, it must be of their
own size ; but they are enough to give an idea of the M'ay he used to walk round a
place, taking sketch after sketch of its aspects, from every point or half-point of the
compass. There are three other sketches of this bridge, far more detailed than these,
in the National Gallery.
A scratched word on the back of one of them, " Rlieinfcls," which I knew could
not apply to the Kheinfels near Bingcn, gave me the clue to the placc;—an old Swiss
town, seventeen miles above Basle, celebrated in Swiss history as the main fortress
defending the frontier toward the Black Forest. I went there the moment I had got
Turner's sketches an-anged in 1858, and drew it with the pen (or point of brash, more
difficult to manage, but a better instrument) on every side on wliich Turner had
drawn it, giving every detail with sen'ile accuracy, so as to show the exact modifications
he made as he composed his subjects. Mr. Le Keux has beautifully copied two of these
studies. Plates 83 and 84 ; the first of these is the bridge drawn from the spot whence
Tm-ner made his upper memorandum ; afterwards, he went down close to tlie fishu)g
house, and took the second ; in which he unliesitatingly divides the Rhine by a strong-
pyramidal rock, in order to get a group of firm lines pointing to his main subject, the
tower (compare § 12, p. 174, above) ; and throws a foaming mass of water away to
the left, in order to give a better idea of the river's force; the modifications of fonn
in the tower itself are all skilful and majestic in the highest degree. The throwing the
whole of it higher than the bridge, taking off the peak from its gable on the left,
and adding the little roof-window in tlie centre, make it a perfectly noble mass,
instead of a broken and common one. I have added the other subject, Plate 84,—
though I could not give the Tunier drawing which it illustrates,—merely to show the
kind of scene which modern ambition and folly are destroying, throughout Switzerland.
In Plate 83, a small dark tower is seen in the distance, just on the left of the tower of
the bridge. Getting round nearly to the foot of it, on the outside of the town, and
Z 2
-ocr page 357-340 THE HESPEEID ^GLE. paktix.
unbroken tlu'ougli all liis work and life^ this thread of Atropos.^ I
will only point, in conclusion, to the intensity with which his
imaginatiqn dwelt always on the three great cities of Carthage,
Rome, and Venice—Carthage in connection especially with the
■ -I
I
then turning back so as to put the town walls on your right, you may, I hope,
still sec the subject of the third plate; the old bridge over the moat, and older
wall and towers ; the stork's nest on the top of the nearest one; the moat itself,
now nearly filled with softest grass and flowers ; a little mountain brook rippling do^\'n
through the midst of them, and the first wooded promontory of the Jura beyond.
Had Bheinfelden been a place of the least mark, instead of a nearly ruinous village, it
is just this spot of ground which, costing little or nothing, would have been made its
raih-oad station, and its refreshment-room would have been built out of the stones of
the towers.
" I have not followed out, as I ought to have done, had the task been less painful, my
assertion that Turner had to paint not only the labour and the soitow of men, but their
death. There is no form of violent death which he has not painted. Pre-eminent in
many things, he is pre-eminent also, bitterly, in this. Durer and Holbein drew the
skeleton in its questioning; biit Turner, like Salvator, as under some strange fascination
or captivity, drew it at its work. Elood, and fire, and wreck, and battle, and pestilence;
and solitary death, more fearful still. The noblest of all the plates of the Liber
Studiorum, except the Via Mala, is one engraved with his own hand, of a single
sailor, yet living, dashed in the night against a granite coast,—his body and out-
stretched hands just seen in the trough of a mountain wave, between it and the over-
hanging wall of rock, hollow, polished, and pale with dreadful cloud and grasping
foam.
And remember, also, that the very sign in heaven itself which, truly understood, is
the tyiDe of love, was to Turner the type of death. The scarlet of the clouds Avas his
symbol of destraction. In his mind it was the colour of blood. So he used it in the
EaU of Carthage, Note his OAvn written words—
" While o'er the western wave the ensanguined sun,
In gathering huge a stormy signal spread,
And set portentous."
So he used it in the Slaver, in the Ulysses, in the Napoleon, in the Goldau ; again
and again in slighter hints and momentaiy dreams, of which one of the saddest and
most tender is a little sketch of dawn, made in his last years. It is a small space of
level sea shore ; beyond it a fair, soft light in the east; the last stom-clouds melting
away, oblique into the morning air; some little vessel—a collier, probably—has gone
down in the night, all hands lost; a single dog has come ashore. Utterly exhausted,
its limbs faiUng under it, and, sinking into the sand, it stands howling and shivering.
The dawn-clouds have the first scarlet upon them, a feeble tinge only, reflected with
the same feeble blood-stain on the sand.
The morning light is used with a loftier significance in a drawing made as a com-
panion to the Goldau, engraved in the fourth volume. The Lake of Zug, which ripples
beneath the sunset in the Goldau, is lulled in the level azure of early cloud; and the spire
of Aart, which is there a dark point at the edge of tlie golden lake, is, in the opening
light, seen pale against purple mountains. The sketches for these two subjects were,
I doubt not, made from the actual effects of a stormy evening, and the next following
daybreak; but both with earnest meaning. The crimson sunset lights the valley of rock
CHAP. XI. THE HESPEKID iEGLE. 341
tlioughts and study wliicli led to the painting of the Hesperides'
Garden^ showing the death which attends the vain pursuit of
wealth; Rome, showing the death which attends the vain pursuit
of power; Venice, the death which attends the vain pursuit of
beauty.
How strangely significative, thus understood, those last
Venetian dreams of his become, themselves so beautiful and so
frail; wrecks of all that they were once—twilights of twilight!
§ 32. Vain beauty; yet not all in vain. Unlike in birth, how like
in their labour, and their power over the future, these masters
of England and Venice—Turner and Giorgione. But ten years
ago, I saw the last traces of the greatest works of Giorgione
yet glowing, like a scarlet cloud, on the Fondaco de Tedeschi.^
And though that scarlet cloud (sangmgna e fiammeggiante, per
cui le pitture cominciarono con dolce violenza a rapire il cuore
tombs, cast upon it by the fallen Rossbei-g; but the sunrise gilds with its level rays the
two peaks which protect the village that gives name to Switzerland ; and the orb itself
breaks first through the darlmess on the very point of the pass to the high lake of Egeri,
where the liberties of the cantons were won by the battle-charge of Morgarten.
' I have engi-aved, at the beginning of this chaptei-, one of the fragments of these
frescos, preserved, all imperfectly indeed, yet with some feeling of their nobleness^ by
Zanetti, whose words respecting them I have quoted in the text. The one I saw was
the fii'st figm-e given in his book; the one engraven in my Plate, the third, had wholly
perished; but even this record of it by Zanetti is prccious. Wliat imperfections of
Ibnn exist in it, too visibly, are certainly less Giorgione's than the translator's ; never-
theless, for these veiy faults, as well as for its beauty, I have chosen it, as the best
type I could give of the strength of Venetian art; which was derived, be it remem-
bered always, from the acceptance of natural tnith, by men who loved beauty too well
to think she was to be won by falsehood.
The words of Zanetti himself respecting Giorgione's figiu-e of Diligence arc of great
value, as they mark this first article of Venetian faith: " Giorgione per tale, o per altr.a
die vi fosse, contrassegnolla con quella spczie di mannaja die tiene in mano; per altro
tanto ci ccrcava le sole bellezze dclla natura, che poco pensando al costume, ritrasse qui
una di quelle donne Eriulane, che vengono per sen-ire in Venezia; non alterandono
nemmeno I'abito, ^ faccndola alquanto attempata, quale forse ci la vedea; scnza voler
sapere che per rapprcsentare le Virtu, si suole da pittori belle ti fresche giovani
inunaginare."
Compare with this what I have said of Titian's Magdalen, I ought in that place
to have dwelt also upon the fiim endurance of all terribleness which is marked in
Titian's "Notomie" and in Veronese's "Marsyas." In order to understand the
Venetian mind entirely, the student should place a plate from that series of the
Notomie always beside the best engraving he can obtain of Titian's " Flora."
My impression is that the ground of the flesh in these Giorgione frescos had been
pure vermilion; little else was left in the figure I saw. Therefore, not knowing what
power the painter intended to personify by the figure at the commencement of this
chapter, I have called her, from her glowing colour, Hesperid .^gle.
A-"
4
'I
i
"j.......i*»»'!'»' '''g ^kifeiy'i^ijiwiiii^fiipim^^^
the hespeeid iegle.
342
tart ix.
delle genti) may, indeed, melt away into paleness of night, and
Venice herself waste from her islands as a wreath of wind-driven
foam fades from their weedy beach;—that which she won of faithful
light and truth shall never pass away. Deiphohe of the sea,—
the Sun God measures her immortality to her by its sand.
Flushed, above the Avernus of the Adrian lake, her spirit is
still seen holding the golden bough; from the lips of the Sea
Sibyl men shall learn for ages yet to come what is most noble
and most fair; and, far away, as the whisper in the coils of
the shell, withdrawn through the deep hearts of nations, shall
sound for ever the enchanted voice of Yenice.
Mi'
343
CHAPTER XIL
PEACE.
§ 1- Looking back over wliat I have written, I find that I have only
now the power of ending this work; it being time that it should
end, but not of "concluding" it; for it has led me into fields
of infinite inquiry, wdiere it is only joossible to break off with
such imperfect result as may, at any given moment, have been
attained.
Full of far deeper reverence for Turner's art than I felt when
this task of his defence was undertaken (which may, perhaps, be
evidenced by my having associated no other names wdth his—but
of the dead,—in my speaking of him throughout this volume'), I
am more in doubt respecting the real use to mankind of that, or
any other transcendent art; incomj^rehensible as it must always
be to the mass of men. Full of far deeper love for -what I
remember of Turner himself, as I become better capable of
understanding it, I find myself more and more helpless to explain
his errors and his sins.
§ 2. His errors, I might say, simply. Perhaps, some day, people
wall again begin to remember the force of the old Greek word
for sin; and to learn that all sin is in essence—"Missing the
mark; " losing sight or consciousness of heaven; and that this
1 It is proper, however, for the reader to know, that the title which I myself origi-
nally intended for this book was "Turner and the Ancientsnor did I puqioso to refer
in it to any other modem painters than Turner. The title was changed; and the notes
on other living painters inserted in the first volume, in deference to the advice of friends,
probably wise; for unless the change had been made, the book might never have been
read at all. But, as far as I am concerned, I rcgi'ettcd the change then, and regret it
still.
344 PEACE. PAETIX.
loss may be various in its guilt: it cannot be judged by us. It
is this of -wliicli tbe words are spoken so sternly, " Judge not; "
which words people always quote, I observe, when they are called
upon to " do judgment and justice." For it is truly a pleasant
thing to condemn men for their wanderings; but it is a bitter
thing to acknowledge a truth, or to take any bold share in working
out an equity. So that the habitual modern practical application
of the precept, " Judge not," is to avoid the trouble of pronouncing
verdict, by taking, of any matter, the pleasantest malicious view
which first comes to hand; and to obtain licence for our own
convenient iniquities, by being indulgent to those of others.
These two methods of obedience being just the two which
are most directly opposite to the law of mercy and truth.
§ 3. " Bind them about thy neck." I said, but now, that of an
evil tree men never gathered good fruit. And the lesson we have
finally to learn from Turner's life is broadly this, that all the
power of it came of its mercy and sincerity; all the failure of
it, from its want of faith. It lias been asked of me, by several
of his friends, that I should endeavour to do some justice to his
character, mistaken wholly by tlie world. If my life is spared,
I will. But that character is still, in many respects, inexplicable
to me; the materials within my reach are imperfect; and my
experience in the world not yet large enough to enable me to use
them justly. His life is to be written by a biographer, who will,
I believe, spare no pains in collecting the few scattered records
which exist of a career so uneventful and secluded. I will not
anticipate the conclusions of this writer; but if they appear to
me just, will endeavour afterwards, so far as may be in niy power,
to confirm and illustrate them; and, if unjust, to show in what
degree.
§ 4. Which, lest death or illness should forbid me, this only I
declare now of what I know respecting Turner's character. Much
of his mind and heart I do not know;—-perhaps, never shall
know. But this much I do; and if there is anything in the
previous course of this work to warrant trust in me of any kind,
let me be trusted when I tell you, that Turner had a heart as
intensely kind, and as nobly true, as ever God gave to one of his
CHAP. XII. PEACE. 345
creatures. I offer, as yet, no evidence in tliis matter. When
I do give it, it sliall be sifted and clear. Only this one fact I
now record joyfully and solemnly, that, having known Turner
for ten years, and that during the period of his life when the
brightest qualities of his- mind were, in many respects, diminished,
and when he was suffering most from the evil-speaking of the
world, I never heard him say one depreciating word of living
man, or man's work; I never saw him look an nnkind or blameful
look; I never knew him let pass, without some sorrowful remon-
strance, or endeavour at mitigation, a blameful word spoken by
another.
Of no man but Turner, whom I have ever known, could I
say this. And of this kindness and truth ^ came, I repeat, all his
' It may perhaps be necessaiy to explain one or two singular points of Turner's
character, not in defence of this statement, but to show its meaning. In speaking
of his truth, I use the word in a double sense;—tnith to himself, and to others.
Truth to himself; that is to say, the resolution to do his duty by his art, and cany
all work out as well as it could bo done. Other painters, for the most part, modify
their work by some reference to public taste, or measure out a certain quantity of
it for a certain price, or alter facts to show their power. Turner never did any of
these things. The thing the public asked of him he would do, but whatever it was,
only as he thought it ought to be done. People did not buy his large pictures; he,
with avowed discontent, painted small ones ; but instead of taking advantage of
the smaller size to give, proportionally, less labour, ho instantly changed his execution
so as to be able to put nearly as much work into liis small drawings as into liis large
ones, though he gave them for half the price. But his aim was always to make the
drawing as good as he could, or as the subject desei-ved, in-cspective of price. If
he disliked his theme, he painted it slightly, utterly disdainful of the purchaser's
complaint. " The purchaser must take his chance," If he liked his theme, he would
give three hundred guineas' worth of work for a hundred, and ask no thanks. It is
true, exceptionally, that he altered the engi-avings from liis designs, so as to meet the
popular taste, but this was because he knew the public could not be got otherwise
to look at his art at all. His own drawings the entire body of the nation repudiated and
despised: " the engravers could make something of them," they said. Turner scorn-
fully took them at their word. If that is what you like, take it. I will not niter )ny
OATO noble work one jot for you, but these things you shall have to yom" minds;—tiy to
use them, and get beyond them. Sometimes, when an engi-avcr came with a])li.!ic to
be touched, he would take a piece of white chalk in his right hand and of black iii liis
left: "Which wiU you have it done with? " The engraver chose black or white as
he thought his plate weak or hca\y. Turner threw the other piece of chalk away,
and would reconstruct the plate, with the added lights or darks, in ten minutes.
Nevertheless, even this concession to false principle, so far as it had influence, was
injurious to him : he had better not have sconied the engravings, but either done
nothing with them, or done his best. His best, in a certain way he did, never sparing
pains, if he thought the plate worth it: some of his touched proofs are elaborate
drawings.
Of his earacstness in his main work, enough, I should think, has been already
-ocr page 363-346 PEACE. PART IX.
highest power. And all his failure and error, deep and strange,
came of his faithlessness.
related in this book; but tlie following anecdote, -vvliich I repeat here from my notes
on the Turner Gallery, that there may be less chance of its being lost, gives, in a few
words, and those his own, the spirit of his labour, as it possessed him throughout his
life. The anecdote was communicated to me in a letter by Mr. Kingsley, late of
Sidney College, Cambridge ; whose words I give:—" I had taken my mother and a
cousin to see Turner's pictures; and, as my mother knows nothing about art, I was
taking her down the gallery to look at the large Eichmond Park, but as we were
passing the Sea-storm, she stopped before it, and I could hardly get her to look at
any other picture : and she told me a great deal more about it than I had any notion
of, though I have seen many sea-s'torms. She had been in such a scene on the coast
of Holland during the war. When, some time aftenvards, I thanked Turner for his
permission for her to see the pictures, I told him that he would not guess which had
caught my mother's fancy, and then named the picture; and he then said, ' I did not
paint it to be understood, but I wished to show what such a scene was like: I got the
sailors to lash me to the mast to obseiwe it; I was lashed for four hours, and I did not
expect to escape, but I felt bound to record it if I did. But no one had any business
to like the picture.' 'But,' said I, 'my mother once went through just stich a scene,
and it brought it all back to her.' 'Is your mother a painter?' 'No.' ' Then she
ought to have been thinking of something else.' These were nearly his words; I
observed at the time, ho used ' record' and ' painting,' as the title ' author' had strack
me before."
He was true to others. No accusation has ever been brought fonvard against
Tjirner by his most envious enemies, of his breaking a promise, or failing in an under-
taken trust. His sense of justice was strangely acute; it was hkc his sense of balance
in colour, and shown continually in little crotchets of arrangement of price, or other
advantages, among the buyers of his pictures. For instance, one of my friends had long
desired to possess a picture which Tm-ner would not sell. It had been painted with a
companion; which was' sold, but this reserved. After a considerable number of years
liad passed. Turner consented to part with it. Tlie price of canvasses of its size having,
in the meantime, doubled, question arose as to what was then to be its price.
"Well," said Turner, "Mr.-had the companion for so much. You must be on
the same footing." This was in no desire to do my friend a favour; but in mere
instinct of equity. Had the prices of his pictures fallen, instead of risen in the mean-
time, Turner would have said, "Mr.-paid so much ; and so must you,"
But the best proof to which I can refer of this character of his mind is in the wonder-
ful series of diagi'ams executed by him for his lectures on perspective at the Royal
Academy. I had heard it said that these lectures were inefficient. Barely intelligible in
expression they might be; but the zealous care with which Turner endeavoured to do
his dxxty, is proved by a series of large di'awings, exquisitely tinted, and often completely
coloured, all by his own hand, of the most difficult perspective subjects; illustrating not
only directions of line, but effects of light, with a care and completion which would put
the work of any ordinaiy teacher to utter shame. In teaching generally, he would
neither waste his time nor spare it; ho would look over a student's drawing, at the
academy,—^point to a defective part, make a scratch on the paper at the side, saying
nothing; if the student saw what was wanted, and did it. Turner was delighted, and
would go on with him, giving hint after hint; but if the student could not follow. Turner
left him. Such experience as I have had in teaching, leads me more and more to
perceive that he was right. Explanations arc wasted time. A man who can see,
understands a touch; a man who cannot, misunderstands an oration.
One
Kj
I' ■ ' •
itfiittiilii
■CHAP. XII. PEACE. 347
Faithlessness, or despair ^ the despair 'which has "been shown
already (Vol. IIL, chap, xvi.) to be characteristic of this present
century, and most sorrowfully manifested in its greatest men;
but existing in an infinitely more fatal form in the lower and
general mind, reacting upon those who ought to be its teachers.
The form which the infidelity of England, especially, has taken,
is one hitherto unheard of in human history. No nation ever before
One of the points in Turner which increased the general falseness of impression
respecting him was a curious dislike he had to appear kind. Drawing, with one of
his best friends, at the bridge of St. Martin's, the friend got into great difficulty over a
coloured sketcli. Turner looked over him a little while, then said, in a gi'umbling
way—"I haven't got any paper I like; let me tiy yours." Receiving a block book,
he disappeared for an hour and a half. Ectui-ning, he threw the book doAvn, with a
growl, saying—" I can't make anything of your paper." There were three sketches
on it, in three distinct states of progress, showing the process of colouring from begin-
ning to end, and clearing up eveiy difficulty which his friend had got into. When lie
gave advice, also, it was apt to come in the form of a keen question, or a quotation of
some one else's opinion, rarely a statement of his oa™. To the same person producing
a sketch, which had no special character: " "What are yon in search of ?" Note this expres-
sion. Turner knew that passionate seeking only leads to passionate finding. Some-
times, however, the advice would comc with a startling distinctness. A church spire
having been left out in a sketch of a town—" Why did not you put that in ?" " I
hadn't time." " Then you shotild take a subject more suited to your capacity."
Many people would have gone away considering this an insult, whereas it was only a
sudden flash from Turner's earnest requirement of wholeness or perfectness of con-
ception. "Whatever you do, large or small, do it_whol]y; take a slight subject if you
will, but don't leave things out." But tlie principal reason for Turner's having got the
reputation of always refusing advice was, that artists came to Jiim in a state of mind in
which he knew they could not receive it. Virtually, the entire conviction of the artists
of his time respecting him was, that he had got a secret, which he could tell, if he
liked, that Avould make them all Turners. They camo to him with this general
fonmila of request clearly in their hearts, if not definitely on their lips: "You know,
Mr. Turner, we are all of us quite as clever as you arc, and could do all that very well,
and we should really like to do a little of it occasionally, only we haven't quite your
trick; there's something in it, of course, which you only found out by accident, and it
is very ill-natured and unkind of you not to tell us how the thing is done;—what do
you nib your colours over with, and where ought wo to put in the black patches ? "
This was the practical meaning of the artistical questioning of his day, to which Turner
veiy resolvedly made no answer. On the contrarj', he took great care that any tricks
of execution he actually did use should not be known.
Ilis practical answer to their questioning being as follows:—" You are indeed,
many of you, as clever as I am; but this, which you think a secret, is only the result
of sincerity and toil. If you have not sense enough to see this without asking me,
you have not sense enough to believe me, if I teU you. True, I know some odd methods
of colouring. I have found them out for myself, and they suit mo. They would not
suit you. They would do you no real good; and it would do me much harm to have
you mimicking my ways of work, without knowledge of their meaning. If you want
methods fit for you, find them out for yourselves. If you camot discover them, neither
could you use them."
§5.
peace.
348
pabt ix.
declared boldly, by print and word of mouth, that its religion
was good for show, but " would not work." Over and over again
it has happened 'that nations have denied their gods, but they
denied them bravely. The Greeks in their decline jested at their
religion, and frittered it away in flatteries and fine arts; the
French refused theirs fiercely, tore down their altars and brake
their carven images. The question about God witli both these
nations was still, even in their decline, fairly put, though falsely
answered. " Either there is or is not a Supreme Ruler; we con-
sider of it, declare there is not, and proceed accordingly." But
we English have put the matter in an entirely new light: " There
is a Supreme Ruler, no question of it, only He cannot rule. His
orders won't work. He will be quite satisfied with euphonious and
respectful repetition of them. Execution would be too dangerous
under existing circumstances, which He certainly never con-
templated."
I had no conception of the absolute darkness which has
covered the national mind in this respect, until I began to come
into collision with persons engaged in the study of economical
and political questions. The entire naivete and undisturbed
imbecility with which I found them declare that the laws of the
Devil were the only practicable ones, and that the laws of God
were merely a form of poetical language, passed all that I had
ever before heard or read of mortal infidelity. I knew the fool
had often said in his heart, there was no God; but to hear him say
clearly out with his lips, " There is a foolish God," Avas something
which my art studies had not prepared me for. The French had
indeed, for a considerable time, hinted much of the meaning in the
delicate and compassionate blasphemy of their phrase "le honDieu,'"
but had never ventured to put it into more precise terms.
Now this form of unbelief in God is connected with, and
necessarily productive of, a precisely equal unbelief in man.
Co-relative with the assertion, " There is a foolish God," is the
assertion, There is a brutish man." " As, no laws but those
of the Devil are practicable in the world, so no impulses but
those of the brute" (says the modern political economist) "are
appealable to in the world. Faith, generosity, honesty, zeal,
'P
'■V
f
§6.
mm
i V'
k M
••■A
PEACE. 349
chap. xii.
and self-sacrifice are poetical phrases. None of these things
can, in reality, be counted upon; there is no truth in man which
can be used as a moving or productive power. All motive force in
him is essentially brutish, covetous, or contentious. His power
is only power of prey: otherwise than the spider, he cannot design;
otherwise than the tiger, he cannot feed. This is the modern inter-
pretation of that embarrassing article of the Creed, " the communion
of saints."
§ It has always seemed very strange to me, not indeed that
this creed should have been adopted, it being the entirely necessary
consequence of the previous fundamental article;—but that no one
should ever seem to have any misgivings about it;—that, prac-
tically, no one had seen how strong work was done by man ; how
either for hire, or for hatred, it never had ^been done; and that no
amount of pay had ever made a good soldier, a good teacher, a
good artist, or a good workman. You pay your soldiers and
sailors so many pence a day, at which rated sum, one will do
good fighting for you; another, bad fighting. Fay as you will,
the entire goodness of the fighting depends, always, on its being
done for nothing; or rather, less than nothing, in the expectation
of no pay but death. Examine the work of your spiritual teachers,
and you will find the statistical law respecting them is, ^'The
less pay, the better work." Examine also your writers and artists :
for ten pounds you shall have a Paradise Lost, and for a plate
of figs, a Durer drawing; but for a million of money sterling,
neither. Examine your men of science: paid by starvation,
Kepler will discover the laws of the orbs of heaven for you;—and,
driven out to die in the street, Swammerdam shall discover the
laws of life for you—such hard terms do they make with you,
these brutish men, who can only be had for hire.
§ 8. Neither is good work ever done for hatred, any more than hire;
—but for love only. For love of their country, or their leader,
or their duty, men fight steadily; but for massacre and plunder,
feebly. Your signal, " England expects every man to do his duty,"
they will answer; your signal of black flag and death's head, they
will not answer. And verily they will answer it no more in
commerce than in battle. The cross bones will not make a good
350 PEACE.
r
part ix.
shop-sign, you will find ultimately, any more than a good battle-
standard. Not tlie cross bones, but the cross.
§ 9. Now the practical result of this infidelity in man, is the utter
ignorance of all the ways of getting his right work out of him.
From a given quantity of human power and intellect, to produce
the least possible result, is a problem solved, nearly Avith mathe-
matical precision, by the present methods of the nation's economical
procedure. The power and intellect are enormous. With the
best soldiers, at present existing, we survive in battle, and but
survive, because, by l>elp of Providence, a man whom we have
kept all his life in command of a company forces his way at
the age of seventy so far up as to obtain permission to save us,
and die, unthanked. "With the shrewdest thinkers in the world,
we have not yet succeeded in arriving at any national conviction
respecting the uses of life. And with the best artistical material
in the world, we spend millions of money in raising a building
for our Houses of Talk, of the delightfulness and utility of which
(perhaps rouglily classing the Talk and its tabernacle together,)
posterity will, I believe, form no very grateful estimate;—while for
sheer want of bread, we brought the question to the balance of a
hair, whether the most earnest of our young painters should give
up his art altogether, and go to Australia,—or fight his way through
all neglect and obloquy to the painting of the Christ in the Temple.
§ 10. The marketing was indeed done in this case, as in all others, on
the usual terms. For the millions of money, we got a mouldering
toy: for the stai'vation, five years' work of the prime of a noble
life. Yet neither that picture, great as it is, nor any other of
Hunt's, are the best he could have done. They are the least he
could have done. By no expedient could we have repressed him
more than he has been repressed; by no abnegation received from
him less than we have received.
My dear friend and teacher, Lowell, right as he is in almost
everything, is for once wrong in these lines, though with a noble
wrongness:—
" Disappointment's diy and bitter root,
Envy's harsh beiTies, and the choking pool
Of the world's scora, are the right mother-milk
To the tough hearts that pioneer their kind."
H
J
A
■CHAP. XII. PEACE. 351
They are not so; love and trust are tlie only motlier-milk of
any man's soul. So far as lie is hated and mistrusted, liis powers
are destroyed. Do not think that with impunity you can follow
the eyeless fool, and shout with the shouting charlatan; and that
the men you thrust aside with gibe and blow, are thus sneered and
crushed into the best service they can do you. I have told you
• they will not serve you for pay. They cannot serve you for scorn.
Even from Balaam, money-lover though he be, no useful prophecy
is to be had for silver or gold. From Elisha, saviour of life
though he be, no saving of life—even of children's, who " know no
better,"—is to be got by the cry. Go up, thou bald-head. No man
can serve you either for purse or curse; neither kind of pay will
answer. No pay is, indeed, receivable by any true man; but
power is receivable by him, in the love and faith you give him.
So far only as you give him these can he serve you; that is the
meaning of the question which his Master asks always, " Believest
thou that I am able?" And from every one of His servants—to
the end of time—if you give them the Capernaum measure of
faith, you shall have from them Capernaum measure of works, and
no more.
Do not think that I am irreverently comparing great and small
things. The system of the world is entirely one; small things
and great are alike part of one mighty whole. As the flower is
gnawed by frost, so every human heart is gnawed by faithlessness.
And as surely,—as irrevocably,—as the fruit-bud falls before the east
wind, so fails the power of the kindest human heart, if you meet it
with poison.
§ 11. Now the condition of mind in which Turner did all his great
work was simply this: "What I do must bo done rightly;
but I know also that no man now living in Europe cares to under-
stand it; and the better I do it, the less he will see the meaning
of it." There never was yet, so far as I can hear or read, isola-
tion of a great spirit so utterly desolate. Columbus had succeeded
in making other liearts share his hope, before he was put to hardest
trial; and knew that, by help of Heaven, he could finally show
that he was right. Kepler and Galileo could demonstrate their
conclusions up to a certain point; so far as they felt they were
•vj
Hill
-ocr page 369-352 PEACE.
f.
r.vnT IX.'
right, they were sure that after death their work would be
acknowledged. But Turner could demonstrate nothing of what
he had done;—saw no security that after death he would be under-
stood more than he had been in life. Only another Turner could
apprehend Turner. Such praise as he received was poor and super-
ficial; he regarded it far less than censure. My own admiration of
him w^as wild in enthusiasm, but it gave him no ray of pleasure; he '
could not make me at that time understand his main meanings;
he loved me, but cared nothing for what I said, and was always
trying to hinder me from writing, because it gave pain to his
fellow artists. To the praise of other persons he gave not even
the acknowledgment of this sad affection; it passed by him as
murmur of the wind; and most justly, for not one of his own
special powers was ever perceived by the world. I have said in
another place that all great modern artists will own their obli-
gation to him as a guide. They will; but they are in error in this
gratitude, as I was, when I quoted it as a sign of their respect.
Close analysis of the portions of modern art founded on Turner
has since shown me that in every case his imitators misunderstood
him:—that they caught merely at superficial brilliancies, and never
saw the real character of his mind or of his w^ork.
And at this day, while I write, the catalogue allowed to be sold
at the gates of the National Gallery for the instruction of the com-
mon people describes Callcott and Claude as the greater artists.
To censure, on the other hand. Turner was acutely sensitive,
owing to his own natural kindness; he felt it, for himself, or
for others, not as criticism, but as cruelty. He knew that how-
ever little his higher power could be seen, he had at least done as
much as ought to have saved him from wanton insult: and the
attacks upon him in his later years were to him not merely con-
temptible in their ignorance, but amazing in their ingratitude.
" A man may be weak in his age," he said to me once, at the time
when he felt he w^as dying; " but you should not tell him so."
What Turner might have done for us, had he received help
and love, instead of disdain, I can hardly trust myself to imagine.
Increasing calmly in power and loveliness, his work would have
formed one mighty series of poems, each great as that which I have
§ 12.
§ 13.
hi
sX
■CHAP. XII. PEACE. 353
interpreted,—the Hesperides; but becoming brighter and kinder
as he advanced to happy age. Soft as Correggio's, solemn as
Titian's, the enchanted colour would have glowed, imperishable
and pure; and the subtle thoughts risen into loftiest teaching,
helpful for centuries to come.
What we have asked from him, instead of this, and what
received, we know. But few of us yet know how true an image
those darkening wrecks of radiance give of the shadow which
gained sway at last over his once pure and noble soul.
§ 14. Not unresisted, nor touching the heart's core, nor any of the
old kindness and truth: yet festering work of the worm—inexpli-
cable and terrible, such as England, by her goodly gardening,
leaves to infect her earth-flowers.
So far as in it lay, this century has caused every one of its
great men, whose hearts were kindest, and whose spirits most
perceptive of the work of God, to die without hope:—Scott, Keats,
Byron, Shelley, Turner. Great England, of the Iron-heart now,
not of the Lion-heart; for these souls of her children an account
may perhaps be one day required of her.
§ 15. She has not yet read often enough that old story of the
Samaritan's mercy. He whom he saved was going down from
Jerusalem to Jericho—to the accursed city (so the old Church
used to understand it). He should not have left Jerusalem;
it was his own fault that he went out into the desert, and fell
among the thieves, and was left for dead. Every one of these
English children, in their day, took the desert bypath as he
did, and fell among fiends—took to making bread out of stones
at their bidding, and then died, torn and famished; careful
England, in her pure, priestly dress, passing by on the other side.
So far as we are concerned, that is the account we have to give of
them.^
m
§ IG. So far as they are concerned, I do not fear for them';—there
being one Priest who never passes by. The longer I live, the
' It is strange that the last words Turner ever attached to a picture should have
been these:—
" The priest held the poisoned cup."
Compare the words of 1798 with these of 1850.
A A
VOL. v.
-ocr page 371-354 PEACE.
Hf,
}
PAKT IX.
more clearly I see how all souls are in His hand—the mean and
the great. Fallen on the earth in their baseness, or fading as the
mist of morning in their goodness ;—still in the hand of the potter
as the clay, and in the temple of their master as the cloud. It was
not the mere bodily death that He conquered—that death had
no sting. It was this spiritual death which He conquered, so that
at last it should be swallowed up—mark the word—not in life;
but in victory. As the dead body shall be raised to life, so also
the defeated soul tp victory, if only it has been fighting on its
Master's side, has made no covenant with death; nor itself bowed
its forehead for his seal. Blind from the prison-house, maimed
from the battle, or mad from the tombs, their souls shall surely yet
sit, astonished, at His feet who giveth peace.
§ 17. Who giveth peace? Many a peace we have made and named
for ourselves, but the falsest is in that marvellous thought that we,
of all generations of the earth, only know the right; and that to
us, at last,—and us alone,—all the scheme of God, about the
salvation of men, has been shown. " This is the light in which
we are walking. Those vain Greeks are gone dowai to their
Persephone for ever—Egypt and Assyria, Elam and her multitude,
'—uncircumcised, their graves are round about them—Pathros and
careless Ethiopia—filled with the slain. Rome, with her thirsty
sword, and poison wine, how did she walk in her darkness ! We
only have no idolatries—ours are the seeing eyes; in our pure
hands at last, the seven-sealed book is laid; to our true tongues
entrusted the preaching of a perfect gospel. Who shall come
after us ? Is it not Peace ? The poor Jew, Zimri, who slew his
master, there is no peace for him: but, for us ? tiara on head,
may we not look out of the windows of heaven? "
I 18. Another kind of peace I look for than this, though I hear it
said of me that I am hopeless.
I am not hopeless, though my hope may be as Veronese's: the
dark-veiled.
Veiled, not because sorrowful^ but because blind. I do not
know what my England desires, or how long she will choose to do
as she is doing now;—with her right hand casting away the souls of
men, and with her left the gifts of God.
a :
\
' I
• V
hi
PEACE,
355
CHAP. xir.
In the prayers which she dictates to her children, she tells them
to fight against the world, the flesh, and the devil. Some day,
perhaps, it may also occur to her as desirable to tell those children
what she means by this. What is the world which they are to
" fight with," and how does it differ from the world which they are
to "get on in?" The explanation seems to me the more needful,
because I do not, in the book we profess to live by, find anything
very distinct about fighting with the world. I find something
about fighting with the rulers of its darkness, and something also
about overcoming it; but it does not follow that this conquest is to
be by hostility, since evil may be overcome with good. But I find
it written very distinctly that God loved the world, and that
Christ is the light of it.
§ 19, What the much-used words therefore, mean, I cannot tell.
But this, I believe, they should mean. That there is, indeed, one
world which is full of care, and desire, and hatred: a world of
war, of which Clirist is not the light, which indeed is without
light, and has never heard the great "Let there be." Which is,
therefore, in truth, as yet no world; but chaos, on the face of
which, moving, the Spirit of God yet causes men to hope that
a world will come. The better one, they call it: perhaps they
might, more wisely, call it the real one. Also, I hear them speak
continually of going to it, rather than of its coming to them;
which, again, is strange, for in that prayer which they had straight
from the lips of the Light of the world, and which He apparently
thought sufficient prayer for them, there is not anything about
going to another world; only something of another government
coming into this; or rather, not another, but the only government,
— that government which will constitute it a world indeed.
New heavens and new earth. Earth, no more without form and
void, but sown with fruit of righteousness. Firmament, no more
of passing cloud, but of cloud risen out of the crystal sea—cloud in
which, as He was once received up, so He shall again come with
power, and every eye shall see Him, and all kindreds of the earth
shall wail because of Him.
A
i-i '
Kindreds of the earth, or tribes of it P the " earth-begotten,"
A A2
Compare Matt. xxiv. 30.
-ocr page 373-356 PART IX.
PEACE.
the Chaos children—children of this present world, with its desolate
seas, and its Medusa clouds: the Dragon children, merciless: they
who dealt as clouds without water: serpent clouds, by whose sight
men were turned into stone;—the time must surely come for their
wailing.
§ 20, « Thy kingdom come," we are bid to ask then! But how shall
it come ? With power and great glory, it is written ; and yet not
with observation, it is also written. Strange kingdom! Yet its
strangeness is renewed to us with every dawn.
When the time comes for us to wake out of the world's sleep,
why should it be otherwise than out of the dreams of the night ?
Singing of birds, first, broken and low, as, not to dying eyes, but
eyes that wake to life, " the casement slowly grows a glimmering
squareand then the gray, and then the rose of dawn; and
last the light, whose going forth is to the ends of heaven.
This kingdom it is not in our power to bring; but it is, to
receive. Nay, it is come already, in part; but not received,
because men love chaos best; and the Night, with her daughters.
That is still the only question for us, as in the old EHas days,
"If ye will receive it." With pains it may be shut out still
from many a dark place of cruelty; by ' sloth it may be still
unseen for many a glorious hour. But the pain of shutting it
out must grow greater and greater :—harder, every day, that
struggle of man with man in the abyss, and shorter wages
for the fiend's work. But it is still at our choice; the simoom-
dragon may still be served if we will, in the fiery desert, or
else God walking in the garden, at cool of day. Coolness
now, not of Hesperus over Atlas, stooped endurer of toil; but of
Heosphorus over Sion, the joy of the earth.^ The choice is no vague
nor doubtful one. High on the desert mountain, full descried,
sits throned the tempter, with his old promise—the kingdoms
of this world, and the glory of them. He still calls you to your
labour, as Christ to your rest;—labour and sorrow, base desire,
and cruel hope. So far as you desire to possess, rather than
^ Ps. xlviii. 2.—This joy it is to receive and to give, bccause its officers (governors
of its acts) are to be Peace, and its exactors (governors of its dealings), Righteousness.
—Is. Ix. 17.
6 I
tt
mmmm
I
J:
: li'
'A
PEACE. 357
chap. xii.
"S
to give; so far as you look for power to command, instead of to
bless; so far as your own prosperity seems to you to issue out of
contest or rivalry, of any kind, with other men, or other nations;
so long as the hope before you is for supremacy instead of love;
and your desire is to be greatest, instead of least;—^first, instead of
last;—so long you are serving the Lord of all that is last, and
least;—the last enemy that shall be destroyed—Death; and you
shall have death's crown, with the worm coiled in it; and death's
wages, with the worm feeding on them; kindred of the earth
shall you yourself become; saying to the grave, " Thou art my
father;" and to the worm, " Thou art my mother, and my
sister."
I leave you to judge, and to choose, between this labour, and
the bequeathed peace; this wages, and the gift of the Morning
Star; this obedience, and the doing of the will which shall enable
you to claim another kindred 'than of the earth, and to hear
another voice than that of the grave, saying, " My brother, and
sister, and mother."
the end.
-ocr page 375- -ocr page 376-TO
Aiguille Blaitiere, ir. 189, 190, 406; Bou- and Gemmi, iv. 293 banks of the Somme at, iv. 10 (note) Beauvais, destruction of old houses at, ii. 6 Berne, scenery of lowland districts of, v. 85, Bietsclikorn, peak of, iv. 182 Bolton Abbey (Yorkshire), iv. 255 Br even (Chamouni), precipices of, iv. 235 Calais, tower of, iv. 2, 6, 7 Chartres, cathedral, sculpture on, v. 36 Col d'Anterne, iv. 126 Dart, banks of, iv.,305 Dentde Hordes (Valais),|'peaks of, iv. 155,163 |
Dent du Midi de Bex, structure of, iv, 163, Derbyshire, limestone hills of, iv. 102 Eiger (Grindelwald), position of, iv. 169 Faido, pass of (St. Gothard), iv. 22 Florence, destruction of old streets and frescoes in, ii. 6 (note) FnAowrfT, district surrounding, iv. 134; towers Geneva, restorations in, ii. 6 (note) Goldan, valley of, iv. 320 Grande Jorasse (CoJ de Terret), position of, iv. 169 Highland valley, described, v. 210 n jResegone (Comasque chain of Alps), struc- Jedburgh, rocks near, iv. 133 Lago Maggiore, effect of, destroyed by quar- |
360 LOCAL INDEX.
Lauierbrunnen Cliff ft, structure of, iv. 152 in Cathedral of, ii. 68 Matlock, via Gellia, v. 211 217, 289, V. 135 Montagne de Taconaz (Chamouni), ridges of, Montagne de Vergi, iv. 253 Mont Blanc, arrangement of beds in chain of, iv. 178 (note), 403 Niagara, channel of, iv. 96 Oxford, Queen's College, front of, i. 102 Pelerins Cascade (Valley of Chamouni), iv. Pisa, destruction of works of art in, ii. 0 (note); mountain scenery round, iv. 366 lihone, valley of, iv. 96 Itheinfelden (Switzerland), description of, v. 339 (note) Saddleback (Cumberland), i. 293 |
Savoij, valleys of, iv. 127 Schauffhausen, fall of, i. 343; v. 329 gloom), iv. 346-349 Taconay, Taconaz. See Montagne. Trient, valley of (mountain gloom), iv. 265, Twickenham, meadows of, v. 297 Underwalden, pine hills of, v. 89 Valais, canton, iv. 168; fairies' hollow in, Valley of Chamouni, iv. 180, 385 ; formation Zeno, sculpture on arch in, v. 49 Wales, hills of, iv. 127 Yorkshire, limestone hills of, iv. 102, 252, v. Zermatt, valley of, chapel in, iv. 333 |
TO
KEFEBEED TO IN
Angelico da Fiesole, angel choirs of, ii. 217; Jiandinelli, Cacus, ii. 179; Hercules, ii. 179 Bariolomeo, Fra. Pictures referred to—Last Judgment, ii. 176; St, Stephen, ii, 216 —St. Stephen, ii. 216 |
Madonna at Milan, i. 84; San Francesco i. 84 Berghem, landscape, Dulwich Gallery, i. 37, iii. 131, v. 286 Bonifazio, Camp of Israel, iii. 325; what sub- ii. 80; influenceof mountains upon, iv. 366; Callcott, Trent, i, 186 Canaletto, false treatment of water, i. 336; |
862
Caracci, The, landscape of, iii. 325, iv. 76; use of base models of portraiture by, ii. 117 Clyde, i. 114; Glendearg, i. 114 iii. 329, V. 250, 320 ; effeminate softness Conegliano, Cima da, entire realization of iv.'79; Helmingham Park, Suffolk, iii. 125; Correggio, choice of background, iii. 323 ; tf.. •t |
V. 140; love of physical beauty, iii. 34 ; ("Oliver Twist"), v. 271 Dannaeker, Ariadne, iii. 68 Dawson, Study on the River Trent at Sunset, i. 240 ■Dighton, W.E., Hayfield in a Shower, ii. 224; Haymeadow Corner, ii. 223 ii. 198 ' iii. 325; Madoima del Rosario, and Mar- Drummond, Banditti on the Watch, ii. 224 iv. 205; The Cannon, v. 239; linight and Ettij, richness and play of colour of, ii. 19,7; |
INDEX TO PAINTERS AND PICTURES. 363
Fielding, Copley, faithful rendering of nature, (in his Dante), iv. 314 Gaddi, Taddeo, treatment of the open sky, ii. 42 reliefs of, V. 36 i. 108; one of the seven supreme colourists Giotto, cramped by traditional treatment, ii. ii. 210; power in detail, iii. 59; reality of Gozzoli Benozzo, landscape of, ii. 210; love of |
Harding, J. D., aspen drawing of, iv, 79; i. 199; failures of, 195, 393; la,ndscape in Holbein, best northern art represented by, Landseer, E., more a natural historian than ii. 220; Shepherd's Chief Mourner, i. 8,29; Laurati, treatment of the open sky, ii. 42 i Linnell, cumuli of, i. 240 (note). Picture referred to—Eve of the Deluge, ii, 219 Mantegna, Andrea, painting of stones by, iv. 310; decoration of, ii, 213 179; two statues by, ii 195 Nesfield, treatment of water by, i 344 Orcagna, influence of liills upon, iv. 366; |
64
unison of expressional and pictorial power Penigino, decoration of, ii. 212; finish of, ii. i. 107; rationalism of, how affecting his ii. 132; Queen-Virgin, iii. 52; St. Madde- Pickersgill, Contest of Beauty, ii. 223 Pisellino, Filippo, rocks of, iii. 245 Potter, Paul, Landscape, in Grosvenor Gallery, ii. 220; Landscape, No. 176, Dulwich Gal- Poussin, Gaspar, foliage of, i. 381-390; dis- iv. 251. Pictures referred to—Chimborazo, Poussin, Nicolas, and Claude, v. 246-253 ; v. 198, 252; peculiarities of, v. 252; com- iii. 330, ii. 154. Pictures referred to—The Procaccini, Camilla. Picture referred to— Martyrdom (Milan), ii. 125 iv. 14; influence on modern art by works I;. t I ' -I 5 w |
Gothic Well at Ratisbon, i. 112; Italy and iv. 397 Pyne, J. B., drawing of, i, 309 Raffaelle, chiaroscuro of, iv. 48 ; completion v. 325 (note) ; landscape of, ii. 210 ; moun- Bemhrandt, landscape of, i. 189 ; chiaroscuro Schiller's Fight of the Dragon, ii. 165 |
INDEX TO PAINTERS AND PICTURES. 365
trast with early artists, v. 48 ; narrow- i. 38, ii.80; vigorous imagination of, ii. 154; ii, 170(note); Battles by,ii, 122 ; Diogenes, Rubens and Cuyp, v. 254-265; colour of, i. 166; landscape of, i. 89, 217, iii. 187, ii. 40, i. 162 ; want of feeling for grace and Ruysdael. Pictures referred to—Running and Schdngaucr, Martin, joy in ugliness, iv. 337; missal drawing of, iv. 337 i.. 119, iv. 57 (note); knowledge and power ii.222; Borromean Islands with St. Gothard Taylor, Frederick, drawings of, power of swift execution, i. 34, 253 |
present, iii. 94; use of concentrically- iii. 324; Fall of Adam, i. 79 (note); Flight Titian, tone of, i. 146; tree drawing of, i.38^; iv. 223; colour in the shadows of, iv. 48; |
mi
366
d'
INDEX TO PAINTERS AND PICTURES.
Turner, William, of Oxford, mountain draw- Turner, Joseph Mallard William, character of, iii. 124, iv, 196, 299; tree drawing of, i. 388, iv. 300, 304; discovery of scarlet shadow i. 134 (note); gradation of, i. 256; supe- ii. 237, 288, 294 ; influence of Yorkshire s k. i L ii- |
truth of impression, iv. 21-24, 321; lessons Pictures referred to :—JSsacus and Hes- |
INDEX TO PAINTERS AND PICTURES. 367
to the Antiquary, i. 259; Inverary, v. 67; iv. 15, 322; Lancaster Sands, i. 335; Land's v. 101; Rome from the Forum, i. 134, v. 340, i. 357, 135, V. 122 ; Scarborough, iii. 127; ii. 292, iv. 322, v. 146, v. 340; Snowstorm, iv. 27, 298, 307 ; St. Herbert's Isle, 1. 264 ; iii. 130; Study (Pajstum), v. 148 ; Sun of |
v. 122, 294; Tivoli,i, 130; Towers of Heve, Finden's Bible Series:—Babylon, i. 232; Illustrations to Campbell:—Hohenlinden, Illustrations to Rogers's "Italy:"—Amalfi, Illustrations tojtogers's "Poems:"—^Bridge i, 130; Voyage of Columbus, i, 239, 262, ii. 194; Illustrations to Scott:—Armstrong's Tower, Liber Studiorum :—iEsacus and Iles- |
mauim
Stiaeii
368
T"
INDEX TO PAINTERS AND PICTURES.
iii. 324 ; Juvenile Tricks, i. 388; LaufFen- Rivers of France, i. 127; Amboise, i. 180, Yorkshire Series:—Aske Hall, i. 389, iv. 14,254; Junction of the Greta and Tees, i. Uccello, Paul, Battle of Sant' Egidio, National Unwin, Vineyard Scene in the South of Vandevelde, reflection of, i, 353; waves of, I.-, I-'. IS P V X Hf |
Vandyke, flowers of, v. 93; delicacy of, v. 279 Veronese, Paul, chiaroscuro of, iii. 36, iv, Vinci, Leonardo da, chiarscuro of, iv. 48 (and Wallis, snow scenes of, i. 281 (note) Wouvermans, leaves of, v. 38; landscape of, Zeuxis, picture of Centaur, v, 263 |
—
-ocr page 386-
Abstraction necessary, wlien realization is JEsthetic faculty, defined, ii. 11, 15 Age, the present, mechanical impulse of, iii, Aipiilles, structure of, iv, 177; contours of, Alps, TyrolQSQ, v. 220; aiirialness of, at great Anatomy, development of, admissible only in iv. 192 Animals, proportion in, ii. 56 (note), 01 ; v. 206 Animal Painting, of the Dutch school, v. 259, Architecture, influence of bad, on artists, iii. Art, definition of greatness in, i. 7,11,iii. 3-11, |
its purpose,iii. 22,208; practical, ii. 8; theo- B B igliigiiiiSii^i^^ |
clioice of subject by, ii. 133,iii. 28-30, iii. 3G, Artists, Great, characteristics of, i. 8, 121, i. 301; calmness of, v. 195; delight in sym- Artists, Religious, ii. 169, 170, 176, 209, iii. Asceticism, ii. 112; three forms of, v. 330 Association, of two kinds, accidental and iii. 295 Bacon, master of the science of essence, iii. Banks, formation of, iv. 269; curvature of, iv. 269, 285, 289; luxuriant vegetation of, Beauty, definition of the term (pleasure- . confounding truth with, iii. 33 (note); of ii. 27, 28, 29, 132 ; arising out of sacri- \i : j., ■J V I ff i , 'S' I'i V i H ; 370 J |
learnt from investigation of, v. 150; natural, Buds, typical of youth, iii. 211; diiFerence in Byron, use of details by, iii. 8; character of Carlyle, iii. 259; on clouds, v. Ill Charity, the perfection of the theoretic faculty, i. 171, 177; necessity of,in high art, i. 178; Chiaroscurists, advantages of, over colourists, Choice, spirit of, dangerous, ii. 25, iv, 18 ii. 133; importance of sincerity of, iii. 28, 36; City and country life, influence of, v, 4-6 |
TOPICAL INIJEX. 371
Clay, consummation of, v. 161 iii. 250; wave-band, sign of, in thirteenth- Colour, truth of, i. 6C-70, 152, 170; purity of, iv, 71 ; noble, found in things innocent |
i. 69, 165; no brown in nature, iii. 241; ii. 196; without form, ii. 195; faithful study iii. 257, 263; sentimental falsification of, iii. Colouristsf contrasts of, iv. 41; advantages Completion, in art, when professed, should be Composers, great, habit of regarding relations |
Composition, definition of, v. 159 ; use of ii. 187; how connected with verbal know- Conscience, poAver of association upon, ii. 33 power, jewels out of mud, v. 160 iii. 23 Curvature, a law of nature, ii. 44, iv. 198; iv. 276 (note); of beds of slaty crystallines, Custom, power of, ii. 22, 29, 53; twofold ope- |
Dante, one of the creative order of poets, iii, .r If V gratitude, i. 6 Deception of the senses, not the end of art, i. Decision, love of, leads to vicious speed, i. 38 i. 104; use of, in representing the super- Deity, revelation of, iv. 87; presence of, mani- ii. 76, 77; finish of the works of, ii. 80, 84; Dejlection, law of, in trees, v. 26, 27 TOnCAL INDEX. |
TOPICAL INIJEX. 373
use of, iii. 8; careful drawing of, by great lawgiver, v. 348 Distance, effect of, on our perception of ob- Dragon, of Scripture, v, 309, 310; of the Earth, general structure of, i. 267; laws of generally imaginative, ii. 184 |
English art cuhninaled in 13th century, iv. 368 Engravbig, influence of, i. 100; system of landscape, i. 255, v. 40, 101, 345 necessary on a diminished scale, ii. 203 v. 37, 38, 39 Expression, three distinct schools of—Great, Faculty Theoretic, definition of, ii, 11, 15 |
ii. 161-165; restlessness of, ii. 165; morbid Finish, two kinds of—fallacious and faith- Foam, two conditions of, 1. 367 ; difficulty Foi liage, an clement of mountain glory, iv. quoted, iv. 184, 241 i. 67-70,ii. 75,iv. 55, v. 323 (note); multipli- ii. 58, 59 ; animal beauty of, depends on N. p- 374 |
duced, iv. 198; beauty of, dependent on Fuseli, quotations from, i. 16, ii. 148, 165 Genius, unrecognized at tlie time, i. 6 ; not sympathy, courage, v. 268-277 138; Matterliorn composed of, iv. 163 Gotthelf, works of, iv. 137, v. 334 willow, V. 70; of Venetian art, v. 230 Granite, qualities of, iv. 112, 113; colour of, Grass, uses of, iii. 234; type of humility and the living, can't be paid to the dead, i. 6 180. See Art, Artists |
TOPICAL INIJEX. 375
indifference to 'colour,, iii. 225, 226; life, iii. 214; not visionary, iii. 194; delight in Grief, a noble emotion, iii. 126, iii. 11 iv. 397 Ilahit, errors induced by; embarrasses the Heavens, litfulness and infinity of, i. 132; V. 333 (note) power, V. 196. See Consistence Vandyke first painter of, v, 263 Ideal, definition of the word, i. 27; its two |
ii. 101; form in plants, ii. 102; of form to iii. 82; form, necessity of love to the percep- i. 81; false Raphaelesque, iii. 54-58 Ideal, the true, faithful pursuit of, in the busi- Ideal, true grotesque, iii. 97-112 ; limited ex- Ideal, true naturalist, character of, iii. 81-96; Ideal, true purist, iii. 74-79 Ideal, false, various forms of, iii. 71, iv. 313,315 Ideal, superhuman, ii. 206-217 ; expression of, Ideality, not confined to one age or condition, ii. 106,114; expressible in art, by abstraction Illumination, distinguished from painting liy iii. 246; of missals, illustrating later ideas Imagination, threefold operation of, ii. 141; |
376 TOPICAL INDEX.
iii. 41; noble only when truthful, ii. 156, Hi. iii. 31, 111, 137; power of, ii. 153, 200, iii. iv. 134; pleasure derived from, how en- Imagination, penetrative, ii. 158-185; asso- i. 24; when right, in architectural ornament, ii. 199; of flowers, v. 95; was least valued Infinity, typical of redeemed life, iv. 81; ex- Inspiration, the expression of the mind of a i. 10, 28; its operation upon the features, ii. 110-112; connection of beauty with, i. 26; how influenced by state of heart, ii. 16, 111 ; affected by climatic influ- |
decay of, shown by love of the horrible, iv. 336; popular appreciation of, i. 412; Intemperance, nature and applications of the Avord, ii. 12, 13 iii. 40, 92; greatest of art-qualities, v. 162; v. 158, 162; evil of misapplied, i. 115; iv. 17, 21, 23; "never loses an accident," v. 177; not the duty of young artists, i. 416; verity of, v. 196; absence of, how Joy, a noble emotion, ii. 14, iii. 11; necessity of, ii. 20-23; distinguished from taste, i. 26, ii. 32; right moral, necessary to sense of Keats, subdued by the feeling under which he iii. 173; description of pine, v. 85; colouring Knowledge, connection of, with sight, i. 53; Labour, healthful and harmful, 333, 337 |
TOPICAL INIJEX. 377
156; love of, iii. 286,301; Scott's view of, Landscape Painting, modern, i. 418; four true iMndscape Painting, Classical, v. 246-253 ; |
Leaflets, V. 25 Liberty, self-restrained, ii. 80; love of, in iii. 277 ; religious, of Venetians, v. 219; Lichens. See Moss Life, intensity of, proportionate to intensity Light, poAver, gradation, and preciousness of, iv. 34-37, 54, 69, 71-73; media3val love of, iii. 206; value of, on what dependent, ii. 46; i. 145, 147; a characteristic of the thirteenth ii. 213; Dutch, love of, v. 259, 278; effects Limestone, of what composed, i. 304; colour of, iii. 237-239; tables, iv. 130-132 iv. 270; apparent proportion in, ii. 59; all iii. 205 Literature, greatest not produced by pure Lowell, quotation from, v, 350 |
Magnitude, relation of, to minuteness, v. 179- sculpture, iv. 129; colours of, iv. 136 3Iiddle Ages, spirit of the, iii. 155; deficiency H 378 ■f |
Mist, of what typical, iv. 69; Copley Field- Moisture, expressed by fulness of colour, iv. Jfoss, colours of, iv. 132, v. 102; beauty and endurance of, v. 103 iii. 201; structure of, i. 296, iv. 161; mate- iv. 390; construction of Northern Alpine, Mountains, central, their formation and aspect, Mountain gloom, iv. 325-352; life in Alpine Mystery, of nature, i. 36, iv. 67, 81; never |
TOPICAL INIJEX. 379
absent in nature, iv. 58; noble and ignoble, Mythology, Renaissance paintings of, iii. 64; Nature, infinity of, i. 64, 66, 161,165, 195,216, Neatness, modern love of, iii. 114, iv. 3-6; Nereid's guard, the, v. 303,-318 Niggling, ugly misused term, v. 37; means Obedience, equivalent of " faith," and root of Obscurity, law of, iv. 61; of intelligible and |
Ornament, abstract, as used by Angelico, ii, Outline exists only conventionally in nature, iii. 119 Painters, classed by their objects, 1st, exhibi- iv. 37, V. 194, 195, 336 ; great, treatment Painting, a language, i. 7; oijposed to speak- brandtesque chiaroscuro, iv. 63 |
380 TOPICAL INDEX.
value of estimate by their completeness, Plains, structure of, i. 268; scenery of com- i. 81 (note); Soldanella and ranunculus, ii, Pleasure of overcoming difficulties, i. 15; ii. 11; of taste, how to be cultivated, ii. 21 noble ground for noble emotion, iii. 11, v. of, iii. 91, iv. 187, 188 Porphyry, characteristics of, iv. 110-114 |
iv. 152; general form of, iv. 253; over- V. 333 (note) Rays, wo perception of, by old masters, i. 210; liow far to be represented, i. 210 255; effect of, on art, iii. 56, v. 256 Resilience^ law of, v. 32, 73 |
TOPICAL INIJEX. 381
Best, lines of, in mountains, iv. 317, 319, 283 Beverence, for fair scenery, iii. 264; false 64; on the influence of beauty, iii. 24 iv. 118, 120, 153; material uses of, iv. 121, Itomanism, modern, effect of on national Saussure, De, description of curved cleavage v. 199; associations connected with, iii. Scent, artificial, opposed to natural, ii. 15; different in the same flower, i. 67 |
111. 279-283; enjoyment of nature asso- Scripture, sanctity of colour stated in, iv. 52, 112, 113, 130 ; instances of gilding and Sea, painting of, i. 367-377; has never been i. 369; Homer's feeling about the, iii. 174; Seer, greater than thinker, iii. 268, iii. 140 ii. 121; various degrees of in modern art, Seriousness of men of mental power, iii. 264; want of, in the present age, ii. 164 |
382 TOPICAL INDEX.
on water, falls clear and dark, in proportion iv. 6.3; rejection of, by medisevals, iii. 205 (note); his entire sympathy with all crea- Sight, greater than thought, iii. 288; better of great men, iii. 91 Sincerity, a characteristic of great style, iii. 40 333 (note), 334 Sketches, experimental, v. 185; determinant, v. 186; commemorative, v- 187 Shy, truth of, i. 201-261; three regions of, Snow, form of, on Alps, i. 282, 283; waves of |
respecting, ii. 37; mystery throughout all, Spiritual beings, their introduction into the i. 158; painted faithfully by Turner only, i. Superhuman, the, four modes of manifestation, cantons (" Under the Woods "), v. 89-90 Taste, definition of, i. 26; right, characteristics ii.20; injustice and changefulness of public, |
TOPICAL INIJEX. 383
i. 412; purity of, hoAV tested, ii. 24; classical, Temperate, right use of the word, ii. 12 ii. 87; second perfection of, is justice of Theoria, meaning of, ii. 11, 15; derivation of, spruce, V. 81 |
Trees, outlines of, iii. 119 ; ramifications |
384
the essence of "style," iii. 36, iv. 47; as Ugliness, sometimes permitted in nature, i. 63; Valleys, Alpine, beauty of, iv. 318,324; gloom Variety, necessity of, arises out of that of Velocity in execution, i. 36, ii. 181 (note); sacrifice of truth to, i. 38 |
203, 234 ; scenery, v, 219, 222 ; idea of by plants, iii. 234; of the Swiss, v. 88 War, a consequence of injustice, iii. 336 ; his insight into nature (illustra- |
London; Printed by Smith, Eldeb and Co., Little Gieen Arbonr Court, Old Bailey, E.G.
______
-ocr page 402-G5, Cornkill, London,
June, 18G0.
of
published bv
contents. | |||
PAGE |
PAGE | ||
Works in the Press |
Naval and Military |
. 10 | |
Art (Works of Mr. Ruskin) . |
. 4,5 | ||
Voyages and Travels |
. g-8 |
Fiction..... |
. 18 |
Biography .... |
Recent Publications |
. lU-27 | |
Religious .... |
11 |
Clieai) Series |
. 2S,29 |
Miscellaneous . ' . |
, !2 |
Juvenile and Educational |
. 30,31 |
India and the East |
. 13-15 |
I'oetry..... |
. 31,32 |
Edited by W. M. Thackeray.
Price One Shilling Monthly, with Illustrations.
m. C, FOR JUNE, IS JUST PUBLISHED.
I
Comprising the Numbers from January to June, 18C0,
Containing 7G8 pages of Letterpress, -with 12 Illustrations, 40 Vignettes and
Diagrams, and a Chart, is now ready, handsomely bound in Embossed Cloth.
Price Is. 6d.
For the convenience of Subscribers, the Embossed Cloth Coveb for the
Volume will be sold separately, price One Shilling.
Reading Covers for separate Numbers have also been prepared, price
Sixpence in plain Cloth, or One Shilling and Sixpence in French Morocco.
A
i
WORKS rUBLISIIED EY
History of the Venetian Republic:
Her Eise, her Greatness, and her Civilization.
In four volumes, 8vo.
Vols. I. and II., with two Maps, and other Illustrations, is now
ready, price 28s., cloth.
Vols. III. and IV. will be published in the course of this year.
Two vols. 8vo, with Illustrations.
By William Muir, Esq.
Vols. III. and IV. Completing the "Work.
Or, Characteristics of Men, Manners, and Books.
Demy 8vo.
Author of " Life in Spain," &c. &c.
Two Vols., with Illustrations.
d
Or, the Contest between Free and Slave Labour in the United States.
Post 8vo. Price 6s., cloth. \_Just ready.
-ocr page 404-SMITH, ELDEE AND CO.
■^itDrliS \n llt^ §tm—continued.
Or, Life on the Lancashire and Yorkshire Border Thirty Years ago.
3 Vols. lJust ready.
A Man more Sinned against than Sinning.
By Sir Arthur Hallam Elton, Bart,
Author of " Below the Surface." In 3 vols.
'Nearly ready.
With Stories from Kathie Brande's Portfolio,
Author of " Against Wind and Tide," " Sylvan Holt's Daughter,"
&c. 3 vols.
By,Mrs. Chanter,
Author of " Ferny Combes." 2 vols.
Isabel Grey : or, The Mistress didn't Know.
Litended for all Mistresses of Households.
Author of " Homely Ballads." Price 6c?. cloth, gilt.
Also, by the same Author,
A New Series of Stories in Verse.
A 2
-ocr page 405-%v
Now complete in five vols., Imperial 8vo, with 84 Engravings on
Steel, and 216 on Wood, chiefly from Drawings by the Author.
With Index to the whole Work. Price 81 6s. 6d., in cloth.
aSACH VOLUME MAY BE HAD SEPABATELY.
Vol. I., 6th Edition. OF GENERAL PllINCIPLES AND OF TRUTPI.
Price 18s. cloth.
Vol. II., 4th Edition. OF THE IMAGINATIVE AND THEORETIC
FACULTIES. Price lOs. Gd. cloth.
Vol. in. OF MANY THINGS." With Eighteen Illustrations drawn by the
Author, and engraved on Steel. Price 38s. cloth.
Vol. IV. ON MOUNTAIN BEAUTY. With Thirty-five Illustrations
engraved on Steel, and 116 Woodcuts, drawn by the Author.
Price 2/. 10s. cloth.
Vol. V. OF LEAF BEAUTY; OF CLOUD BEAUTY; OF IDEAS OF
RELATION. With Thirty-six Engravings on Steel, and 100 on
Wood. Price 2l. 10s. With Index to the five volumes.
"A generous and Impassioned review of the " Mr. lluskln's work will send the painter more " Every one who cares about nature, or poetry, "Mr. Buskin is in possession of a clear and '• All, It is to be hoped, will read tlie book for |
" Mr. Buskin is the most eloquent and thought- " This work Is eminently suggestive, full of new "Air. Buskin lias deservedly won for himself a "The fourth volume of Mr. Buskin's elaborate " Considered as an illustrated volume, the fourth Such a writer is a national possession. He |
Kn-
Complete in Three Volumes, Imperial 8vo, with Fifty-three Plates and
numerous Woodcuts, drawn by the Author. Price 61. 15s. Gd. cloth.
EACH VOLUME MAY BE HAD SEPARATELY.
Vol. L THE FOUNDATIONS, with 21 Plates. Price 2/. 2s. 2nd Edition.
Vol. n. THE SEA STORIES, with 20 Plates. Price 2/. 2s.
Vol. in. THE FALL, with 12 Plates. Price 1/. lis. 6d.
" The ' Stones of Venice' is the production of an |
" This book is one which, perhaps, no other man |
i: "
-ocr page 406-ii
5
SJIITII, ELDER AND CO.
—continued.
WORKS OF MR. RUSKIN—couimwcfZ.
The Seven Lamps of Architecture.
Sccoud Edition, with Fourtden PJates drawn by the Author. Imp. 8vo.
Price IZ. Is. cloth.
"By 'Tho Seven Lnmps of j\rcliitcctiire.' wo |
Lectures on Architecture and Painting.
With Fourteen Cuts, drawn by the Author. Second Edition, crown 8vo.
Price 8s. Gd cloth.
" Sfr. lluskin's lectures—eloquent, graphic, and |
" We coneelvo it to bo Impossible that any intel- |
Being Lectures on Art, and its relation to Manufactures and
Decoration.
One vol., croAvn 8vo, with Two Steel Engravings. Price 7s. GcZ. cloth.
" The meaning of tho title of this book is, that
there are two courses open to the artist, one of
whicn will lead him to all th^t is noble In art, and
will incidentally exalt his moral natui'ej whilo
the other will deteriorate his work and help to
throw obstacles in tho way of his indivlilual
morality. . . . They all contain many useful
distinctions, acute remarks, and valuable sugges-
tions, and are everywhere lit up with that glow of
fervid oloquenoft which has so materially contri"
buted to tho author's reputation."—Press.
" The ■ Two Paths' contains much eloquent de-
scription, places In a clear light some forgotten or
negfecten truths, and,like all Mr. ItuRkiirs books,
is eminently suggestive."-iyiterarj/ Gazette.
" This book Is" well calculated to encourngo the
humblest worker, and stimulate Jilm to artislio
t^KorW—Leader.
"The rules are clearly and fully laid down; and " Wo close this book with a feeling that, though " It will be found not only an invaluable acqui- |
" Ori.glnal as this treatise is, it cannot fall to bo "Tho moat useful and practical book on the The Elements of Drawing. Sixth Thousand, crown 8vo, with Illustrations drawn by the Author. Price 7s. cloth. reading for any one who wishes to refine his per- |
-*o*
With 80 Diagrams, crown 8vo. Price 3s. Qd. cloth.
" Mr. Uuskin, seeing the want of a clear and |
" This book, provided by Mr. Buskin for tho MSO |
Price 2s. Gd. cloth.
" A roost able, eloquent, and well-timed work. " We never quit Mr. Buskin without being the |
I recommend this little volume, like all his other " This book, daring, as it is, glances keenly at |
6 WORKS PUBLISHED BY
and
A Visit to the Philippine Isles
in 1858-59.
B^ Sir John Bowring,
Governor of Hong Kong, and H.M.'s Plenipotentiary in China.
Bvo, with numerous Illustrations, price 18s. cloth.
Demy
"The work of Sir John Bowrlng on the Philip- "An.vtliing coming from the pen of the ex- Governor of Houg ] |
and a hearing. He has brought back a fund of " This book upon the Philippine Islands is very |
Two vols, post 8vo, Avith Eight Tinted Illustrations, price 21s.
"The book is to be recommended as a whole-
some body of liRht reading, fi-om which plenty
of substantial knowledge may be gleaned."
" Two volumes of more entertaining and in-
structive matter are not discoverable in the lite-
rature of the day. They unite the charms of
travel and romance."—Leader.
"Mr. Tliornbury's book will bo nccep'^ablo to a
very large class or readers."—il/orwuiff Pout,
—Examiner.
"The sketches of character with which this
volume abounds are amusing and effective."
—Movnina Herald,
Or, Sunny Days on the Salween, Nile, and Jordan.
By Captain J. P. Briggs, Bengal Army.
Post 8vo, price 12s. cloth.
" Freshly and naturally w ritten; the landscapes are„__________________. _ venturous,"—Dtwij/ News. " This volume has the peculiarity that it intro- of the world.....The Captain's doserip- tions are those of an eye-witness, and of a keenly |
" It is seldom we meet with a book of travels "This book is extremely well written, and its |
Through Norway with a Knapsack,
"With Six Coloured Yiews.
Second Edition, post 8vo, price 12s., cloth.
" Mr. "Williams will be an excellent guide to all "The book is amusing; the author saw much cli |
' Through Norway with a Knfipsaok' is a work " A very instructive book on Norway, and the " Every chapter of it will be read with interest." |
SMITH, ELDER AND CO. 1542
f jJlia^gt'j and i^mtln—continued.
Kamtschatka, Siberia, Tartary, and the Coast of China, in H.M.S.
8vo, with Charts and Views. 18s. cloth.
"The aWe and intolliReiit ofllcer, whose wovk is " The hook possesses all the qualities of a book |
" Mr. Tronson writes well, and imparts a great " It contains a great deal that ail the world "We cordially rocommead it,"—UrUith Quar» |
Bj/ R. H. JDana,
Author of " Tavo Years before the Mast," &c.
Post 8vo. Price Is. cloth.
" Mr. Dana's book is so blight and luscious, bo |
"Mr. Dana does not spare his faculty of descrip- |
Second Edition, 2 vols, post 8vo, Avith Ten Tinted Illustrations,
" A bright, fresh, and hopeful book, worthy of |
" AVe recommend these volumes to perusal, as " Pr. Mackay's volumes are eminently readable |
With Two Views, post 8vo. Price lOs. 6d cloth.
" There are many traces of quiet, genial humour, |
" The peasant life in Tuscany has, perhaps, not |
WOEKS PUBLISHED BY
f OJJItJgtB antt i^mth—continued.
From the Governor-General of India to the Court of Ava in 1855.
With Notices of the Country, Government, and People.
By Captain Henry Yule^ Bengal Engineers.
Imjierial 8vo, with TAventy-four Plates (Twelve coloured), Fifty
"Woodcuts, and Four Maps. Elegantly bound in cloth, Avith
gilt edges. Price 21. 12s. Gd.
8
" Captain Yule, in the prepn ration of tlie splendid |
"A stately volume in gorgeous golden covers. series of admirable tinj.ed lithographs..... We have read it with curiosity and gratiflcalion, |
Post Bvo, Avith Fourteen Illustrations. Price 12s. cloth.
" The narrative fulfils the object of the author, |
News of the World. |
And Kcsearchcs in the Cimmerian Bosphorus.
Of the Madras Army, F.R.G.S., M.A.L
Imperial 4to, with Fourteen Plates and numerous Illustrations,
including Eight Coloured Fac-Similes of Eeliques of Antique
Art. Price Two Guineas.
"It is a volume which deserves the careful |
The book is got np with great care and taste, |
Captivity of Russian Princesses in the
Translated from the Russian hy H. S. Edwards.
With an authentic Portrait of Shamil, a Plan of his House, and a Map.
Post 8vo. Price 10s. M. cloth.
notice
manners of
Is well worth reading."—
"A book than which there are few novels more I wo have read; it contains the best popular
Interesting. It is a romance of the Caucasus, of the social polity of Shamil aud the man:
The account of life in the house of Shamil Is full his people."—ieader.
The' narrative
Athencsum.
and very entertaining; and of Shamil himself we
see much."—Examiner.
" The story is certainly one of the most curious
SMITH, ELDER AND CO.
(Editor of Shakspearo); with Selections from his MS. Anecdotes.
Author of the '^Life of Edmund Burke," "Life of Oliver Goldsmith."
Demy 8vo, with Portrait, price 14s. cloth.
" Need wo say ono word in coniinciidatioii of a
book tliat viiKlioates itself by so iinvny good
thiiiga."—4</ic»ia!!im.
Robert Owen and his Social
Philosophy.
Author of " Social Innovators and their Schemes." 1 vol. Post 8vo.
10s. 6(7. cloth.
The Autobiography of Leigh Hunt.
Revised by Himself, with additional Chapters by his Eldest Son.
One vol., post 8vo, Avith a Portrait engraved on Steel from an Original
DraAving. Price 7s. 6c?. cloth.
"It is perhaps the first charm of an autobio- I bioRraphy of Leish Hunt' possesses in an lui-
graphythnt it should make us like the writer; | \\a\m\aesvi.fi."—Sattirda]/Review.
and certainly this is a cUitrm which the ' Auto- '
As unfolded in his Autobiography and Letters.
Translated from the German hy Frederica Rowan.
Two vols., post 8vo, with Portrait. Price One Guinea, cloth.
Second Edition. Li one vol., post 8vo. Price 7s. 6</. cloth.
9
" Wo have iu this ' Life of Malone' a valuable
and certainly a very interestini? contribution to
contemporary history," — Illustrated LonCton
A'cios.
mm
" We welcome the present biography. It pre- "Laily Shelley touclies with a reverent ar,d .....We gladly welcome this interesting \ohxme."—Daily New». „ , . "The present biography presents Shelley to us, |
"The beauty of style and feeling, with which "I^ady Shelky's work is a_real acquisition to " We heartily recommend It to our readers,"— |
• WORKS rUBLISIIED BY
(CuEiiER Bell),
Author of " Jane Eyre," " Shirley," " Villette," &c.
Author of " North and South," &c.
10
Fourth Edition, revised, one voL, " All the secrets of tlio litevary workmanship of " Mrs. Gaskeil's account of Charlotte Bronte " Mrs. Gaskell has produced one of the best "If any one wishes to see how a woman |
with a Portrait of Miss Bronte disregard every temptation which intellect throws "Mrs. Gaskell has done her work well. Her |
New Edition, in Two vols., post 8vo, with Portrait. Price 12s. cloth.
" A work which occupies the highest rank "The new edition contains new matter of the " One of the most valuable biographies of the |
"Tills edition is revised with care and judgment. "A much improved edition of one of the most |
Life of Sir John Malcolm, G.C.B.
Two vols. 8vo, with Portrait. Price 36s. cloth.
" The biography is replete with interest and "One of the most interesting of the recent |
" This book deserves to participate in the popu- " Mr. Kay e'B biograph.y is at once a contribution |
The Autobiography of Lutfullah,
A Mohamedan Gentleman; with an Account of his Visit to England.
Edited by E. B. Eastwick, Esq.
Third Edition, small post 8vo. Price 5s. cloth.
" This Is the freshest and most original work |
"Read fifty volumes of travel, and a thousand |
■ .
• A
"mm
■pami
mm
SMITH, ELDEE AND CO.
Expositions of St. Paul's Epistles to
the Corinthians.
By the late Rev. Fred. W. Robertson.
One thick Yohime, post 8vo. Price IO5. Qd, cloth.
11
"These leoturos were the last discourses that |
By the late Rev. Fred. W. Robertson^ A.M.,
Incumbent of Trinity Chapel, Brighton.
FIRST SERIES:—Seventh Edition, post 8vo. Price 9s. cloth.
SECOND SERIES.—Seventh Edition. Price 9s. cloth.
THIRD SERIES.—Fifth Edition, post 8vo, with Portrait. Price 9s.
cloth.
"There are many persons, and their number " We recommend'the whole of the volumes to tho |
Economist. "They are very remarkablo compositions, Tho " We feel that a brother man Is speaking to |
Preached at Lincoln's Inn Chapel.
By the Rev. F. D. Maurice, M.A.
First Series, 2 vols., post 8vo, price 21s., cloth.
Second Series, 2 vols., post 8vo, price 21s., cloth.
Third Series, 2 vols., post 8vo, price 21s., cloth.
Being the Testimony of Scripture against the Errors of Romanism.
Post 8vo. Price 6s., cloth.
A Reply to Mr. Mansell's Bampton Lectiu'c.
Author of " The IMystery; or, Evil and God." Post 8vo. Price 6s.,
cloth.
-ocr page 413-I
WOIIKS rUBLISIIED BY
Post 8vo. Price 9s. cloth.
12
■■ AVo can safely reoommcncl the perusal of this " Frequent concurrence with him, and general |
"Mr, Uisset has dealt with this important '' AVe commend most heartily Mr, Bisset's able "A work exhibiting considerable researrh ; |
Social Innovators and their Schemes.
Post 8a'0. Price 10s. 6d. cloth.
" Mr. Sargant has written a very useful sketch, i this merit that constitutes the special value of
His book is impartial, pleasantly written, and Mr. Sargaut's book. His views are sensible and
e.xcellcntly arranged."—Suiaj-tZtf?/ Review. sound, they are brought forward clearly and dis-
" It has the merit of going deep into tiie subject passionately, with quiet vigour and telling ilius-
„ ..----.. — . • -------- —..,.,1 jj jg ; ......
cration."—Press.
matter at one of its most vital points; and
By the late Rev. Fred. W. Robertson.
Post 8vo. Price 75. GJ. cloth.
" These lecturcs and addresses are marked by |
"They throw some new light on the constitu- " In these addresses we are gladdened by raie |
Being an Inquiry into the Causes of its Decline.
Post 8vo. Price 5s. cloth.
This Essay gained the First Prize of One Hundx'ed Guineas
offered for the best Essay on the subject.
An Essay on the Causes of the Decline of the Society of Friends.
By Thomas Hancock.
Post 8vo. Price 5s. cloth.
This Essay gained the Second Prize of Fifty Guineas, which Avas
afterwards increased to One Hundred.
Qua
SMITH, ELDER AND CO. 13
B^ Capt. Henry Shakespear,
Post 8vo. Price 10s. cloth.
" Few can claim a better right to speak fi'ora |
The book is excellently witton. It is as straight- |
8vo. Price IGs. cloth.
" Mr. Kaye'g narrative is eloquent and inform- " The author traces the history of Christian |
" Mr. Kayo's is, in many respects, an able book, |
The Religious Aspects of Hindu
Philosophy.
By the Rei), Joseph Mullens,
Author of " Missions in South India." 1 vol.
District Duties during the Revolt
In the North-West Provinces of India.
By H. Dundas Robertson, Bengal Civil Service.
Post 8vo, Avith a !Map. Price 9s. cloth.
Narrative of the Mutinies in Oade.
IMilitary Secretary, Oude.
Published by Authority. Post Svo. Price 105. cloth.
In Eajpootana and Central India during the Suppression of the
Mutiny in 1857-8.
By Mrs. He7iry Duherly,
Author of " A Journal kept during the Rusaian War."
Post 8vo, with Map. Price lOs. M. cloth.
u WOEKS PUBLISHED BY
Jttilut and iU ^M—C07itinued.
Papers of the late Lord Metcalfe.
Demy 8vo. Price IGs. cloth.
"■WecommenUthisvolmno to all persons who |
During the Indian Eebellion in Eohilcund, Futtehghur, and Oude.
Fourth Edition, post 8vo. Price 6s. cloth.
"For touching incidents, hair-hreadth'scapes, fierce indignation, and melted to tears..... We have here a tale of suH'ering such as may have |
"Mr. Edwards's narrative is one of the most " The narrative of Mr. Edwards's suffering nnd |
During the Mutinies of 1857.
By Mrs. Coopland.
Post 8vo. Price 10s. M.
" A plain, unvarnished tale, told in the simplest I " The merit of this book is its truth.
___________ __________ _____ . ... It
contains some passages that never will he read
by Englishmen without emotion,"—Examiner,
manner."—Press.
" This book is valuable as a contribution to the
liistory ofthe grcatlndian rebellion,"—AiAcwcc^jn.
By Frederick H. Cooper, Esq., C.S., Umritsir.
Post 8vo, with Map. Price Is. Qd, cloth.
" The book is full of terrible interest. The nar- |
'One ofthe most interesting and spirited hooks |
Views and Opinions of Gen. Jacob, C.B.
Edited hy Captain Lewis Pelly,
Demy 8vo. Price 12s. cloth.
"The facts in this book are worth looking at,
If the reader desires to take a peep into the inte-
rior of the mind of a great man, let him make
(icquaintance with the'Views and Opinions of
General Jacob." "—Globe,
" This is truly a gallant and soldierly hook; very
Napierisli in its self-confldence, in its capital
sense, and in Its devotedness to professional
honour and the puhlic good. The book should be
studied by all who are interested in the clioice of
a new government for India,"—UttjVy News,
SMITH, ELDER AND CO. 15
By Harriet Martineau.
Sixth Thousand. Price 25. ^od. cloth.
*,• A rellaWe olass-I)ook for examination in the history of British India.
"A good compenaium of a great suhject,"— I "A succinct and comprehensive volume,"-
National Review. ' Leader,
Being the Early History of the Factory at Surat, of Bombay.
Second Edition, 8vo.
" Quaint, curious, and amusing, this volume
describes, from old manuscripts and ohsoure
books, the life of English merchants In an Indian
I' aotory. It contains fresh and amusing gossip,
Price 14s. cloth.
all bearing on events and characters of historical
importance,"—^iAcjiffji)».
A book of permanent value."—Guai'dian.
By Mrs. Spier.
With Sixty Illustrations by G. Sciiarf.
8to. Price 15s., elegantly bound in cloth, gilt edges.
Spoir; in which he will And the story told in
clear, c-------- ' ............. "
cfear,'oorroot, and unalfected English. "The book
is admirably got n]},"—Examiner,
"Whoever desires to have the best, the com-
pletest, and tiio most popular view of what
Oriental scholars have made linown to us respect-
ing Ancient India must peruse the work of Mrs.
Their History, Religion, Manners, and Customs.
Post 8vo. Price 10s. cloth.
"Our author's account of the Inner life of the " A very curious and well-written book, by a |
"An acceptable addition to our litoratnrfi. It gives information which many will bo glad to |
By Lieutenant William Rice, 2bth Bombay N. I.
Super-royal 8vo. With Twelve Plates in Chromo-lithography,
10s. Qd. cloth.
reading as any record of sporting achievements
we liave ever taken In hand."—-jltftenccB»!,
" These adventures, told in handsome large
print, with spirited chromo-llthographs to illus-
trate them, make the volume before us as pleasant
Sixteen Plates in Tinted Lithography, with Descriptions.
Edited by E. B. Eastwick, Esq., F.R.S.
Colombier folio. Prints, lOs.; proofs (only Fifty Copies printed), 15s.
works published by
With Three Plates of Illustrative Diagrams. 1 vol, crown 8vo,
price 9s. cloth.
IG
" Tlio purpose with wliich Miss Martineau lias " The hook is remarkable for the clear, compre- |
" Miss Jlartineau has worked out her subject |
Narrative of the Siege of Delhi.
Chaplain to the Delhi Field Force.
Post 8vo, with a Plan of the City and Siege Works.
Price 10s. 6c?. cloth.
" A simple and touchingstatement, which bears |
"'The Chaplain's Narrative' is remarkable for |
By Captain Thomas F. Wikon, l^th Bengal N.I.
Assistant Adj iitant-G cneral.
Sixth Thousand. With Plan. Small post 8vo. Price 2s. 6(7.
" The Staff-Olflcer's Diary is simple and brief, |
The Stall'-Ofllcer brings home to us, by his details, |
Eight Months' Campaign against the
Bengal Sepoys during the Mutiny,
1857.
By Colonel George Bourchier, C.B.
Bengal Horse Artillery,
With Plans. Post 8vo. Price 7s. Qcl. cloth.
"Ool. Tiourchier describes the various opera- |
" Col. Bonrchier has given a right manly, fair, |
smith, elder and co.
Annals of British Legislation :
A Classified Summary of Parliamentary Papers.
The yearly issue consists of 1,000 pages, super-royal 8vo, and the
Subscription is Two Guineas, payable in advance. The Thirty-
fifth Part is just issued, commencing the Third Year's Issue.
Vols. 1. to IV. may be had. Price 4Z. 4s. cloth.
"A scries that will, if it be always raanaRod as
It now is l)y Professor Levi, last as long as tliere
remains a Legislature in Great Britain. These
Annals are to give the essence of work done and
information garnered for the State during each
legislative year, a summary description or every
Act passed, a digest of the vital facts contained
in every Blue Book issued, and of all documents
relating to the public business of the country.
The series will live, while generations of men die,
if it be maintained in its old ago as ably and as
conscientiously as It Is now in its youth."—
Examiner.
" The idea was admirable, nor does the execu-
tion fall short of the jilan. To nccomplish this
effectively, and at the same time briefly, was not
an easy task: but Professor Levi has undertakeu
it with great success. The work is essentially a
?;uide. It will satisft^ those persons who refer to
t merely for general purposes, while it will direct
the research of others whose luvestigntiona take
a wider ranso,"—Athenaiim,
With a Chapter on Arbitration.
Second Edition, Revised and brought down to the present time.
8vo. Price 15s. cloth : 17s. Qd. half-bound law calf.
Of Great Britain and Ireland.
By Leone Levi, Esq.
8vo. Price 12s. cloth.
17
" It is sound, cleai'. and practical. ... Its |
"Its simplicity and faithfulness make It an ex- |
Affecting Commerce and Shipping.
Second Edition, greatly enlarged. 8vo. Price 45. Q>d. boards.
If
. ll
"Hr. Thomson treats of the immediate effects |
B |
18 WOEKS PUBLISHED BY
Sitimi
By the Author of'My Lady J'
3 vols.
\_Now ready.
"'The Firstborn' has, beyond all question, the |
"A touching and very interesting story; we |
or, the Eomance of Monto Beni.
By Nathaniel Hawthorne,
Author of the " Scarlet Letter," &c. Third Edition. In 3 vols.
" One of the most remarkable novels that i860 " No one but a man of genius could have " Never before, unless our memory bo greatly |
"'Transformation* is a book of marvellous " The impression produced by Mr. Hawthorne's " There is no work of tills class on Home and |
*o*-
3 vols.
"This is one of the fewgoodnovels that deserve
permanent \i!e."—Examiner,
"Full of animated scenes and rich in clever
dcsci'iption."—/Yes».
" To all who appreciate a powerfully concen-
trated work, this one may be fairly recom-
mended."—
Author of "Sylvan Holt's Daughter."
Katiiie Brando' and
" The reputation which ........
' Sylvan llolt's Daugliter' won for their author
will bo crowned by Against AVind and Tide.' A
more charming novel has not proceeded of late
years from tlie press."—Mormjit/ Herald,
"This novel is by many degrees the best spe-
cimen of fiction tiiat has been placed In our
hands."—Gazette,
Grey]
TOore:
A Story of Country Life. Three volumes.
" The author of ' Greymore' is fairly entitled |
"• Greymore' is a very pretty story, and one |
1 vol. crown 8vo.
" Once more we feel that wo have before us a
masculine and thoroughly English writer, uniting
the power of subtle analysis, with a strong
volition and a moving eloquence—an eloquence
which has gained in richness and harmony.
'Esmond' must be road, not for its characters,
but for its romantic plot, its spirited grouping,
and its many tlirilling utterances of the anguish
of the human heart."~jifAe?i(B«m.
A New Edition, being the third, in
"The book has the groat charm of reality.
Queen Anne's colonel writes his life—and a very
interesting life it Is—just as a Queen Anne's
colonel might be supposed to have written It,
ilr. Thaokera.v has selected for his hero a very
noble type of the cavalier softening into the man
of the eighteenth century, and for his heroine,
one of the sweetest women that ever breathed
from canvas or from book since BatlHelle painted
and Shakspeare virotc."—Spectator.
i
By W. M.
Price Gs. cloth.
smith, eldee and co.
19
K>*-
Being a Journey across the Plains to " Mr. Chandloss is an Impartial observer of the "Those who would understand what Mormo- "It impresses the reader as laithful."—A^aMona? By Sir John Forbes. |
By Alexander Boss. "The subject is novel, curious, and not without The history of the lied River Settlement is "One of the most interesting of the romances By 'y Alexander Ross. "A well-written nariative of most exciting ad- "A narrative full of Incident and dangerous |
Two vols, post 8vo, -with Illustrations. |
By Charles Duncan^ Esq. |
Post 8vo, with Map and View. "Sir John Forbes' volume fullyjustines its title. |
By Alexander Boss. By Major John Butler. |
-KX
By Thomas Doiibleday. Exemplary for Piety and Charity. |
By Julia Kavanngh. Or, the Jesuit in Training. |
11 2
-ocr page 421-20 WOEKS PUBLISHED BY
On the Old and New Testament. tils |
By the Rev. R. W. Evans. |
And the Australian Gold Mines in 1857. By William Westgarth. |
New Zealand and its By William Swainson, Esq. - -fc |
SMITH, ELDER AND CO. 23
Results of Astronomical Made at the Cape of Good Hope. On Coral Eeefs, Volcanic Islands, and By Charles Dar^win, Esq. 24 |
By Dr. Andrew Smith. MAMMALIA.................................£3 ayes ......................................... 7 BBPTILIA ................................. 5 PISCES .......................................£2 INVEBTEBRAT^ ..................... 1 -K^l THE By Dr. Forbes Boyle. |
H:
or, the Wife's Sister. Foolscap 8vo. 6s., cloth. •' The author is heart and soul in his work, " ' Netley Hall" is an excellent story."—///hs- By the Author of " Rita:' "This new novel, by the author of 'llita,' dis- |
Or, Conflict. "An excellent novel, written ■\vlth great care; "' Cousin Stella' has the merit, now becoming |
SMITH, ELDER AND CO. 25
28 WOEKS PUBLISHED BY
(^'fia^t ^m^^ 4 iDpIaii Wiiijik
30 WOEKS PUBLISHED BY
^mmik ^nd Mnmikm
Of Amusement and Instruction for Young Persons.
New Edition, carefully revised, in Twelve Shilling Volumes, each
complete in itself, and containing a full page Illustration in Oil
Colours, with Wood Engravings, in ornamented boards.
CONTENTS.
AMUSING STOUIES, all tending to the development of good qualities, and the avoidance of faults.
BIOGRAPillOAL ACCOUNTS OF IIBMARKABLE CHARACTERS, interesting to Young People.
SIMPLE NARRATIVES OF HISTORICAL EVENTS, suited to the capacity of children.
ELUCIDATIONS OF NATURAL HISTORY, adapted to encourage habits of observation.
FAMILIAR EXPLANATIONS OF NOTABLE SCIENTIFIC DISCOVERIES AND MECHANICAL
INVENTIONS.
LIVELY ACCOUNTS OF THE GEOGRAPHY, INHABITANTS, AND PRODUCTIONS OF
DIFFERENT COUNTRIES.
Miss Ed&e-wohth's Opinion of the Pakents' Cabhtet ;—
"I almost feel afraid of praising it as much as I think it deserves. . . . There is so much
variety in the book that it cannot tire. It alternately excites and relieves attention, and does not lead
tothebadhabitof fritteringaway themindbyrequiringnoexertionfromtheroader. . . . Whoever
your scientific associate is, he understands his business and children's capabilities right well. . . .
without lecturing, or prosing, you keep the right and the wrong clearly marked, and hence all
the sympathy of the young people is always enlisted on the right side."
The work is now complete in 4 vols, extra cloth, gilt edges, at
3s. GcZ. each; or in G vols, extra cloth, gilt edges, 2s. Qd. each.
SMITH, ELDER AND CO.'S PUBLICATIONS.
32
London: Printed by Smith, Eldek and Co., Little Green Arbour Court, E.G.